Calpain modulators and therapeutic uses thereof

ABSTRACT

Disclosed herein are small molecule calpain modulator compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, the use and preparation thereof.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

Any and all priority claims identified in the Application Data Sheet, orany correction thereto, are hereby incorporated by reference under 37CFR 1.57. For example, this application is a divisional of U.S.application Ser. No. 16/337,377, filed Mar. 27, 2019, which is a U.S.National Phase of International Application No. PCT/US2017/053629, filedon Sep. 27, 2017 and published on Apr. 5, 2018 as WO 2018/064119, whichclaims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application 62/401,093, filed onSep. 28, 2016; U.S. Provisional Application 62/459,461, filed on Feb.15, 2017; and U.S. Provisional Application 62/554,939, filed on Sep. 6,2017, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in theirentirety.

BACKGROUND Field of the Invention

The present invention relates to the fields of chemistry and medicine.More particularly, the present invention relates to non-macrocyclicα-keto amide compounds as small molecule calpain modulators,compositions, their preparation, and their use as therapeutic agents.

Description of the Related Art

Fibrotic disease accounts for an estimated 45% of deaths in thedeveloped world but the development of therapies for such diseases isstill in its infancy. The current treatments for fibrotic diseases, suchas for idiopathic lung fibrosis, renal fibrosis, systemic sclerosis, andliver cirrhosis, are few in number and only alleviate some of thesymptoms of fibrosis while failing to treat the underlying cause.

Despite the current limited understanding of the diverse etiologiesresponsible for these conditions, similarities in the phenotype of theaffected organs, across fibrotic diseases, strongly support theexistence of common pathogenic pathways. At present, it is recognizedthat a primary driver of fibrotic disease is a high transforming growthfactor-beta (TGFβ) signaling pathway which can promote thetransformation of normally functioning cells into fibrosis-promotingcells. Termed “myofibroblasts,” these transformed cells can secretelarge amounts of extracellular matrix proteins and matrix degradingenzymes, resulting in the formation of scar tissue and eventual organfailure. This cellular process is transformative and termed“myofibroblast differentiation” (which includesEpithelial-to-Mesenchymal Transition (EpMT) and its variations likeEndothelial-to-Mesenchymal Transition (EnMT) andFibroblast-to-Myofibroblast Transition (FMT)). This process is a majortarget for the treatment of fibrotic diseases. Myofibroblastdifferentiation has also been shown to occur within cancer cells thathave been chronically exposed to high TGFβ, causing stationaryepithelial cells to become motile, invasive, and metastasize. Thus,within the context of cancer, the signaling has been documented toassociate with the acquisition of drug resistance, immune systemevasion, and development of stem cell properties.

Despite the tremendous potential of myofibroblastdifferentiation-inhibiting drugs, and the numerous attempts to develop aworking treatment, the data gathered thus far has yet to translate intopractical therapy. This is partly due to the lack of an ideal targetprotein. Initial strategies to target the myofibroblast differentiationprocess focused on proximal inhibition of the TGFβ signaling pathway byvarious methods, including targeting ligand activators (e.g. alpha-vintegrins), ligand-receptor interactions (e.g., using neutralizingantibodies) or TGFβ receptor kinase activity (e.g., small moleculechemical compound drugs to block signal transduction). Unfortunately,TGFβ is a pleiotropic cytokine with many physiological functions suchthat global suppression of TGFβ signaling was also associated withsevere side effects. Additionally, current data suggests that suchproximal inhibition may be vulnerable to pathologic workaroundstrategies (i.e., due to redundancy or compensation), that would limitthe utility of such drugs. Further complicating matters is that, incancer, TGFβ signaling early on functions as an anti-tumorigenic growthinhibitor but later becomes tumor promoting and is another reason whyselective inhibition of pathogenic elements of signaling is so stronglydesired. In light of these inherent limitations, current treatmentstrategies have refocused on identification and inhibition of criticaldistal events in TGFβ signaling, which in theory would preferentiallytarget the pathologic, but not physiological functions of TGFβsignaling.

SUMMARY

A compound having the structure of the formula I:

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   A₁ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    5-10 membered heterocyclyl provided the 5-10 membered heterocyclyl    is not substituted with oxo, optionally substituted 5-, 8-, or    9-membered heteroaryl, and optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl;-   A₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,    optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, —CR₂—, —S—, —S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —O—,    —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —OC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)NH—,    —NHC(O)O—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S)O—, —NHC(S)—, and single    bond;-   A₄ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(CR₂)_(n)—S—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—S(═O)—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—SO₂—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—O—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—C(═S)—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—C(═O)—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—NR—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—CH═CH—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—OC(O)NH—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(O)NH—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(O)O—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(O)—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(S)NH—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(S)O—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(S)—(CR₂)_(n)—, and single bond;-   when A₂ and A₄ are single bond, A₃ is directly attached to A₈;-   A₃ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, or if A₂ is selected from optionally    substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀    aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and    optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, then A₃ is selected from    the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,    optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally    substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀    carbocyclyl, —C≡CH, and optionally substituted 2- to 5-membered    polyethylene glycol;-   A₅ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,    optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkyl,    —S—, —S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —O—, —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—,    —OC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)O—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S)O—,    —NHC(S)—, and single bond;-   A₆ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkyl,    optionally substituted C₂₋₈ alkenyl, optionally substituted —O—C₁₋₆    alkyl, optionally substituted —O C₂₋₆ alkenyl, —OSO₂CF₃, and any    natural or non-natural amino acid side chain;-   A₇ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkyl,    —S—, S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —O—, —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—, —OC(O)NH—,    —NHC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)O—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S)O—, —NHC(S)—,    and single bond;-   when A₅ and A₇ are single bond, A₆ is directly attached to the    carbon to which R⁸ is attached;-   A₈ is a ring member of A₁ and selected from the group consisting of    C, CH, and N;-   R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of —COR¹, —CN, —CH═CHSO₂R,    and —CH₂NO₂;-   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,    —COOH, —CH₂NO₂, —C(═O)NOR, —NH₂, —CONR²R³, —CH(CH₃)═CH₂,    —CH(CF₃)NR²R³, —C(F)═CHCH₂CH₃,

-   R¹⁴ is halo;-   each R, R², and R³ are independently selected from —H, optionally    substituted-   C₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkoxyalkyl, optionally    substituted 2- to 5-membered polyethylene glycol, optionally    substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered    heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl, and optionally    substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and-   R⁶ is independently selected from —H and optionally substituted C₁₋₄    alkyl.

Other embodiments disclosed herein include a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosedherein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Other embodiments disclosed herein include a method of treating diseasesand conditions mediated at least in part by the physiologic effects ofCAPN1, CAPN2, or CAP9, or combinations thereof, comprising administeringto a subject in need thereof a compound disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein are specific inhibitorsof one of: CAPN1, CAPN2 or CAPN9.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein are selective inhibitorsof one of: CAPN1, CAPN2 or CAPN9.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein are selective inhibitorsof: CAPN1 and CAPN2, or CAPN1 and CAPN9, or CAPN2 and CAPN9.

In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein are effective inhibitorsof CAPN1, CAPN2 and/or CAPN9.

In some embodiments, the non-macrocyclic α-keto amide compoundsdisclosed herein are broadly effective in treating a host of conditionsarising from fibrosis or inflammation, and specifically including thoseassociated with myofibroblast differentiation. Accordingly, compoundsdisclosed herein are active therapeutics for a diverse set of diseasesor disorders that include or that produces a symptom which include, butare not limited to: liver fibrosis, renal fibrosis, lung fibrosis,hypersensitivity pneumonitis, interstitial fibrosis, systemicscleroderma, macular degeneration, pancreatic fibrosis, fibrosis of thespleen, cardiac fibrosis, mediastinal fibrosis, myelofibrosis,endomyocardial fibrosis, retroperitoneal fibrosis, progressive massivefibrosis, nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, fibrotic complications ofsurgery, chronic allograft vasculopathy and/or chronic rejection intransplanted organs, ischemic-reperfusion injury associated fibrosis,injection fibrosis, cirrhosis, diffuse parenchymal lung disease,post-vasectomy pain syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritis diseases ordisorders. In other embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can beused can be used in metabolic and reaction kinetic studies, detectionand imaging techniques and radioactive treatments.

In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein are used to treatdiseases or conditions or that produces a symptom in a subject whichinclude, but not limited to: liver fibrosis, renal fibrosis, lungfibrosis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, interstitial fibrosis, systemicscleroderma, macular degeneration, pancreatic fibrosis, fibrosis of thespleen, cardiac fibrosis, mediastinal fibrosis, myelofibrosis,endomyocardial fibrosis, retroperitoneal fibrosis, progressive massivefibrosis, nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, fibrotic complications ofsurgery, chronic allograft vasculopathy and/or chronic rejection intransplanted organs, ischemic-reperfusion injury associated fibrosis,injection fibrosis, cirrhosis, diffuse parenchymal lung disease,post-vasectomy pain syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritis diseases.

In certain embodiments methods are provided for alleviating orameliorating a condition or disorder, affected at least in part by theenzymatic activity of calpain 1 (CAPN1), calpain 2 (CAPN2), and/orcalpain 9 (CAPN9), or mediated at least in part by the enzymaticactivity of CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 wherein the condition includes orproduces a symptom which includes: liver fibrosis, renal fibrosis, lungfibrosis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, interstitial fibrosis, systemicscleroderma, macular degeneration, pancreatic fibrosis, fibrosis of thespleen, cardiac fibrosis, mediastinal fibrosis, myelofibrosis,endomyocardial fibrosis, retroperitoneal fibrosis, progressive massivefibrosis, nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, fibrotic complications ofsurgery, chronic allograft vasculopathy and/or chronic rejection intransplanted organs, ischemic-reperfusion injury associated fibrosis,injection fibrosis, cirrhosis, diffuse parenchymal lung disease,post-vasectomy pain syndrome, and/or rheumatoid arthritis.

In some embodiments, the methods, compounds, and/or compositions of thepresent invention are used for prophylactic therapy.

In some embodiments, the CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 inhibiting compoundsdemonstrate efficacy in animal models of human disease. Specifically,in-vivo treatment of mice, rabbits, and other mammalian subjects withcompounds disclosed herein establish the utility of these compounds astherapeutic agents to modulate CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 activities inhumans and thereby ameliorate corresponding medical conditions.

Some embodiments provide compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, andmethods of use to inhibit myofibroblast differentiation. Someembodiments provide compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methodsof use for inhibiting CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 or combinations ofthese enzyme activities such as CAPN1 and CAPN2, or CAPN1 and CAPN9, orCAPN2 and CAPN9. Some embodiments provide methods for treatment ofdiseases and disorders by inhibiting CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 orcombinations of these enzymatic activities.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In some embodiments, compounds that are non-macrocyclic (α-keto amidesare provided that act as calpain modulators. Various embodiments ofthese compounds include compounds having the structures of Formula I asdescribed above or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Thestructure of Formula I encompasses all stereoisomers and racemicmixtures, including the following structures and mixtures thereof:

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I), the compound is notselected from the group consisting of:

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I):

-   A₁ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    6-10 membered heterocyclyl provided the 6-10-membered heterocyclyl    is not substituted with oxo; optionally substituted 5-, 8-, or    9-membered heteroaryl; and optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl;-   A₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,    optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, —CR₂—, —S—, —S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —O—,    —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—, —OC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)O—,    —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S)O—, —NHC(S)—, and single bond;-   A₄ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —S—, S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —O—, —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—, —OC(O)NH—,    —NHC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)O—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S)O—, —NHC(S)—,    and single bond;-   A₃ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl;-   A₆ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkyl,    optionally substituted —O—C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted —O C₂₋₆    alkenyl, and any natural or non-natural amino acid side chain; and    each R, R², and R³ are independently selected from —H, optionally    substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl,    optionally substituted 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally    substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 membered    heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-a):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   A, B, and D are each independently selected from the group    consisting of C(R⁴) and N; and each R⁴ is independently selected    from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇    carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆    alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and    C₁-C₆ alkoxy.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-a) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; A, B, and D are independentlyselected from the group consisting of CH and N. In some embodiments, Ais N, B is CH, and D is CH. In some embodiments, A is CH, B is N, and Dis CH.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-b):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   A, B, and D are each independently selected from the group    consisting of C(R⁴) and N; and each R⁴ is independently selected    from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇    carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆    alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and    C₁-C₆ alkoxy.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-b) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; A, B, and D are independentlyselected from the group consisting of CH and N.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-c):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   Y is selected from the group consisting of NR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; X and    Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴)    and N; each R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting    of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally    substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl,    and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and R⁵ is    selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-c) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; X and Z are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of CH and N.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-d):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   Y is selected from the group consisting of NR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; X and    Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴)    and N; each R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting    of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally    substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl,    and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and R⁵ is    selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-d) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; X and Z are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of CH and N.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-e):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   Y is selected from the group consisting of NR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; X and    Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴)    and N; each R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting    of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally    substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl,    and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and R⁵ is    selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-e) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; X and Z are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of CH and N.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-f):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   Y is selected from the group consisting of NR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; X and    Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴)    and N; each R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting    of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally    substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl,    and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and R⁵ is    selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f), Z is N, Y is NR⁵, andX is CH.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f), R⁵ is selected fromthe group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, andcyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f), Z is N, Y is O, and Xis C(R⁴). In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f), Z is N, Yis S, and X is C(R⁴). In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f),Z is C(R⁴), Y is S, and X is C(R⁴).

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f), Z is C(R⁴), Y is O,and X is C(R⁴).

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f), Z is N, Y is S, and Xis N. In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-f), Z is N, Y is O,and X is N.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of formula (I-g):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   Y is selected from the group consisting of NR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; X and    Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴)    and N; each R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting    of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally    substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl,    and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and R⁵ is    selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl    and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl,    C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy).

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-g) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; X and Z are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of CH and N. In some embodiments of compoundsof Formula (I-g), Y is NR⁵, Z is N, and X is CH.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-h):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   Y is selected from the group consisting of NR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; X and    Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴)    and N; each R⁴ is independently selected from the group consisting    of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally    substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl,    and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and R⁵ is    selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo,    C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy).

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-h) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; X and Z are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of CH and N. In some embodiments of compoundsof Formula (I-h), X is CH, Z is N, and Y is NR⁵.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-h), X is CH, Z is N, andY is NR⁵. In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-h), X is N, Zis C(R⁴), and Y is O.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-h), wherein R⁴ isselected from —H and C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-h), X is N, Z is C(R⁴),and Y is S. In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-h), X is N, Zis N, and Y is S.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of formula (I-j):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-k):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   X is selected from the group consisting of C(OR⁵), —C(R⁴), and N; R⁴    is selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆    alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo,    hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; and R⁵ is selected from the group    consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl    (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆    haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy).

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-k) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; X and Z are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of CH and N.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-m):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   X and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of    C(R⁴) and N; E is selected from the group consisting of an    optionally substituted C₅₋₆ carbocyclyl and an optionally    substituted 5- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; and each R⁴ is    independently selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo,    C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy),    halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-n):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   A is selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴) and N; E is    selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C₅₋₆    carbocyclyl, an optionally substituted 5- to 6-membered    heterocyclyl, an optionally substituted 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl,    and an optionally substituted phenyl; and each R⁴ is independently    selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄    haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆    alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo,    hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy.

Some embodiments include compounds of Formula (III)

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   A₁ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    5-10 membered heterocyclyl provided the 6-10-membered heterocyclyl    is not substituted with oxo; optionally substituted 5-, 8-, or    9-membered heteroaryl; and optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl;-   A₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,    optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, —CR₂—, —S—, —S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —O—,    —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —OC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)NH—,    —NHC(O)O—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S) O—, —NHC(S)—, and single    bond;-   A₄ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl,    —(CR₂)_(n)—S—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂), —S(═O)—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂),    —SO₂—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂), —O—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—C(═S)—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—C(═O)—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—NR—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—CH═CH—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—OC(O)NH—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(O)NH—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(O)O—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂), —NHC(O)—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(S)NH—(CR₂)_(n)—,    —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(S)O—(CR₂)_(n)—, —(CR₂)_(n)—NHC(S)—(CR₂)_(n)—, and    single bond;-   when A₂ and A₄ are single bond, A₃ is directly attached to A₈;-   A₃ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted    C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,    optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and optionally    substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, or if A₂ is selected from optionally    substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀    aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and    optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, then A₃ is selected from    the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,    optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally    substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀    carbocyclyl, —C≡CH, and optionally substituted 2- to 5-membered    polyethylene glycol; G is an optionally substituted C₃ to C₇    carbocyclyl or an optionally substituted 4- to 7-membered    heterocyclyl;-   A₈ is a ring member of A₁ and is selected from the group consisting    of C and N;-   R⁸ is selected from the group consisting of —COR¹, —CN, —CH═CHSO₂R,    —CH₂NO₂;-   R¹ is selected from the group consisting of H, —OH, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,    —COOH, —CH₂NO₂, —C(═O)NOR, —NH₂, —CONR²R³, —CH(CH₃)═CH₂,    —CH(CF₃)NR²R³, —C(F)═CHCH₂CH₃,

-   R¹⁴ is halo; and-   each R, R², and R³ are independently selected from —H, optionally    substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₈ alkoxyalkyl,    optionally substituted 2- to 5-membered polyethylene glycol,    optionally substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted 5-10    membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally    substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, and optionally substituted 5-10    membered heteroaryl; R⁶ is independently selected from —H and    optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl; and each n is independently    selected to be an integer from 0 to 3.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formulas (III) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (III-a):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), at least one of the optionally substituted moieties of A₂, A₄,and A₃ is substituted with ¹⁸F.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), at least one of the optionally substituted moieties of A₂, A₄,and A₃ is substituted with C₁-C₆ alkyl containing one or more ¹¹C.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a),(I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m),(I-n), or (I-p) or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts; A₃ isselected from the group consisting of

and A₉ is selected from the group consisting of H, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10membered heteroaryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl,C₁₋₄ alkyl; X₂, X₁, and Z are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of C(R⁴) and N; Yi is selected from the group consisting ofNR⁵, O, and S; J, L, M₁ and M₂ are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of C(R⁴) and N; R⁴ is selected from the groupconsisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, halo,hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of—H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is —CH₂—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is —CH═CH—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is —O—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is S.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is single bond.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is phenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₃ is optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl, optionally substituted 5- or 7-10 membered heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, —S—, —S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—,—NR—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —OC(O)NH—, —NHC (O)NH—, —NHC(O)O—, —NHC(S)NH—,—NHC(S)O—, and —NHC(S)—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, and —C≡C—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and optionallysubstituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₄ is single bond.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₃ is selected from the group consisting of phenyl,

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₃ is optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), A₃ is selected from the group consisting of

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein A₂ is a single bond, A₄ is a single bond, and A₃ is anoptionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl or an optionally substituted 5-10membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein A₃ has the structure:

wherein J, L, M₁, M₂, and M₃ are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of C(R⁴) and N; and each R⁴ is independently selectedfrom the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆alkoxy.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein each of J, L, M₁, M₂, and M₃ are C(R⁴)

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein each R⁴ is independently selected from —H and halo.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein M₁ is halo and each of J, L, M₂, and M₃ are CH.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein L is halo and each of J, M₁, M₂, and M₃ are CH.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein A₃ has a structure selected from the group consisting of:

wherein J, L, M₁, M₂, M₃, M₄, and M₅ are each independently selectedfrom the group consisting of C(R⁴) and N; and each R⁴ is independentlyselected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆alkoxy.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), or(I-p), wherein A₃ has the structure:

wherein X is selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴) and N; Y isselected from O and S; and R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of—H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substitutedwith halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-o):

-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:-   Y is selected from the group consisting of NR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; X₁ is    selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴) and N; J, L, M₁, M₂, and    M₃ are each independently selected from the group consisting of    C(R⁴) and N; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄    alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆    alkoxy; R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl,    C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with    halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆    haloalkoxy).

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I-o) or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts; J, L, M₁, M₂, and M₃ areindependently selected from the group consisting of CH and N.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p),wherein at least one of the optionally substituted moieties of A₅, A₇,and A₆ is substituted with ¹⁸F.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p),wherein at least one of the optionally substituted moieties of A₅, A₇,and A₆ is substituted with C₁-C₆ alkyl containing one or more ¹¹C.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₆ isphenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₆ isselected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl,optionally substituted C₁_s alkyl, optionally substituted —O—C₁₋₆ alkyl,and optionally substituted —O C₂₋₆ alkenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₇ is—CH₂—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₇ is—CH═CH—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₇ is—O—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₇ isS.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₇ issingle bond.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₇ isoptionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₇ isphenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₅ is—CH₂—.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p),wherein A₅ is —CH₂— or —CH₂CH₂—; A₇ is a single bond; and A₆ is selectedfrom the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, optionally substituted phenyl,optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₆ isoptionally substituted phenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p),wherein A₆ is unsubstituted phenyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p),wherein A₆ is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more C₁₋₄ alkyl,C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₆ hasthe structure:

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p),wherein A₅ is a single bond, A₇ is a single bond; and A₆ is C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), A₆ isselected from the group consisting of ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,isobutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, and 1,2-dimethylpropyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)R¹ is CONR²R³.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)R² is —H and R³ is optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)wherein R² is —H and R³ is selected from the group consisting of —H,C₁-C₄ alkyl optionally substituted with C-amido, and C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)R³ is selected from ethyl or cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)R³ is methyl substituted with C-amido.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)R³ is H.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)R³ is optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (III), (III-a), (I-a), (I-b),(I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-o), or (I-p)R³ is benzyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), R⁶ is—H and optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), R⁶ isoptionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments of Formulas (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e),(I-f), (I-g), (I-h), (I-j), (I-k), (I-m), (I-n), (I-o), or (I-p), R⁶ ismethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula (I), A₁ is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted 6-10 membered heterocyclyl;5-membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more C₁₋₄alkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, halo, hydroxy, or C₁-C₆ alkoxy; optionallysubstituted 5-, 8-, or 9-membered heteroaryl; and optionally substitutedC₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl.

In some embodiments of Formula (I), A₁ is selected from the groupconsisting of 5-membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one ormore C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, halo, hydroxy, or C₁-C₆ alkoxy andoptionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments of Formula (I), A₁ is optionally substituted5-membered heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds havingthe structure of Formula (I-p):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Some embodiments provide a compound of Formula (II):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

P₂ is an optionally substituted cyclic moiety having a size andconfiguration such that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9, atleast one atom of P₂ forms a non-polar interaction with, and is within 5Å or less of, at least one calpain 9 P2 pocket moiety selected from thegroup consisting of Gly190, Phe233, Gly253, His254, and Ala255;

L₁ is a bond or a moiety consisting of from 1 to 25 atoms selected fromthe group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, and sulfur;

P₃ is an optionally substituted cyclic moiety positioned by L₁ andhaving a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₃ forms a non-polar interactionwith, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least one calpain 9 P3 pocketmoiety selected from the group consisting of Gly189, Gly190, Ser191,Thr236, and Gly253;

R¹⁰ is oxo and is positioned by P₂ such that, upon binding of thecompound to calpain 9, R¹⁰ forms a polar interaction with, and is within4 Å or less of, calpain 9 Gly190 amide;

R¹¹ is nitrogen and is positioned by the carbons to which it is bondedsuch that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9, R¹¹ forms a polarinteraction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, calpain 9 Gly253carbonyl;

L₂ is a bond or a moiety consisting of from 1 to 25 atoms selected fromthe group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, and sulfur;

P₁ is a moiety positioned by L₂ and having a size and configuration suchthat, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of P₁forms a non-polar interaction with, and is within 5 Å or less of, atleast one calpain 9 P1 pocket moiety selected from the group consistingof Gly95, Lys188, Gly189, and Ser242;

R⁹ is a moiety positioned by the carbon to which it is attached suchthat, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of R⁹forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, at leastone calpain 9 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln91, Cys97,and His254; and

R⁶ is selected from —H and optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compounds wherein;R⁹ is —(C═R¹²)(C═R¹³)NR²R³;

R¹² is oxo and is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 9, R¹² forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, calpain 9 His254 imidazole;

R¹³ is oxo and is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 9, R¹³ forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, at least one calpain 9 moiety selected from the group consisting ofGln91 side chain carboxamide and Cys97 backbone amide; and

R² and R³ are independently selected from —H, optionally substitutedC₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, and optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹² is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9,R¹² is within 2.6 to 3.2 Å or less of, calpain 9 His254 imidazole.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹² is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9,R¹² is within 2.6 to 3.0 Å or less of, calpain 9 His254 imidazole.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹³ is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9,R¹³ is within 2.6 to 3.5 Å to the calpain 9 moieties including bothGln91 side chain carboxamide and Cys97 backbone amide.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹³ is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 9,R¹³ is within 2.6 to 3.2 Å to the calpain 9 moieties including bothGln91 side chain carboxamide and Cys97 backbone amide.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR⁹ is positioned by the carbon to which it is attached such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of R⁹ forms apolar interaction with, and is within 3.6 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 9 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln91, Cys97, andHis254.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR⁹ is positioned by the carbon to which it is attached such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of R⁹ is within2.6 to 3.6 Å to the calpain 9 moieties including both Gln91 side chaincarboxamide and Cys97 backbone amide.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR⁹ is positioned by the carbon to which it is attached such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of R⁹ is within2.9 to 3.2 Å to the calpain 9 moieties including both Gln91 side chaincarboxamide and Cys97 backbone amide.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound wherein acarbon atom in R⁹ at its point of attachment forms a covalent bond withCys97

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinthe covalent bond length is between 1.7 and 1.9 Å.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ is an optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹¹ is positioned by the carbons to which it is bonded such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, R¹¹ forms a polar interactionwith, and is within 3.6 Å or less of, calpain 9 Gly253 carbonyl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound wherein,P₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 1, at least one atom of P₂ forms a non-polar interactionwith, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least one calpain 1 P2 pocketmoiety selected from the group consisting of Gly208, Ser251, Gly271,His272, and Ala273;

P₃ is positioned by L₁ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 1, at least one atom of P₃ forms anon-polar interaction with, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 1 P3 pocket moiety selected from the group consisting of Gly207,Gly208, Ser209, Ile254, and Gly271;

R¹⁰ is positioned by P₂ such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 1, R¹⁰ forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, calpain 1 Gly208 amide;

R¹¹ is positioned by the carbons to which it is bonded such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 1, R¹¹ forms a polar interactionwith, and is within 4 Å or less of, calpain 1 Gly271 carbonyl;

P₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 1, at least one atom of P₁ forms anon-polar interaction with, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 1 P1 pocket moiety selected from the group consisting of Gly113,Ser206, Gly207, and Met260; and

R⁹ is positioned by the carbon to which it is attached such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 1, at least one atom of R⁹ forms apolar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 1 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln109, Cys115,and His272.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound wherein:

P₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 2, at least one atom of P₂ forms a non-polar interactionwith, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least one calpain 2 P₂ pocketmoiety selected from the group consisting of Gly198, Ser241, Gly261,His262, and Ala263;

P₃ is positioned by L₁ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 2, at least one atom of P₃ forms anon-polar interaction with, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 2 P₃ pocket moiety selected from the group consisting of Gly197,Gly198, Ala199, Ile244, and Gly261;

R¹⁰ is positioned by P₂ such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 2, R¹⁰ forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, calpain 2 Gly198 amide;

R¹¹ is positioned by the carbons to which it is bonded such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 2, R¹¹ forms a polar interactionwith, and is within 4 Å or less of, calpain 2 Gly261 carbonyl;

P₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 2, at least one atom of P₁ forms anon-polar interaction with, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 2 P₁ pocket moiety selected from the group consisting of Gly103,Ser196, Gly197, and Ser250; and

R⁹ is positioned by the carbon to which it is attached such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 2, at least one atom of R⁹ forms apolar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 2 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln99, Cys105,and His262.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 2.6 to 3.6 Å of Gly190carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 2.9 to 3.3 Å of Gly190carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 2.8 to 4.8 Å of a carbonatom in Phe233.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 2.9 to 3.3 Å of a carbonatom in Phe233.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 2.6 to 3.7 Å of Gly253carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 2.9 to 3.3 Å of Gly253carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 2.9 to 4.8 Å of Ala255nitrogen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₂ is within 3.2 to 4.0 Å of Ala255nitrogen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₃ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₃ is within 3.1 to 4.3 Å of Gly189C-alpha.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₃ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₃ is within 3.2 to 4.0 Å of Gly189C-alpha.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₃ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₃ is within 3.0 to 4.3 Å of Gly190carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₃ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₃ is within 3.2 to 4.0 Å of Gly190carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₃ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₃ is within 3.2 to 4.8 Å of Ser191nitrogen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₃ has a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 9, at least one atom of P₃ is within 3.2 to 4.0 Å of Ser191nitrogen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹⁰ is positioned by P₂ such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 9, R¹⁰ is within 2.6 to 3.5 Å of, calpain 9 Gly190 amide.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹⁰ is positioned by P₂ such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 9, R¹⁰ is within 2.9 to 3.3 Å of, calpain 9 Gly190 amide.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹¹ is positioned by the carbons to which it is bonded such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, R¹¹ is within 2.6 to 3.6 Å or lessof, calpain 9 Gly253 carbonyl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹¹ is positioned by the carbons to which it is bonded such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, R¹¹ is within 2.9 to 3.3 Å or lessof, calpain 9 Gly253 carbonyl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of P₁ is within3.2 to 4.4 Å Gly95 carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of P₁ is within3.2 to 4.0 Å Gly95 carbonyl oxygen.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of P₁ is within3.2 to 4.7 Å of Lys188 carbonyl carbon.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of P₁ is within2.6 to 4.0 Å of Lys188 carbonyl carbon.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of P₁ is within3.0 to 4.1 Å of Gly189 C-alpha.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₁ is positioned by L₂ and has a size and configuration such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 9, at least one atom of P₁ is within3.2 to 4.0 Å of Gly189 C-alpha.

Some embodiments provide a compound of Formula (II):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

P₂ is an optionally substituted cyclic moiety having a size andconfiguration such that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 1, atleast one atom of P₂ forms a non-polar interaction with, and is within 5Å or less of, at least one calpain 1 P2 pocket moiety selected from thegroup consisting of Gly208, Ser251, Gly271, His272, and Ala273;

L₁ is a bond or a moiety consisting of from 1 to 25 atoms selected fromthe group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, and sulfur;

P₃ is an optionally substituted cyclic moiety positioned by L₁ andhaving a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 1, at least one atom of P₃ forms a non-polar interactionwith, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least one calpain 1 P3 pocketmoiety selected from the group consisting of Gly207, Gly208, Ser209,Ile254, and Gly271;

R¹⁰ is oxo and is positioned by P₂ such that, upon binding of thecompound to calpain 1, R¹⁰ forms a polar interaction with, and is within4 Å or less of, calpain 1 Gly208 amide;

R¹¹ is nitrogen and is positioned by the carbons to which it is bondedsuch that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 1, R¹¹ forms a polarinteraction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, calpain 1 Gly271carbonyl;

L₂ is a bond or a moiety consisting of from 1 to 25 atoms selected fromthe group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, and sulfur;

P₁ is a moiety positioned by L₂ and having a size and configuration suchthat, upon binding of the compound to calpain 1, at least one atom of P₁forms a non-polar interaction with, and is within 5 Å or less of, atleast one calpain 1 P1 pocket moiety selected from the group consistingof Gly113, Ser206, Gly207, and Met260;

R⁹ is a moiety positioned by the carbon to which it is attached suchthat, upon binding of the compound to calpain 1, at least one atom of R⁹forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, at leastone calpain 1 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln109,Cys115, and His272; and R⁶ is selected from —H and optionallysubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR⁹ is —(C═R¹²)(C═R¹³)NR²R³;

R¹² is oxo and is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 1, R¹² forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, calpain 1 His272 imidazole;

R¹³ is oxo and is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 1, R¹³ forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, at least one calpain 1 moiety selected from the group consisting ofGln109 side chain carboxamide and Cys115 backbone amide; and

R² and R³ are independently selected from —H, optionally substitutedC₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, and optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR⁹ is positioned by the carbon to which it is attached such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 1, at least one atom of R⁹ forms apolar interaction with, and is within 3.5 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 1 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln109, Cys115,and His272.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound wherein acarbon atom in R⁹ at its point of attachment forms a covalent bond withCys115.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinthe covalent bond length is between 1.7 and 1.9 Å.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ is an optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹¹ is positioned by the carbons to which it is bonded such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 1, R¹¹ forms a polar interactionwith, and is within 3.5 Å or less of, calpain 1 Gly271 carbonyl.

Some embodiments provide a compound of Formula (II):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein

P₂ is an optionally substituted cyclic moiety having a size andconfiguration such that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 2, atleast one atom of P₂ forms a non-polar interaction with, and is within 5Å or less of, at least one calpain 2 P₂ pocket moiety selected from thegroup consisting of Gly198, Ser241, Gly261, His262, and Ala263;

L₁ is a bond or a moiety consisting of from 1 to 25 atoms selected fromthe group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, and sulfur;

P₃ is an optionally substituted cyclic moiety positioned by L₁ andhaving a size and configuration such that, upon binding of the compoundto calpain 2, at least one atom of P₃ forms a non-polar interactionwith, and is within 5 Å or less of, at least one calpain 2 P₃ pocketmoiety selected from the group consisting of Gly197, Gly198, Ala199,Ile244, and Gly261;

R¹⁰ is oxo and is positioned by P₂ such that, upon binding of thecompound to calpain 2, R¹⁰ forms a polar interaction with, and is within4 Å or less of, calpain 2 Gly198 amide;

R¹¹ is nitrogen and is positioned by the carbons to which it is bondedsuch that, upon binding of the compound to calpain 2, R¹¹ forms a polarinteraction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, calpain 2 Gly261carbonyl;

L₂ is a bond or a moiety consisting of from 1 to 25 atoms selected fromthe group consisting of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, and sulfur;

P₁ is a moiety positioned by L₂ and having a size and configuration suchthat, upon binding of the compound to calpain 2, at least one atom of P₁forms a non-polar interaction with, and is within 5 Å or less of, atleast one calpain 2 P₁ pocket moiety selected from the group consistingof Gly103, Ser196, Gly197, and Ser250;

R⁹ is a moiety positioned by the carbon to which it is attached suchthat, upon binding of the compound to calpain 2, at least one atom of R⁹forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or less of, at leastone calpain 2 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln99,Cys105, and His262; and R⁶ is selected from —H and optionallysubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR⁹ is —(C═R¹²)(C═R¹³)NR²R³;

R¹² is oxo and is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 2, R¹² forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, calpain 2 His262 imidazole;

R¹³ is oxo and is positioned such that, upon binding of the compound tocalpain 2, R¹³ forms a polar interaction with, and is within 4 Å or lessof, at least one calpain 2 moiety selected from the group consisting ofGln99 side chain carboxamide and Cys105 backbone amide; and

R² and R³ are independently selected from —H, optionally substitutedC₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, and optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR⁹ is positioned by the carbon to which it is attached such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 2, at least one atom of R⁹ forms apolar interaction with, and is within 3.5 Å or less of, at least onecalpain 2 moiety selected from the group consisting of Gln99, Cys105,and His262.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound wherein acarbon atom in R⁹ at its point of attachment forms a covalent bond withCys195.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinthe covalent bond length is between 1.7 and 1.9 Å.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinP₂ is an optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl.

Some embodiments of compounds of Formula (II) include compound whereinR¹¹ is positioned by the carbons to which it is bonded such that, uponbinding of the compound to calpain 2, R¹¹ forms a polar interactionwith, and is within 3.5 Å or less of, calpain 2 Gly261 carbonyl.

Some embodiments include a compound selected from the group consistingof compounds 1 to 90, compounds 92-94, compound 195, compounds 197 to235, compounds 238 to 273, compounds 276 to 281, compounds 283 to 299,compounds 303 to 309, compounds 313 to 363, compound 365, compounds367-410, compounds 413-424, compounds 428-445, compounds 447-448,compounds 454-532, compound 540, compounds 546-588, compounds 591-605,compounds 607-611, compounds 613-630, and pharmaceutically acceptablesalts thereof, as such compounds are described herein.

Some embodiments include a compound selected from the group consistingof compounds 91, 196, 274, 282, 310 to 312, 364, 366, 411, 536, 541, andpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, as such compounds aredescribed herein.

Some embodiments include a compound selected from the group consistingof:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Various embodimentsinclude the S-enantiomer, the R-enantiomer, or the racemate of the abovecompounds.

Additional compounds suitable for use as described herein and that canbe made by using the methods described herein are presented in Table 1.

TABLE 1

Where the compounds disclosed herein have at least one chiral center,they may exist as individual enantiomers and diastereomers or asmixtures of such isomers, including racemates. Separation of theindividual isomers or selective synthesis of the individual isomers isaccomplished by application of various methods which are well known topractitioners in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, all such isomersand mixtures thereof are included in the scope of the compoundsdisclosed herein. Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein may exist inone or more crystalline or amorphous forms. Unless otherwise indicated,all such forms are included in the scope of the compounds disclosedherein including any polymorphic forms. In addition, some of thecompounds disclosed herein may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates)or common organic solvents. Unless otherwise indicated, such solvatesare included in the scope of the compounds disclosed herein.

The skilled artisan will recognize that some structures described hereinmay be resonance forms or tautomers of compounds that may be fairlyrepresented by other chemical structures, even when kinetically; theartisan recognizes that such structures may only represent a very smallportion of a sample of such compound(s). Such compounds are consideredwithin the scope of the structures depicted, though such resonance formsor tautomers are not represented herein.

Isotopically-Labeled Compounds

Isotopes may be present in the compounds described. Each chemicalelement as represented in a compound structure may include any isotopeof said element. The isotopes may be isotopes of carbon, chlorine,fluorine, hydrogen, iodine, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, andtechnetium, including ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ³⁶C₁, ¹⁸F, ²H, ³H, ¹²³I, ¹²⁵I, ¹³N,¹⁵N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S, and ^(99m)Tc. For example, in acompound structure a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed orunderstood to be present in the compound. At any position of thecompound that a hydrogen atom may be present, the hydrogen atom can beany isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen-1(protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium). Thus, reference herein to acompound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the contextclearly dictates otherwise. Isotopically-labeled compounds of thepresent embodiments are useful in drug and substrate tissue distributionand target occupancy assays. For example, isotopically labeled compoundsare particularly useful in SPECT (single photon emission computedtomography) and in PET (positron emission tomography), as discussedfurther herein.

Definitions

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used hereinhave the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skillin the art to which this disclosure belongs. All patents, applications,published applications, and other publications are incorporated byreference in their entirety. In the event that there is a plurality ofdefinitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unlessstated otherwise.

A “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug invivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may beeasier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, bebioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. Theprodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositionsover the parent drug. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug wouldbe a compound which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) tofacilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility isdetrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed tothe carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell wherewater-solubility is beneficial. A further example of a prodrug might bea short peptide (polyamino acid) bonded to an acid group where thepeptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety. Conventionalprocedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrugderivatives are described, for example, in Design of Prodrugs, (ed. H.Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985), which is hereby incorporated herein byreference in its entirety.

The term “pro-drug ester” refers to derivatives of the compoundsdisclosed herein formed by the addition of any of several ester-forminggroups that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions. Examples ofpro-drug ester groups include pivoyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl,phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groupsknown in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group.Other examples of pro-drug ester groups can be found in, for example, T.Higuchi and V. Stella, in “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems”, Vol.14, A.C.S. Symposium Series, American Chemical Society (1975); and“Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design: Theory and Application”, editedby E. B. Roche, Pergamon Press: New York, 14-21 (1987) (providingexamples of esters useful as prodrugs for compounds containing carboxylgroups). Each of the above-mentioned references is herein incorporatedby reference in their entirety.

“Metabolites” of the compounds disclosed herein include active speciesthat are produced upon introduction of the compounds into the biologicalmilieu.

“Solvate” refers to the compound formed by the interaction of a solventand a compound described herein, a metabolite, or salt thereof. Suitablesolvates are pharmaceutically acceptable solvates including hydrates.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to salts that retainthe biological effectiveness and properties of a compound, which are notbiologically or otherwise undesirable for use in a pharmaceutical. Inmany cases, the compounds herein are capable of forming acid and/or basesalts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups orgroups similar thereto. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition saltscan be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acidsfrom which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid,hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and thelike. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, forexample, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid,oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid,tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid,methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid,salicylic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base additionsalts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases. Inorganic basesfrom which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium,lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese,aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium,potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts. Organic bases from whichsalts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, andtertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurringsubstituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and thelike, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine,triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. Many such salts areknown in the art, as described in WO 87/05297, Johnston et al.,published Sep. 11, 1987 (incorporated by reference herein in itsentirety).

As used herein, “C_(a) to C_(b)” or “C_(a-b)” in which “a” and “b” areintegers refer to the number of carbon atoms in the specified group.That is, the group can contain from “a” to “b”, inclusive, carbon atoms.Thus, for example, a “C₁ to C₄ alkyl” or “C₁₋₄ alkyl” group refers toall alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH₃—, CH₃CH₂—,CH₃CH₂CH₂—, (CH₃)₂CH—, CH₃CH₂CH₂CH₂—, CH₃CH₂CH(CH₃)— and (CH₃)₃C—.

The term “halogen” or “halo,” as used herein, means any one of theradio-stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements,e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, with fluorine and chlorinebeing preferred.

As used herein, “alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbonchain that is fully saturated (i.e., contains no double or triplebonds). The alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever itappears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to eachinteger in the given range; e.g., “1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that thealkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbonatoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the presentdefinition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where nonumerical range is designated). The alkyl group may also be a mediumsize alkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkyl group could also be alower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of the compoundsmay be designated as “C₁₋₄ alkyl” or similar designations. By way ofexample only, “C₁₋₄ alkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbonatoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from thegroup consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl,iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Typical alkyl groups include, but arein no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl,tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.

As used herein, “haloalkyl” refers to a straight- or branched-chainalkyl group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms in the chain, substitutingone or more hydrogens with halogens. Examples of haloalkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, —CF₃, —CHF₂, —CH₂F, —CH₂CF₃, —CH₂CHF₂,—CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂C₁, —CH₂CF₂CF₃ and other groups that in light of theordinary skill in the art and the teachings provided herein, would beconsidered equivalent to any one of the foregoing examples.

As used herein, “alkoxy” refers to the formula —OR wherein R is an alkylas is defined above, such as “C₁₋₉ alkoxy”, including but not limited tomethoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy,iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy, and the like.

As used herein, “polyethylene glycol” refers to the formula

wherein n is an integer greater than one and R is a hydrogen or alkyl.The number of repeat units “n” may be indicated by referring to a numberof members. Thus, for example, “2- to 5-membered polyethylene glycol”refers to n being an integer selected from two to five. In someembodiments, R is selected from methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy,1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, andtert-butoxy.

As used herein, “heteroalkyl” refers to a straight or branchedhydrocarbon chain containing one or more heteroatoms, that is, anelement other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen,oxygen and sulfur, in the chain backbone. The heteroalkyl group may have1 to 20 carbon atoms although the present definition also covers theoccurrence of the term “heteroalkyl” where no numerical range isdesignated. The heteroalkyl group may also be a medium size heteroalkylhaving 1 to 9 carbon atoms. The heteroalkyl group could also be a lowerheteroalkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In various embodiments, theheteroalkyl may have from 1 to 4 heteroatoms, from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, 1or 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom. The heteroalkyl group of thecompounds may be designated as “C₁₋₄ heteroalkyl” or similardesignations. The heteroalkyl group may contain one or more heteroatoms.By way of example only, “C₁₋₄ heteroalkyl” indicates that there are oneto four carbon atoms in the heteroalkyl chain and additionally one ormore heteroatoms in the backbone of the chain.

The term “aromatic” refers to a ring or ring system having a conjugatedpi electron system and includes both carbocyclic aromatic (e.g., phenyl)and heterocyclic aromatic groups (e.g., pyridine). The term includesmonocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacentpairs of atoms) groups provided that the entire ring system is aromatic.

As used herein, “aryl” refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e.,two or more fused rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) containingonly carbon in the ring backbone. When the aryl is a ring system, everyring in the system is aromatic. The aryl group may have 6 to 18 carbonatoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of theterm “aryl” where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments,the aryl group has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group may bedesignated as “C₆₋₁₀ aryl,” “C₆ or C₁₀ aryl,” or similar designations.Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl,naphthyl, azulenyl, and anthracenyl.

As used herein, “aryloxy” and “arylthio” refers to RO— and RS—, in whichR is an aryl as is defined above, such as “C₆₋₁₀ aryloxy” or “C₆₋₁₀arylthio” and the like, including but not limited to phenyloxy.

An “aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” is an aryl group connected, as asubstituent, via an alkylene group, such “C₇₋₁₄ aralkyl” and the like,including but not limited to benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, andnaphthylalkyl. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylenegroup (i.e., a C₁₋₄ alkylene group).

As used herein, “heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic ring or ring system(i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent atoms) thatcontain(s) one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other thancarbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, inthe ring backbone. When the heteroaryl is a ring system, every ring inthe system is aromatic. The heteroaryl group may have 5-18 ring members(i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbonatoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers theoccurrence of the term “heteroaryl” where no numerical range isdesignated. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 5 to 10 ringmembers or 5 to 7 ring members. The heteroaryl group may be designatedas “5-7 membered heteroaryl,” “5-10 membered heteroaryl,” or similardesignations. In various embodiments, a heteroaryl contains from 1 to 4heteroatoms, from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, from 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1heteroatom. For example, in various embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1to 4 nitrogen atoms, 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms, 2nitrogen atoms and 1 sulfur or oxygen atom, 1 nitrogen atom and 1 sulfuror oxygen atom, or 1 sulfur or oxygen atom. Examples of heteroaryl ringsinclude, but are not limited to, furyl, thienyl, phthalazinyl, pyrrolyl,oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl,triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl,triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinlinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl,benzothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, and benzothienyl.

A “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” is heteroaryl group connected, asa substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include but are notlimited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl,pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazollylalkyl, and imidazolylalkyl. Insome cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a C₁₋₄alkylene group).

As used herein, “carbocyclyl” means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ringsystem containing only carbon atoms in the ring system backbone. Whenthe carbocyclyl is a ring system, two or more rings may be joinedtogether in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Carbocyclylsmay have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in aring system is not aromatic. Thus, carbocyclyls include cycloalkyls,cycloalkenyls, and cycloalkynyls. The carbocyclyl group may have 3 to 20carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrenceof the term “carbocyclyl” where no numerical range is designated. Thecarbocyclyl group may also be a medium size carbocyclyl having 3 to 10carbon atoms. The carbocyclyl group could also be a carbocyclyl having 3to 6 carbon atoms. The carbocyclyl group may be designated as “C₃₋₆carbocyclyl” or similar designations. Examples of carbocyclyl ringsinclude, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,3-dihydro-indene, bicycle[2.2.2]octanyl,adamantyl, and spiro[4.4]nonanyl.

A “(carbocyclyl)alkyl” is a carbocyclyl group connected, as asubstituent, via an alkylene group, such as “C₄-o (carbocyclyl)alkyl”and the like, including but not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl,cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylbutyl, cyclobutylethyl,cyclopropylisopropyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl,cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, and the like. Insome cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.

As used herein, “cycloalkyl” means a fully saturated carbocyclyl ring orring system. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, andcyclohexyl.

As used herein, “cycloalkenyl” means a carbocyclyl ring or ring systemhaving at least one double bond, wherein no ring in the ring system isaromatic. An example is cyclohexenyl.

As used herein, “heterocyclyl” means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ringsystem containing at least one heteroatom in the ring backbone.Heterocyclyls may be joined together in a fused, bridged orspiro-connected fashion. Heterocyclyls may have any degree of saturationprovided that at least one ring in the ring system is not aromatic. Theheteroatom(s) may be present in either a non-aromatic or aromatic ringin the ring system. The heterocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 ring members(i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbonatoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers theoccurrence of the term “heterocyclyl” where no numerical range isdesignated. The heterocyclyl group may also be a medium sizeheterocyclyl having 3 to 10 ring members. The heterocyclyl group couldalso be a heterocyclyl having 3 to 6 ring members. The heterocyclylgroup may be designated as “3-6 membered heterocyclyl” or similardesignations.

In various embodiments, a heterocyclyl contains from 1 to 4 heteroatoms,from 1 to 3 heteroatoms, from 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom. Forexample, in various embodiments, a heterocyclyl contains 1 to 4 nitrogenatoms, 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms, 2 nitrogen atomsand 1 sulfur or oxygen atom, 1 nitrogen atom and 1 sulfur or oxygenatom, or 1 sulfur or oxygen atom. In preferred six membered monocyclicheterocyclyls, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one up to three of O,N or S, and in preferred five membered monocyclic heterocyclyls, theheteroatom(s) are selected from one or two heteroatoms selected from O,N, or S. Examples of heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to,azepinyl, acridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl,imidazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxiranyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, piperidinyl,piperazinyl, dioxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl,pyrrolidionyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxinyl,1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4-dioxinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-oxathianyl,1,4-oxathiinyl, 1,4-oxathianyl, 2H-1,2-oxazinyl, trioxanyl,hexahydro-1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,3-dioxolyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolyl,1,3-dithiolanyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl,oxazolidinonyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-oxathiolanyl, indolinyl,isoindolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl,tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydro-1,4-thiazinyl,thiamorpholinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolidinyl, andtetrahydroquinoline.

A “(heterocyclyl)alkyl” is a heterocyclyl group connected, as asubstituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include, but are notlimited to, imidazolinylmethyl and indolinylethyl.

As used herein, “acyl” refers to —C(═O)R, wherein R is hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, aryl, 5-10 memberedheteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.Non-limiting examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, andacryl.

An “O-carboxy” group refers to a “—OC(═O)R” group in which R is selectedfrom hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl,aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, asdefined herein.

A “C-carboxy” group refers to a “—C(═O)OR” group in which R is selectedfrom hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl,aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, asdefined herein. A non-limiting example includes carboxyl (i.e.,—C(═O)OH).

A “cyano” group refers to a “—CN” group.

A “cyanato” group refers to an “—OCN” group.

An “isocyanato” group refers to a “—NCO” group.

A “thiocyanato” group refers to a “—SCN” group.

An “isothiocyanato” group refers to an “—NCS” group.

A “sulfinyl” group refers to an “—S(═O)R” group in which R is selectedfrom hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl,C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, asdefined herein.

A “sulfonyl” group refers to an “—SO₂R” group in which R is selectedfrom hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl,C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, asdefined herein.

An “S-sulfonamido” group refers to a “—SO₂NR_(A)R_(B)” group in whichR_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.

An “N-sulfonamido” group refers to a “—N(R_(A))SO₂R_(B)” group in whichR_(A) and R_(b) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.

An “O-carbamyl” group refers to a “—OC(═O)NR_(A)R_(B)” group in whichR_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.

An “N-carbamyl” group refers to an “—N(R_(A))OC(═O)R_(B)” group in whichR_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.

An “O-thiocarbamyl” group refers to a “—OC(═S)NR_(A)R_(B)” group inwhich R_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen,C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl,5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as definedherein.

An “N-thiocarbamyl” group refers to an “—N(R_(A))OC(═S)R_(B)” group inwhich R_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen,C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl,5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as definedherein.

A “C-amido” group refers to a “—C(═O)NR_(A)R_(B)” group in which R_(A)and R_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl,C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10 memberedheteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.

An “N-amido” group refers to a “—N(R_(A))C(═O)R_(B)” group in whichR_(A) and R_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.

An “amino” group refers to a “—NR_(A)R_(B)” group in which R_(A) andR_(B) are each independently selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10 memberedheteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.

An “aminoalkyl” group refers to an amino group connected via an alkylenegroup.

An “alkoxyalkyl” group refers to an alkoxy group connected via analkylene group, such as a “C₂₋₈ alkoxyalkyl” and the like.

As used herein, a “natural amino acid side chain” refers to theside-chain substituent of a naturally occurring amino acid. Naturallyoccurring amino acids have a substituent attached to the α-carbon.Naturally occurring amino acids include Arginine, Lysine, Aspartic acid,Glutamic acid, Glutamine, Asparagine, Histidine, Serine, Threonine,Tyrosine, Cysteine, Methionine, Tryptophan, Alanine, Isoleucine,Leucine, Phenylalanine, Valine, Proline, and Glycine.

As used herein, a “non-natural amino acid side chain” refers to theside-chain substituent of a non-naturally occurring amino acid.Non-natural amino acids include β-amino acids (β³ and β²), Homo-aminoacids, Proline and Pyruvic acid derivatives, β-substituted Alaninederivatives, Glycine derivatives, Ring-substituted Phenylalanine andTyrosine Derivatives, Linear core amino acids and N-methyl amino acids.Exemplary non-natural amino acids are available from Sigma-Aldridge,listed under “unnatural amino acids & derivatives.” See also, Travis S.Young and Peter G. Schultz, “Beyond the Canonical 20 Amino Acids:Expanding the Genetic Lexicon,” J. Biol. Chem. 2010 285:11039-11044,which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

As used herein, a substituted group is derived from the unsubstitutedparent group in which there has been an exchange of one or more hydrogenatoms for another atom or group. Unless otherwise indicated, when agroup is deemed to be “substituted,” it is meant that the group issubstituted with one or more substitutents independently selected fromC₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkenyl, C₁-C₆ alkynyl, C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl, C₃-C₇carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy),C₃-C₇-carbocyclyl-C₁-C₆-alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), 5-10membered heterocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), 5-10 memberedheterocyclyl-C₁-C₆-alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), aryl (optionallysubstituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, andC₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl (optionally substituted with halo,C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), 5-10membered heteroaryl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), 5-10 memberedheteroaryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, cyano,hydroxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxy(C₁-C₆)alkyl (i.e., ether), aryloxy,sulfhydryl (mercapto), halo(C₁-C₆)alkyl (e.g., —CF₃), halo(C₁-C₆)alkoxy(e.g., —OCF₃), C₁-C₆ alkylthio, arylthio, amino, amino(C₁-C₆)alkyl,nitro, 0-carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido,N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, acyl,cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, sulfinyl, sulfonyl,and oxo (═O). Wherever a group is described as “optionally substituted”that group can be substituted with the above substituents.

In some embodiments, substituted group(s) is (are) substituted with oneor more substituent(s) individually and independently selected fromC₁-C₄ alkyl, amino, hydroxy, and halogen.

It is to be understood that certain radical naming conventions caninclude either a mono-radical or a di-radical, depending on the context.For example, where a substituent requires two points of attachment tothe rest of the molecule, it is understood that the substituent is adi-radical. For example, a substituent identified as alkyl that requirestwo points of attachment includes di-radicals such as —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—,—CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂—, and the like. Other radical naming conventions clearlyindicate that the radical is a di-radical such as “alkylene” or“alkenylene.”

When two R groups are said to form a ring (e.g., a carbocyclyl,heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring) “together with the atom to whichthey are attached,” it is meant that the collective unit of the atom andthe two R groups are the recited ring. The ring is not otherwise limitedby the definition of each R group when taken individually. For example,when the following substructure is present:

and R¹ and R² are defined as selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen and alkyl, or R¹ and R² together with the nitrogen to whichthey are attached form a heterocyclyl, it is meant that R¹ and R² can beselected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure hasstructure:

where ring A is a heterocyclyl ring containing the depicted nitrogen.

Similarly, when two “adjacent” R groups are said to form a ring“together with the atoms to which they are attached,” it is meant thatthe collective unit of the atoms, intervening bonds, and the two Rgroups are the recited ring. For example, when the followingsubstructure is present:

and R¹ and R² are defined as selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen and alkyl, or R¹ and R² together with the atoms to which theyare attached form an aryl or carbocyclyl, it is meant that R¹ and R² canbe selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructurehas structure:

where A is an aryl ring or a carbocyclyl containing the depicted doublebond.

Wherever a substituent is depicted as a di-radical (i.e., has two pointsof attachment to the rest of the molecule), it is to be understood thatthe substituent can be attached in any directional configuration unlessotherwise indicated. Thus, for example, a substituent depicted as -AE-or

includes the substituent being oriented such that the A is attached atthe leftmost attachment point of the molecule as well as the case inwhich A is attached at the rightmost attachment point of the molecule.

As used herein, the substructure:

means that the A₈ atom can be in any ring atom position within the ringor ring system A₁. The substructure

means that the A₈ atom is in the ring atom position immediately adjacent(i.e., alpha) to the point of attachment indicated by *.

As used herein, “isosteres” of a chemical group are other chemicalgroups that exhibit the same or similar properties. For example,tetrazole is an isostere of carboxylic acid because it mimics theproperties of carboxylic acid even though they both have very differentmolecular formulae. Tetrazole is one of many possible isostericreplacements for carboxylic acid. Other carboxylic acid isosterescontemplated include —SO₃H, —SO₂HNR, —PO₂(R)₂, —PO₃(R)₂, —CONHNHSO₂R,—COHNSO₂R, and —CONRCN, where R is selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl,C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10 memberedheteroaryl, and 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. Inaddition, carboxylic acid isosteres can include 5-7 membered carbocyclesor heterocycles containing any combination of CH₂, O, S, or N in anychemically stable oxidation state, where any of the atoms of said ringstructure are optionally substituted in one or more positions. Thefollowing structures are non-limiting examples of carbocyclic andheterocyclic isosteres contemplated. The atoms of said ring structuremay be optionally substituted at one or more positions with R as definedabove.

It is also contemplated that when chemical substituents are added to acarboxylic isostere, the compound retains the properties of a carboxylicisostere. It is contemplated that when a carboxylic isostere isoptionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from R asdefined above, then the substitution and substitution position isselected such that it does not eliminate the carboxylic acid isostericproperties of the compound. Similarly, it is also contemplated that theplacement of one or more R substituents upon a carbocyclic orheterocyclic carboxylic acid isostere is not a substitution at one ormore atom(s) that maintain(s) or is/are integral to the carboxylic acidisosteric properties of the compound, if such substituent(s) woulddestroy the carboxylic acid isosteric properties of the compound.

Other carboxylic acid isosteres not specifically exemplified in thisspecification are also contemplated.

The term “agent” or “test agent” includes any substance, molecule,element, compound, entity, or a combination thereof. It includes, but isnot limited to, e.g., protein, polypeptide, peptide or mimetic, smallorganic molecule, polysaccharide, polynucleotide, and the like. It canbe a natural product, a synthetic compound, or a chemical compound, or acombination of two or more substances. Unless otherwise specified, theterms “agent”, “substance”, and “compound” are used interchangeablyherein.

The term “analog” is used herein to refer to a molecule thatstructurally resembles a reference molecule but which has been modifiedin a targeted and controlled manner, by replacing a specific substituentof the reference molecule with an alternate substituent. Compared to thereference molecule, an analog would be expected, by one skilled in theart, to exhibit the same, similar, or improved utility. Synthesis andscreening of analogs, to identify variants of known compounds havingimproved characteristics (such as higher binding affinity for a targetmolecule) is an approach that is well known in pharmaceutical chemistry.

The term “mammal” is used in its usual biological sense. Thus, itspecifically includes, but is not limited to, primates, includingsimians (chimpanzees, apes, monkeys) and humans, cattle, horses, sheep,goats, swine, rabbits, dogs, cats, rats and mice but also includes manyother species.

The term “microbial infection” refers to the invasion of the hostorganism, whether the organism is a vertebrate, invertebrate, fish,plant, bird, or mammal, by pathogenic microbes. This includes theexcessive growth of microbes that are normally present in or on the bodyof a mammal or other organism. More generally, a microbial infection canbe any situation in which the presence of a microbial population(s) isdamaging to a host mammal. Thus, a mammal is “suffering” from amicrobial infection when excessive numbers of a microbial population arepresent in or on a mammal's body, or when the effects of the presence ofa microbial population(s) is damaging the cells or other tissue of amammal. Specifically, this description applies to a bacterial infection.Note that the compounds of preferred embodiments are also useful intreating microbial growth or contamination of cell cultures or othermedia, or inanimate surfaces or objects, and nothing herein should limitthe preferred embodiments only to treatment of higher organisms, exceptwhen explicitly so specified in the claims.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or “pharmaceuticallyacceptable excipient” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media,coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorptiondelaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents forpharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Exceptinsofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with theactive ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions iscontemplated. In addition, various adjuvants such as are commonly usedin the art may be included. Considerations for the inclusion of variouscomponents in pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilmanet al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis ofTherapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press, which is incorporated herein byreference in its entirety.

“Subject” as used herein, means a human or a non-human mammal, e.g., adog, a cat, a mouse, a rat, a cow, a sheep, a pig, a goat, a non-humanprimate or a bird, e.g., a chicken, as well as any other vertebrate orinvertebrate.

An “effective amount” or a “therapeutically effective amount” as usedherein refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent that is effective torelieve, to some extent, or to reduce the likelihood of onset of, one ormore of the symptoms of a disease or condition, and includes curing adisease or condition. “Curing” means that the symptoms of a disease orcondition are eliminated; however, certain long-term or permanenteffects may exist even after a cure is obtained (such as extensivetissue damage).

“Treat,” “treatment,” or “treating,” as used herein refers toadministering a pharmaceutical composition for prophylactic and/ortherapeutic purposes. The term “prophylactic treatment” refers totreating a subject who does not yet exhibit symptoms of a disease orcondition, but who is susceptible to, or otherwise at risk of, aparticular disease or condition, whereby the treatment reduces thelikelihood that the patient will develop the disease or condition. Theterm “therapeutic treatment” refers to administering treatment to a

Methods of Preparation

The compounds disclosed herein may be synthesized by methods describedbelow, or by modification of these methods. Ways of modifying themethodology include, among others, temperature, solvent, reagents etc.,known to those skilled in the art. In general, during any of theprocesses for preparation of the compounds disclosed herein, it may benecessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups onany of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means ofconventional protecting groups, such as those described in ProtectiveGroups in Organic Chemistry (ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973);and P. G. M. Green, T. W. Wutts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis(3rd ed.) Wiley, New York (1999), which are both hereby incorporatedherein by reference in their entirety. The protecting groups may beremoved at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from theart. Synthetic chemistry transformations useful in synthesizingapplicable compounds are known in the art and include e.g. thosedescribed in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCHPublishers, 1989, or L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reagents forOrganic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, 1995, which are both herebyincorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The routes shown anddescribed herein are illustrative only and are not intended, nor arethey to be construed, to limit the scope of the claims in any mannerwhatsoever. Those skilled in the art will be able to recognizemodifications of the disclosed syntheses and to devise alternate routesbased on the disclosures herein; all such modifications and alternateroutes are within the scope of the claims.

In the following schemes, protecting groups for oxygen atoms areselected for their compatibility with the requisite synthetic steps aswell as compatibility of the introduction and deprotection steps withthe overall synthetic schemes (P. G. M. Green, T. W. Wutts, ProtectingGroups in Organic Synthesis (3rd ed.) Wiley, New York (1999)).

If the compounds of the present technology contain one or more chiralcenters, such compounds can be prepared or isolated as purestereoisomers, i.e., as individual enantiomers or d(1) stereoisomers, oras stereoisomer-enriched mixtures. All such stereoisomers (and enrichedmixtures) are included within the scope of the present technology,unless otherwise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures)may be prepared using, for example, optically active starting materialsor stereoselective reagents well-known in the art. Alternatively,racemic mixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for example,chiral column chromatography, chiral resolving agents and the like.

The starting materials for the following reactions are generally knowncompounds or can be prepared by known procedures or obviousmodifications thereof. For example, many of the starting materials areavailable from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co.(Milwaukee, Wis., USA), Bachem (Torrance, Calif., USA), Emka-Chemce orSigma (St. Louis, Mo., USA). Others may be prepared by procedures, orobvious modifications thereof, described in standard reference textssuch as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-15(John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds,Volumes 1-5, and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989),Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), March'sAdvanced Organic Chemistry, (John Wiley, and Sons, 5th Edition, 2001),and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc.,1989).

Synthesis of Compounds of Formula I

In one embodiment, the method involves reacting an appropriatelysubstituted intermediate with an acidic hydrogen (IV) with an ester (V)under base catalyzed conditions to yield the ester derivative (VI). Theresulting product was then subjected to hydrolysis under basicconditions to yield the carboxylic acid derivative (VII) which was thensubjected to amide-coupling conditions with an amino acid derivative(VIII) wherein the carboxylic acid group is functionalized with the R¹group (Scheme 1). Alternatively, the carboxylic acid product (VII) isthen subjected to amide coupling conditions with the amino alcoholderivative (VIII-a) to yield the corresponding adduct (IX). Theresulting adduct (IX) is subjected to oxidation conditions with DMPoxidation (with hypervalent iodine) or by an oxidizing agent such as PCC(pyridinium chlorochromate) to yield the α-ketoamide product (X).Alternately, the adduct (IX) was subjected to oxidation conditions usingEDC and dichloroacetic acid or using IBX as the oxidizing agent to yieldthe α-ketoamide product (X). The skilled artisan will once againappreciate that there are many other oxidizing conditions and agentswhich are within the scope of this disclosure to oxidize the hydroxylgroup. This synthesis route is generally shown in Scheme 2.

The following example schemes are provided for the guidance of thereader, and collectively represent an example method for making thecompounds encompassed herein. Furthermore, other methods for preparingcompounds described herein will be readily apparent to the person ofordinary skill in the art in light of the following reaction schemes andexamples. Unless otherwise indicated, all variables are as definedabove.

Uses of Isotopically-Labeled Compounds

Some embodiments provide a method of using isotopically labeledcompounds and prodrugs of the present disclosure in: (i) metabolicstudies (preferably with ¹⁴C), reaction kinetic studies (with, forexample 2H or 3H); (ii) detection or imaging techniques [such aspositron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computedtomography (SPECT)] including drug or substrate tissue distributionassays; or (III) in radioactive treatment of patients.

Isotopically labeled compounds and prodrugs of the embodiments thereofcan generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed inthe schemes or in the examples and preparations described below bysubstituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for anon-isotopically labeled reagent. An ¹⁸F or ¹¹C labeled compound may beparticularly preferred for PET, and an ¹²³I labeled compound may beparticularly preferred for SPECT studies. Further substitution withheavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., ²H) may afford certaintherapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, forexample increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.

Synthesis of Isotopically Labeled Compounds

¹⁸F labeled compounds are synthesized as shown in the schemes below. Inone embodiment, the method involves reacting the intermediate 450 with a¹⁸F-labeling agent using conditions as described in Rotstein, et al.,Spirocyclic hypervalent iodine(III)-mediated radiofluorination ofnon-activated and hindered aromatics, Nature Communications, 2014, Vol.5, 4365-4371 and Rotstein, et al., Mechanistic Studies andRadiofluorination of Structurally Diverse Pharmaceuticals withSpirocyclic Iodonium(III) Ylides, Chemical Science, 2016, Vol. 7,4407-4417, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in theirentirety, to yield the ¹⁸F-labeled intermediate methyl2-((ethoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(4-(fluoro-¹⁸F)phenyl)propanoate (631) whichis then transformed into the final α-ketoamide product represented bythe general structure XI (Scheme 3).

Alternately, ¹⁸F-labeled compound XV is synthesized as shown in Scheme4. In one embodiment, iodanylidene intermediate XII is used to introducethe ¹⁸F label yielding using conditions as described in Rotstein, etal., Spirocyclic hypervalent iodine(III)-mediated radiofluorination ofnon-activated and hindered aromatics, Nature Communications, 2014, Vol.5, 4365-4371 and Rotstein, et al., Mechanistic Studies andRadiofluorination of Structurally Diverse Pharmaceuticals withSpirocyclic Iodonium(III) Ylides, Chemical Science, 2016, Vol. 7,4407-4417 to yield the labeled α-ketoamide product XV. In anotherembodiment, iodanylidene intermediate (XIV) is (Scheme 4) subjected tooxidation conditions with DMP oxidation (with hypervalent iodine) or byan oxidizing agent such as PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate) to yield theα-ketoamide product (XV). In yet another embodiment, iodanylideneintermediate (XIII) (Scheme 4) is subjected to ¹⁸F-labeling reactionconditions as described earlier followed by hydrolysis of the esterunder basic conditions to yield the carboxylic acid derivative which isthen subjected to amide-coupling conditions with an amino acidderivative wherein the carboxylic acid group is functionalized with theR¹ group to yield the labeled α-ketoamide product XV.

Administration and Pharmaceutical Compositions

The compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage.While human dosage levels have yet to be optimized for the compoundsdescribed herein, generally, a daily dose may be from about 0.25 mg/kgto about 120 mg/kg or more of body weight, from about 0.5 mg/kg or lessto about 70 mg/kg, from about 1.0 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of bodyweight, or from about 1.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight. Thus,for administration to a 70 kg person, the dosage range would be fromabout 17 mg per day to about 8000 mg per day, from about 35 mg per dayor less to about 7000 mg per day or more, from about 70 mg per day toabout 6000 mg per day, from about 100 mg per day to about 5000 mg perday, or from about 200 mg to about 3000 mg per day. The amount of activecompound administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject anddisease state being treated, the severity of the affliction, the mannerand schedule of administration and the judgment of the prescribingphysician.

Administration of the compounds disclosed herein or the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes ofadministration for agents that serve similar utilities including, butnot limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally,topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly,intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, or intraocularly. Oral andparenteral administrations are customary in treating the indicationsthat are the subject of the preferred embodiments.

The compounds useful as described above can be formulated intopharmaceutical compositions for use in treatment of these conditions.Standard pharmaceutical formulation techniques are used, such as thosedisclosed in Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed.,Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005), incorporated by reference in itsentirety. Accordingly, some embodiments include pharmaceuticalcompositions comprising: (a) a safe and therapeutically effective amountof a compound described herein (including enantiomers, diastereoisomers,tautomers, polymorphs, and solvates thereof), or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,diluent, excipient or combination thereof.

In addition to the selected compound useful as described above, comeembodiments include compositions containing apharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. The term “pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier” or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” includesany and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial andantifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like.The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substancesis well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media oragent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in thetherapeutic compositions is contemplated. In addition, various adjuvantssuch as are commonly used in the art may be included. Considerations forthe inclusion of various components in pharmaceutical compositions aredescribed, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's:The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press,which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Some examples of substances, which can serve aspharmaceutically-acceptable carriers or components thereof, are sugars,such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch andpotato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodiumcarboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and methyl cellulose; powderedtragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acidand magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; vegetable oils, such as peanutoil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and oil oftheobroma; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol,mannitol, and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; emulsifiers, such asthe TWEENS; wetting agents, such sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents;flavoring agents; tableting agents, stabilizers; antioxidants;preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphate buffersolutions.

The choice of a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier to be used inconjunction with the subject compound is basically determined by the waythe compound is to be administered.

The compositions described herein are preferably provided in unit dosageform. As used herein, a “unit dosage form” is a composition containingan amount of a compound that is suitable for administration to ananimal, preferably mammal subject, in a single dose, according to goodmedical practice. The preparation of a single or unit dosage formhowever, does not imply that the dosage form is administered once perday or once per course of therapy. Such dosage forms are contemplated tobe administered once, twice, thrice or more per day and may beadministered as infusion over a period of time (e.g., from about 30minutes to about 2-6 hours), or administered as a continuous infusion,and may be given more than once during a course of therapy, though asingle administration is not specifically excluded. The skilled artisanwill recognize that the formulation does not specifically contemplatethe entire course of therapy and such decisions are left for thoseskilled in the art of treatment rather than formulation.

The compositions useful as described above may be in any of a variety ofsuitable forms for a variety of routes for administration, for example,for oral, nasal, rectal, topical (including transdermal), ocular,intracerebral, intracranial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intravenous,intramuscular, or other parental routes of administration. The skilledartisan will appreciate that oral and nasal compositions comprisecompositions that are administered by inhalation, and made usingavailable methodologies. Depending upon the particular route ofadministration desired, a variety of pharmaceutically-acceptablecarriers well-known in the art may be used. Pharmaceutically-acceptablecarriers include, for example, solid or liquid fillers, diluents,hydrotropies, surface-active agents, and encapsulating substances.Optional pharmaceutically-active materials may be included, which do notsubstantially interfere with the inhibitory activity of the compound.The amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound issufficient to provide a practical quantity of material foradministration per unit dose of the compound. Techniques andcompositions for making dosage forms useful in the methods describedherein are described in the following references, all incorporated byreference herein: Modern Pharmaceutics, 4th Ed., Chapters 9 and 10(Banker & Rhodes, editors, 2002); Lieberman et al., PharmaceuticalDosage Forms: Tablets (1989); and Ansel, Introduction to PharmaceuticalDosage Forms 8th Edition (2004).

Various oral dosage forms can be used, including such solid forms astablets, capsules, granules and bulk powders. Tablets can be compressed,tablet triturates, enteric-coated, sugar-coated, film-coated, ormultiple-compressed, containing suitable binders, lubricants, diluents,disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, flow-inducingagents, and melting agents. Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueoussolutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensionsreconstituted from non-effervescent granules, and effervescentpreparations reconstituted from effervescent granules, containingsuitable solvents, preservatives, emulsifying agents, suspending agents,diluents, sweeteners, melting agents, coloring agents and flavoringagents.

The pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier suitable for the preparation ofunit dosage forms for peroral administration is well-known in the art.Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically-compatibleadjuvants as inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodiumcarbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch,gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid andcroscarmelose; lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid andtalc. Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flowcharacteristics of the powder mixture. Coloring agents, such as the FD&Cdyes, can be added for appearance. Sweeteners and flavoring agents, suchas aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint, and fruit flavors, areuseful adjuvants for chewable tablets. Capsules typically comprise oneor more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carriercomponents depends on secondary considerations like taste, cost, andshelf stability, which are not critical, and can be readily made by aperson skilled in the art.

Peroral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions,suspensions, and the like. The pharmaceutically-acceptable carrierssuitable for preparation of such compositions are well known in the art.Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions andsuspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethyleneglycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water. For a suspension, typicalsuspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, AVICEL RC-591, tragacanth and sodium alginate; typicalwetting agents include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and typicalpreservatives include methyl paraben and sodium benzoate. Peroral liquidcompositions may also contain one or more components such as sweeteners,flavoring agents and colorants disclosed above.

Such compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typicallywith pH or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound isreleased in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desiredtopical application, or at various times to extend the desired action.Such dosage forms typically include, but are not limited to, one or moreof cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate,hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragitcoatings, waxes and shellac.

Compositions described herein may optionally include other drug actives.

Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subjectcompounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Suchcompositions typically comprise one or more of soluble filler substancessuch as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol; and binders such as acacia,microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants,antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.

A liquid composition, which is formulated for topical ophthalmic use, isformulated such that it can be administered topically to the eye. Thecomfort should be maximized as much as possible, although sometimesformulation considerations (e.g. drug stability) may necessitate lessthan optimal comfort. In the case that comfort cannot be maximized, theliquid should be formulated such that the liquid is tolerable to thepatient for topical ophthalmic use. Additionally, an ophthalmicallyacceptable liquid should either be packaged for single use, or contain apreservative to prevent contamination over multiple uses.

For ophthalmic application, solutions or medicaments are often preparedusing a physiological saline solution as a major vehicle. Ophthalmicsolutions should preferably be maintained at a comfortable pH with anappropriate buffer system. The formulations may also containconventional, pharmaceutically acceptable preservatives, stabilizers andsurfactants.

Preservatives that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositionsdisclosed herein include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride,PHMB, chlorobutanol, thimerosal, phenylmercuric, acetate andphenylmercuric nitrate. A useful surfactant is, for example, Tween 80.Likewise, various useful vehicles may be used in the ophthalmicpreparations disclosed herein. These vehicles include, but are notlimited to, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose,poloxamers, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and purifiedwater.

Tonicity adjustors may be added as needed or convenient. They include,but are not limited to, salts, particularly sodium chloride, potassiumchloride, mannitol and glycerin, or any other suitable ophthalmicallyacceptable tonicity adjustor.

Various buffers and means for adjusting pH may be used so long as theresulting preparation is ophthalmically acceptable. For manycompositions, the pH will be between 4 and 9. Accordingly, buffersinclude acetate buffers, citrate buffers, phosphate buffers and boratebuffers. Acids or bases may be used to adjust the pH of theseformulations as needed.

In a similar vein, an ophthalmically acceptable antioxidant includes,but is not limited to, sodium metabisulfite, sodium thiosulfate,acetylcysteine, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene.

Other excipient components, which may be included in the ophthalmicpreparations, are chelating agents. A useful chelating agent is edetatedisodium, although other chelating agents may also be used in place orin conjunction with it.

For topical use, creams, ointments, gels, solutions or suspensions,etc., containing the compound disclosed herein are employed. Topicalformulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier,co-solvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, andemollient.

For intravenous administration, the compounds and compositions describedherein may be dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptablediluent, such as a saline or dextrose solution. Suitable excipients maybe included to achieve the desired pH, including but not limited toNaOH, sodium carbonate, sodium acetate, HCl, and citric acid. In variousembodiments, the pH of the final composition ranges from 2 to 8, orpreferably from 4 to 7. Antioxidant excipients may include sodiumbisulfite, acetone sodium bisulfite, sodium formaldehyde, sulfoxylate,thiourea, and EDTA. Other non-limiting examples of suitable excipientsfound in the final intravenous composition may include sodium orpotassium phosphates, citric acid, tartaric acid, gelatin, andcarbohydrates such as dextrose, mannitol, and dextran. Furtheracceptable excipients are described in Powell, et al., Compendium ofExcipients for Parenteral Formulations, PDA J Pharm Sci and Tech 1998,52 238-311 and Nema et al., Excipients and Their Role in ApprovedInjectable Products: Current Usage and Future Directions, PDA J PharmSci and Tech 2011, 65 287-332, both of which are incorporated herein byreference in their entirety. Antimicrobial agents may also be includedto achieve a bacteriostatic or fungistatic solution, including but notlimited to phenylmercuric nitrate, thimerosal, benzethonium chloride,benzalkonium chloride, phenol, cresol, and chlorobutanol.

The compositions for intravenous administration may be provided tocaregivers in the form of one more solids that are reconstituted with asuitable diluent such as sterile water, saline or dextrose in watershortly prior to administration. In other embodiments, the compositionsare provided in solution ready to administer parenterally. In stillother embodiments, the compositions are provided in a solution that isfurther diluted prior to administration. In embodiments that includeadministering a combination of a compound described herein and anotheragent, the combination may be provided to caregivers as a mixture, orthe caregivers may mix the two agents prior to administration, or thetwo agents may be administered separately.

The actual dose of the active compounds described herein depends on thespecific compound, and on the condition to be treated; the selection ofthe appropriate dose is well within the knowledge of the skilledartisan.

The compounds and compositions described herein, if desired, may bepresented in a pack or dispenser device containing one or more unitdosage forms containing the active ingredient. Such a pack or devicemay, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blisterpack, or glass, and rubber stoppers such as in vials. The pack ordispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.Compounds and compositions described herein are formulated in acompatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in anappropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicatedcondition.

The amount of the compound in a formulation can vary within the fullrange employed by those skilled in the art. Typically, the formulationwill contain, on a weight percent (wt %) basis, from about 0.01 99.99 wt% of a compound of the present technology based on the totalformulation, with the balance being one or more suitable pharmaceuticalexcipients. Preferably, the compound is present at a level of about 1 80wt %. Representative pharmaceutical formulations are described below.

FORMULATION EXAMPLES

The following are representative pharmaceutical formulations containinga compound of Formula I.

Formulation Example 1—Tablet Formulation

The following ingredients are mixed intimately and pressed into singlescored tablets.

Quantity per Ingredient tablet, mg Compounds disclosed herein 400cornstarch 50 croscarmellose sodium 25 lactose 120 magnesium stearate 5

Formulation Example 2—Capsule Formulation

The following ingredients are mixed intimately and loaded into ahard-shell gelatin capsule.

Quantity per Ingredient capsule, mg Compounds disclosed herein 200lactose, spray-dried 148 magnesium stearate 2

Formulation Example 3—Suspension Formulation

The following ingredients are mixed to form a suspension for oraladministration.

Ingredient Amount Compounds disclosed herein 1.0 g fumaric acid 0.5 gsodium chloride 2.0 g methyl paraben 0.15 g propyl paraben 0.05 ggranulated sugar 25.0 g sorbitol (70% solution) 13.00 g Veegum K(Vanderbilt Co.) 1.0 g flavoring 0.035 mL colorings 0.5 mg distilledwater q.s. to 100 mL

Formulation Example 4—Injectable Formulation

The following ingredients are mixed to form an injectable formulation.

Ingredient Amount Compounds disclosed herein 0.2 mg-20 mg sodium acetatebuffer solution, 0.4 M 2.0 mL HC1 (1N) or NaOH (1N) q.s. to suitable pHwater (distilled, sterile) q.s. to 20 mL

Formulation Example 5—Suppository Formulation

A suppository of total weight 2.5 g is prepared by mixing the compoundof the present technology with Witepsol® H-15 (triglycerides ofsaturated vegetable fatty acid; Riches-Nelson, Inc., New York), and hasthe following composition:

Ingredient Amount Compounds disclosed herein 500 mg Witepsol ® H-15balanceMethods of Treatment

The compounds disclosed herein or their tautomers and/orpharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can effectively act as CAPN1,CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 inhibitors and treat conditions affected at least inpart by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9. Some embodiments providepharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds disclosedherein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Some embodimentsprovide a method for treating a fibrotic disease with an effectiveamount of one or more compounds as disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, the subject is a human.

Further embodiments include administering a combination of compounds toa subject in need thereof. A combination can include a compound,composition, pharmaceutical composition described herein with anadditional medicament.

Some embodiments include co-administering a compound, composition,and/or pharmaceutical composition described herein, with an additionalmedicament. By “co-administration,” it is meant that the two or moreagents may be found in the patient's bloodstream at the same time,regardless of when or how they are actually administered. In oneembodiment, the agents are administered simultaneously. In one suchembodiment, administration in combination is accomplished by combiningthe agents in a single dosage form. In another embodiment, the agentsare administered sequentially. In one embodiment the agents areadministered through the same route, such as orally. In anotherembodiment, the agents are administered through different routes, suchas one being administered orally and another being administered i.v.

Some embodiments include combinations of a compound, composition orpharmaceutical composition described herein with any otherpharmaceutical compound approved for treating fibrotic or myofibroblastdifferentiation associated diseases or disorders.

Some embodiments provide a method for inhibiting CAPN1, CAPN2, and/orCAPN9 and/or a method for treating a disease affected at least in partby CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 with an effective amount of one or morecompounds as disclosed herein.

The compounds disclosed herein are useful in inhibiting CAPN1, CAPN2,and/or CAPN9 enzymes and/or treating disorders relating to fibrosis ormyofibroblast differentiation.

Some embodiments provide a method for inhibiting CAPN1, CAPN2, and/orCAPN9 which method comprises contacting cells (includingneurons/microglia/invading macrophages) with an effective amount of oneor more compounds as disclosed herein.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds or a pharmaceutical composition disclosed hereincomprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundsor a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein comprising apharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Some embodiments provide a method for inhibiting CAPN1, CAPN2, and/orCAPN9 is provided wherein the method comprises contacting cells with aneffective amount of one or more compounds disclosed herein. In someembodiments a method for inhibiting CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 isperformed in-vitro or in-vivo.

Calpains are also expressed in cells other than neurons, microglia andinvading macrophages. In particular, they are important in skeletalmuscle and herein inhibition of calpains also refers to inhibition inthese cells as well.

Selective Inhibition

Some embodiments provide a method for competitive binding withcalpastatin (CAST), the method comprising contacting a compounddisclosed herein with CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 enzymes residing insidea subject. In such a method, the compound specifically inhibits one ormore of the enzymes selected from the group consisting of: CAPN1, CAPN2,and CAPN9 by at least 2-fold, by at least 3-fold, by at least 4-fold, byat least 5-fold, by at least 10-fold, by at least 15-fold, by at least20-fold, by at least 50-fold, by at least 100-fold, by at least150-fold, by at least 200-fold, by at least 400-fold, or by at least500-fold.

Some embodiments provide a method for selectively inhibiting CAPN1 inthe presence of CAPN2 and CAPN9, which includes contacting cells(including neurons/microglia/invading macrophages) with an effectiveamount of one or more compounds disclosed herein.

Some embodiments provide a method for selectively inhibiting CAPN2 inthe presence of CAPN1 and CAPN9, which includes contacting cells(including neurons/microglia/invading macrophages) with an effectiveamount of one or more compounds disclosed herein.

Some embodiments provide a method for selectively inhibiting CAPN9 inthe presence of CAPN2 and CAPN1, which includes contacting cells(including neurons/microglia/invading macrophages) with an effectiveamount of one or more compounds disclosed herein.

Some embodiments provide a method for selectively inhibiting CAPN1 andCAPN2 in the presence of CAPN9, which includes contacting cells(including neurons/microglia/invading macrophages) with an effectiveamount of one or more compounds disclosed herein.

Some embodiments provide a method for selectively inhibiting CAPN1 andCAPN9 in the presence of CAPN2, which includes contacting cells(including neurons/microglia/invading macrophages) with an effectiveamount of one or more compounds disclosed herein.

Some embodiments provide a method for selectively inhibiting CAPN2 andCAPN9 in the presence of CAPN1, which includes contacting cells(including neurons/microglia/invading macrophages) with an effectiveamount of one or more compounds disclosed herein.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits CAPN1, CAPN2, and/orCAPN9, said compounds or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one ormore compounds disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, said compoundsbeing selected from compounds disclosed herein or a pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein and apharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9,said compounds being selected from compounds disclosed herein or apharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds disclosedherein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, said compoundsbeing selected from compounds disclosed herein or a pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein and apharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:5.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:10.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:20.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:50.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:100.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:200.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:250.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which specifically inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:500.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:5.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:10.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:20.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:50.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:100.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:200.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:250.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a fibrotic disease, whichmethod comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of oneor more compounds which selectively inhibits two or more enzymesselected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratioof at least 1:1:500.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:5.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:10.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:20.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:50.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:100.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:200.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:250.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich specifically inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:500.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:5.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:10.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:20.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:50.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:100.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:200.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:250.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease affected atleast in part by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which method comprisesadministering to a subject an effective amount of one or more compoundswhich selectively inhibits two or more enzymes selected from the groupconsisting of CAPN1, CAPN2, and CAPN9 in a ratio of at least 1:1:500.

Some embodiments provide a method for prophylactic therapy or treatmentof a subject having a fibrotic disorder wherein said method comprisingadministering an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosedherein to the subject in need thereof.

Some embodiments provide a method for prophylactic therapy or treatmentof a subject having a disorder affected by CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9wherein said method comprising administering an effective amount of oneor more compounds disclosed herein to the subject in need thereof.

Some embodiments provide a method for inhibiting myofibroblastdifferentiation (e.g., Epithelial/Endothelial-to-Mesenchymal Transition(EpMT/EnMT)) is provided wherein the method comprises contacting cellswith an effective amount of one or more compounds disclosed herein. Inone aspect, the method for inhibiting myofibroblast differentiation(e.g., Epithelial/Endothelial-to-Mesenchymal Transition (EpMT/EnMT)) isperformed in-vitro or in-vivo.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a disease or conditionselected from the group consisting of or that produces a symptomselected from the group consisting of: liver fibrosis, renal fibrosis,lung fibrosis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, interstitial fibrosis,systemic scleroderma, macular degeneration, pancreatic fibrosis,fibrosis of the spleen, cardiac fibrosis, mediastinal fibrosis,myelofibrosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, retroperitoneal fibrosis,progressive massive fibrosis, nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, fibroticcomplications of surgery, chronic allograft vasculopathy and/or chronicrejection in transplanted organs, ischemic-reperfusion injury associatedfibrosis, injection fibrosis, cirrhosis, diffuse parenchymal lungdisease, post-vasectomy pain syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritisdiseases, wherein which method comprises administering to a subject aneffective amount of one or more compounds disclosed herein to a subjectin need thereof.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating liver fibrosis.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating cardiac fibrosis.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating fibrosis in rheumatoidarthritis diseases.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating a condition affected byCAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, which is in both a therapeutic andprophylactic setting for subjects. Both methods comprise administeringof one or more compounds disclosed herein to a subject in need thereof.

Some embodiments provide a method for treating stiff skin syndrome.

Preferred embodiments include combinations of a compound, composition orpharmaceutical composition described herein with other CAPN1, CAPN2,and/or CAPN9 inhibitor agents, such as anti-CAPN1, CAPN2, AND/OR CAPN9antibodies or antibody fragments, CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 antisense,iRNA, or other small molecule CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9 inhibitors.

Some embodiments include combinations of a compound, composition orpharmaceutical composition described herein to inhibit myofibroblastdifferentiation (e.g., Epithelial/Endothelial-to-Mesenchymal Transition(EpMT/EnMT)). Some embodiments include combinations of one or more ofthese compounds which are inhibitors of one or more (or all three)CAPN1, CAPN2, and/or CAPN9, alone or in combination with other TGFβsignaling inhibitors, could be used to treat or protect against orreduce a symptom of a fibrotic, sclerotic or post inflammatory diseaseor condition including: liver fibrosis, renal fibrosis, lung fibrosis,hypersensitivity pneumonitis, interstitial fibrosis, systemicscleroderma, macular degeneration, pancreatic fibrosis, fibrosis of thespleen, cardiac fibrosis, mediastinal fibrosis, myelofibrosis,endomyocardial fibrosis, retroperitoneal fibrosis, progressive massivefibrosis, nephrogenic systemic fibrosis, fibrotic complications ofsurgery, chronic allograft vasculopathy and/or chronic rejection intransplanted organs, ischemic-reperfusion injury associated fibrosis,injection fibrosis, cirrhosis, diffuse parenchymal lung disease, postvasectomy pain syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritis.

Some embodiments include a combination of the compounds, compositionsand/or pharmaceutical compositions described herein with an additionalagent, such as anti-inflammatories including glucocorticoids, analgesics(e.g. ibuprofen), aspirin, and agents that modulate a Th2-immuneresponse, immunosuppressants including methotrexate, mycophenolate,cyclophosphamide, cyclosporine, thalidomide, pomalidomide, leflunomide,hydroxychloroquine, azathioprine, soluble bovine cartilage, vasodilatorsincluding endothelin receptor antagonists, prostacyclin analogues,nifedipine, and sildenafil, IL-6 receptor antagonists, selective andnon-selective tyrosine kinase inhibitors, Wnt-pathway modulators, PPARactivators, caspase-3 inhibitors, LPA receptor antagonists, B celldepleting agents, CCR2 antagonists, pirfenidone, cannabinoid receptoragonists, ROCK inhibitors, miRNA-targeting agents, toll-like receptorantagonists, CTGF-targeting agents, NADPH oxidase inhibitors, tryptaseinhibitors, TGFD inhibitors, relaxin receptor agonists, and autologousadipose derived regenerative cells.

Indications

In some embodiments, the compounds and compositions comprising thecompounds described herein can be used to treat a host of conditionsarising from fibrosis or inflammation, and specifically including thoseassociated with myofibroblast differentiation. Example conditionsinclude liver fibrosis (alcoholic, viral, autoimmune, metabolic andhereditary chronic disease), renal fibrosis (e.g., resulting fromchronic inflammation, infections or type II diabetes), lung fibrosis(idiopathic or resulting from environmental insults including toxicparticles, sarcoidosis, asbestosis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis,bacterial infections including tuberculosis, medicines, etc.),interstitial fibrosis, systemic scleroderma (autoimmune disease in whichmany organs become fibrotic), macular degeneration (fibrotic disease ofthe eye), pancreatic fibrosis (resulting from, for example, alcoholabuse and chronic inflammatory disease of the pancreas), fibrosis of thespleen (from sickle cell anemia, other blood disorders), cardiacfibrosis (resulting from infection, inflammation and hypertrophy),mediastinal fibrosis, myelofibrosis, endomyocardial fibrosis,retroperitoneal fibrosis, progressive massive fibrosis, nephrogenicsystemic fibrosis, fibrotic complications of surgery, chronic allograftvasculopathy and/or chronic rejection in transplanted organs, ischemicreperfusion injury associated fibrosis, injection fibrosis, cirrhosis,diffuse parenchymal lung disease, post-vasectomy pain syndrome, andrheumatoid arthritis diseases or disorders.

To further illustrate this invention, the following examples areincluded. The examples should not, of course, be construed asspecifically limiting the invention. Variations of these examples withinthe scope of the claims are within the purview of one skilled in the artand are considered to fall within the scope of the invention asdescribed, and claimed herein. The reader will recognize that theskilled artisan, armed with the present disclosure, and skill in the artis able to prepare and use the invention without exhaustive examples.The following examples will further describe the present invention, andare used for the purposes of illustration only, and should not beconsidered as limiting.

EXAMPLES

General Procedures

It will be apparent to the skilled artisan that methods for preparingprecursors and functionality related to the compounds claimed herein aregenerally described in the literature. In these reactions, it is alsopossible to make use of variants which are themselves known to those ofordinary skill in this art, but are not mentioned in greater detail. Theskilled artisan given the literature and this disclosure is wellequipped to prepare any of the compounds.

It is recognized that the skilled artisan in the art of organicchemistry can readily carry out manipulations without further direction,that is, it is well within the scope and practice of the skilled artisanto carry out these manipulations. These include reduction of carbonylcompounds to their corresponding alcohols, oxidations, acylations,aromatic substitutions, both electrophilic and nucleophilic,etherifications, esterification and saponification and the like. Thesemanipulations are discussed in standard texts such as March AdvancedOrganic Chemistry (Wiley), Carey and Sundberg, Advanced OrganicChemistry (incorporated herein by reference in their entirety) and thelike. All the intermediate compounds of the present invention were usedwithout further purification unless otherwise specified.

The skilled artisan will readily appreciate that certain reactions arebest carried out when other functionality is masked or protected in themolecule, thus avoiding any undesirable side reactions and/or increasingthe yield of the reaction. Often the skilled artisan utilizes protectinggroups to accomplish such increased yields or to avoid the undesiredreactions. These reactions are found in the literature and are also wellwithin the scope of the skilled artisan. Examples of many of thesemanipulations can be found for example in T. Greene and P. WutsProtecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Ed., John Wiley & Sons(2007), incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

The following example schemes are provided for the guidance of thereader, and represent preferred methods for making the compoundsexemplified herein. These methods are not limiting, and it will beapparent that other routes may be employed to prepare these compounds.Such methods specifically include solid phase based chemistries,including combinatorial chemistry. The skilled artisan is thoroughlyequipped to prepare these compounds by those methods given theliterature and this disclosure. The compound numberings used in thesynthetic schemes depicted below are meant for those specific schemesonly, and should not be construed as or confused with same numberings inother sections of the application.

Trademarks used herein are examples only and reflect illustrativematerials used at the time of the invention. The skilled artisan willrecognize that variations in lot, manufacturing processes, and the like,are expected. Hence the examples, and the trademarks used in them arenon-limiting, and they are not intended to be limiting, but are merelyan illustration of how a skilled artisan may choose to perform one ormore of the embodiments of the invention.

The following abbreviations have the indicated meanings:

-   -   DCM=dichloromethane    -   DIEA=N,N-Diisopropylethylamine    -   DIPEA=N,N-Diisopropylethylamine    -   DMF=N,N-dimethylformamide    -   DMP=Dess Martin Periodinane    -   DNs=dinitrosulfonyl    -   ESBL=extended-spectrum β-lactamase    -   EtOAc=ethyl acetate    -   EA=ethyl acetate    -   FCC=Flash Column Chromatography    -   HATU=2-(7-aza-1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium        hexafluorophosphate    -   MeCN=acetonitrile    -   NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance    -   PE=Petroleum Ether    -   Prep=preparatory    -   Py=pyridine    -   Sat.=saturated aqueous    -   TBDMSCl=tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride    -   TBS=tert-butyldimethylsilyl    -   TFA=trifluoroacetic acid    -   THF=tetrahydrofuran    -   TLC=thin layer chromatography

The following example schemes are provided for the guidance of thereader, and collectively represent an example method for making thecompounds provided herein. Furthermore, other methods for preparingcompounds described herein will be readily apparent to the person ofordinary skill in the art in light of the following reaction schemes andexamples. Unless otherwise indicated, all variables are as definedabove.

Example 1 Compounds 1-2, 5-6, 8, 91-92(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(1)

A mixture of compound 1A (102 mg, 1.0 eq), compound 1B (160 mg, 1.2 eq)and HBTU (250 mg, 1.25 eq) in DMF (8 mL) was stirred at room temperaturefor 5 mins, and then DIEA (0.3 mL, 3.0 eq) was added. After stirred atroom temperature for 30 mins, the reaction mixture was diluted with 50mL ethyl acetate and 20 mL Hexane, washed with water, saturated NaHCO₃and brine and concentrated in vacuo to afford intermediate compound 1C(190 mg, yield 92%).

A solution of compound 1C (190 mg, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (15 mL) was cooledto −50° C. under N₂, and then was added a solution of 1N LAH in THF(0.55 mL, 1.1 eq) dropwise at −50° C. The reaction mixture was stirredat −30° C. to −10° C. for 2 hrs, quenched with saturated NaHCO₃ at −20°C., and then extracted with 3×30 mL ethyl acetate. The combined organicphase was dried over Na₂SO₄ to give the crude mixture, which waspurified on silica gel column. Compound 1 (105 mg, 65%): MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺: 320.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.64 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H),7.56 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.29 (d,1H), 4.81 (m, 1H), 3.19 (d, 2H) ppm

(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (2)((S)-5-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(5) (S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-4-phenylthiazole-5-carboxamide (6)(S)-3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-Carboxamide(8)

Compounds 2, 5, 6 and 8 were prepared as in Example 1 using thecorresponding carboxylic acid, respectively. Compound 2: MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺: 320.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.6 (s, 1H), 9.15 (d, 1H), 7.73(s, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 10H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 3.25 (dd, 1H), 2.8(dd, 1H) ppm.

Compound 5: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 334.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.67(s, 1H), 7.54-7.4 (m, 6H), 7.3-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 4.82 (m, 1H),3.21 (d, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H) ppm.

Compound 6: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 337.5; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.56(s, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 7.5-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.27-7.2 (m, 3H), 6.94 (m, 2H),6.35 (d, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.1 (dd, 1H), 3.08 (dd, 1H) ppm.

Compound 8: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 334.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.59(s, 0.6H), 9.01 (d, 0.6H), 8.35 (d, 0.4H), 7.38-7.06 (m, 10H), 6.58 (s,0.6H), 6.48 (s, 0.4H), 4.82 (m, 0.2H), 4.54 (m, 0.6H), 3.98 (m, 0.4H),3.25 (dd, 0.6H), 2.98 (dd, 0.4H), 2.78 (dd, 0.6H), 2.7 (dd, 0.4H), 2.48(s, 1.8H0, 2.21 (s, 1.2H) ppm.

(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide (91)

Compound 91 was prepared as in Example 1 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compounds 91A and 1B. Compound 91: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ9.69 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.18 (m,8H), 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m, 2H) ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 261.3.

(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-2-phenyl-1H-benzo[D]imidazole-7-carboxamide(92)

Compound 92 was prepared as in Example 1 using the correspondingcarboxylic acid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 12.07 (s, 1H), 11.92 (d,1H), 9.84 (s, 1H), 8.1-8.0 (m, 3H), 7.5-7.46 (m, 10H), 7.32-7.18 (m,8H), 5.04 (m, 1H), 3.34 (d, 2H) ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 370.4.

Example 2 Compounds 3-4(S)-1-(benzo[D]thiazol-2-yl)-N—((S)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(3)

A mixture of compound 3A (500 mg, 1.0 eq), compound 3B (738 mg, 1.0 eq),CuI (124 mg, 0.15 eq) and K₂CO₃ (1.8 g, 3.0 eq) in DMA (15 mL) washeated at 100° C. for 18 hrs, and then the inorganic was removed byfiltration. The mixture was diluted with water (50 mL), adjusted pH˜6,and then extracted with 3×50 mL acetate to afford intermediate compound3C. Compound 3 was prepared as in Example 1 using the correspondingcarboxylic acid, intermediate compound 3C. Compound 3: MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺: 380.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, 1H),7.63 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1H), 7.10 (t, 1H), 6.92-7.01 (m,5H), 4.69 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, 1H), 2.90 (dd,1H), 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.03 (m, 3H) ppm.

(S)-1-(benzo[D]oxazol-2-yl)-N—((S)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(4)

Compound 4 was prepared as in Example 2 using the corresponding startingmaterials. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 364.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.65(s, 1H), 7.69 (br d, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.33 (t, 1H), 7.18 (t, 1H),6.98-7.10 (m, 6H), 4.71 (m, 2H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.19 (dd,1H), 2.97 (dd, 1H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.12 (m, 3H) ppm.

Example 3(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-3-phenylisothiazole-4-carboxamide (9)

To a suspension of compound 9A (1.2 g) in toluene (15 ml) was addedchlorocarbonylsulfenyl chloride (1.3 ml). The mixture was heated at 100°C. for 2 hrs to obtain a clear solution (gas evolution was observed).When TLC showed complete conversion, the reaction mixture wasconcentrated and the solid residue was triturated with hexane, filteredand dried to yield compound 9B.

To a solution of compound 9B (1.4 g) in α,α,α-trifluorotoluene (10 mL)was added diethyl acetylenedicarboxylate (2.0 ml). After heated in themicrowave at 170° C. for 1 hr, the reaction mixture was concentrated,and the oily residue was purified by flash column chromatography. Theproduct-containing fractions were combined, concentrated, and theresidue was triturated with hexane, filtered and dried to yield compound9C.

A solution of compound 9C (2.1 g) and NaOH (1.4 g) in water (20 mL) wasrefluxed for 2.5 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted withwater (150 mL) and acidified with concentrated HCl (aqueous). Aprecipitate was formed. The water layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×200mL; the precipitate slowly dissolved). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to yield compound 9D.

A suspension of compound 9D (1.8 g) in 1,2-dichlorobenzene (20 mL) wasrefluxed for 20 mins (gas formation is observed). The reaction mixturewas cooled diluted with hexane (50 mL) and filtered to precipitate theproduct. To a suspension of the crude product in water (40 mL) was added1N NaOH (10 ml). The water layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100mL) and acidified with concentrated HCl to pH˜3. The product wasextracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to yield intermediatecompound 9E.

Compound 9 was prepared as in Example 1 using the correspondingcarboxylic acid, intermediate compound 9E. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 359.1;¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.59 (s, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.5 (m, 2H),7.48-7.4 (m, 3H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 3H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.15 (d, 1H), 4.79(m, 1H), 3.1 (d, 2H) ppm.

Example 4 Compounds 7, 10-11, 14, 18, 20(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(7)

A mixture of compound 7A (50 mg, 1.0 eq), compound 7B (74 mg, 1.2 eq)and HBTU (126 mg, 1.25 eq) in DMF (3 mL) was stirred at room temperaturefor 5 mins, and then DIEA (0.15 mL, 3.0 eq) was added. After stirred atroom temperature for 30 mins, the reaction mixture was diluted withethyl acetate (30 mL) and hexane (10 mL), washed with 1N HCl, water,saturated NaHCO₃ and brine and concentrated in vacuo to affordintermediate compound 7C (65 mg, yield 67%) as white solid.

To a solution of compound 7C (65 mg, 1.0 eq) in dry DCM (10 ml) and DMSO(2 mL) was added DMP (305 mg, 4.0 eq). After stirred at room temperaturefor 1 hr, the mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL), quenched by adding10% aqueous Na₂S₂O₃/saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (v/v=1/1, ˜10 mL). Theorganic layer was separated by extracting the aqueous layer with DCM (30mL×5). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (10 mL), brine (10mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford white solid,which was then triturated in CH₂Cl₂/Hexane to provide pure productcompound 7 (29 mg, yield 45%). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 363.4; ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.35 (m,5H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.24 (d, 1H), 5.58 (m, 2H), 4.81 (m,1H), 3.38 (dd, 1H), 3.14 (dd, 1H) ppm.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(10)

Prepared as in Example 4 using the corresponding carboxylic acid. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 363.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.15 (d, 1H), 8.11(s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 10H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H),5.26 (m, 1H), 2.81 (dd, 1H), 2.64 (dd, 1H) ppm.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenylisothiazole-4-carboxamide(11)

Prepared as in Example 4 using the corresponding carboxylic acid,intermediate compound 9E. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 380.2; ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO): δ 9.15 (d, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.5-7.4(m, 2H), 7.3-7.2 (m, 8H), 5.34 (m, 1H), 3.2 (d, 2H) ppm.

(S)-1-(benzo[D]oxazol-2-yl)-N—((S)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(14)

Intermediate compound 14E was prepared as in Example 3. Compound 14 wasthen prepared as in Example 4 using the corresponding intermediatecarboxylic acid, compound 14E. Compound 14: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 431.5;¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 9.05 (d, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H), 7.9(s, 1H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.3-7.2 (m, 8H), 5.36 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd,1H), 2.78 (dd, 1H) ppm.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenylthiazole-5-carboxamide (18)

Prepared as in Example 4 using the corresponding carboxylic acid. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 380.1; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 10.11 (d, 1H), 9.33(s, 1H), 8.49 (d, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.85(s, 1H), 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.12-7 (m, 5H), 5.51 (m, 1H), 3.18(dd, 1H) 2.89 (dd, 1H) ppm.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(benzo[D][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(20)

Prepared as in Example 4 using the corresponding carboxylic acid. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 422.1; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.88 (d, 1H), 8.19(s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.30 (m, 7H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 6.11 (s, 2H),5.45 (m, 1H), 3.22 (dd, 1H), 2.72 (dd, 1H), 2.03 (s, 3H) ppm.

Example 5 Compounds 12-13, 15-17, 19, 27, 44, 47, 54, 60, 94, 117-118,128, 148, 207, 235, 303-305, 309-312, 23, 39, 456, 461, 492(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(12)

To a solution of compound 12A (5.0 g, 1.0 eq) and compound 12B (2.64 g,1.0 eq) in dry DMF (20 mL) was added 4 A° molecular sieve (5.0 g,powder). The resulting mixture was stirred room temperature under N₂ for20 hrs, filtrated to remove the molecular sieves, diluted with hexane(80 mL) and ethyl acetate (80 mL), and then washed with 3×50 mL water,50 mL saturated NaHCO₃ and brine. The crude mixture was purified onsilica gel column to provide compound 12C (3.2 g, yield 48%) as clearoil.

A mixture of compound 12C (350 mg, 1.0 eq) and compound 12D (190 mg, 1.0eq) in acetic acid (8 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 1 hr. The residue,upon in-vacuo removal of solvent, was suspended in ethyl acetate (80mL), washed with saturated NaHCO₃ and brine. The crude mixture waspurified on silica gel column to provide compound 12E (100 mg, yield25%). Compound 12E (100 mg) was treated with LiGH in MeOH/water toafford compound 12F (87 mg, yield 100%).

A mixture of compound 12F (85 mg, 1.0 eq), compound 12G (116 mg, 1.2 eq)and HBTU (190 mg, 1.2 eq) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at room temperaturefor 5 mins, and then DIEA (0.3 mL, 4.0 eq) was added. After stirred atroom temperature for 30 mins, the mixture was diluted with 50 mL ethylacetate and 20 mL hexane, washed with 1N HCl, water, saturated NaHCO₃and brine and concentrated in vacuo to afford intermediate compound 12H(150 mg, yield 94%) as white solid.

To a solution of compound 12H (150 mg, 1.0 eq) in dry DCM (20 ml) andDMSO (2.5 mL) was added DMP (673 mg, 4.0 eq). After stirred at roomtemperature for 1 hr, the mixture was diluted with DCM (80 mL), quenchedby adding 10% Na₂S₂O₃/saturated NaHCO₃ (v/v=1/1, ˜20 mL). The organiclayer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL×2).The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (10 mL), brine (10 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford white solid. Thesolid was triturated in CH₂Cl₂/Hexane to provide pure compound 12 (95mg, yield 64%). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 378.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ9.15 (d, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 7.91 (t, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H),7.17-7.32 (m, 6H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 5.29 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, 1H), 2.84 (dd,1H), 2.23 (s, 3H) ppm.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(benzo[D]thiazol-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(13)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(quinolin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(15)(S)-1-([1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(16)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(17)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(19)

Compounds 13, 15-17 and 19 were prepared, respectively, as in Example 5by utilizing the corresponding hydrazine derivative.

Compound 13: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 434.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ10.09 (d, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H),7.40 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.24 (m, 5H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.51 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd,1H), 2.95 (dd, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H) ppm.

Compound: 15: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 428.4; 4H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.28(d, 0.5H), 8.77 (d, 0.5H), 8.45 (d, 1H), 8 (d, 1H), 7.9-7.5 (6H),7.2-7.1 (6H), 5.4 (m, 0.5H4.44 (m, 0.5H), 3.2-2.7 (m, 2H) ppm.

Compound 16: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 453.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ9.10 (d, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.62 (m, 8H), 7.19-7.29(m, 5H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, 1H), 2.81(dd, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H) ppm.

Compound 17: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 455.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ9.27 (d, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.62 (m,8H), 7.19-7.45 (m, 7H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 4H), 2.82(dd, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H) ppm.

Compound 19: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺: 461.3; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ9.15 (d, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.21-7.35 (m,9H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 5.23 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, 1H), 2.82 (dd, 1H), 2.24 (s,3H) ppm.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-3-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(27)

Compound 27 (30.0 mg, 43.0% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 27A.Compound 27: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.94 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.17(s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.21(m, 5H), 5.42-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 1H),2.35-2.27 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole-5-carboxamide(44)

Compound 44 (42.4 mg, yield: 47.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound44A. Compound 44: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.60 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.19 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.39 (m, 3H),7.34-7.21 (m, 5H), 5.52-5.39 (m, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=14.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H),2.78 (dd, J=13.6, 10.5 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.0.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-5-phenylthiazole-4-carboxamide(54)

Compound 54 (75 mg, yield: 75.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound54A. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.46 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H) 8.05 (br s,1H) 7.81 (br s, 1H) 7.43-7.29 (m, 1H) 7.41-7.29 (m, 1H) 7.29-7.29 (m,1H) 7.41-7.29 (m, 1H) 7.30-7.28 (m, 1H) 7.28-7.08 (m, 5H) 5.37 (td,J=8.1, 4.5 Hz, 1H) 3.22-3.09 (m, 1H) 3.17 (br dd, J=14.0, 4.1 Hz, 1H)3.06-2.92 (m, 1H) 2.72-2.60 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 394.0.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(60)

Compound 60 (40 mg, yield 36.20%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 60A. Compound60: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.02 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H),8.16 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.78 (m, 3H), 7.59-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.17 (m, 4H),5.43-5.34 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.79 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 364.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-chloro-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(94)

Compound 94 was prepared as in Example 5 from the correspondingintermediate carboxylic acid, compound 94A. Compound 94: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO): δ 8.8 (d, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.5-7.46 (m, 2H),7.32-7.18 (m, 8H), 5.41 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.17 (dd, 1H), 2.76 (dd,1H) ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 410.9.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-isopropyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(117)

Compound 117 (10 mg, yield 18.29%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound117A. Compound 117: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.36 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),8.09 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.47 (m, 5H), 7.32-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.66(s, 1H), 5.50-5.39 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.89 (m, 2H), 1.12(d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 405.2.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-2-phenylfuran-3-carboxamide(118)

Compound 118 (58 mg, yield: 55.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound118A. Compound 118: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.54 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.08 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 7H),7.23-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.39 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (br d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H),3.19-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.29 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 377.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(tert-butyl)-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(128)

Compound 128 (101.7 mg, 68.04% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound128A. Compound 128: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.55-7.44 (m, 3H),7.42-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.74 (br s,1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 5.73-5.64 (m, 1H), 5.53 (br s, 1H), 3.44-3.35 (m,1H), 3.18-3.09 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+419.3.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenyloxazole-4-carboxamide(148)

Compound 148 (10 mg, yield: 30.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound148A. Compound 148: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.44 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.03 (m, 3H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.42 (m, 3H),7.30-7.15 (m, 5H), 5.49-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.02 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-4-phenylthiazole-5-carboxamide(207)

Compound 207 (54.0 mg, 44.09% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound135A. Compound 207: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.52-7.45 (m, 2H),7.43-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.79-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H),6.19-6.17 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (s, 1H), 5.50-5.45 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.21(m, 1H), 2.90-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.19-1.16 (m, 2H),1.13-1.10 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+420.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2,6-dimethylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(235)

Compound 235 (61.6 mg, 51.11% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound235A. Compound 235: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.83 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),7.57 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.11-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.75(br s, 1H), 5.84-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.56 (br s, 1H), 3.49-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.55(s, 3H), 2.34-2.32 (m, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+407.1.

((S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxopentan-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(47)

Compound 47 (90.00 mg, yield 60.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, 23A and 47A.Compound 47: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.98 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.12(br s, 1H), 7.88-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.50 (m, 3H), 5.12-5.02 (m, 1H),2.32 (s, 3H), 1.95-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.48 (m, 1H), 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 316.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(303)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(304)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(305)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1,3-diphenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(309)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(tert-butyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(310)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(311)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-chloro-1-ethyl-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(312)

Compounds 303-305 and 309-312 were prepared as in Example 5 from thecorresponding carboxylic acid with compound 12G, respectively.

Compound 303: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 8.51(s, 1H), 7.9-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.0 (m, 10H), 4.53 (m, 1H),2.98 (dd, 1H), 2.57 (dd, 1H) ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.3.

Compound 304: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.2-8.9 (m, 1H), 8.11 (m, 1H),7.7-7.1 (m, 12H), 5.3 (m, 0.5H), 4.4 (m, 0.5H), 2.85-2.55 (m, 2H) ppm.MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.3.

Compound 305: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.3 (d, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H),7.83 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.1 (m, 10H), 5.24 (m, 1H), 3.14 (dd, 1H), 2.74 (dd,1H) ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.3.

Compound 309: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.7 (m, 1H), 8.49 (d, 1H),8.1-7.1 (m, 17H), 5.31 (m, 0.5H), 4.6-4.4 (m, 0.5H), 3.1-2.7 (m, 2H)ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 439.3.

Compound 310: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.1 (m, 5H),6.38 (s, 1H), 6.1 (d, 2H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 3.02 (dd, 1H), 2.52 (dd, 1H)2.08 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 9H) ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.3.

Compound 311: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.89 (d, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H),7.86 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 5H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 5.38 (m, 1H),3.99 (q, 2H), 3.21 (dd, 1H), 2.78 (dd, 1H) 1.11 (t, 3H) ppm. MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 349.2.

Compound 312: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.74 (d, 1H), 8.1 (s, 1H),7.83 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 5.29 (m, 1H), 4.25 (q, 2H),3.18 (dd, 1H), 2.87 (dd, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.15 (t, 3H) ppm. MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 329.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(23)

To a solution of compound 23A (500 mg, 2.46 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded 23B (311 mg, 2.71 mmol) and EDCI (566 mg, 2.95 mmol) with DCM (10mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hrs. The reaction mixturewas concentrated and diluted with EA (20 mL). Then the mixture waswashed with HCl (1M, 20 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 23C (800 mg, crude, yellow oil):¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.93-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.63 (m, 1H),7.62-7.56 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 4H), 2.54-2.51 (m, 3H).

Compound 23 (30.0 mg, yield 35.0%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 23C and 12G.Compound 23: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22(s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.64 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.41 (m, 3H),7.35-7.21 (m, 5H), 5.54-5.45 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.71 (m,1H), 2.09 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.0.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(4-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(39)

Compound 39 (5.20 mg, 26.12% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 21F and12G. Compound 39: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 11.75 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H),8.73-8.71 (m, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.27 (m, 1H),7.25-7.21 (m, 4H), 6.78 (br s, 1H), 5.82-5.74 (m, 1H), 5.48 (br s, 1H),3.46-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.20 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 446.1.

N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(456)

Compound 456 (240 mg, 86.0% yield, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 12F and3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride.Compound 456: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.15 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.80(d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21-8.17 (m, 1H), 7.92-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.16 (m, 6H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 5.36-5.27 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.09(m, 1H), 2.88-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 0.69-0.53(m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 418.2.

N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(461)

Compound 461 (270 mg, 68.77% yield, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 60A and3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride.Compound 461: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.04 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.87(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.59-7.44 (m,3H), 7.36-7.19 (m, 5H), 5.37 (br.s, 1H), 3.27-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.73(m, 2H), 0.72-0.51 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 404.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(492)

Compound 492 (35 mg, 60.9% yield, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 23A and(3S)-3-amino-4-(4-(tert-butoxy)phenyl)-2-hydroxybutanamide followed byremoval of the tert-butyl group to obtain the final compound 492.Compound 492: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.07 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 6.68 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.46-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.13 (br d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 2.63 (br d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺394.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(495)

Compound 495 (4.0 g, 44.68% yield, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 12F and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride to obtain the finalcompound 495. Compound 495: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.74 (br d,J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.08 (m, 5H), 7.04 (d, J=9.0Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 5.40 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (s, 2H),4.79 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.48-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.68 (t,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.98 (dd, J=3.4, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.70-2.59 (m, 1H), 1.78 (qd, J=6.8, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 0.72 (d, J=6.8 Hz,3H), 0.69-0.62 (m, 1H), 0.67 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+Na)+493.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(531)

Compound 531 (4.0 g, 44.68% yield, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 60A and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride to obtain the finalcompound 531. Compound 531: ¹H NMR (CD₃CN, 400 MHz): δ 8.52 (s, 1H),7.84-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.23 (m,3H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.06-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.23 (s,1H), 5.55-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J=4.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J=8.9,14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.1.

Example 6 Compounds 21-22, 322, 29, 31, 75, 90, 279(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-4-(4-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(21)

A mixture consisting of compound 21A (500 mg, 2.12 mmol), compound 21B(306 mg, 2.12 mmol) and Cs₂CO₃ (2.07 g, 6.36 mmol) was stirred at 110.6°C. for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to room-temperature,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Theresidue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Petroleumether: Ethyl acetate=3:2 and then Acetic acid: Ethyl acetate=1:100) toafford compound 21C (80 mg, 12.61% yield) as a light yellow solid, andcompound 21D (125 mg, 21.73% yield) as a yellow solid.

Compound 21C: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H),8.07 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.26(m, 1H), 4.41-4.32 (m, 2H), 1.34 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 21D: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ14.70 (br. s., 1H), 9.33 (s,1H), 8.87 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.71 (m, 2H),7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 271.8.

To a solution of compound 21C (80 mg, 267.25 umol) in MeOH (5 mL) andH₂O (2.5 mL) was added LiOH (19.20 mg, 801.75 umol) in one portion at25° C. under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. Themixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Theresidue was diluted with water (10 mL) and adjusted with 1N HCl to pH˜3,extracted with ethyl acetate 90 mL (30 mL×3). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine 30 mL, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediatecompound 21D (71.1 mg, 98.07% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400MHz): δ 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.78 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H),7.60-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.45 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 271.8.

To a solution of compound 21D (80 mg, 294.89 umol) and1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (21E) (35.6 mg, 309.63 umol) in DME (3.50mL) was added EDCI (84.8 mg, 442.34 umol) in one portion at 25° C. underN₂. The resultant mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 6 hrs. The mixturewas concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL),washed with 1N HCl (10 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL×3), andthen washed with brine (20 mL). The organic phase was dried withanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to affordintermediate compound 21F (100 mg, crude) as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 368.9.

A mixture consisting of compound 21F (100 mg, 271.47 umol) and compound21G (41.1 mg, 271.47 umol) in DME (3 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 2hrs. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum, diluted with ethyl acetate(100 mL), washed with 1N HCl (10 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10mL×3), and then washed with brine (20 mL). The organic phase was driedwith anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to give aresidue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography(Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=3:2) to afford compound 21H (65 mg,59.20% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 10.54 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 9.21(d, J=0.4 Hz, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H),7.45-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.10 (m,1H), 4.96-4.89 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.91(m, 1H), 2.82-2.74 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 405.0.

DMP (63 mg, 148.34 umol) was added to a solution of compound 21H (30 mg,74.17 umol) in dichloromethane (6 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 12 hrs. Additional DMP (63 mg, 148.34 umol) was added and themixture was stirred for additional 6 hrs at 25° C. Additional DMP (157mg, 0.37 mmol) was added. After stirred for additional 39 hrs, themixture was diluted with dichloromethane (35 mL), quenched by theaddition of 10% Na₂S₂O₃/saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (v/v=1/1, ˜35 mL). Theorganic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM(20 mL×2). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (10 mL), brine(10 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. Theresidue was triturated with i-Pr₂O (3 mL). The insoluble substance wascollected and dried in vacuum. Compound 21 (20 mg, 67% yield, paleyellow solid): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 11.71 (br. d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H),9.67 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.46 (m,2H), 7.36-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 3H), 4.86-4.81(m, 1H), 3.21-3.18 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.1.

(S)-4-(1H-indazol-1-yl)-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(22)

Compound 22 (4.70 mg, 16.87% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding starting materials through intermediatecompound 22E and then compound 22G. Compound 22: ¹H NMR (CD₃CN, 400MHz): δ 10.41 (br. s, 1H), 9.67 (s, 1H), 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.21-8.19 (m,1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.37 (m,1H) 7.12-7.10 (m, 5H) 4.77-4.72 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.05(m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.0.

(S)-2-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(322)

Compound 322 (102.9 mg, 36.1% yield, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 107B and 21G((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol). Compound 322: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.17-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 3H),7.19 (d, J=6.84 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J=6.00 Hz, 1H), 4.96-4.86 (m, 1H),3.40-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+1)+335.1.

(S)-1-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(29)

A mixture of compound 29A (20 g, 133 mmol), ethyl 2-oxoacetate (136 g,665 mmol), TsOH.H₂O (2.5 g, 13.3 mmol) in toluene (200 mL) was stirredat 120° C. for 1 hour. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=3:1,R_(f)=0.5) indicated reactant 29A was almost consumed and one new spotformed. LCMS showed one peak with desired MS was detected. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give compound 29B (30.0 g, crude) as a yellowoil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.40 (s, 1H), 7.98-7.78 (m, 1H),7.77-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.07 (m, 1H), 5.38-5.26 (m,1H), 4.33-4.21 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 234.9.

A mixture of methyl 29B (10 g, 45.4 mmol), Tosmic (17.7 g, 90.8 mmol),K₂CO₃ (9.4 g, 68.1 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) was stirred at 70° C. for 0.5hour. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=3:1, R_(f)=0.4) indicated 29Bwas consumed completely and some new spots formed. The reaction mixturewas filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue.The residue was purified by column chromatography (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=20:1 to 3:1) to give compound 29C (1.2 g, yield: 10.2%) as ayellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.22 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.58 (dt, J=1.3, 7.7 Hz, 1H),7.52-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.43 (m, 1H), 4.58 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.51(s, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 259.9.

To a solution of 29C (1.1 g, 4.24 mmol in THF (30 mL), H₂O (5 mL) wasadded NaOH (339 mg, 8.48 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 3 hrs. LCMS showed 29C was consumed completely and one main peakwith desired MS was detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated togive a residue. The residue was dissolved in water (10 mL), adjusted byaqueous HCl (2M) to pH˜5, filtered and the filtered cake wasconcentrated to give the product 29D (600 mg, yield: 57.7%) as a graysolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.48 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.18 (m,1H), 8.06 (dd, J=0.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.53 (m,2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 245.9.

Compound 29 (55.00 mg, yield: 76.12%, off white solid) was prepared asin Example 21 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 29D and 21G.Compound 29: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.75 (s, 1H), 9.01 (d, J=6.2 Hz,1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.90-7.75 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.00 (m,5H), 5.04-4.94 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.21 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.2.

(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(31)

Compound 31 (25 mg, yield: 57.86%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 24E and 21G.Compound 31: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.45-8.39 (m, 1H),7.94 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.32(m, 2H), 7.30-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.11 (m, 2H), 4.87(q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=2.5, 6.5 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺321.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(5-phenylpyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(75)

Compound 75 (43.1 mg, yield: 66.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 74E and 21G.Compound 75: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.79 (s, 1H), 9.61 (br d, J=6.0Hz, 1H), 8.75 (s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 5H),7.25-7.14 (m, 5H), 5.06-5.01 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.28 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 398.1.

(S)-1-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(90)

Compound 90 (20 mg, yield: 44.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 70D and 21G((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol). Compound 90: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 12.77 (br s, 1H), 12.87-12.63 (m, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H),7.71 (br s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.50 (br s, 1H), 7.36-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.19(br d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (br d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1H),3.32 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 360.1.

(S)-3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(279)

Compound 279 (102.0 mg, 304.15 umol, 55.26% yield, white solid) wasprepared as in Example 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds245D and 21G ((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol). Compound 279: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.88 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=5.6Hz, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.17(m, 2H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 5.02-4.97 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.25(m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+336.1.

Example 7(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(24)

To a solution of compound 24B (16.2 g, 79.7 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) wasadded compound 24A (5 g, 53.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C.for 6 hrs. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=2:1, R_(f)=0.24) indicatedcompound 24A was remained and one major new spot with lower polarity wasdetected. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue. Then the residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=30:1 to 15:1) togive compound 24C (6 g, yield: 53.7%) as a yellow oil.

To a mixture of compound 24C (6 g, 28.5 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) was addedTosMIC (8.3 g, 42.8 mmol), K₂CO₃ (11.8 g, 85.6 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 80° C. for 12 hrs. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1,R_(f)=0.70) indicated compound 24C remained and one major new spot withhigher polarity was detected. Then the reaction mixture was filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=30:1 to 3:1) to give compound 24D (1.60 g, yield: 25.8%) as awhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.61-8.54 (m, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H),7.92-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 2H), 4.25 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 4H).

To a solution of compound 24D (1.6 g, 7.37 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and H₂O(5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (618 mg, 14.7 mmol). The reaction mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. LCMS showed compound 24D was consumedcompletely and one main peak with desired MS was detected. Then themixture was adjusted to pH˜5 by adding HCl (1M), and then white solidwas precipitate out. The white solid was filtered and dried over to givecompound 24E (1 g, yield: 71.7%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺189.1.

Compound 24 (20 mg, yield: 33.5%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound24E, and compound 12G. Compound 24: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.95 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.50-8.38 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.03 (br.s, 1H),7.89-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.80 (br.s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 1H),7.33-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.25-5.20(m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=4.0, 14.4 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.0, 13.6 Hz, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.1.

Example 8(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenylthiazole-5-carboxamide(25)

To a solution of compound 25A (20 g, 104 mmol) in CCl₄ (200 ml) wasadded SO₂Cl₂ (14 g, 104 mmol) at 45-50° C. during a period of 0.3 h.Then the mixture was stirred at 45-50° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixturewas diluted with ice-water (200 mL). The organic layer was separated,washed with H₂O (200 mL×2), brine (200 mL) dried over anhydrous MgSO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 25B(25 g, crude) as pale yellow oil, which was used for next step directly.¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.03-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.62 (m, 1H),7.54-7.50 (m, 2H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 4.32-4.26 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of compound 25B (6.8 g, 30 mmol) and thioacetamide (2.25 g,30.0 mmol) in EtOH (75 mL) was heated to 80° C. and stirred for 6 hrs.The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue waspurified by a silica gel column chromatography (eluent: PetroleumEther/Ethyl Acetate=50/1) to afford compound 25C (3.0 g, yield 40.4%) asyellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.77-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.40 (m,3H), 4.28 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A solution of NaOH (2N, 12 mL, 24 mmol) was added to a solution ofcompound 25C (1.24 g, 5.01 mmol) in MeOH/H₂O mixture (39 mL/13 mL). Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hrs. The mixture was diluted withH₂O (5 mL). The volatile solvent was removed by evaporation. The residuewas treated with HCl (1N) until pH˜3. The precipitate was collected byfiltration, dried under reduced pressure to afford compound 25D (650 mg,yield 59.2%) as white solid, which was used directly in next step. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.72-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.36 (m, 3H), 2.68 (s,3H).

Compound 25 (25 mg, yield 42%, white solid) was prepared as in Example 5from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound 25D.Compound 25: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.81 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.12(s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 8H), 5.35-5.31(m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.6, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J=9.9, 13.8 Hz, 1H),2.67 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 394.1.

Example 9(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(26)

To a mixture of compound 26A (7.2 g, 37.46 mmol, 6.5 mL) and ammoniumacetate (5.8 g, 74.92 mmol) were mixed in EtOH (70 mL) and refluxed at80° C. for 16 hrs. After removal of the solvent, the residue wasdissolved in water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2). Thiscombined organic phase was washed with sat. NaHCO₃ (50 mL×2) and brine(50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 10:1) to give compound 26B (3.5 g,yield: 48.9%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.57-7.53 (m,2H), 7.48-7.37 (m, 3H), 5.07-4.89 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.11 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.25(m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 26B (2 g, 10.46 mmol) in DCE (4 mL) was addedPhI(OAc)₂ (4.4 g, 13.60 mmol) in one portion at 25° C. under N₂. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture wasquenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL) and extracted with DCM(50 mL×3). The organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give compound 26C (400 mg,yield: 15.3%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.58 (dd, J=1.1,7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 4H), 4.28-4.21 (m, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H),1.66-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.62 (br s, 1H), 1.30-1.26 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 26C (400 mg, 1.60 mmol) in DCE (5 mL) and AcOH(10 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 16 hrs. The solvent was removed. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 5:1) to give compound 26D (220 mg, yield:53.0%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.11-7.89 (m, 2H),7.56-7.32 (m, 3H), 4.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 1.39 (q, J=7.1Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 231.8.

To a mixture of iodobenzene (2.5 g, 12.25 mmol, 1.4 mL) and compound 26E(3.59 g, 13.48 mmol) in CHCl₃ (25 mL), was added m-CPBA (2.33 g, 13.48mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 hrs at 25° C. under an N₂atmosphere. After the reaction, MTBE (20 mL) was added to the reactionmixture, and the resulting mixture was filtered and the solid was washedwith MTBE (30 mL) Compound 26F was obtained as a white solid

Ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenyl-propanoate 26A (500 mg, 2.60 mmol) and compound 26F(1.58 g, 3.38 mmol) in CH₃CN (30 mL) were heated to reflux for 1 h at80° C., and acetamide (461 mg, 7.80 mmol) was added to the mixture. Thereaction mixture was heated at 120° C. for 0.1 h under microwaveirradiation. After being cooled to room temperature, the suspension wasdiluted with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (30 mL), extracted with EtOAc (10mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=10/1) and by preparatory-TLC (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=5/1). Compound 26G (50 mg, yield: 8.32%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.06-7.93 (m, 2H),7.48-7.39 (m, 3H), 4.38 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.37 (t, J=7.1Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 231.8.

To a mixture of compound 26G (60 mg, 259.46 umol) in THF (2 mL) and H₂O(2 mL) was added NaOH (1 M, 778 uL) in one portion at 0° C. The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs. The mixture was extracted with MTBE(2×30 mL) and washed with water (3×30 mL). The water layers wereacidified to pH˜4 with 1N HCl, then, the solution extracted with EtOAc(3×30 mL). The organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated togive compound 5 (50 mg, yield: 86.6%) as yellow oil, which was useddirectly for next step without further purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400MHz): δ 8.05-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 203.8.

Compound 26 (15 mg, yield: 23.0%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound26H. Compound 26: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.08 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H),7.41 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.13 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H),6.77 (br s, 2H), 5.76-5.68 (m, 1H), 5.55 (br s, 1H), 3.45 (br dd, J=5.3,14.3 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (br dd, J=7.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Example 10(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole-4-carboxamide(28)

A mixture consisting of compound 28A (200 mg, 843.63 umol), phenylboronic acid (23 mg, 110.98 umol) and Na₂CO₃ (22.4 mg, 2.11 mmol) wasstirred at 110° C. for 1.5 hrs under microwave. The reaction mixture wascooled to room-temperature, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by Pre-HPLC (basecondition) to afford compound 28B (23 mg, yield 11.64%) as a lightyellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ7.44-7.58 (m, 5H), 4.44 (q, J=7.20Hz, 2H), 1.32 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 28B (50 mg, 213.43 umol) in MeOH (3 mL) and H₂O(1.50 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (26.9 mg, 640.29 umol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasdiluted with H₂O (8 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and thenextracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 28C(38 mg, crude) as brown solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.63-7.57 (m,2H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+206.7.

Compound 28 (18.9 mg, 38.00% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound28C. Compound 28: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.07 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),7.59-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.19 (m,2H), 6.77 (br s, 1H), 5.84-5.76 (m, 1H), 5.52 (br s, 1H), 3.51-3.45 (m,1H), 3.25-3.18 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+381.1.

Example 11(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(30)

To a solution of t-BuONO (3.8 mL, 30.94 mmol) in CH₃CN (60 mL) was addedCuBr₂ (6.91 g, 30.94 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hunder N₂. Then compound 30A (4 g, 25.78 mmol) was added portionwise. Themixture was then heated to 70° C. and stirred for 12 hrs. The reactionwas washed with H₂O (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2). Theorganics were collected, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated toafford intermediate compound 30B (6 g, crude) as black brown oil. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 218.9, 220.9.

To a solution of NaH (1.64 g, 41.09 mmol, 60% purity) in THF (80 mL) at0° C. was added a solution of compound 30B (6 g, 27.39 mmol) in THF (20mL). After addition, the mixture was warmed up to 25° C. and stirred for2 hrs. Then the solution was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of SEM-C₁(5.34 mL, 30.13 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added at 0° C. The mixture wasthen warmed up to 25° C. and stirred for 12 hrs. The reaction wasquenched with H₂O (100 mL) dropwise. The mixture was extracted withEtOAc (100 mL×2). The organics were collected and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by column (Petroleum Ether: Ethyl Acetate=10:1) toafford compound 30C (3 g, yield: 31.14%) as yellow oil.

To a solution of compound 30C (2.60 g, 7.44 mmol) and PhB(OH)₂ (1.09 g,8.93 mmol) in dioxane (36 mL) and H₂O (12 mL) was added Pd(dtbpf)Cl₂(485 mg, 0.74 mmol) and K₃PO₄ (4.74 g, 22.32 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 70° C. under N₂ for 2 hrs. The reaction was diluted with H₂O(20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organics were collected andconcentrated. The residue was purified by column (Petroleum Ether: EthylAcetate=10:1) to afford compound 30D (2.40 g, yield: 93.1%) as colorlessoil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 347.1. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.60 (s,1H), 7.78-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.34 (m, 3H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 4.25-4.16 (m,2H), 3.70-3.62 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.94-0.85 (m, 2H),0.03-0.02 (m, 9H).

A solution of compound 30D (200 mg, 577.20 umol) in MeOH (4 mL), andthen NaOH (230 mg, 5.77 mmol) in H₂O (4 mL) was added dropwise. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 19 hrs. The reaction mixture wasdiluted by addition H₂O (10 mL), and then extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2).The water layers were neutralized by 1N HCl to pH˜3, and extracted withEtOAc (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give the compound 30E (140 mg, yield: 76.17%) as a yellow oil. ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.41 (br s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.81-7.74 (m, 2H),7.53-7.36 (m, 3H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 3.66 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 0.90 (t, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 0.01-0.04 (m, 9H).

Compound 30G (140 mg, yield: 93.72%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound30E. Compound 30G: ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.54 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.25 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.52 (m, 2H),7.43-7.23 (m, 9H), 5.46 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.38-5.30 (m, 1H),3.76-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.76 (m, 1H), 0.94-0.89 (m,2H), 0.03-0.00 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 30G (18.00 mg, 36.54 umol) in ethyl acetate(1.00 mL) was added 4M HCl/EtOAc (5.00 mL). Then the reaction wasstirred at 30° C. for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was added petroleumether (50 mL), the mixture was stirred for 3 mins, filtered and thedesired solid was dried in vacuo to give compound 30 (6.00 mg, yield:45.31%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.34 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.99-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 2H),7.35-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.23-7.16 (m, 2H), 5.30-5.21 (m,1H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=9.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 363.1.

Example 12 Compounds 32, 458, 476-479, 521(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(32)

To a solution of t-BuONO (3.19 g, 30.94 mmol, 3.67 mL) in CH₃CN (60 mL)was added CuBr₂ (6.91 g, 30.94 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 1 hour under N₂. Then compound 32A (4.00 g, 25.78 mmol) was addedportionwise. After heated to 70° C. and stirred for 12 hrs, the mixturewas concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The mixturewas then washed with HCl (1M, 100 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (100 mL), brine(100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to obtain intermediatecompound 32B (5.6 g, crude) as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 220.9.

To a solution of compound 32B (5.6 g, 25.57 mmol) in DMF (200 mL) wasadded Mel (14.52 g, 102.28 mmol, 6.37 mL) and Cs₂CO₃ (33.32 g, 102.28mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture wasdiluted with H₂O (1000 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL),then the organic layer was washed with brine (500 mL×3), dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue (4 g) was purified bypreparatory-HPLC (basic condition). The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5:1).Compound 32C (1 g, yield: 16.8%) was obtained as a white solid. Compound32D (2 g, yield: 33.6%) was obtained as a white solid.

Compound 32C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.93 (s, 1H), 4.24-4.18 (m,2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 1.28-1.23 (m, 3H).

Compound 32D: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.33 (s, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m,2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 1.26-1.22 (m, 3H).

A mixture of ethyl compound 32D (500.0 mg, 2.15 mmol), phenylboronicacid (314.6 mg, 2.58 mmol), Pd(dtbpf)Cl₂ (140.1 mg, 215.00 umol), K₃PO₄(1.37 g, 6.45 mmol) in dioxane (30 mL) and H₂O (10 mL) was degassed andpurged with N₂ for 3 times. After stirred at 70° C. for 1 hour under N₂atmosphere, the mixture was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate(30 mL). The mixture was then washed with HCl (1M, 50 mL), saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to obtain intermediate compound 32E (480 mg, crude) as abrown oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 230.9.

To a solution of compound 32E (380.0 mg, 1.65 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) andTHF (5 mL) was added NaOH (2 M, 16.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60°C. for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with H₂O (10mL), the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), the waterphase was added HCl (1M) until pH˜3, then the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate (20 mL), the organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 32F (320 mg, yield: 95.9%)was obtained as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.03-11.85(m, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.30 (m, 3H), 3.87 (s,3H).

Compound 32 (40.0 mg, yield: 64.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound32F. Compound 32: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.33 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),8.05 (s, 2H), 7.81 (br s, 1H), 7.63-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 8H),5.33-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.79 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(458)

Compound 458 (270 mg, yield: 67.4%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 32F and 3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamidehydrochloride. Compound 458: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.80 (d, J=4.4Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.17(m, 8H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.16 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.73(m, 2H), 0.71-0.52 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

(S)—N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(476)

Compound 476 (36.8 mg, yield: 34.22%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 32F and (2S,3S)-3-amino-1-fluoro-4-phenylbutan-2-olhydrochloride. Compound 476: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.91 (s, 1H),7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 3H), 6.94-6.84 (m,2H), 6.06 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.03-4.71 (m, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.09-3.01(m, 1H), 2.85-2.76 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 366.1.

(S)—N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(477)

Compound 477 (110 mg, yield: 90.33%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 85B and (2S,3S)-3-amino-1-fluoro-4-phenylbutan-2-olhydrochloride. Compound 477: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.20 (s, 1H),9.08-9.00 (m, 1H), 8.50-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.24 (m, 3H),7.17-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.24 (m, 1H), 5.11-4.79 (m, 2H),3.45-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺368.1.

(S)—N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(478)

Compound 478 (82 mg, yield: 54.97%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 12F and (2S,3S)-3-amino-1-fluoro-4-phenylbutan-2-olhydrochloride. Compound 478: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.70 (d, J=6.40Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=4.40 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.14 (m, 6H),6.88 (s, 1H), 5.24-5.20 (m, 1H), 5.05-4.74 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.18 (m, 2H),2.35 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+367.2.

(S)—N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(479)

Compound 479 (100 mg, yield: 82.06%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid and(2S,3S)-3-amino-1-fluoro-4-phenylbutan-2-ol hydrochloride. Compound 479:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.46-7.28 (m, 8H), 7.08-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.51 (s,1H), 6.28 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.20-5.13 (m, 1H), 5.03-4.73 (m, 2H),3.22-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺366.1.

(S)—N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-4-((prop-2-yn-1-yloxy)methyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(521)

Compound 521 (250 mg, yield: 78.40%, white solid) was prepared usingcoupling conditions as in compound 476 from the correspondingintermediate ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-fluoro-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)boronic acid followed by alkylationwith 3-bromoprop-1-yne and then the intermediate obtained was subjectedto hydrolysis and coupling with(2S,3S)-3-amino-1-fluoro-4-phenylbutan-2-ol hydrochloride as in compound12 to yield compound 521. Compound 521: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.89(s, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.94-6.92 (m, 2H),5.97 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09-5.01 (m, 1H), 4.96-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.83-4.70(m, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.19 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.03 (d,J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.95-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.49 (t, J=2.3 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 452.2.

Example 13(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-ethyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(33)

A mixture of compound 33A (46.73 mL, 342.14 mmol) and butan-2-one (30.46mL, 342.14 mmol) was added dropwise to the solution of NaOEt (preparedby Na (9.5 g) in EtOH (200 mL)) at 0° C. Then the reaction was stirredat 20-25° C. for 16 hrs. The reaction was adjusted to pH˜6-7 with HCl(2M) and then removed the solvent to give a residue, which was dilutedwith ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed with brine (150 mL), dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated to give the crude product which was purified byflash column chromatography (Petroleum Ether:Ethyl Acetate=1:0 to 10:1)to give compound 33B (23.0 g, yield: 39.0%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 14.34 (br s, 1H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 4.28 (q, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 2.47 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.34-1.27 (m, 3H), 1.11 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

The mixture of compound 33B (10 g, 58.08 mmol), O-methylhydroxylamine(4.85 g, 58.08 mmol, HCl) and 4 A° molecular sieve (10 g) in DMF (100mL) was stirred at 20-25° C. for 20 hrs. Filtered to remove the 4 A°molecular sieve and the filtrate was diluted with H₂O (800 mL),extracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×3). The organic phase was combinedand washed with brine (300 mL×3) and concentrated to give the crudeproduct, which was purified by flash column chromatography (PetroleumEther:Ethyl Acetate=1:0 to 5:1) to give compound 33C (3.5 g, yield:29.95%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 4.41-4.29 (m, 2H),4.06 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.60-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.08(t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).

The mixture of compound 33C (3.5 g, 17.39 mmol) and phenylhydrazine(1.88 g, 17.39 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 2 hrs.The solvent was removed and the residue was adjusted to pH˜7-8 withsaturated NaHCO₃ aqueous and extracted with ethyl acetate (60 mL×2). Theorganic phase were combined and washed with brine (50 mL), concentratedto give a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography(Petroleum Ether:Ethyl Acetate=1:0 to 5:1) to give compound 33D (0.3 g,1.23 mmol, 7.05% yield) as a yellow solid and compound 33E (3.0 g, 12.21mmol, yield 70.19%) as a yellow oil.

Compound 33D: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.50-7.37 (m, 5H), 6.87 (s, 1H),4.24 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.32 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H),1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 245.0. Compound 33E: ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.46-7.31 (m, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 4.35 (q, J=7.1 Hz,1H), 2.58 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 1.33 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.16 (t, J=7.5 Hz,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 245.0.

The mixture of compound 33D (3.0 g, 12.28 mmol) and LiOH.H₂O (3.09 g,73.68 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) and H₂O (3 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 16hrs. The reaction was adjusted with HCl (2M) to pH˜3-4 and removed thesolvent. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3) andcombined, washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄. Filter and thefiltrate were concentrated to give compound 33F (2.7 g, crude) as ayellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.58 (br s, 1H), 7.46-7.34 (m,5H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 2.73 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 216.9.

The mixture of compound 33F (2.7 g, 12.49 mmol) and1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (1.44 g, 12.49 mmol) in THF (20 mL) wasstirred at 0° C. for 15 min, then solution of DCC (2.6 g, 12.61 mmol,2.55 mL) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. and stirred at25-30° C. for 16 hrs. After filtered and the filtrate was concentratedto give compound 33G (4.0 g, crude) as a yellow solid. The product wasused directly in next step.

The mixture of compound 33G (0.2 g, 638.35 umol), compound 12G (147.3mg, 638.35 umol, HCl) and DIEA (0.25 mL, 1.28 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) wasstirred at 20-25° C. for 16 hrs. The reaction was diluted with H₂O (60mL) and ethyl acetate (30 mL) and stirred at 20-25° C. for 0.5 h. Whitesolid precipitated out and was filtered, the filter cake was washed withH₂O (10 mL×2) and dried over under reduced pressure to give compound 33H(100.0 mg, yield: 39.24%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ8.53-8.11 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.20 (m, 10H), 7.16-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.59 (s, 1H),5.96-5.69 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.90 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.70 (m,2H), 2.62 (q, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺393.0.

The mixture of compound 33H (100 mg, 254.81 umol) and DMP (540.4 mg,1.27 mmol, 394.44 uL) in DMSO (5.0 mL) was stirred at 25-30° C. for 16hrs. The reaction was diluted with DCM (20 mL) and quenched with amixture of saturated NaHCO₃ aqueous and Na₂S₂O₃ aqueous (10%) (80 mL,1:1) and stirred at 20-25° C. for 0.5 hours. White solid precipitatedout and was filtered, the filter cake was washed with H₂O (3 mL×2) anddried under reduced pressure to give compound 33 (20.0 mg, yield: 20%)as a white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.10 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H),8.10 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.20 (m, 8H), 7.18-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.58(s, 1H), 5.30-5.21 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd,J=10.6, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (q, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 1.20 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

Example 14(S)—N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(34)

To a solution of 34A (15 g, 180.53 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added ethyl2-oxoacetate (47.9 g, 234.69 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give intermediate compound 34B (55.3 g, crude) asbrown solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 167.8.

To a solution of 34B (40 g, 239 mmol) in EtOH (400 mL) was added K₂CO₃(50 g, 362 mol) and 1-(isocyanomethylsulfonyl)-4-methyl-benzene (40 g,204.88 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 0.5 h. The reactionmixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 5:2) to afford compound 34C (12 g,yield: 24.3%) as brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.80-11.35 (m,1H), 7.87 (d, J=1.10 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=1.10 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=2.43Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J=2.43 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (q, J=7.06 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t,J=7.17 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 207.0.

A mixture of 34C (5 g, 24.3 mmol), phenylboronic acid (4.4 g, 36.4mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (4.4 g, 24.3 mmol), triethylamine (7.4 g, 72.8 mmol) inDCM (200 mL) was degassed and purged with O₂ for 3 times, and then themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 hrs under 02 atmosphere. Thereaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 2:1). Compound 34D (2.3 g, yield:33.6%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.04-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.71 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (br t,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H),6.70-6.61 (m, 1H), 4.29 (dd, J=2.1, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.38-1.22 (m, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 282.9.

To a solution of 34D (2.5 g, 8.86 mmol) in THF (30 mL) and H₂O (6 mL)was added NaOH (708 mg, 17.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C.for 1.5 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove THF, and then washed with EtOAc (20 mL). The aqueouslayer was acidized with 1M HCl (to pH˜5) and then extracted with EtOAc(30 mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (40 mL), brine(40 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to affordintermediate compound 34E (1.90 g, yield: 84.31%) as yellow solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.62 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.53 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.31 (m, 1H),6.77 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 254.9.

Compound 34 (50 mg, yield: 62.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 34E and 21G.Compound 34: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.66 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=2.4 Hz,1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (t, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 4H), 7.08 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H),6.55 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (q, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H₂O+H)+404.1.

Example 15 Compounds 35, 205(S)—N-(1-amino-5-methyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(35)

To a solution of compound 35A (20 g, 86.47 mmol), N-methoxymethanamine(12.65 g, 129.71 mmol, HCl), HOBt (11.68 g, 86.47 mmol) in DCM (400 mL)was added DIEA (33.53 g, 259.41 mmol, 45.31 mL) at 0° C. After that, thereaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.1 h, and then EDCI (19.89 g,103.76 mmol) was added, after addition, the reaction mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give aresidue and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL), washed with 1NHCl (400 mL×2), sat. NaHCO₃ (400 mL×2) and brine (400 mL). The organicphase was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum Ether-PetroleumEther:EtOAc=10:1). Compound 35B (40.32 g, yield: 84.98%) was obtained asa colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.04 (br d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H),4.71 (br s, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 1.80-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s,10H), 0.93 (dd, J=6.5, 14.2 Hz, 6H).

To a mixture of LAH (1.53 g, 40.41 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was addeddropwise a solution of compound 35B (10.08 g, 36.74 mmol) in THF (100mL) at 0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. After addition, the reaction mixturewas stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs. EtOAc (150 mL) was added dropwise intothe reaction mixture at 0° C. and acidified to pH˜1˜2 with 1N HCl, thenadded saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (150 mL×3) and brine (150 mL). Theorganic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The compound 35C(27.89 g, yield: 88.15%) was obtained as a yellow oil, which was usedfor next step directly without purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ9.71-9.32 (m, 1H), 4.99 (br s, 1H), 4.20 (br d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 1.79-1.69(m, 1H), 1.67-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.40 (m, 10H), 0.93 (dd, J=1.4, 6.5 Hz,6H).

To a solution of compound 35C (4 g, 18.58 mmol), compound 35D (3.16 g,37.16 mmol, 3.40 mL) and Et₃N (2.26 g, 22.30 mmol, 3.09 mL) in dry DCM(40 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with 50 mL DCM, washed with 0.5 N HCl (100 mL), water (100 mL)and brine (100 mL). The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄,concentrated. Then the residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum Ether:EtOAc=10:1). Compound 35E (3.9 g, yield: 86.63%)was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 4.80 (br s,1H), 4.58-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.91 (m, 0.5H), 3.77 (br s, 0.5H),1.75-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.33 (m, 10H), 1.03-0.89 (m, 6H)

To a solution of compound 35E (15 g, 61.90 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (17.11 g,123.80 mmol) in DMSO (300 mL) was added H₂O₂ (70.17 g, 2.15 mol, 60 mL)under N₂ at 0° C. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C. for 1 h. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with water (150 mL)and quenched with saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (300 mL) slowly at icewater. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (300 mL×3) and the combinedextracts were washed with saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (300 mL×3). Theorganic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue wasdiluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and MTBE (200 mL), the solid was collectedand dried in vacuo. Compound 35F (15.15 g, yield: 47.01%) was obtainedas a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.31-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.33(br d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.6H), 5.95 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 0.4H), 5.44 (br d, J=5.1 Hz,1H), 3.93-3.65 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.23 (m, 10H), 0.95-0.70(m, 7H).

To a solution of compound 35F (5.42 g, 20.82 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL)was added HCl/dioxane (4M, 55 mL) at 25° C. After addition, the reactionmixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction was concentrated,and 40 mL of MTBE was added into the reaction mixture and the mixturewas stirred for 5 min. Then the mixture was filtered to afford desiredcompound. Compound 35G (3.8 g, yield: 92.80%) was obtained as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.12 (br s, 1.5H), 7.87 (br s, 0.5H),7.57-7.35 (m, 2H), 4.22 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 0.7H), 4.02 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 0.3H),3.57 (s, 1H), 3.45 (br d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 1.81-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.33(m, 1.3H), 1.21 (ddd, J=4.3, 9.5, 14.1 Hz, 0.7H), 0.93-0.67 (m, 6H).

Compound 35 (48 mg, yield: 44.55%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 23A and 35G.Compound 35: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.99 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.13(s, 1H), 7.89-7.77 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.48 (m, 3H), 5.20 (ddd, J=3.3, 7.0,10.6 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.36 (m, 2H), 0.92(d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.89-0.84 (m, 3H).

(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxo-5-phenylpentan-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(205)

To a mixture of (S)-2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-4-phenylbutanoic acid(5 g, 17.90 mmol) and N-methoxymethanamine (2.76 g, 28.26 mmol, HCl),HOBt (2.55 g, 18.84 mmol) in DCM (100.00 mL) was added dropwise DIEA(9.88 mL, 56.53 mmol) and EDCI (4.33 g, 22.61 mmol) in portion at 0° C.under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, then the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith H₂O (200 mL). The two layers were separated and the aqueous phasewas extracted with Ethyl Acetate (2×150 mL). The combined organic layerswere washed with 0.5 N HCl (2×150 mL) and NaHCO₃ (2×150 mL), dried overNa₂SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 3:1) to afford compound 205A (4.15g, 68.32% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.35-7.23(m, 2H), 7.22-7.04 (m, 4H), 4.45-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.06 (s,3H), 2.81-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.54 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.29(s, 9H).

To a solution of LiAlH₄ (88.3 mg, 2.32 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was addeddrop wise a solution of compound 205A (500 mg, 1.55 mmol) in THF (15 mL)at 0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. After addition, the reaction mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(100 mL) and washed with 1N HCl (20 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (2×20 mL),brine (15 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentratedto afford compound 205B (400 mg, 1.52 mmol) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.4 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.05 (m, 5H), 3.82-3.72 (m, 1H),2.71-2.51 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.9 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.25 (m,10H).

A solution of compound 205B (1.86 g, 7.06 mmol),2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanenitrile (1.29 mL, 14.12 mmol) and Et₃N (1.17mL, 8.47 mmol) in dry DCM (60 mL) was stirred at 30° C. for 16 hours.The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with 0.5N HCl(20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic phase was driedover Na₂SO₄, concentrated. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 3:1) toafford compound 205C (900 mg, 43.90% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.44-7.21 (m, 5H), 6.75-6.58 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.29 (m,1H), 3.80-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.64(m, 2H), 1.53-1.43 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 205C (900 mg, 3.1 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (856.9 mg,6.2 mmol) in DMSO (18 mL) was added H₂O₂ (3.06 mL, 106.14 mmol) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. Thereaction mixture was diluted with water (200 mL) and quenched withsaturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (500 mL) slowly at ice water. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc (3×500 mL) and the combined extracts were washedwith saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (2×300 mL). The organic layer was driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The mixture was treated with MTBE and thenit was filtered to afford Compound 205D (500 mg, 52.30% yield) as whitesolid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.34-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.81-6.67 (m, 1H),5.54-5.35 (m, 1H), 5.19-5.05 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.72 (s,1H), 2.81-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.24-1.99 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.78 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.41(m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 205D (250 mg, 810.71 umol) in dioxane (2 mL)was added HCl/dioxane (4M, 1.06 mL) at 25° C. After addition, thereaction was stirred at 32° C. for 2 hours and concentrated. The residuewas purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=10:1 to 1:2) to afford compound 205E (180 mg, 90.64% yield) aswhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.15-8.02 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.75(m, 1H), 7.65-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.05 (m, 5H),6.52-6.24 (s, 1H), 4.16-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.39 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.61 (m,2H), 1.41-1.28 (m, 2H).

Compound 205 (23.5 mg, 31.69% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 23A and 205E.Compound 205: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.84-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.50 (m,3H), 7.26-7.12 (m, 4H), 7.07-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.66 (br s, 1H), 6.19 (br s,1H), 5.51-5.34 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.25 (m,1H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.1.

Example 16 Compounds 36, 49, 409, 455(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(36)

To a solution of compound 36B (1.31 g, 9.08 mmol) in AcOH (50 mL) wasadded compound 36A (1 g, 9.08 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 120° C.for 1 h. The mixture was in DCM (50 mL). The organic layer was washedwith water (10 mL), NaHCO₃ to pH˜8˜9 and dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 5:1) to afford compounds 36C and36D. Compound 36C (500 mg, 2.29 mmol, 25.24% yield, white solid): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.03-8.79 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.45 (m, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H),3.73 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H). Compound 36D (1 g, 50.47% yield, whitesolid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.03-8.89 (m, J=4.9 Hz, 2H),7.67-7.55 (m, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H).

Intermediate compound 36F (39.6 mg, 90% yield, white solid) was preparedas in Example 85 from compound 36C. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+205. Compound 36(15.5 mg, 43.77% yield, brown solid) was prepared as in Example 5 fromthe corresponding intermediate compound 36F. Compound 36: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.99-8.95 (m, 2H), 8.50-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.85(s, 1H), 7.65-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.51-5.45(m, 1H), 3.26-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H).

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(49)

Following the procedure as used for compound 36, compound 49 (21 mg,38.4% yield, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingintermediate compound 36D. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08-8.98 (m,1H), 8.76-8.70 (m, 2H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.44 (m, 1H),7.35-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 5.31-5.25 (m, 1H),3.19-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+Na)+379.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(409)

Following the procedure as used for compound 36, compound 409 (4225.7mg, 80.2% yield, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingstarting materials, namely 4-hydrazinyl pyrimidine and intermediatecompound 274D. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.22 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.84(d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.74(m, 1H), 7.31-7.21 (m, 5H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.41-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.12(m, 1H), 2.90-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+379.0.

N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(455)

Following the procedure as used for compound 36, compound 455 (180 mg,71.6% yield, white solid) was prepared from the corresponding startingmaterials, namely 36F and3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.05-9.00 (m, 1H), 9.03 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.78 (d, J=5.1 Hz,1H), 8.69 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.18 (m, 5H),6.56 (s, 1H), 5.31-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.84-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 2H), 2.27-2.19 (m, 1H), 0.67-0.54 (m, 4H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 419.2.

Example 17(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2H-indazol-2-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(37)

A mixture of compound 37A (250 mg, 2.12 mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (2.07 g, 6.36mmol) in toluene (40 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 13 hrs. The mixturewas concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5:1) to afford compound 37B(43.75 mg, 7.55% yield) as white solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+274. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.65 (m, 2H),7.39-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.05 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.24 (m, 2H), 1.28 (m, 3H).

A mixture of compound 37B (35 mg, 128.06 umol), LiOH (9.2 mg, 384.18umol) in water (1 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) was stirred at 27° C. for 2 hrs.MeOH was evaporated. To the residue was added water (10 mL). The mixturewas extracted with MTBE (5 mL) and separated. The aqueous layer wasacidified to pH˜3 with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20mL). The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated to affordcompound 37D (25.3 mg, 80.55% yield) as brown solid.

Compound 37 (4 mg, 8.47 umol, yield 5.95%, yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 37D. Compound 37: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 12.72-12.49 (m,1H), 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.29 (m, 2H),7.20-6.98 (m, 6H), 6.83-6.72 (m, 1H), 5.97-5.84 (m, 1H), 5.52-5.40 (m,1H), 3.56-3.33 (m, 2H).

Example 18(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(38)

A mixture consisting of compound naphthalen-1-yl hydrazine hydrochloride(4.05 g, 20.81 mmol) and compound 38A (3.0 g, 20.81 mmol) in AcOH (30mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooledto 25° C., concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with CH₂Cl₂(100 mL). The organic phase was washed with sat. NaHCO₃ (20 mL×2), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and the filtration was concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by flashsilica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=4:1) to affordcompound 38B (154.3 mg, 2.79% yield) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,400 MHz): δ 7.96 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.52(m, 1H), 7.51-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),6.90 (s, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+267.1.

To a mixture of compound 38B (160 mg, 570.78 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (71.9 mg, 1.71 mmol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasdiluted with H₂O (10 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and thenextracted with EtOAc (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 38C(140 mg, yield 97.23%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ7.96-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+252.9.

Compound 38 (10.6 mg, yield 13.31%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound38C. Compound 38: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.00-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.43(m, 4H), 7.28 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.82-6.72 (m, 2H),6.69 (s, 1H), 6.54 (br s, 1H), 6.16 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.48-5.33 (m,2H), 3.19-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+1)+427.2.

Example 19(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(1H-indazol-1-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(40)

A mixture consisting of compound 40A (500 mg, 2.12 mmol), indazole(250.5 mg, 2.12 mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (2.07 g, 6.36 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) wasstirred at 110.6° C. for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25°C., filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by preparatory-HPLC (HCl condition) to afford compound 40B(56 mg, 9.67% yield) as a light yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ8.94 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.4 Hz,1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 1H), 4.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),1.17-1.12 (m, 1H), 1.14 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H).

To a mixture of compound 40B (50 mg, 182.94 umol) in MeOH (2 mL) wasadded LiOH (13.1 mg, 548.83 umol) in one portion and the mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue was diluted with H₂O (8mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1 N HCl, and then extracted with EtOAc (30mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give intermediate compound 40C (42 mg, 93.61% yield) as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),8.38 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t,J=7.6 Hz, 1H).

To a solution consisting of compound 40C (42 mg, 171.25 umol) and1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (20.7 mg, 179.81 umol) in DME (5 mL) wasadded EDCI (49.24 mg, 256.87 umol) in one portion at 25° C. under N₂.The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 9 hrs. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove DME. The residue wasdiluted with EtOAc (60 mL), washed with 1N HCl (10 mL) and saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL×3). The organic layers was washed with brine (20mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to afford intermediate compound 40D (60 mg, crude) as alight yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+342.8.

Compound 40 (15.10 mg, 50.57% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 40D and12G. Compound 40: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 11.07 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H),8.85 (s, 1H), 8.33-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 5H), 6.77(br s, 1H), 5.81-5.75 (m, 1H), 5.55 (br s, 1H), 3.43-3.37 (m, 1H),3.26-3.19 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+420.1.

Example 20 Compounds 41-43, 64-65, 67, 71, 76, 87, 100, 116, 132,134-135, 137, 203-204(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(41)

To a mixture of compound 24E (100 mg, 528 umol) and compound 41B (148mg, 634 umol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added HBTU (240 mg, 634 umol) in oneportion at 25° C. and stirred for 5 mins, and then DIEA (273 mg, 2.1mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 mins. LCMSshowed compound 24E remained and desired MS was detected. Then theresidue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition) to givecompound 41A (130 mg, yield: 60.6%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,Methanol-d₄) δ 9.12 (br s, 1H), 8.49 (br d, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95-7.74 (m,2H), 7.50 (br s, 1H), 7.37-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.13-7.01 (m, 1H), 4.69-4.52(m, 1H), 4.22-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.29 (br s, 1H), 3.11-2.74 (m, 2H),2.69-2.51 (m, 1H), 0.77-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.56-0.38 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 405.2.

To a solution of compound 41A (130 mg, 320 umol) in DCM (10 mL) wasadded DMP (543 mg, 1.3 mmol, 397 uL) in one portion at 0° C. The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 10 mins. LCMS showed compound 41A was consumedcompletely and one main peak with desired MS was detected. Then themixture was diluted with DCM (80 mL), quenched by adding 10%Na₂S₂O₃/saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (v/v=1/1, 20 mL). The organic layer wasseparated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (30 mL×2). Thecombined organic layer was washed with H₂O (10 mL), brine (10 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford white solid. Then theresidue was purified by re-crystallization from isopropyl ether (20 mL)to give compound 41 (20.6 mg, yield: 30.9%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.96 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.79 (br d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H),8.45 (br d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.88 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57(s, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=7.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.24 (br d,J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.32-5.22 (m, 1H), 3.31 (s, 1H),3.19 (dd, J=13.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.71 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.64 (m, 2H),0.60-0.55 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.2.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(42)

Compound 42 (19.3 mg, yield: 55.2%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound34E. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.91 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=5.1Hz, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H),7.63 (s, 1H), 7.53 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d,J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.34-5.26 (m,1H), 3.21 (dd, J=13.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=13.8, 10.3 Hz, 1H),2.81-2.72 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.53 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 469.1.

(S)-1-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(43)

Compound 43 (24.4 mg, yield: 43%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound29D. Compound 43: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.13 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.77 (br d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.96(d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=4.0 Hz,4H), 7.22-7.12 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.16 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=13.9, 3.3 Hz,1H), 2.83 (dd, J=13.7, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (br d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H),0.69-0.58 (m, 2H), 0.54 (br d, J=2.9 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 460.1

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(65)

A mixture of compound 65A (80 mg, 366.62 umol) in MeOH (5 mL) and H₂O (1mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (27.1 mg, 645.87 umol). The mixture was stirredat 31° C. for 1 h. The mixture was evaporated to remove MeOH, then itwas washed with water (3×50 mL) and extracted with MTBE (2×50 mL). Thewater layers were acidized to pH˜4 with 1N HCl, then, the solutionextracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic layers were driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give compound 65B (50 mg, 66.79% yield)was obtained as white solid.

Compound 65 (11.8 mg, 87.93% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 65B and 41B.Compound 65: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.94 (s, 2H), 8.87-8.79 (m,1H), 8.51-8.44 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.09 (m, 5H), 6.65 (s,1H), 5.53-5.39 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.12 (m, 4H), 3.10-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.71(m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 0.71-0.54 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 419.2.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2H-indazol-2-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(64)

Compound 64 (48.2 mg 87.93% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound64A. Compound 64: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.99-11.83 (m, 1H), 9.33(s, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.95-8.84 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.50(m, 1H), 7.44-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.12-6.99 (m, 5H),5.71-5.60 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.74 (m,1H), 0.73-0.54 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 460.1.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(67)

Compound 67 (30.8 mg, 38.6% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound67A. Compound 67: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.24 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.67(d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.20(m, 3H), 6.99 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 5.66-5.58(m, 1H), 3.38-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.34(s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 0.91-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.64-0.57 (m, 2H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 432.1.

(S)-1-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(71)

Compound 71 (75 mg, yield: 78.1%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound70D. Compound 71: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.93 (br s, 1H), 9.25 (brs, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.52 (br s,2H), 7.30-7.18 (m, 6H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 1H), 5.42-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd,J=3.5, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.74-2.64 (m, 1H),0.70-0.42 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 443.0.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(5-phenylpyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(76)

Compound 76 (24.7 mg, yield: 44.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate compound 74E. Compound76: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.46 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (s, 2H),8.62 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.57-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 2H),7.16-7.07 (m, 3H), 6.93 (br s, 1H), 5.86-5.82 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m,1H), 3.41-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.82 (m, 1H), 0.92-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.64-0.62(m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 481.0.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(4-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(87)

Compound 87 (60.0 mg, 75.3% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound21D. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.72 (br. d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.73 (s,1H), 8.68-8.64 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.40(m, 2H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 5H), 6.97-6.91 (m, 1H),5.86-5.74 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.75 (m,1H), 0.93-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.68-0.58 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+486.1.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(100)

Compound 100 (85 mg, yield: 83.27%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound23A. Compound 100: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.09 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.94 (br d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 1H),7.44-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.20 (m, 5H), 5.48 (ddd, J=3.3, 7.6, 10.7 Hz,1H), 3.25 (br dd, J=3.2, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s, 3H),0.73-0.56 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 418.1.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisothiazole-4-carboxamide(116)

Compound 116 (88.00 mg, 87.41% yield, off-white solid) was prepared asin Example 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 96D. Compound 116: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.44 (s, 5H),7.20-7.09 (m, 3H), 6.86 (br s, 1H), 6.77-6.68 (m, 2H), 5.93 (br d, J=6.6Hz, 1H), 5.68-5.57 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H),2.83-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H), 0.69-0.53 (m, 2H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 434.1.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(132)

Compound 132 (72.8 mg, 60.40% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound136C. Compound 132: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.61 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H),8.57-8.54 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.10-7.05 (m,2H), 7.03-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.56 (m, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.62-5.54 (m,1H), 3.44-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s,3H), 0.92-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.66-0.59 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+418.1.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(isoquinolin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(134)

Compound 134 (57.4 mg, 62.9% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound133D. Compound 134: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.31 (br s, 1H), 8.47 (brs, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.0 Hz,1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.92 (br s, 2H), 6.84 (br s, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H),6.46 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.50-5.41 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.04(m, 1H), 2.79-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 0.87-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.53(m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 468.1.

(S)-2-cyclopropyl-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenylthiazole-5-carboxamide(135)

Compound 135 (52.8 mg, 53.03% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound135A. Compound 135: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.53-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.85 (br s,1H), 6.80-6.70 (m, 2H), 6.17 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.54-5.45 (m, 1H),3.27-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.26 (m,1H), 1.20-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.13-1.08 (m, 2H), 0.91-0.79 (m, 2H), 0.64-0.54(m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 460.1.

(S)-3-(tert-butyl)-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(137)

Compound 137 (96.70 mg, 64.74% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound128A. Compound 137: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.54-7.45 (m, 3H),7.41-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.87 (br s,1H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 5.77-5.68 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.09 (m,1H), 2.82-2.74 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 9H), 0.89-0.81 (m, 2H), 0.64-0.54 (m,2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 459.2.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(203)

Compound 203 (30 mg, yield 60.18%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound82D. Compound 203: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.69-7.64 (m, 2H),7.41-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.01-6.94 (m, 3H),6.84 (br s, 1H), 5.65-5.58 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.89 (m,1H), 2.79-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 0.86-0.80 (m, 2H), 0.61-0.53 (m,2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 500.1.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide(204)

Compound 204 (4 mg, 8.9% yield, white solid) was prepared as in Example20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound 204A.Compound 204: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) T=80: δ 8.55 (br s, 1H), 8.41 (d,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.32-7.20 (m, 5H),5.51-5.45 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.05 (br s, 1H), 2.81-2.74 (m,1H), 0.71-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.64-0.59 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 404.1.

Example 21(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(45)

A mixture of ethyl compound 32C (500.0 mg, 2.15 mmol), phenylboronicacid (262.1 mg, 2.15 mmol), Pd(dtbpf)Cl₂ (140.1 mg, 215.00 umol), K₃PO₄(1.37 g, 6.45 mmol) in dioxane (30 mL) and H₂O (10 mL) was degassed andpurged with N₂ for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 70° C.for 1 hour under N₂ atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated and dilutedwith ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed with HCl (1M, 50 mL), saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to afford intermediate compound 45A (490 mg, crude) as abrown oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 230.9.

To a solution of compound 45A (490.0 mg, 2.13 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) andTHF (5 mL) was added NaOH (2M, 21.28 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60°C. for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with H₂O (10mL), the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), the waterphase was added HCl (1M) until pH˜3, then the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate (20 mL), the organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 45B (400 mg, yield: 93.0%)was obtained as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.09 (br s,1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.40 (m, 5H), 3.63 (s, 3H).

Compound 45 (50.0 mg, yield: 71.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound45B. Compound 45: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.43 (m,3H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.85-6.65 (m, 3H), 5.80-5.71(m, 1H), 5.55-5.40 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.29-3.19 (m, 1H),2.94-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.84 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 22(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(46)

To a solution of compound 46A (13 g, 44.02 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (150 mL)was added K₂CO₃ (12.17 g, 88.04 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. After addition, themixture was stirred at this temperature for 0.2 h, and then CH₃I (8.97g, 63.20 mmol, 3.93 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. The resultingmixture was stirred at 25° C. for 18.8 hours. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (100 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give the compound 46B (13.4 g, yield: 98.4%) as acolorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.04 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.84(d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H),3.79 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.09-2.94 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).

To a solution of LAH (490 mg, 12.92 mmol, 2 eq.) in THF (10 mL) wasdegassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times at 0° C. and the mixture ofcompound 46B (2 g, 6.46 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (30 mL) was added dropwise,and then the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs under N₂ atmosphere.The reaction mixture was quenched by addition H₂O (0.5 mL), then addNaOH (15% in H₂O, 0.5 mL), H₂O (1.5 mL), and then diluted with EtOAc (20mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, and stirred for 30 min, then filtered to givethe organic layers. The combined organic layers were washed with brine(20 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give the compound 46C (1.48 g, yield: 81.4%) was obtained asa colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.12 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),6.89-6.78 (m, 2H), 4.69 (br s, 1H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H),3.69-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.77 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H).

A solution of DMP (1.51 g, 3.56 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was degassed andpurged with N₂ for 3 times, and then compound 46C (500 mg, 1.78 mmol) inDCM (10 mL) was added dropwise, and then the mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 20 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched byaddition of saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (15 mL) and saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ (15 mL), and then diluted with DCM (10 mL) and extracted with H₂O(20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive the compound 46D (430 mg, yield: 86.48%) was obtained as a yellowsolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.62 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.84(br d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.78(s, 3H), 3.06 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).

To a solution of compound 46D (1.53 g, 5.48 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) wasadded compound 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanenitrile (3.30 g, 38.78 mmol,3.55 mL) and Et₃N (832 mg, 8.22 mmol, 1.14 mL). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition 1NHCl (20 mL), and then diluted with H₂O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM(20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL×3),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 4:1) to give the compound 46E (980mg, yield: 58.37%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.16-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.71 (m, 2H), 4.96-4.72 (m, 1H),4.52-4.37 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.07-2.66 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H).

To a solution of compound 46E (980 mg, 3.20 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (885 mg,6.40 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was added H₂O₂ (9.3 mL, purity: 30%). Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith H₂O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound46F (560 mg, yield: 53.95%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.16-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.71 (m, 2H), 4.96-4.72 (m, 1H),4.52-4.37 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.07-2.66 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H).

To a solution of compound 46F (500 mg, 1.54 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with MTBE (20 mL), and filtered to givethe compound 46G (300 mg, yield: 73.97%, HCl) was obtained as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.06-7.81 (m, 3H), 7.51 (br s, 2H),7.26-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.79 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.35 (m, 1H), 4.21-3.78 (m,1H), 3.71 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 3H), 3.53 (br s, 1H), 2.87-2.62 (m, 2H).

Compound 46 (65 mg, yield: 65.3%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 15 from the corresponding intermediate compounds, 23A and 46G.Compound 46: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.05-8.64 (m, 1H), 8.18 (s,1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.67-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.10 (m,2H), 6.89-6.76 (m, 2H), 5.48-5.36 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.23-2.95(m, 1H), 2.76-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.00 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺408.1.

Example 23(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(48)

To a solution of compound 48A (40 g) in CHCl₃ (200 mL) cooled to 0° C.was added dropwise sulfuryl dichloride (34 g). The mixture was warmed to30° C. for 0.5 h and heated at 70° C. for 5 hrs. After cooling to roomtemperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (40 mL),washed with aqueous NaHCO₃ (40 mL×2), water (20 mL) and then brine (30mL) successively. The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄ and evaporatedto afford compound 48B (47 g, crude) was obtained as a yellow solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.06-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.42(m, 1H), 7.48-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.26(s, 1H), 5.61 (s, 1H), 5.29-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.21 (m, 2H), 1.70 (s,1H), 1.40-1.14 (m, 3H).

A solution of compound 48B (20 g) in NH₂CHO (40 g, 882.40 mmol, 35 mL)and Water (3.2 g, 176.48 mmol) was heated at 180° C. for 3.5 hrs. Themixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, then water (50 ml) wasadded and the mixture was extracted with DCM (100 mL×3). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Theresidue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of0˜100% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 40 mL/min) to affordcompound 48C (1.3 g) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.09(d, J=7.3 Hz, 7H), 4.28-4.08 (m, 2H), 1.24 (br t, J=6.8 Hz, 1H),1.29-1.10 (m, 1H).

To a solution of ethyl compound 48C (800 mg, 3.70 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL)was added a solution of KOH (2.1 g, 37.00 mmol) in H₂O (20 mL) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 16 hrs 20mL of water was added into the reaction mixture and the mixture wasextracted with MTBE (20 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified with 1N HClto pH˜4 and filtered to afford desired compound. The filtrate wasextracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined extracts were washed withbrine (50 mL) and dried over Na₂SO₄, the mixture was concentrated invacuum to afford desired compound 48D (500 mg, yield 71.81%) as whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.42-12.33 (m, 1H), 7.97-7.67 (m,3H), 7.48-7.21 (m, 3H).

Compound 48 (10 mg, yield 25.1%, light yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound48D. Compound 48: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.30-8.17 (m, 1H),8.00-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.46-7.13 (m, 8H), 5.50-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.05 (m,1H), 3.32-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.61 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)+363.2.

Example 24(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(50)

A mixture of compound 50A (20 g, 133 mmol), compound 50B (136 g, 665mmol), TsOH.H₂O (2.5 g, 13.3 mmol) in toluene (200 mL) was stirred at120° C. for 1 hour. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=3:1, R_(f)˜0.5)indicated 50A was almost consumed and one new spot formed. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give compound 50C (30 g, crude) as a yellow oil.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.40 (s, 1H), 7.98-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.57 (m,1H), 7.55-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.07 (m, 1H), 5.38-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.21(m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 234.9.

A mixture of methyl 50C (10 g, 45.4 mmol), TosMIC (17.7 g, 90.8 mmol),K₂CO₃ (9.4 g, 68.1 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) was stirred at 70° C. for 0.5hour. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=3:1, R_(f)=0.4) indicated 50Cwas consumed completely and some new spots formed. The reaction mixturewas filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue.The residue was purified by column chromatography (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=20:1 to 3:1) to give compound 50D (1.2 g, yield: 10.2%) as ayellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.22 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.58 (dt, J=1.3, 7.7 Hz, 1H),7.52-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.43 (m, 1H), 4.58 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.51(s, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 259.9.

To a solution of 50D (1.1 g, 4.24 mmol in THF (30 mL), H₂O (5 mL) wasadded NaOH (339 mg, 8.48 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 3 hrs. LCMS showed 50D was consumed completely and one main peakwith desired MS was detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated togive a residue. The residue was dissolved in water (10 mL), adjustedpH˜5 by aqueous HCl, filtered and the filtered cake was concentrated togive the product 50E (0.6 g, yield: 57.7%) as a gray solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.48 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.18 (m, 1H), 8.06 (dd,J=0.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.53 (m, 2H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 245.9.

Compound 50 (12.9 mg, yield: 18.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound50E. Compound 50: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.11 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H)8.39 (s, 1H) 8.12-8.03 (m, 2H) 7.96 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H) 7.81 (s, 1H) 7.66(s, 1H) 7.57-7.45 (m, 2H) 7.26 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 4H) 7.20-7.16 (m, 1H)5.33-5.20 (m, 1H) 3.18 (br dd, J=13.9, 3.5 Hz, 1H) 2.90-2.76 (m, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 420.0.

Example 25(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(51)

To a solution of 51A (8.7 g, 65.3 mmol) in MeOH (90 mL) was added ethyl2-oxoacetate (20 g, 98.01 mmol). After stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours,the mixture was filtered and concentrated to give crude product 51B (15g, crude) as brown solid, which was used for the next step withoutpurification.

To a solution of 51B (15 g, 69.1 mmol) in EtOH (400 mL) was added K₂CO₃(14.5 g, 104 mmol) and TosMIC (11.6 g 59.4 mmol). After stirred at 90°C. for 0.5 hour, the reaction mixture was filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 1:1)to give compound 51C (2.9 g, yield: 16.4%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.04 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s,1H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.14 (m, 2H1), 1.14 (t,J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of 51C (2.9 g, 11.3 mmol) in THF (40 mL) and H₂O (8 mL)was added NaOH (905 mg, 22.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 10 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure toremove the organic solvent, and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). Theaqueous layer was acidized with 1M HCl to pH˜5 and then extracted withEtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (40 mL),brine (40 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give 51D(1.5 g, yield: 58.1%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.35(s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.41(m, 2H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 228.9.

To a solution of 51D (500 mg, 2.19 mmol) and1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (252 mg, 2.19 mmol) in THF (10 mL), DCM(5 mL) and DMF (10 mL) was added EDCI (420 mg, 2.19 mmol) at 0° C. Afteraddition, the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The solvent wasremoved under vacuum. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washedwith 1N HCl (20 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). Theorganics were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated togive crude 51E (476 mg, yield: 66.8%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 13.52 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.6 Hz,1H), 7.49-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 5H).

Compound 51 (28.5 mg, yield: 29.1%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 51E and 41B.Compound 51: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.66 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H),7.73 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.10 (m, 4H),7.09-6.90 (m, 3H), 5.65-5.53 (m, 1H), 3.33 (dd, J=14.1, 5.1 Hz, 1H),3.15 (dd, J=14.1, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (td, J=7.2, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 0.76-0.86(m, 2H), 0.55 (br d, J=2.6 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 443.1.

Example 26(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(52)

A mixture of compound 52A (4.2 g, 23.8 mmol) and ethyl 2-oxoacetate(14.6 g, 71.4 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL) was stirred at 70° C. for 6 hours.TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=2:1, R_(f)˜0.7) indicated compound52A was consumed completely, and one major new spot with lower polaritywas detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=20:1 to 10:1) to give compound 52B (7 g, crude) as a yellow oil.

To a mixture of compound 52B (7 g, 23.9 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (6.6 g, 47.8mmol) in EtOH (15 mL) was added TosMIC (6.9 g, 35.9 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=2:1, R_(f)˜0.55) indicated compound 52B was consumed completely,and one major new spot with larger polarity was detected. The reactionmixture was concentrated to give residue. The crude product was purifiedby silica gel chromatography eluted with Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=15:1 to 5:1 to give compound 52C (6 g, crude) as a yellow solid.MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 299.9.

To a solution of compound 52C (3.5 g, 11.69 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and H₂O(6 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (981 mg, 23.3 mmol) in one portion. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=1:1, R_(f)˜0.25) indicated compound 52C was consumed completelyand one new spot formed. The mixture was adjusted to pH˜5 by adding HCl(2M), and then white solid was precipitate out, filtered and dried underreduced pressure to give compound 52D (1.5 g, yield: 47.3%) as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.76-7.70(m, 3H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 1H).

Compound 52 (50.9 mg, yield: 43%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound52D. Compound 52: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.05 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.32 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 2H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.48 (t,J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.23-7.19 (m,1H), 5.35-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J=3.7, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.3,13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 446.0.

Example 27(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(53)

To a mixture of compound 53A (600 mg, 2.21 mmol) and compound1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (254 mg, 2.21 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0°C. was added a solution of EDCI (423 mg, 2.21 mmol) in DCM (5 mL)dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. TLC (Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, R_(f)˜0.4) indicated compound 53A was consumedcompletely, and one major new spot with lower polarity was detected. Thereaction mixture was concentrated to remove solvent. The residue wasdiluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with H₂O (20 mL), saturated NaHCO₃(20 mL), brine (20 mL). The organics were collected, dried with Na₂SO₄,filtered, and concentrated to give desired intermediate compound 53B(700 mg, yield: 85.9%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.29(s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.36(m, 3H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 2.88 (s, 4H).

Compound 53 (41 mg, yield: 34.3%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate compound 53B. Compound53: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=5.0Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.72-7.64 (m, 3H),7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.24-7.18(m, 1H), 5.31-5.22 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J=13.7, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.70 (m,2H), 0.66-0.54 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 486.1.

Example 28(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole-5-carboxamide(55)

A solution of compound 55A (2.5 g, 26.8 mmol) in MeCN (50 mL) was addedt-BuONO (4.15 g, 40.3 mmol) at 0° C. followed with TMSN₃ (4.64 g, 40.3mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr. The solventwas evaporated to give intermediate compound 55B (4 g, crude) as yellowoil.

A mixture of compound 55B (4 g, crude) and compound ethyl but-2-ynoate(1 g, 8.92 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 5 hrs.The solvent was evaporated. The crude product was purified by silica gelcolumn chromatography (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1˜5:1) to givecompound 55C (150 mg, yield: 7.27%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.54-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H),4.25 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

A solution of compound 55C (150 mg, 649 umol) in THF (2 mL) and H₂O (2mL) was added NaOH (51.9 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C.for 30 min. TLC showed a new peak with higher polarity was generated.The solvent was evaporated and 1M HCl was added until pH˜6. The mixturewas filtered and the cake was dried to give compound 55D (120 mg, yield:91.0%) as a yellow solid.

Compound 55 (46 mg, 121 umol, yield: 42.0%, yellow solid) was preparedas in Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 55D. Compound 55: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.36 (br d, J=7.9Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.28 (m,7H), 5.38 (br t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (br s, 1H), 2.82-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.21(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Example 29(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole-5-carboxamide(56)

A mixture of compound 56A (1.0 g, 4.08 mmol), compoundN,O-dimethylhydroxylamine (478 mg, 4.90 mmol, HCl), HOBt (552 mg, 4.08mmol) and NMM (1.24 g, 12.24 mmol, 1.35 mL) in CHCl₃ (20 mL) wasdegassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times at 0° C., then EDCI (1.17 g,6.12 mmol) was added in portions. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for20 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched byaddition H₂O (20 mL), and then diluted with DCM (10 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with 1N HCl (15 mL×2), saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ (15 mL×2) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound 56B (1.15 g,yield: 97.7%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ6.97 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (br t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.73-3.64 (m, 3H),3.06 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.27 (m, 11H), 0.87 (s, 9H).

To a solution of LAH (303 mg, 7.98 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was degassed andpurged with N₂ for 3 times at 0° C., and the mixture of compound 56B(1.15 g, 3.99 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise, and then themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The reactionmixture was quenched by add EtOAc (10 mL), then add 1N HCl (50 mL), andthen diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, and stirred for 30min, then filtered to give the organic layers. The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (20 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound 56C (900 mg,yield: 98.4%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ9.55 (s, 1H), 4.83 (br s, 1H), 4.24 (br s, 1H), 1.86-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.44(s, 9H), 1.03-0.91 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 56C (900 mg, 3.92 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) wasadded compound 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanenitrile (2.33 g, 27.32 mmol,2.50 mL) and Et₃N (595 mg, 5.88 mmol, 815 uL). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition 1NHCl (20 mL), and then diluted with H₂O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM(20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL×3),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive the compound 56D (930 mg, yield: 92.55%) was obtained as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.06-4.66 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.35 (m, 1H),4.05-3.73 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.45 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 9H),1.10-0.80 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 56D (930 mg, 3.63 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.00 g,7.26 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was added H₂O₂ (4.12 g, 36.30 mmol, 3.49 mL,purity: 30%). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs. The reactionmixture was diluted with H₂O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2).The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL×2), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was stirred in DCM (0.1 mL) and PE (5 mL) for 30min and filtered to give the compound 56E (480 mg, yield: 48.20%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.83 (br s, 1H),5.65 (br s, 1H), 5.27-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.99-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.00 (m,1H), 3.88 (br t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (br s, 1H), 1.60-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.42(d, J=9.3 Hz, 9H), 0.94 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 9H).

To a solution of compound 56E (480 mg, 1.75 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4M, 5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with PE (20 mL), filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound 56F (360 mg,yield: 97.63%, HCl) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.00 (br s, 1H), 7.92-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.41 (m, 2H),4.21-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.33 (br d, J=3.5 Hz, 2H), 1.76-1.24 (m, 2H), 0.86(s, 9H).

Compound 56 (94.20 mg, yield: 85.26%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 35 from the corresponding intermediate compounds, 23A and 56F.Compound 56: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.98-8.61 (m, 1H), 8.20-7.95(m, 1H), 7.85-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.37 (m, 3H), 5.25 (br t, J=6.8 Hz,1H), 2.35-2.20 (m, 3H), 1.63-1.28 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.76 (m, 9H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 358.2.

Example 30(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(57)

A mixture of compound 57A (5.00 g, 16.43 mmol), compoundN,O-dimethylhydroxylamine (1.76 g, 18.07 mmol, HCl), HOBt (2.22 g, 16.43mmol) and NMM (4.99 g, 49.29 mmol, 5.42 mL) in CHCl₃ (150 mL) wasdegassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times at 0° C., then EDCI (4.72 g,24.65 mmol) was added in portions, and then the mixture was stirred at25° C. for 23 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenchedby addition H₂O (100 mL), and then diluted with 1N HCl (200 mL) andextracted with NaHCO₃ (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (200 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=6/1 to 1/1) to givethe compound 57B (5.94 g) was obtained as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.79 (br s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.07-6.96 (m, 3H), 4.59 (br s, 1H), 3.70 (brs, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 3.03-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.77 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s,9H).

To a solution of LAH (330 mg, 8.64 mmol) in THF (10 mL), and thencompound 57B (2.00 g, 5.76 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise. Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture wasquenched by addition EtOAc (10 mL) at 0° C., and then diluted with 1NHCl (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The combined organiclayers were washed with 1N HCl (40 mL) and NaHCO₃ (30 mL×2) and brine(100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give the compound 57C (1.55 g, yield: 93.33%) was obtainedas a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.02-10.75 (m, 1H), 9.52(s, 1H), 7.50 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (br d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.92(m, 1H), 4.14-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.85 (m, 1H),2.52-2.45 (m, 4H), 1.39-1.23 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 57C (1.50 g, 5.20 mmol) in DCM (30.00 mL) wasadded compound N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine (885 mg, 10.40 mmol, 960 uL)and Et₃N (790 mg, 7.80 mmol, 1.08 mL). After stirred at 25° C. for 20hrs, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition 0.5N HCl 30 mL, andthen extracted with DCM (30 mL×2). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (30 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure. Compound 57D (1.74 g, yellowsolid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.64 (s, 1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H), 7.60(d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.11(m, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.14 (br s, 1H), 4.51 (br d, J=6.6 Hz,1H), 3.41-3.16 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H).

To a solution of compound 57D (1.74 g, 5.52 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.53 g,11.04 mmol) in DMSO (25.00 mL) was added H₂O₂ (6.43 g, 189.00 mmol, 5.45mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with H₂O (50 mL), and then quenched by additionNa₂S₂O₃ (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3) and Na₂S₂O₃ (50mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1/2 to 0:1) to give the compound 57E(689.60 mg, yield: 37.47%) was obtained as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.06 (m, 4H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 5.19-5.04 (m, 1H),4.21-4.08 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.12 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H).

To a solution of compound 57E (680.00 mg, 2.04 mmol) in EtOAc (5.00 mL)was added HCl/EtOAc (5.00 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2.5hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure toremove solvent to give the compound 57F (400.00 mg, yield: 72.69%, HCl)was obtained as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.01 (br s,1H), 7.92 (br s, 2H), 7.70-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.39-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.12-6.95(m, 2H), 4.01-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.14 (s, 2H), 3.08-2.80(m, 2H).

Compound 57 (11.20 mg, yield: 29.41%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 15 from the corresponding intermediate compounds, 23A and 57F.Compound 57: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.89 (br s, 1H), 9.03 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63(d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H),7.17 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.13-6.96 (m, 2H), 5.56 (br s, 1H), 2.97-2.87(m, 1H), 2.70-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.11 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

Example 31(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(58)

To a solution of N-methoxymethanamine (1.89 g 19.42 mmol), compound 58A(5.0 g, 17.65 mmol), HOBt (2.38 g, 17.65 mmol) and NMM (52.95 mmol, 5.8mL) in CHCl₃ (100 mL) was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times at 0°C., then EDCI (5.1 g, 26.48 mmol) was added in portions. The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas washed with H₂O (100 mL). The organic layers were washed with 1mol/L HCl (100 mL×2), saturated NaHCO₃ (100 mL×2) and saturated brine(100 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gelchromatography (ISCO®; 80 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of0˜30% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 40 mL/min) to affordcompound 58B (4.00 g, yield 69.4%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.11 (dd, J=5.6, 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.18 (brd, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.98-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.64 (m,4H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.02 (s, 2H),1.78 (br s, 1H), 1.37 (s, 10H), 1.28-1.20 (m, 3H).

To LiAlH₄ (128 mg 3.37 mmol) in 100 mL of dry flask was added dropwiseTHF (15 mL) at 0° C. After addition, the mixture was stirred at thistemperature, and then a solution of compound 58B (1.0 g 3.06 mmol) inTHF (15 mL) was added dropwise to the above mixture at 0° C. Theresulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hrs. The reaction mixturewas quenched by slowly added EtOAc (20 mL) at 0° C., and then added 1NHCl (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×2). The combined organiclayers were washed with NaHCO₃ (30 mL×2) and brine (20 mL), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give thecompound 58C (810 mg, yield 99.0%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 9.65 (br s, 1H), 9.63 (br s, 1H), 7.21-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.00 (brd, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (br s, 1H), 4.42 (br s, 1H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 1H),3.11 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 1.51-1.38 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 58C (3.2 g, 11.86 mmol) and2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propanenitrile (2.2 mL, 23.72 mmol) in DCM (30 mL)was added TEA (2 mL, 14.23 mmol). After addition, the reaction mixturewas stirred at 28° C. for 14 hrs. The reaction mixture was diluted with30 mL of DCM and the mixture was quenched by addition 0.5N HCl 30 mL.The organic layer were washed with H₂O (30 mL) and brine (50 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to givecompound 58D (3.4 g, yield 89.2%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.15-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.90 (m, 2H), 4.94-4.70 (m, 1H),4.52-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.16-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.78 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.47 (m,2H).

To a solution of compound 58D (3.42 g 11.62 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (3.21 g,23.24 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) was added H₂O₂ (395.08 mmol, 12 mL) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hrs.The reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and quenched withsaturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ slowly into ice water. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc (200 mL×3) and the combined extracts were washedwith saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (100 mL×3). The organic layer was driedover Na₂SO₄, concentrated and to yield a residue. The residue wasdiluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and filtered to give the compound 58E (2.25g, yield 61.99%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.25 (brs, 6H), 6.62-6.03 (m, 1H), 5.75-5.55 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.67 (m, 2H),2.80-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 9H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+Na+) 334.9.

To a solution of compound 58E (1 g 3.20 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was addedHCl/EtOAc (4 mmol, 20 mL). The mixture was stirred at 28° C. for 2 hrs.The reaction mixture diluted with MTBE and filtered to give the compound58F (750 mg, yield 94.25%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.25-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.23 (m,1H), 7.41-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.37 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.25(m, 1H), 4.24 (br s, 1H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.85 (br s, 1H), 3.68-3.50(m, 1H), 2.96-2.76 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 213.1.

Compound 58 (130 mg, yield 78.40%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 15 from the corresponding intermediate compounds, 23A and58F. Compound 58: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.05 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.20 (br s, 1H), 7.93 (brs, 1H), 7.66-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.49 (m, 1H),7.48-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.06 (m, 2H), 5.51-5.40 (m,1H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.11 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Example 32(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(59)

To a solution of compound 59A (10 g, 55.08 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) wasadded NH₂NH₂.H₂O (32 mL, 550.80 mmol). After addition, the reactionmixture was stirred at 80° C. for 14 hrs. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated and the residue was dissolved into 150 mL of EtOAc, themixture was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), then dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuum to afford compound 59B (9.7 g, yield99.4%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.02 (s, 1H),7.71-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.03-6.79 (m, 2H), 4.23 (s, 2H).

To a solution of compound 59B (1 g, 5.65 mmol) in AcOH (10 mL) was addedethyl 2-methoxyimino-4-oxo-pentanoate (1.1 g, 5.65 mmol). Afteraddition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 14 hrs. Themixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was dissolved into 80mL of EtOAc, the mixture was washed with 30 mL of saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ and brine (30 mL). The mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 10:1) toafford desired compound 59C (1.2 g, yield: 71%) as white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.34-8.25 (m, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 4.18 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.11(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 299.9.

To a solution of compound 59C (700 mg, 2.34 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded a solution of LiOH.H₂O (393 mg, 9.36 mmol) in H₂O (10 mL) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 28° C. for 16 hrs,20 mL of MTBE was added into the reaction mixture, then the mixture wasseparated and the aqueous layer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH 4, themixture was filtered to afford white solid which was dried to affordcompound 59D (330 mg, yield 51.95%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 13.48 (br s, 1H), 8.31-8.22 (m, 1H), 8.02-7.89 (m, 2H), 6.81(s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 271.8.

Compound 59 (50 mg, yield: 37.9%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound59D. Compound 59: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.27-8.16 (m, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.77 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.19 (m, 5H),6.59 (s, 1H), 5.40-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=4.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.82(dd, J=9.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 446.1.

Example 33(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(61)

A mixture of compound 61B (500 mg, 2.12 mmol), compound 61A (859 mg,2.33 mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (122 mg, 106 umol) was stirred at 105° C. for 14hours. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=3/1 to 1/1) toafford compound 61C (376 mg, 74.95% yield) as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 234.9.

To a solution of compound 61C (320 mg, 1.37 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) wasadded LiOH.H₂O (144 mg, 3.43 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 32° C.for 0.5 h. MeOH was evaporated. To the residue was added water (20 mL).The mixture was extracted with MTBE (5 mL) and separated. The aqueouslayer was acidified to pH˜3 with 1N HCl and extracted with Ethyl Acetate(3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to afford compound 61D (220 mg, 77.9% yield) as whitesolid.

Compound 61 (21.8 mg, 21.78% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound61D. Compound 61: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.06-12.79 (m, 1H), 9.27(s, 1H), 8.95-8.84 (m, 1H), 8.42-8.32 (m, 1H), 8.32-8.24 (m, 1H),8.13-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.03 (m,2H), 5.70-5.59 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.74(m, 1H), 0.72-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.54 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺421.1.

Example 34(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxoheptan-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(62)

To a mixture of compound 62A (2 g, 8.65 mmol) and compoundN,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (970.3 mg, 9.95 mmol), HOBt(1.34 g, 9.95 mmol) in CHCl₃ (40 mL) was added dropwise4-methylmorpholine (2.62 g, 25.95 mmol) and EDCI (2.32 g, 12.11 mmol) inportion at 0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 0° C.for 30 min, and then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. Thereaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (5 mL). The two layers wereseparated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EA (5 mL×2). Thecombined organic layers were washed with 0.5 N HCl (5 mL×2) and NaHCO₃(5 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give compound 62B (1.7 g, yield 71.7%) as colorless oil. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 5.19-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.66 (br s, 1H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 1.76-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.39 (m, 10H), 1.37-1.28 (m,4H), 0.93-0.83 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−Boc+H)⁺175.0.

To a solution of LiAlH₄ (258.7 mg, 6.82 mmol) in THF (36 mL) was addeddrop wise a solution of compound 62B (1.7 g, 6.2 mmol) in THF (18 mL) at0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. After addition, the reaction mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate(100 mL), washed with 1N HCl (20 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL×2), brine(15 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to give compound 62C (1.5 g, crude) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.58 (s, 1H), 5.03 (br s, 1H), 4.28-4.16 (m, 1H),1.58-1.19 (m, 15H), 1.01-0.80 (m, 3H).

A solution of compound 62C (1.5 g, 6.97 mmol), compound2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanenitrile (1.3 mL, 13.94 mmol) and Et₃N (1.16 mL,8.36 mmol) in dry DCM (30 mL) was stirred at 30° C. for 16 hours. Thereaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with 0.5 N HCl (20mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic phase was dried overNa₂SO₄, concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum Ether/Ethyl Acetate=5/1 to 3:1) to afford compound 62D(1.12 g, 66.32% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ5.44-4.34 (m, 3H), 3.94-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.55 (m,1H), 1.66-1.28 (m, 14H), 0.99-0.90 (m, 3H).

The mixture of compound 62D (1.12 g, 4.62 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.28 g, 9.24mmol) in DMSO (18 mL) was added H₂O₂ (4.6 mL, 158.19 mmol) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. Afterthe reaction, MTBE (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and theresulting mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with MTBE (30mL) to afford compound 62E (1.1 g, 91.46% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.32-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.42-5.86 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.30 (m,1H), 3.88-3.59 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.21 (m, 15H), 0.92-0.78 (m, 3H).

The solution of compound 62E (600 mg, 20.82 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) wasadded HCl/dioxane (3 mL, 4M) at 25° C. The reaction mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered to afford compound 62F(320 mg, 70.7%, yield, HCl) was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.90 (br s, 2H), 7.54-7.35 (m, 2H), 6.26-6.17 (m, 1H),4.09 (br s, 1H), 1.66-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.12 (m, 5H), 0.93-0.72 (m, 3H)

Compound 62 (9.1 mg, yield: 38.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 15 from the corresponding intermediate compounds, 23A and 62F.Compound 62: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.84-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.43 (m,3H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.17-6.03 (m, 1H), 5.52-5.29 (m, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H),1.99-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.04 (m, 5H), 0.90-0.78 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 344.1.

Example 35 Compounds 63, 454(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(63)

To a solution of compound methyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (100 mg, 693.82umol) in AcOH (20 mL) was added compound 63A (76.4 mg, 693.82 umol). Themixture was stirred at 120° C. for 1 hour. The mixture was in DCM (5mL). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL), NaHCO₃ to pH˜8˜9and dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to afford compound 63B (500 mg,25.24% yield) as white solid.

To a solution of compound 63B (61 mg, 279.55 umol) in MeOH (6 mL) andH₂O (1 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (46.9 mg, 1.12 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 31° C. for 1 h. MeOH was evaporated. To the residue was addedwater (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with MTBE (5 mL) andseparated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH˜3 with 1N HCl andextracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers weredried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to afford the product. (50 mg, 87.59%yield) as white solid.

Compound 63 (25.1 mg, 63.1% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound63C. Compound 63: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.16 (s, 2H), 9.08-8.97 (m,1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 3H), 7.08 (s, 2H), 5.78 (m,1H), 5.54 (s, 1H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(454)

Compound 454 (210 mg, 91.7% yield, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 63C and 3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamidehydrochloride. Compound 454: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (d, J=7.2Hz, 1H), 8.84-8.77 (m, 2H), 8.57 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.31-8.27 (m, 1H),7.30-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1H),2.83-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 0.69-0.53 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺419.2.

Example 36(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(66)

A mixture of compound 2-hydrazinyl-3-methylpyridine hydrochloride (2 g,12.53 mmol) and compound 66A (1.81 g, 12.53 mmol) in AcOH (30 mL) wasdegassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, and then stirred at 120° C. for1.5 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The resultant mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove AcOH and diluted with DCM (10 mL),neutralized with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃. The mixture was extractedwith DCM (20 mL×3) and the combined organic layers were dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue, which was purified by flash silica gel chromatography(Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to afford compound 66B (800.0mg, 27.6% yield) as a white solid and compound 66B-1 (110.0 mg, 4.04%yield) as a white solid and crude 66B-1 (˜800.0 mg).

Compound 66B: Methyl3-methyl-1-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate: ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.42-8.37 (m, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H).

Compound 66B-1: Methyl5-methyl-1-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate: ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.42 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34(d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s,3H).

To a mixture of compound 66B (200.0 mg, 864.86 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (145.2 mg, 3.46 mmol) in one portion.After stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour, the reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasdiluted with H₂O (10 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and thenextracted with EtOAc (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 66C (150 mg, 79.84%yield, white solid). Compound 66C: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 13.11 (brs, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.40 (m,1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+218.1.

Compound 66 (24.5 mg, 54.7% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound66C. Compound 66: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.23 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67(d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (br s, 1H), 7.25-7.21(m, 3H), 7.04-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.70 (br s, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 5.65-5.6 (m,1H), 5.57 (br s, 1H), 3.37-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.2-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H),2.17 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.2.

Example 37(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(68)

To a solution of 68A (15 g, 181 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added ethyl2-oxoacetate (47.9 g, 235 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for0.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give intermediate compound 68B (55.3 g, crude) as brownsolid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 167.8.

To a solution of 68B (40 g, 239 mmol) in EtOH (400 mL) was added K₂CO₃(50 g, 362 mmol) and TosMIC (40 g, 204.88 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 90° C. for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 5:2)to afford compound 68C (12 g, yield: 24.3%) as brown solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.80-11.35 (m, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=1.10 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d,J=1.10 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=2.43 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J=2.43 Hz, 1H), 4.25(q, J=7.06 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 207.0.

A mixture of 68C (5 g, 24.3 mmol), phenylboronic acid (4.4 g, 36.4mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (4.4 g, 24.3 mmol), TEA (7.4 g, 72.8 mmol) in DCM (200mL) was degassed and purged with O₂ for 3 times, and then the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 10 hours under O₂ atmosphere. The reactionmixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 2:1). Compound 68D (2.3 g, yield:33.6%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.04-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.71 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (br t,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H),6.70-6.61 (m, 1H), 4.29 (dd, J=2.1, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.38-1.22 (m, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 282.9.

To a solution of 68D (2.5 g, 8.86 mmol) in THF (30 mL) and H₂O (6 mL)was added NaOH (708 mg, 17.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C.for 1.5 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove THF, and then washed with EtOAc (20 mL). The aqueouslayer was acidized with 1M HCl to pH˜5 and then extracted with EtOAc (30mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (40 mL), brine (40mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford crudeintermediate compound 68E (1.90 g, yield: 84.3%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.62 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.53 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.31 (m, 1H),6.77 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 254.9.

Compound 68 (33.5 mg, yield: 42.1%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound68E. Compound 68: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.86 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.51 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd,J=8.7, 1.0 Hz, 3H), 7.60 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.36(m, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.16-7.23 (m, 1H), 6.44 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H),5.23-5.32 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=13.8, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=13.9, 10.4Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 429.1.

Example 38(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(69)

To a solution of 69A (8.7 g, 65.3 mmol) in MeOH (90 mL) was added ethyl2-oxoacetate (20 g, 98.01 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to give intermediatecompound 69B (15 g, crude) as brown solid.

To a solution of 69B (15 g, 69.1 mmol) in EtOH (400 mL) was added K₂CO₃(14.5 g, 104 mmol) and TosMIC (11.6 g 59.4 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 90° C. for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=1:0 to 1:1) to give compound 69C (2.9 g, yield: 16.4%) as ayellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.04 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=0.7Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.14(m, 2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of 69C (2.9 g, 11.3 mmol) in THF (40 mL) and H₂O (8 mL)was added NaOH (905 mg, 22.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 10 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure toremove the organic solvent, and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). Theaqueous layer was acidized with 1M HCl to pH˜5 and then extracted withEtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (40 mL),brine (40 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give 69D(1.5 g, yield: 58.1%) as yellow solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.35(s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.41(m, 2H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 228.9.

Compound 69 (16.7 mg, yield: 20.9%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound69D. Compound 69: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.16 (br s, 1H), 8.84 (brd, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 7.36 (br t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.13 (m,3H), 7.08-7.01 (m, 1H), 5.21-5.12 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.75(m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.1.

Example 39(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(70)

A mixture of 70A (10 g, 75.1 mmol), ethyl 2-oxoacetate (30.6 g, 150mmol) in MeOH (300 mL) was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hour under N₂atmosphere. LCMS showed 70A was consumed completely and one peak withdesired MS was detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure to give crude product 70B (15 g, crude) as yellow oil.MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 235.9.

A mixture of 70B (15 g, 63.7 mmol), K₂CO₃ (13.2 g, 95.6 mmol), TosMIC(24.9 g, 127 mmol) in MeOH (300 mL) was stirred at 70° C. for 1 hour.LCMS showed 70B was consumed completely and one small peak with desiredMS was detected. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=1:1, R_(f)˜0.3)indicated 70B was consumed completely and one new spot formed. Thereaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography(Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 1:1) to give 70C (350 mg, yield:2.3%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 12.52 (br s, 1H) 8.96(s, 1H) 7.98 (s, 1H) 7.69 (br d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H) 7.48 (br s, 1H) 7.28 (brdd, J=5.8, 2.8 Hz, 2H) 3.99 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 243.1.

A mixture of 70C (350 mg, 1.44 mmol), LiOH.H₂O (120 mg, 2.88 mmol) inTHF (5 mL), H₂O (2 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. LCMS showed70C was consumed completely and one peak with desired MS was detected.The reaction mixture was added aqueous HCl (1M) to adjust the pH˜5,filtered and the filtered cake was concentrated under reduced pressure.The filtered cake was washed with water. Compound 70D (230 mg, yield:70.1%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.57(d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H) 7.38-7.63 (m, 3H) 7.03-7.22 (m, 1H) 7.03-7.17 (m, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 229.0.

Compound 70 (40 mg, yield: 46.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound70D. Compound 70: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.94 (br s, 1H), 9.31 (brs, 1H), 8.38-8.23 (m, 1H), 8.04 (br s, 1H), 7.87-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.43(m, 2H), 7.29-7.10 (m, 6H), 5.33 (br t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (br dd,J=3.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.84 (br dd, J=10.3, 13.8 Hz,1H), 2.91-2.74 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.1.

Example 40(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide(72)

A mixture of compound 72A (800 mg, 3.59 mmol) and phenylboronic acid(1.31 g, 10.8 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) and H₂O (500 uL) was added KF(417 mg, 7.18 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (414 mg, 359 umol) under N₂. Then thereaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. under N₂ for 16 hrs. The solventwas evaporated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give compound 72B (400mg, crude) as an oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.70-7.68 (m, 2H),7.48-7.46 (m, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H).

A solution of compound 72B (500 mg, 2.27 mmol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (5 mL)and MeOH (5 mL) was added NaOH (182 mg, 4.54 mmol). The reaction mixturewas stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr. 1M HCl was added to the reaction mixtureuntil pH˜4. The solvent was evaporated to give a crude product 72C (500mg, crude) as a white solid. The crude product was used in the next stepwithout purification.

Compound 72 (50.5 mg, yield: 43.9%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound72C. Compound 72: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.42 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.18 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H),7.42-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 5H), 5.51 (ddd, J=3.6, 7.7, 10.0 Hz,1H), 3.23 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=10.1, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.0.

Example 41N-((3S,4R)-1-amino-4-methyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(73)

A mixture of N-methoxymethanamine (2.32 g, 23.78 mmol), compound 73A(5.00 g, 21.62 mmol), HOBt (2.92 g, 21.62 mmol) and NMM (6.56 g, 64.86mmol) in CHCl₃ (100 mL) was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times at0° C., then EDCI (6.22 g, 32.43 mmol) was added in portions. The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 16 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The reactionmixture was quenched by addition H₂O (100 mL). The organic layers werewashed with HCl (1N, 100 mL×2), and saturated NaHCO₃ (100 mL×2), andsaturated brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified byflash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0-10% Ethyl acetate/Petroleumether gradient) to give compound 73B (5.0 g, yield: 84.3%) as acolorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.10 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H),4.67-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 1.70 (qt, J=6.8, 9.9 Hz,1H), 1.54-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.15-1.07 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.85 (m,6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na⁺) 296.9.

To a solution of LiAlH₄ (350 mg, 9.22 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added asolution of compound 73B (2.30 g, 8.38 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr at 5° C. Thereaction mixture was quenched by addition of ethyl acetate (10 mL) andHCl (1N, 10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2). The combinedorganic layers were washed with HCl (1N, 30 mL×2), sat. NaHCO₃ (30mL×3), and brines (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give compound 73C (1.50 g, yield: 83.2%) as acolourless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.45 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22(br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (br t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.75 (m, 1H),1.42-1.32 (m, 10H), 1.25-1.10 (m, 1H), 0.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.81 (t,J=7.4 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 216.0.

To a solution of compound 73C (1.5 g, 6.97 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) wasadded 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanenitrile (1.28 mL, 13.93 mmol) and TEA(1.16 mL, 8.36 mmol), and then stirred at 25° C. for 14 hours. Thereaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with HCl (1N, 20mL×2), H₂O (30 mL), and brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 73D (1.5 g, yield:88.8%) as a colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 5.24-5.08 (m,1H), 4.92-4.56 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.52(m, 1H), 1.50-1.40 (m, 9H), 1.33-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.75 (m, 6H).

To a solution of compound 73D (1.50 g, 6.19 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.71 g,12.38 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was added H₂O₂ (7.21 g, 211.95 mmol) at 0°C. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and quenched withsaturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ slowly at ice water. The mixture was extractedwith EtOAc (50 mL×3) and the combined extracts were washed withsaturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (30 mL×3). The organic layer was dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography(eluent of 0˜20% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient) to givecompound 73E (870 mg, yield: 54.0%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 7.31-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.29-5.87 (m, 1H), 5.44-5.12 (m, 1H),3.99-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.50 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.39-1.30 (m,9H), 1.11-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.75 (m, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+282.9.

To a solution of compound 73E (870 mg, 3.34 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4M, 16.70 mL) at 0° C. After addition, the reactionmixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue waswashed with MTBE (30 mL), filtered to give compound 73F (620 mg, yield:94.4%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.14-7.71 (m, 3H),7.64-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.28 (m, 1H), 4.32-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.21 (br s,1H), 1.82-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.03 (m, 1H), 0.99-0.71 (m, 6H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 161.1.

Compound 73 (100 mg, yield: 63.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 15 from the corresponding intermediate compounds, 23A and 73F.Compound 73: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.92 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.15(s, 1H), 7.96-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.44 (m, 3H), 5.19 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 1H),3.33 (br s, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.13 (m, 2H),0.92 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.81 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺344.1.

Example 42(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(5-phenylpyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(74)

The mixture of compound 74A (10.0 g, 57.47 mmol), phenylboronic acid(10.5 g, 86.21 mmol), K₃PO₄ (24.4 g, 114.94 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂ (1.3 g, 5.75mmol) in ethylene glycol (200 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hrs. Thereaction mixture was added to H₂O (200 mL), the insoluble substance wasremoved by filtration; the filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate(200 mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ (150 mL×3), saturated aqueous NaCl (150 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated in vacuum. The resulting solid was treated with ethylacetate (10 mL). The precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuum toafford compound 74B (4.97 g, yield: 50.5%) as light yellow solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.55 (s, 2H), 7.62-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 2H),7.33-7.27 (m, 1H), 6.76 (br.s, 2H).

The mixture of compound 74B (3.0 g, 17.35 mmol) and compound ethyl2-oxoacetate (2.3 g, 22.55 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was stirred at 80° C.for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the solid wasfiltered. The resulting solid was treated with MeOH (10 mL), filteredand dried in vacuum to afford compound 74C (3.23 g, yield: 64.8%) aslight yellow solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.71 (s, 2H), 8.24 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 1H),5.64 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H).

The mixture of compound 74C (500 mg, 1.74 mmol), Tosmic (680 mg, 3.48mmol), K₂CO₃ (720 mg, 5.22 mmol) in absolute EtOH (50 mL) was stirred at65° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure; the resulting residue was added in water (30 mL) and extractedwith ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=15:1 to 8:1)to afford compound 4 (293 mg, yield: 52.2%) as white solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.30 (s, 2H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.89 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),7.76 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.49 (m, 3H), 4.23-4.13 (m, 2H), 1.17 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 295.1.

To the mixture of compound 74D (1.15 g, 3.91 mmol) in THF (10 mL) andMeOH (10 mL) was added KOH (2M, 1.96 mL, 3.92 mmol) dropwise at 25° C.The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 23 hrs, and then concentratedunder reduced pressure to afford intermediate compound 74E (2 g, crude).

Compound 74 (14.9 mg, yield 28.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 74E and 12G. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.60 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (br s, 3H),7.82 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.50 (m, 6H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 5H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 5.61(br s, 1H), 3.52-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.31 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺441.0.

Example 43 Compounds 77, 88(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-(oxazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(77)

A mixture of 77A (20 g, 115.60 mmol) and ethyl 2-oxoacetate (30.7 g,150.28 mmol) in MeOH (300 mL) was heated to 80° C. for 3 hrs. LCMSshowed desired MS. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=3:1, R_(f)˜0.8)showed new point, the mixture was concentrated and residue purified bysilica gel column (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1). Compound 77B(28.9 g, yield 86.5%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.96 (d,J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J=5.2, 1.75 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H),5.75 (br s, 1H), 5.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.41(s, 3H), 1.37-1.31 (m, 3H).

A mixture of 77B (15 g, 51.9 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (21.5 g, 156 mmol) in EtOH(300 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 0.5 hr, then TosMIC (15.2 g, 77.82mmol) was added, the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for another2 hrs. LCMS showed desired MS, most of ethanol was removed and aprecipitate was formed, the solid was filtered and washed with water(100 mL×2), the solid was dried and concentrated to give 77C (6.4 g,yield: 41.7%), as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.38 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=5.26 1.3Hz, 1H), 4.27 (q, J=7.02 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3H).

Compound 77C (3 g, 10.13 mmol), Pin₂B₂ (2.57 g, 10.13 mmol), KOAc (2.98g, 30.4 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (741 mg, 1.01 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL)was de-gassed and then heated at 70° C. for 4 hours under N₂. LCMSshowed desired MS, TLC (Ethyl acetate:Methanol=10:1, R_(f)˜0), themixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, the residue waspurified by silica gel chromatography (DCM:Methanol=5:1) to give 77D(1.70 g, crude) as black solid.

Compound 77D (300 mg, 1.15 mmol), 2-iodooxazole (157 mg, 805.00 umol),Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (84.1 mg, 115.00 umol) and Na₂CO₃ (244 mg, 2.30 mmol) intoluene (2 mL), EtOH (2 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was de-gassed and then heated to120° C. for 1 h under microwave condition. LCMS showed desired MS, themixture was added water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10mL×2), the organic phases were dried and concentrated, the residue waspurified by preparatory-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give77E (80 mg, yield: 24.5%) as yellow solid.

A mixture of 77E (80 mg, 281.42 umol) and LiOH.H₂O (17.7 mg, 422.13umol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. LCMSshowed desired MS, THF was removed under vacuum, the water layer wasextracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2), the water layer was adjusted topH˜6 with 1N HCl and lyophilized, the residue was purified bypreparatory-HPLC (TFA) to give 77F (35 mg, yield: 48.5%), as whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methanol-d₄) δ 8.70 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s,1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H),7.46 (s, 1H).

Compound 77 (38.4 mg, yield: 64.3%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 41 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound77F. Compound 77: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.74 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H),8.22 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.65(d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.20(qd, J=4.2, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.30-5.22 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.9, 13.8 Hz,1H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.68 (m, 1H), 0.67-0.59 (m,2H), 0.58-0.50 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-(oxazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(88)

Compound 88 (18.5 mg, yield: 46.5%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound77F. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J=5.3Hz, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.01 (br s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=5.1 Hz,1H), 7.79 (s, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 4H),7.18 (br dd, J=4.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.25-5.17 (m, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=3.6,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Example 44(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(quinolin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(78)

A mixture consisting of compound 78A (1.0 g, 6.94 mmol) in conc. HCl(4.00 mL) at 0° C. was added NaNO₂ (526.8 mg, 7.63 mmol) dropwise andthe resultant mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hour. The reactionmixture was warmed to 25° C. over 0.5 hour, and then cooled to 0° C. TheSnCl₂.2H₂O (3.13 g, 13.88 mmol, in 1.2 mL conc. HCl) was added dropwiseto the reaction mixture, and stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hour. Theresulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature with vigorousstirring over 4 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure toremove solvent. The residue was filtered, and the cake was washed withethanol (30 mL×3), and then dried under reduced pressure to affordcompound 78B (700.0 mg, 51.55% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.95 (br s, 1H), 9.25-9.13 (m, 2H), 8.04-7.95 (m,2H), 7.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 1H).

To a mixture of compound 78B (500 mg, 3.14 mmol) and compound ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (588 mg, 3.14 mmol) in AcOH (1 mL) wasdegassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, and then the mixture wasstirred at 110° C. for 2 hrs under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas concentrated under reduced pressure to remove AcOH. The residue wasdiluted with CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL), adjusted to pH˜7-8 with saturated aqueousNaHCO₃, and then extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL×2). The organic phase wasdried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 1:0) to give compound 78C(200 mg, 22.6% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.93(d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93(s, 1H), 4.05 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.00 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+282.0.

Intermediate compound 78D (135 mg, 74.98% yield, white solid) wasprepared as in Example 85 from compound 78C. Compound 78D: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.97 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.89-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.52 (m, 3H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+1)+253.9.

Compound 78 (8.8 mg, 16.77% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound78D. Compound 78: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.95 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H),8.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (brs, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.42 (m, 1H),3.27-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.69 (m, 1H), 0.90-0.83 (m,2H), 0.61-0.50 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 468.1.

Example 45 Compounds 79, 146, 160, 264(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxamide(79)

The solution of compound 79A (500 mg, 3.96 mmol) in HCl/MeOH (4 M, 50mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hrs. The solvent was removed in vacuo.The residue was adjusted to pH˜8 with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃. Thesolution was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×3). The organics werecollected, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. Compound 79B(360 mg, yield: 64.87%, light yellow solid): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ7.90-7.88 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.09 (m, 2H), 5.72-5.63 (m,1H), 4.87-4.76 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.86 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.47(m, 2H), 1.26-1.14 (m, 8H).

To a solution of compound 79B (360 mg, 2.57 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0° C.was added NBS (550 mg, 3.08 mmol). The mixture was then warmed up to 25°C. and stirred for 12 hrs. The reaction was washed with H₂O (10 mL),extracted with DCM (20 mL). The organics were collected, dried withNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate compound 79C(550 mg, crude) as yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+2)+220.7.

To a solution of NaH (151 mg, 3.76 mmol, 60% purity) in THF (8 mL) at 0°C. was added a solution of compound 79C (550 mg, 2.51 mmol) in THF (2mL) dropwise. After addition, the mixture was warmed up to 25° C. andstirred for 1 h. Then SEM-C₁ (0.5 mL, 2.76 mmol) was added. The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The reaction was quenched with H₂O (10mL), extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organics were collected andconcentrated. The residue was purified by column (Petroleum Ether: EthylAcetate=5:1) to afford compound 79D (180 mg, yield: 20.51%) as colorlessoil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+2)+350.9.

To a solution of compound 79D (180 mg, 0.52 mmol) and phenylboronic acid(76 mg, 0.62 mmol) in dioxane (12 mL) and H₂O (4 mL) was addedPd(dtbpf)Cl₂ (34 mg, 0.052 mmol) and K₃PO₄ (330 mg, 1.55 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 80° C. under N₂ for 2 hrs. The reaction waswashed with H₂O (10 mL), extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2). The organicswere collected and concentrated. The residue was purified by column(Petroleum Ether: Ethyl Acetate=5:1) to afford compound 79E (150 mg,yield: 84.0%) as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 347.0.

To a solution of compound 79E (180 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF (5 mL), MeOH (5mL) and H₂O (5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (110 mg, 2.60 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The reaction was acidified with 1N HClto pH˜3. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×2). The organicswere collected, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to affordcompound 79F (130 mg, crude) as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 333.0.Intermediate compound 79H (65 mg, crude, yellow oil) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 79F. Compound79H: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 507.2.

To a solution of compound 79H (65 mg, 0.13 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 10 mL) dropwise. After addition, the mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 hrs. The solvent was removed in vacuo. Theresidue was purified by prep-HPLC (HCl) to afford compound 79 (10.00 mg,yield: 18.7%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, D₂O) δ 7.45-7.28 (m, 3H),7.23-6.97 (m, 7H), 4.46-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.41 (m,3H), 2.39-2.29 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-((benzylamino)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(146)

To a mixture of compound 140C (250 mg, 0.72 mmol) and benzyl bromide(310 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (87 mg, 2.2 mmol, 60%purity) in batches at 0° C. under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 3 h. The mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl (10 mL), diluted with H₂O(30 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The organic phase wascombined and washed with brine (30 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filteredand concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by FlashColumn Chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 5/1)to afford compound 146A (182 mg, yield: 57.7%) as colorless clearliquid.

To a mixture of compound 146A (180 mg, 0.41 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (2 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (52 mg, 1.24 mmol) in one portion at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to move MeOH. Then the residue wasdiluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with MTBE (20 mL), the aqueousphase was acidified with aqueous HCl (1M) till pH˜5˜6 and extracted withethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (40 mL) and dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to affordcompound 146B (158 mg, yield: 90.8%) as colorless liquid, which was useddirectly for next step without purification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz):δ 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.26 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 5H), 6.81 (s,1H), 4.48-4.26 (m, 4H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H).

Compound 146 was prepared as in Example 45 from the intermediatecompound 146B. Compound 146 (40.0 mg, yield 74.6%, white solid): ¹H NMR(D₂O, 400 MHz): δ 7.51-7.42 (m, 6H), 7.41-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.27 (m,5H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 4.52-4.43 (m,1H), 4.30-4.18 (m, 4H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−HCl+H)⁺496.2.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-((benzylamino)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamidehydrochloride (160)

To a solution of compound 153E (350 mg, 1.01 mmol) and benzyl bromide(432 mg, 2.53 mmol, 0.3 mL) in DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (121 mg, 3.03mmol, 60% purity) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h.The mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl (5 mL), diluted with H₂O (20 mL),extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3), the organic phase was combined,and washed with NaCl (30 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated to givea residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 5/1) to give compound 160A (400mg, yield: 41.47%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.02 (dd,J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.25 (m, 9H), 6.88-6.75 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.28 (m, 4H),2.98-2.88 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.30 (m, 3H), 1.57-1.41 (m, 8H). MS (ESI) m/z(M−56)⁺ 380.0.

To a mixture of compound 160A (400 mg, 918.46 umol) in THF (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (116 mg, 2.76 mmol) in portion at 25° C.and stirred for 2.5 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (10 mL) andconcentrated to remove THF, then the water was extracted with MTBE (30mL×2). The water layers were acidified to pH˜2 with 1N HCl, then, thesolution extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The organic layers weredried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give intermediate compound 160B(350 mg, yield: 86.82%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.40-7.20 (m, 9H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.33 (dd, J=13.9 Hz, 2H),2.34 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 8H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−56)⁺ 366.1.

Compound 160 was prepared as in Example 79 from the correspondingcarboxylic acid, compound 160B, and then through intermediate compound160D. Compound 160 (30 mg, yield: 53.02%, light yellow solid): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.62-9.57 (m, 1H), 9.15 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s,1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.44 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 7.36-7.27(m, 5H), 7.22 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 5.35-5.28 (m, 1H), 4.18(s, 4H), 3.25-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.6, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.26 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 496.2.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(264)

2-chloro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole (5 g, 32.8 mmol) was added to a solutionof NaH (1.31 g, 32.8 mmol, 60%) in DMF (50 mL) below 10° C. Afteraddition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h. ThenSEM-C₁ (5.46 g, 32.8 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. Thereaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 hrs. Water (150 mL) andEtOAc (150 mL) were added. The organic layer was separated and washed bybrine (100 mL), concentrated to give a residue. The crude product waspurified by silica gel column (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=20: 1-4:1)to give compound 264A (3.50 g, yield: 37.8%) as an oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.78-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.32 (m, 2H), 5.62(s, 2H), 3.66-3.59 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.07 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H),0.00 (s, 9H).

Compound 264 was prepared as in Example 79 from the correspondingintermediate compound 264B, and then through intermediate compound 264D.Compound 264 (31.8 mg, yield: 28.0%, off-white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 13.04 (br s, 1H), 8.39 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 7.88(br s, 1H), 7.67 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),7.34-7.19 (m, 7H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 5.51 (dt, J=4.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (brd, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (dd, J=9.3, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.2.

Example 46(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(80)(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(125)

Intermediate compound 80B (182.00 mg, 99.95% yield, white solid): ¹H NMR(DMSO-ds, 400 MHz) δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.96 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (brt, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H).

Compound 80 (44 mg, 64.6% yield, white solid) was prepared as in Example5 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 80B and 12G. Compound80: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.53 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (br s,1H), 8.04-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.86 (br s, 1H), 7.52-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.39 (br d,J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 5.43 (br s, 1H), 3.24(br d, J=12.1 Hz, 1H), 3.12-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 460.1.

Compound 125 (118 mg, yield 77.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic compounds 80Band 41B. Compound 125: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.84 (br s, 1H),8.60-8.53 (m, 1H), 8.06-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.35 (m,1H), 7.29 (br s, 4H), 7.21 (br s, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 5.44 (br s, 1H),3.27-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.78 (br s, 4H), 0.72-0.57 (m,4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 500.1.

Example 47(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(2′-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(81)

To a mixture of compound 81A (25 g, 111.86 mmol) and compound ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (22 g, 117.45 mmol) in AcOH (150 mL)was stirred at 110° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove a large amount of AcOH. The residue wasacidified with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ till pH˜7-8. The precipitate wascollected by filtration and the cake was triturated with petroleum ether(20 mL), filtered and dried in vacuum to afford compound 81B (26.41 g,yield: 74.0%) as gray solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.71-7.68 (m,1H), 7.65 (td, J=1.5, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.38 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.84 (m, 1H),4.18 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.17 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 310.8.

To a mixture of compound 81B (5 g, 16.17 mmol) in MeOH (20.00 mL) wasadded NaOH (2M, 40 mL) in one portion at 25° C. The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove MeOH. The residue was added H₂O (10 mL) and ethylacetate (20 mL), and then the mixture was acidified with 1M HCl till theaqueous phase pH˜5-6. The separated aqueous layer was extracted withethyl acetate (30×3 mL), the combined organic layers were washed withbrine (60 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered under reduced pressure togive crude product. The crude product was treated with isopropyl ether(15 mL), the precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuum to affordcompound 81C (4.21 g, yield: 80.67%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆,400 MHz) δ 7.65-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 2H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 2.23 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 282.8.

To a solution of compound 81C (1 g, 3.56 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was addedHOBt (144 mg, 1.07 mmol), compound 12G (903 mg, 3.92 mmol, HCl) and DIEA(1.38 g, 10.68 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, EDCI (682 mg, 3.56 mmol)was added at 0° C. Then the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 9hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure tomove DMF, and to the residue was added ethyl acetate (100 mL) andrespectively washed with H₂O (80 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (80mL×2), brine (80 mL×3). The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. The crude product was treated with i-propyl ether. Thesolid was collected and dried in vacuum to afford compound 81D (1.3 g,yield: 79.85%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.55-8.18 (m,1H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.34 (br d, J=18.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.14 (m, 7H),7.00-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 5.98-5.73 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.33(m, 1H), 4.00-3.89 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.87 (m, 0.5 H), 2.84-2.73 (m, 1H),2.71 (br s, 0.6 H), 2.22 (s, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 81D (150 mg, 328.00 umol) and compoundo-tolylboronic acid (89.2 mg, 656.00 umol) in THF (50 mL) and H₂O (10mL) was added Na₂CO₃ (70 mg, 656.00 umol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (38 mg, 32.80umol) in one portion at 25° C. under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 80°C. for 12 hrs. Then to the reaction mixture was added H₂O (100 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic layer waswashed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (150 mL×3), brine (150 mL×3), driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to afford compound 81E (110 mg, yield:71.58%) was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ8.50-8.11 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 6H), 7.18 (br s,5H), 7.10 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (br.dd, J=8.0, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6.57(s, 1H), 5.96-5.69 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.85 (m, 1H),2.92-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.12 (m, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 469.2.

The mixture of compound 81E (70 mg, 149.4 umol) in DCM (10 mL) and DMSO(0.5 mL) was added DMP (190 mg, 448.2 umol) in one portion at 0° C. Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 5 min, then heated to 25° C. andstirred for 1.5 hours. The reaction was quenched by 20 mL of 10% aqueousNa₂S₂O₃ solution and 20 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution and thenextracted with DCM (30 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (40 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedin vacuum. The residue was treated with i-propyl ether/CH₃CN (v/v=10/1,10 mL). The solid was collected and dried in vacuum to afford compound81 (48.3 mg, yield: 66.3%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ9.11 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.18-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.37 (m, 1H),7.29-7.26 (m, 8H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 4H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.32 (br.s, 1H),3.21-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.25 (br.s, 3H), 2.18 (br.s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 467.1.

Example 48(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(82)

To a solution of compound 82A (2.0 g, 10.46 mmol) in CH₃COOH (30.0 mL)was added compound ethyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (1.65 g, 10.46 mmol, 1.48mL) dropwise, then the mixture was heated to 120° C. and stirred for 2hrs and removed the solvent under reduced pressure. The residue wasdissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL) and treated with NaHCO₃ until pH 8,and then the organic layer was collected and evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography(Petroleum Ether/Ethyl Acetate: 0 to 10/1).

Compound 82B (660.0 mg, 2.11 mmol, 20.14% yield) was obtained as whitesolid. Compound 82B (low polarity): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.88-7.83(m, 2H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 4.33 (q,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 82B (650.0 mg, 2.07 mmol) in MeOH (10.00 mL)was added NaOH (2M, 6.00 mL) drop wise and the mixture was stirred at25° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction was diluted with H₂O (10 mL) andextracted with MBTE (10 mL×2). The water phase was treated with HCl (1M)until pH˜4, then the precipitate was filtered and dried under reducedpressure. Compound 82D (540.0 mg, 91.3% yield) was obtained as whitesolid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H),7.47-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H)

Compound 82 (20.0 mg, 42.74% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound82D. Compound 82: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.49 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),8.12 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.88 (br s, 1H), 7.78 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.55 (s, 1H),5.55-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.1.

Example 49 Compounds 83, 126, 130(S)-1-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(83)

To a solution of compound 83A (20.0 g, 89.49 mmol, HCl) in CH₃COOH(150.0 mL) was added compound ethyl 2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate(14.0 g, 89.49 mmol), then the mixture was heated to 120° C. and stirredfor 2 hrs and removed the solvent under reduced pressure. The residuewas dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL), treated with NaHCO₃ until pH˜7and filtered. The solid was treated with petroleum ether. Compound 83B(22.0 g, 71.16 mmol, 79.52% yield) was obtained as yellow solid. ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.56 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.81 (s,1H), 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 83B (5.0 g, 16.17 mmol) in MeOH (40.0 mL) wasadded NaOH (2M, 45.0 mL) dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 3 hrs and removed the solvent under reduced pressure, then themixture was diluted with H₂O (30 mL) and extracted with MTBE (60 mL×2).Water phase was treated with HCl (1M) until pH˜4, and then theprecipitate was filtered and dried under reduced pressure. The waterphase was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2), the organic layer(extracted with ethyl acetate) was evaporated under reduced pressure.The solid collected was compound 83C (3.75 g, 82.5% yield) obtained aswhite solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36(d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H).

Compound 83 (25.0 mg, 61.24% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 47 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 83C, 12G andphenylboronic acid. Compound 83: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.49 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.88 (br s, 1H), 7.78 (br d,J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.26-6.96 (m, 7H), 6.55 (s, 1H),5.55-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.16 (br dd, J=4.2, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (br dd, J=9.7,13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 453.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4′-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(126)

Compound 126 (32 mg, yield 25.5%, light yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 63 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 83D and(4-fluorophenyl)boronic acid. Compound 126: ¹H NMR (CD₃CN, 400 MHz) δ7.73-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.22 (m, 10H), 7.02 (br s,1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.27 (br s, 1H), 5.42 (ddd, J=4.5, 7.8, 9.5 Hz, 1H),3.32 (dd, J=4.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=9.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4′-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-3-methyl-1h-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (130)

Compound 130 (30 mg, yield 34.7%, light yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 105 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 83D andp-tolylboronic acid. Compound 130: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.14 (brd, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (br s, 1H), 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 3H),7.33-7.22 (m, 10H), 6.56-6.50 (m, 1H), 5.24 (br s, 1H), 3.20 (br d,J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 467.1.

Example 50(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(84)

A mixture of compound 84A (5 g, 39.19 mmol) and NH₂NH₂.H₂O (20 g, 391.94mmol) was heated under reflux (119° C.) for 36 hours. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the unreactedhydrazine hydrate. The residue was diluted with H₂O (30 mL) andextracted with DCM (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brines (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified byre-crystallization from Petroleum Ether (15 mL) at −10° C. to givecompound 84B (2.40 g, yield: 49.35%) as a black brown solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.39-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.51 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),6.39 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺127.8.

To a solution of compound 84B (970 mg, 7.88 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL) wasadded compound ethyl 2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (1.36 g, 7.88mmol). The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 20 hrs. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. Theresidue was diluted with H₂O (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate(10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (15 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified byflash silica gel chromatography, and then by preparatory-HPLC (HClcondition) to give compound 84C (160 mg, yield: 8.22%) was obtained as awhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.88 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50(d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 4.20 (d, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.14 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 246.0.

To a solution of compound 84C (100 mg, 432.43 umol) in THF (5 mL) wasadded a solution of LiOH.H₂O (91 mg, 2.16 mmol) in H₂O (5 mL) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 14 hrs at 25° C.The reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (10 mL) and extracted withMTBE (30 mL). The aqueous phase was neutralized by 1N HCl to the pH 4and then was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic layerswere washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 84D (50 mg, yield:53.2%) as a red solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.06 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.89 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.14 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 217.9.

Compound 84 (70 mg, yield: 54.12%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound84D. Compound 84: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.09 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.04 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.76 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=7.9 Hz,1H), 7.29-7.17 (m, 5H), 7.15 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.37-5.25(m, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.24 (s, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.1.

Example 51(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(85)

To a mixture of compound 63B (200 mg, 916.55 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (153.8 mg, 3.67 mmol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasdiluted with H₂O (10 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and thenextracted with EtOAc (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate compound 85B(160 mg, 85.49% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.60(br s, 1H), 8.67 (br s, 1H), 8.32 (br s, 1H), 7.25 (br s, 1H), 2.41 (brs, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+205.0.

Compound 85 (30.7 mg, 59.7% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound85B. Compound 85: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.95 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.87 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (br s,1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.42 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.19(m, 1H), 3.08-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.69 (m, 1H), 0.90-0.83 (m, 2H),0.61-0.50 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 419.1.

Example 52(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(1H-indazol-1-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(86)

A mixture consisting of compound 86A (250 mg, 1.06 mmol), 1H-indazole(125.2 mg, 1.06 mmol) and Cs₂CO₃ (1.04 g, 3.18 mmol) in toluene (15 mL)was stirred at 110° C. for 32 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled toroom-temperature, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue, which was purified by preparatory-HPLC (HCl condition)to afford compound 86B (20 mg, 6.90% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.70 (m,1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.17(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.07 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of 86B (40 mg, 146.35 umol) in MeOH (5 mL) and H₂O (1 mL)was added LiOH.H₂O (24.6 mg, 585.40 umol) in one portion and the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove MeOH and the residue was diluted withH₂O (10 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and then extracted with EtOAc(40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL),dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to afford intermediate compound 86C (30 mg, 83.58% yield) as awhite solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+245.8.

Compound 86 (5.4 mg, 10.0% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound86C. Compound 86: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.97 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),8.78 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=3.2 Hz,1H), 7.54-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.11-6.96 (m, 5H), 6.85 (brs, 1H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.09 (m, 1H),2.78-2.69 (m, 1H), 0.80 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 0.55 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 460.1.

Example 53(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(5-(oxazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(89)

To a solution of compound 89A (40 g, 231 mmol) in MeOH (500 mL) wasadded ethyl 2-oxoacetate (188 g, 924 mmol) at 25° C. The reactionmixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=50:1 to 30:1).Compound 89B (70 g, crude) was obtained as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 258.8.

To a solution of compound 89B (35 g, 136 mmol) in EtOH (300 mL) wasadded TosMIC (66.4 g, 340 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (28.2 g, 204 mmol) at 25° C.The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1 hr. The reactionmixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether: Ethylacetate=20:1 to 3:1). Compound 89C (17 g) wasobtained as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.62 (d, J=2.4 Hz,1H), 8.00-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.86 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 4.27(q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 297.0.

To a solution of compound 89C (5 g, 16.8 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL) wasadded bis(pinacolato)diboron (8.58 g, 33.7 mmol), KOAc (16.5 g, 168mmol) at 25° C. The mixture was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times,followed by addition of Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (617 mg, 844 umol). The reactionmixture was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times and stirred at 75°C. for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give a residue.The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to Dichloromethane: Methanol=5:1). Compound 89D(2.7 g, yield: 61.2%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,methanol-d₄) δ 8.63 (br s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.36 (br d,J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 261.9.

To a solution of compound 89D (500 mg, 1.92 mmol) in dioxane (4 mL) wasadded 2-iodooxazole (561.48 mg, 2.88 mmol) K₂CO₃ (796.09 mg, 5.76 mmol)H₂O (1 mL) at 25° C. The reaction mixture was degassed and purged withN₂. Then Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (140 mg, 192 umol) was added. The mixture wasdegassed and purged with N₂ and stirred at 150° C. for 1 hr undermicrowave conditions. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1˜1.5:1). Compound 89E (300 mg, crude)was obtained as a grey solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 285.0.

To a solution of compound 89E (200 mg, 703 umol) in THF (2 mL) H₂O (500uL) was added LiOH.H₂O (59 mg, 1.41 mmol) and stirred at 25° C. for 12hrs. The reaction mixture was acidified by HCl (1N) to pH˜5, and theprecipitation was filtered to give a crude product. Compound 89F (60 mg,crude) was obtained as a grey solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 257.0.

Compound 89 (35 mg, yield: 65.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound89F. Compound 89: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.04-8.93 (m, 2H), 8.77(br d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.38-8.28 (m, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H),7.46 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 4H), 5.32-5.14 (m,1H), 3.28 (br s, 1H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.81 (br dd, J=10.1, 13.7 Hz,1H), 2.77-2.69 (m, 1H), 0.73-0.42 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

Example 54(S)—N-(1-(4-(allyloxy)phenyl)-3-oxopropan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(93)

Compound 93A (1 g, 1.0 eq), N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine (607 mg, 2 eq) andHBTU (1.36 g, 1.15 eq) were combined in 10 mL DMF, the mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 5 mins, and then TEA (1.3 mL, 3.0 eq)was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1h. The mixture was diluted with 100 mL ethyl acetate and 20 mL Hexane,washed with 0.25N HCl, water, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, and brine andconcentrated in vacuo to afford intermediate compound 93B (1 g, yield88%) as white solid.

To a solution of compound 93B (1 g, 1.0 eq) in 6 mL dry DCM was added 3mL of 4M HCl in Dioxane. Resulting mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 2 hrs. DCM and Dioxane were removed under vacuo, residuewas diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and brineand concentrated in vacuo to afford intermediate compound 93C (650 mg,yield 90%) as white solid.

Compound 93C (125 mg, 1.0 eq), compound 12F (115 mg, 1.2 eq) and HBTU(226 mg, 1.25 eq) were combined in 5 mL DMF, the mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 5 mins, and then DIEA (0.23 mL, 3.0 eq) was added.The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 mins. Themixture was diluted with 50 mL ethyl acetate and 20 mL Hexane, washedwith water, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and brine and concentrated in vacuoto afford intermediate compound 93D (180 mg, yield 85%).

Compound 6 (90 mg, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in 8 mL dry THF, cooled to −50°C. under N₂. A solution of 1N LAH in THF (0.22 mL, 1.1 eq) was addeddropwise at −50° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at −30 to −10° C.for 2 hrs. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ at−20° C., and then extracted with 3×15 mL acetate. The combined organicphase was dried over Na₂SO₄. The crude mixture was purified on silicagel column to provide compound 93 (40 mg, 51%).

Example 55(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisothiazole-4-carboxamide(96)

To a solution of benzaldehyde (10.00 g, 94.23 mmol) and malononitrile(6.54 g, 98.94 mmol) in EtOH (75.00 mL) was added catalytic piperidine(80.24 mg, 942.30 umol). Then the reaction was stirred at 90° C. for 2h. Yellow solid was precipitated out when the reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered, the desired yellowsolid was washed with EtOH (20 mL) and dried in vacuo to giveintermediate compound 96A (23.00 g, 79.2% yield) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.91 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (s, 1H),7.67-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.50 (m, 2H).

To a mixture of compound 96A (17.50 g, 113.51 mmol) and chlorosulfanylthiohypochlorite (70.00 g, 518.36 mmol, 41.42 mL) was added pyridine(900.00 mg, 11.38 mmol). Then the reaction was stirred at 140° C. for 16h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched withice/H₂O (200 mL) and EtOAc (500 mL), yellow solid was was precipitateout, filtered and the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2), thecombined organic was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 120 g SepaFlash®Silica Flash Column, eluent of 0˜10% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ethergradient @50 mL/min) to give compound 96B (21.00 g, 70.4% yield) aslight yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.77 (br d, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 7.65-7.53 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 96B (2.00 g, 9.06 mmol) in dioxane (150.00 mL)was added AlMe₃ (2M, 20.00 mL) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (1.05 g, 906.00 umol) underN₂, Then the reaction was stirred at 110° C. for 3 h. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with ice/H₂O (100mL) and EtOAc (150 mL), yellow solid was precipitate out, filtered andthe filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (60 mL×2), the combined organicwas washed with brine (70 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flashsilica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 40 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column,eluent of 0˜10% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 40 mL/min) togive compound 96C (700.00 mg, 16.59% yield, 43% purity) as light yellowsolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.79-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.51 (m,3H), 2.67 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 200.9.

To compound 96C (490.00 mg, 2.45 mmol) was added H₂SO₄ (9.20 g, 93.81mmol, 5.00 mL), and the reaction was stirred at 135° C. for 1.5 h. Thenthe reaction was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of NaNO₂ (339.79 mg,4.92 mmol) in H₂O (2.00 mL) was added to the above mixture and thereaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature and poured into ice/H₂O (40 mL) and EtOAc (40mL), extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2), the combined organic was extractedwith 0.1N NaOH (40 mL×2), the desired basic water phase was then added1N HCl to pH<4, then extracted with EtOAc (40 mL×3) and washed withbrine (40 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo to give compound 96D (410.00 mg, 76.25% yield) aslight yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.49 (s, 5H), 2.57 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 219.9.

Compound 96 (35 mg, yield: 65.86%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound96D. Compound 96: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 7.48-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.17(m, 3H), 7.15-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.01 (br s, 1H), 6.26 (br s, 1H), 5.56 (ddd,J=4.4, 7.5, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=4.3, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J=9.5,14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 394.1.

Example 56(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(97)

A mixture of compound 97A (1.0 g, 3.41 mmol), compoundN,O-dimethylhydroxylamine (400 mg, 4.09 mmol, HCl), HOBt (460 mg, 3.41mmol) and NMM (1.03 g, 10.23 mmol, 1.12 mL) in CHCl₃ (20 mL) wasdegassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times at 0° C., then EDCI (980 mg,5.12 mmol) was added in portions. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for20 h under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched by additionH₂O (20 mL), and then diluted with DCM (10 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with 1N HCl (15 mL×2), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (15mL×2) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give the compound 97B (1.13 g, yield: 98.5%)was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.08 (br d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (s, 3H), 4.55 (br s, 1H), 3.71 (br s, 3H), 3.09 (s,3H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.32 (s, 9H).

To a solution of LAH (255 mg, 6.72 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was degassed andpurged with N₂ for 3 times at 0° C., and the mixture of compound 97B(1.13 g, 3.36 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise, and then themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h under N₂ atmosphere. The reactionmixture was quenched by addition EtOAc (10 mL), then added 1N HCl (50mL), and then diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, and stirredfor 30 min, then filtered to give the organic layers. The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (20 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound97C (860 mg, yield: 92.3%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.48 (s, 1H), 7.24 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.73 (m,3H), 4.08-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s,6H), 1.39-1.19 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 97C (860 mg, 3.10 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) wasadded compound 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanenitrile (530 mg, 6.20 mmol, 570μL) and Et₃N (470 mg, 4.65 mmol, 650 μL). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 22 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition 1N HCl (20mL), and then diluted with H₂O (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (20 mL×2).The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL×3), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give thecompound 97D (930.00 mg, yield: 98.6%) was obtained as a yellow solid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.19-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.78 (m, 3H),6.77-6.51 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.34 (m, 1H), 3.84 (br s, 1H), 2.99-2.81 (m,1H), 2.75-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.27 (br s, 6H), 1.40-1.20 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 97D (930 mg, 3.63 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (850 mg,6.11 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was added H₂O₂ (3.46 g, 30.55 mmol, 2.94 mL,purity: 30%). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with H₂O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50 mL×2),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was stirred in DCM (3 mL) and PE (25 mL) for30 min and filtered to give the compound 5 (970 mg, yield: 98.32%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.42-7.08 (m,1H), 6.86-6.45 (m, 3H), 6.21-5.49 (m, 1H), 4.06-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.31 (s,1H), 2.72-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.13 (m, 6H), 1.40-1.18 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 97E (970 mg, 3.01 mmol) in EtOAc (5 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4M, 5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with PE (20 mL), filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound 97F (370 mg,yield: 43.7%, HCl) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.09-7.89 (m, 3H), 7.58 (br s, 2H), 6.96 (br s, 2H), 6.89 (s,1H), 4.26 (br s, 1H), 3.89 (br s, 1H), 3.69-3.57 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.73 (m,2H), 2.30 (br s, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 223.1.

A mixture of compound 97F (310 mg, 1.18 mmol, HCl), compound 6A (200 mg,984.30 umol), HOBT (133 mg, 984.30 umol) and DIEA (520 uL, 2.95 mmol) inDCM (15 mL) was added EDCI (285 mg, 1.48 mmol), and then the mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was washed with H₂O (20mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with HCl (1N, 30 mL),saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (30 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Theresidue was stirred in Petroleum Ether (5 mL) and DCM (1 mL) for 30 minand filtered to give the compound 97G (270 mg, yield: 61.9%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.59-8.24 (m,1H), 7.64-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.28 (m, 5H), 6.89-6.77 (m, 3H), 5.98-5.63(m, 1H), 4.61-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.11-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.59 (m, 2H),2.21-2.03 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 408.1.

To a solution of compound 97G (100 mg, 245.42 umol) in DCM (10 mL) wasadded DMP (320 mg, 736.26 umol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 7 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition saturatedaqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (15 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (15 mL), themixture was stirred for 0.2 h, and then diluted with DCM (10 mL) andextracted with H₂O (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was stirred in PetroleumEther (15 mL) and EtOAc (1 mL) for 30 min and filtered to give thecompound 97 (60 mg, yield: 60.3%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.01 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (br s, 1H), 7.90(br s, 1H), 7.64 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.38 (m,2H), 6.92-6.81 (m, 3H), 5.40 (br t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (br d, J=10.6Hz, 1H), 2.72-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 2.11 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 406.1.

Example 57(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(98)

To a solution of compound 98A (1.0 g, 2.99 mmol) andN-methoxymethanamine (321 mg, 3.29 mmol, HCl) in CHCl₃ (30 mL) was addedHOBt (404 mg, 2.99 mmol) and EDCI (803 mg, 4.19 mmol). Then NMM (1.3 mL,11.96 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture. After addition, thereaction mixture was stirred at 28° C. for 14 h. The reaction mixturewas concentrated in vacuum and the residue was dissolved into 80 mL ofEtOAc. The mixture was washed with 1N HCl (30 mL×2) and saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (30 mL×2), then brine (30 mL). The mixture was dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuum to afford compound 98B (1.1 g, yield82.9%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.44 (s, 1H),7.34-7.19 (m, 3H), 4.55 (br s, 1H), 3.71 (br s, 3H), 3.17-3.00 (m, 3H),2.90-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.67 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s, 8H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−56)⁺320.9.

To a solution of LiAlH₄ (122 mg, 3.21 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added asolution of compound 98B (1.1 g, 2.92 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0° C.under N₂ atmosphere. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at0° C. for 1 h. 2 mL of EtOAc was added into the reaction mixture at 0°C. and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. Then 2 mL of 1N HCl was addedinto the reaction mixture slowly. After addition, the mixture wasdiluted with 80 mL of EtOAc and the mixture was washed with 1 N HCl (30mL×2), brine (30 mL). Then the mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated in vacuum to afford compound 98C (800 mg, yield 80.9%) aswhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.52 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.17 (m,4H), 4.20-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.63 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.27(m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 98C (800 mg, 2.51 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded dropwise a solution of NaHSO₃ (261 mg, 2.51 mmol) in H₂O (15 mL)at 0-5° C. After that, the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 5h. NaCN (129 mg, 2.64 mmol) in H₂O (20 mL) was added into the reactionmixture followed by EtOAc (40 mL). After that, the reaction mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 14 h. The organic layer was separated and washedwith brine (30 mL), then dried over Na₂SO₄. The mixture was concentratedto afford compound 98D (800 mg, yield 92.33%) as light yellow gum. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.46-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.70(m, 1H), 4.65-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.07-2.87 (m, 1H),2.76-2.55 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.20 (m, 8H).

To a solution of compound 98D (800 mg, 2.32 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (641 mg,4.64 mmol) in DMSO (8 mL) was added H₂O₂ (2 mL, 22.25 mmol, 30% purity)at 0° C. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ice water (20 mL) and 50 mL ofsaturated aqueous Na₂SO₃. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3)and the combined extracts were washed with saturated aqueous Na₂SO₃ (50mL×2). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated toafford crude compound. The crude compound was diluted with MTBE (5 mL)and filtered to afford compound 98E (800 mg, yield 94.9%) as whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.48-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.73-6.20 (m, 1H),5.86-5.63 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.71 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.54 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.19 (m,9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+23)+384.9.

To a solution of compound 98E (800 mg, 2.20 mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4M, 55 mL). After addition, the reaction mixture wasstirred at 26° C. for 1 h. 20 mL of Petroleum ether was added into thereaction mixture and the mixture was filtered to afford compound 98F(400 mg, yield 58.87%, HCl) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.35 (br s, 1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H), 7.62-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, J=1.8 Hz,1H), 6.90-6.50 (m, 1H), 4.28 (br s, 1H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.56(m, 1H), 3.03-2.80 (m, 2H).

To a solution of compound 7 (100 mg, 492.15 umol) and compound 98F (162mg, 541.37 umol, HCl) in DMF (10 mL) was added HOBT (67 mg, 492.15 umol)and DIEA (340 uL, 1.97 mmol), then EDCI (133 mg, 689.01 umol) was added.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 26° C. for 14 h. Themixture was diluted with 30 mL of EtOAc. The mixture was washed with 1NHCl (15 mL×2) and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (15 mL×3), then brine (20mL). The residue was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was diluted with 4 mL of EtOAc and filtered to afford compound98G (110 mg, yield 45.87%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.65-8.26 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.30 (m, 9H), 7.28-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.04-5.65 (m,1H), 4.73-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.06 (m, 0.5H), 4.01-3.95 (m, 0.5H),3.01-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.09 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 448.1.

To a solution of compound 98G (110 mg, 245.37 umol) in DCM (30 mL) andDMSO (4 mL) was added DMP (416 mg, 981.48 umol). After addition, thereaction mixture was stirred at 26° C. for 2 h. 10 mL of saturatedaqueous Na₂S₂O₃ and 10 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ was added into thereaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. Then themixture was separated, the organic layer was washed with 10 mL ofsaturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ and 10 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, thenwater (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated in vacuum to afford compound 98 (30 mg, yield 24.66%) aslight yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.21 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.34(d, J=1.8 Hz, 2H), 5.45-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.73 (m,1H), 2.12 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 446.0.

Example 58(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(99)

A mixture of compound 2-chloro-6-methoxypyridine (5.0 g, 34.83 mmol) inNH₂NH₂—H₂O (17.44 g, 348.30 mmol, 16.93 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue then diluted with H₂O (30 mL) and extracted with ethylacetate (40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:1) to give compound 99B(1.06 g, 21.87% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.41(t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.24-6.08 (m, 2H), 5.73 (br s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H),3.83-2.75 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 140.1.

A mixture of compound 99B (1.00 g, 7.19 mmol) and ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (1.35 g, 7.19 mmol) in HOAc (20.00 mL)was stirred at 120° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove HOAc. The residue was diluted with H₂O(20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 5:1)and further purified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition) to givecompound 99C (487.00 mg, 25.87% yield) was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.70 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),6.71 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 4.27 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s,3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 261.9.

To a solution of compound 99C (487.00 mg, 1.99 mmol) in THF (15.00 mL)was added LiOH—H₂O (417.50 mg, 9.95 mmol) in H₂O (5.00 mL). The mixturewas stirred at 28° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted withH₂O (10 mL) and extracted with MTBE (15 mL×2), the water phase was added1N HCl to pH=3-4, extracted with EA (15 mL×2). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (15 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 99D(396 mg, 91.61% yield) as a white solid. Compound 99D: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 7.86 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 234.1.

Compound 99 (10.00 mg, 13.78% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound99D. Compound 99: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.68 (br t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H),7.26-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.12-7.01 (m, 3H), 6.73 (br s, 1H), 6.68-6.60 (m,1H), 6.65 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 5.73-5.64 (m, 1H), 5.50(br s, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.45-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 408.1.

Example 59 Compounds 101, 493(S)—N-(4-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(101)

To a solution of compound 23A (20.00 g, 98.43 mmol) in THF (300 mL) wasadded 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (12.46 g, 108.27 mmol) and EDCI(22.64 g, 118.12 mmol) with DCM (200 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted withethyl acetate (200 mL). Then the mixture was washed with HCl (1M, 200mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (200 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. Compound 101A (28.00 g, crude) was obtained as a yellowoil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.94-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.63 (m, 1H),7.62-7.56 (m, 2H), 2.87 (br s, 4H), 2.50-2.48 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 101A (28.00 g, 93.25 mmol) in DMF (200 mL) wasadded (2S)-2-amino-3-phenyl-propan-1-ol (15.51 g, 102.57 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hour. The mixture was diluted withH₂O (1000 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (1000 mL), the organic layerwas washed with HCl (aqueous 1000 mL), NaHCO₃ (aqueous 1000 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 3 (20.00 g, yield 63.8%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.45 (br d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.18 (m, 5H),4.97-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.01-2.97 (m,1H), 2.69-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.06 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 101B (3.00 g, 8.92 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) wasadded DMP (5.67 g, 13.38 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3hour. The mixture quenched with 10% Na₂S₂O₃ (aqueous): saturated NaHCO₃(aqueous) (1:1, 200 mL), extracted with DCM (200 mL) and washed withbrine (200 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. Compound 101C (2.70 g, yield 90.5%) was obtained as awhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.40 (m, 2H),7.29-7.19 (m, 5H), 4.79-4.72 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.72 (m,1H), 2.09 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 101C (500.0 mg, 1.50 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) wasadded TMSCN (223.2 mg, 2.25 mmol, 280 uL) and TEA (15.2 mg, 150.00 umol,20 uL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours. The mixture wasconcentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with water (20mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to obtaincompound 101D (600.0 mg, crude) as colorless oil.

To a solution of compound 101D (600.0 mg, 1.41 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded HCl (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours. Themixture was diluted with H₂O (200 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (100mL), the organic layer was washed with NaHCO₃ (aqueous 100 mL), thewater phase was added HCl (1M) until pH˜1, then extracted with ethylacetate (100 mL), the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 101E (240.0 mg, crude) wasobtained as a colorless oil and used in next step directly.

To a solution of compound 101E (200.0 mg, 526 umol) in THF (10.00 mL)was added (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanamine (92.6 mg, 525.78 umol, 70 uL),DIEA (203.85 mg, 1.58 mmol, 275.48 uL), HOBt (71.04 mg, 525.78 umol) andEDCI (120.95 mg, 630.93 umol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4hours. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (50mL), washed with HCl (1M, 50 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (aqueous 50 mL),brine (50 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The mixture wastriturated with CH₃CN (5 mL) and filtered. Compound 101F (70.0 mg, yield24.7%) obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.63-8.53(m, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.10 (m, 13H), 6.20-5.94 (m, 1H),4.68-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.08-3.99 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.67 (m,2H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 2H).

To a solution of compound 101F (60.0 mg, 111.44 umol) in DCM (10 mL) andDMSO (1.00 mL) was added DMP (141.8 mg, 334.32 umol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. The mixture quenched with 10% Na₂S₂O₃(aqueous): saturated NaHCO₃ (aqueous) (1:1, 20 mL), extracted with DCM(10 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL×3). The combined organic layerswere dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 101 (33.2 mg, yield55.5%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.52-9.43 (m, 1H), 9.12 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.38 (m, 7H), 7.35-7.20(m, 6H), 5.53-5.42 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.32 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.19 (m, 1H),2.93-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.00 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 536.1.

(S)—N-(4-(((1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)methyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide (493)

Compound 493 (20 mg, 23.4% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as incompound 101 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 101E and(1-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)methanaminefollowed by removal of the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl group toobtain compound 493. Compound 493: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.07 (s,1H), 7.67-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.56 (br s, 1H), 7.52-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.30 (br s,1H), 7.25-7.14 (m, 4H), 6.89 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.12 (br d, J=6.8 Hz,1H), 5.72-5.63 (m, 1H), 4.62 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.37 (br dd, J=4.7,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (br dd, J=7.9, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Example 60(S)-1-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(102)

To a solution of 1H-indazol-3-amine (8.7 g, 65.3 mmol) in MeOH (90 mL)was added ethyl 2-oxoacetate (20 g, 98.01 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to givecrude product 102A (15 g, crude) as brown solid, which was used for thenext step without purification.

To a solution of 102A (15 g, 69.1 mmol) in EtOH (400 mL) was added K₂CO₃(14.5 g, 104 mmol) and TosMIC (11.6 g 59.4 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 90° C. for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=1:0 to 1:1) to give compound 102B (2.9 g, yield: 16.4%) asyellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.04 (br s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=0.7Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.14(m, 2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of 102B (2.9 g, 11.3 mmol) in THF (40 mL) and H₂O (8 mL)was added NaOH (905 mg, 22.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 10 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure toremove the organic solvent, and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). Theaqueous layer was acidified with 1M HCl to pH˜5 and then extracted withEtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (40 mL),brine (40 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give 102C(1.5 g, yield: 58.1%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.35(s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.41(m, 2H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 228.9.

Compound 102 (20 mg, yield 52.9%, pale yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 102C and 21G((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol). Compound 102: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 13.22 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s,1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.24 (m,2H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.12-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.06 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.23(m, 1H), 3.19-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.74 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺360.1.

Example 61(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3′-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(105)

To a mixture of compound 103A (150 mg, 0.33 mmol) and m-tolylboronicacid (89 mg, 0.66 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added H₂O (10 mL), Na₂CO₃ (70mg, 0.66 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (38 mg, 0.033 mmol) in one portion at 25°C. under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 h. The reactionmixture was added H₂O (100 mL) and extracted with EA (100 mL×3). Thecombined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (150mL×3), brine (150 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crudeproduct was treated with i-propyl ether/CH₃CN (10/1, 10 mL). The solidwas collected and dried in vacuo to afford compound 2A (72.7 mg, yield42.70%) as gray solid. Compound 105A: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ8.51-8.10 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.28 (m,3H), 7.26-7.12 (m, 7H), 7.03-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H),5.93-5.73 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.81 (m,1H), 2.81-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺469.2.

To a mixture of compound 105A (65 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and DMSO(1 mL) was added DMP (177 mg, 0.42 mmol) in one portion at 0° C. Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 10 min, then temperature to 25° C. andstirred for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by 20 mL of 10% Na₂S₂O₃aqueous solution and 20 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution and thenextracted with DCM (30 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (40 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedin vacuo. The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (basic condition)to afford compound 105 (35.0 mg, yield 53.6%) as white solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.08 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.84 (brs, 1H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 1H),7.28-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.06 (m, 1H), 6.60 (br s,1H), 5.29 (br s, 1H), 3.22-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s,3H), 2.28-2.22 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 467.2.

Example 62 Compounds 103, 106, 216-218, 214(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4′-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(103)

Compound 103B (110 mg, yield 70.98%, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 49 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 103A and(4-fluorophenyl)boronic acid. Compound 103B: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ8.45 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.5H), 8.15 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.5H), 7.68-7.52 (m, 4H),7.40-7.13 (m, 10H), 7.02 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, 0.5H), 6.94 (br d, J=7.9 Hz,0.5H), 6.59 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.93-5.74 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.32 (m, 1H),4.02-3.88 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.19 (m, 3H).

Compound 103 (78 mg, yield 68.93%, pale yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 61 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 103B. Compound103: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H),7.86 (s, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=5.4, 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.52 (s, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 6H), 7.23-7.19 (m,1H), 7.11 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.35-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.18(dd, J=3.5, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=10.4, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3′-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(106)

Compound 106 (18.7 mg, yield 46.2%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 61 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 103Aand (3-fluorophenyl)boronic acid. Compound 106: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 9.08 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.85 (br s, 1H),7.69-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.43-7.37 (m,1H), 7.33-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.24-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.62 (s,1H), 5.35-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.21(m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3′-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(216)

Compound 216 (26 mg, yield 16.7%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 62 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 83D and(3-fluorophenyl)boronic acid. Compound 216: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ7.59 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.05(br d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 6.75 (br s, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 6.42-6.33 (m, 1H),5.66-5.50 (m, 2H), 3.39 (br dd, J=5.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (br dd, J=7.4,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.40-2.29 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2′-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-3-methyl-1h-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (217)

Compound 217 was prepared as in Example 62 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound 83D and (2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid.Compound 217 (13 mg, yield 14.49%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400MHz) δ 7.59 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 3H),7.24-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.02 (br d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (br s, 1H), 6.49 (s,1H), 6.37-6.29 (m, 1H), 5.62-5.49 (m, 2H), 3.36 (dd, J=5.3, 14.1 Hz,1H), 3.11 (dd, J=7.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.29 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 471.2.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3′-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(218)

Compound 218 was prepared as in Example 62 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound 83D and m-tolylboronic acid. Compound 218(yield 36.1%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.16 (d, J=7.7Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.43(m, 2H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.18 (br d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.20 (br dd, J=3.6, 13.8 Hz, 1H),2.83 (dd, J=10.6, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2′-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(214)

Compound 214 was prepared as in Example 62 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound 103A and (2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid.Compound 214 (20 mg, yield 29.5%, white solid): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz)δ 7.62-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.22 (m,3H), 7.21-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.03-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.65 (br s, 1H), 6.49 (s,1H), 6.33-6.26 (m, 1H), 5.56-5.52 (m, 1H), 5.37 (br s, 1H), 3.38-3.31(m, 1H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺471.1.

Example 63(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenylfuran-2-carboxamide(104)

To a solution of i-Pr₂NH (3 mL, 18.71 mmol) in anhydrous THF (13 mL) wasadded n-BuLi (7 mL, 18.71 mmol) dropwise at −78° C. and stirred at 0° C.for 30 min. Then a solution of 3-bromofuran (2.5 g, 17.01 mmol) in THF(13 mL) was added to the mixture drop wise at −78° C. and the mixturewas stirred at −78° C. for 30 minutes. Anhydrous C₀₂ was poured into thesolution at −78° C. for 30 minutes. The reaction was quenched with H₂O(20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), then water phase wastreated with HCl until pH˜3. The precipitation was filtered and driedunder reduced pressure. Compound 104A (1.8 g, crude) was obtained asyellow solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.96 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.89(d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).

Cs₂CO₃ (2.13 g, 6.55 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 104A (500mg, 2.62 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). Then Mel (652.43 uL, 10.48 mmol) wasadded to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 13 h. Themixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (35 mL) and H₂O (30 mL). Theorganic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was washed extractedwith ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layer was washedbrine (30 mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residuewas purified by Flash column chromatography (Petroleum Ether/EthylAcetate=15/1). Compound 104B (250 mg, yield 46.54%) was obtained aswhite solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.50 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94-3.92 (m, 3H)

To a solution of Compound 104B (221 mg, 1.08 mmol) in THF (4 mL) and H₂O(2 mL) was added phenylboronic acid (263 mg, 2.16 mmol) and Cs₂CO₃ (553mg, 1.70 mmol), followed by Pd(PPh₃)₄ (125 mg, 108.00 umol), then themixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixturewas cooled to the room temperature and H₂O (6 mL) was added to quenchedthe reaction. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2).The combined organic layer was washed with H₂O (10 mL), brine (10 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, evaporated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by FCC (PE/EA: 0 to 10/1). Compound 104C (180 mg,yield 82.42%) was obtained as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ7.61-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 3H), 6.64 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s,3H)

To a solution Compound 104C (170 mg, 840.71 umol) in MeOH (5 mL) wasadded NaOH (2 M, 2 mL) dropwise, then the mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 2 h. The reaction was diluted with H₂O (5 mL) and removed solventunder reduced pressure, then the mixture was extracted with MTBE (5 mL).The water phase was treated with HCl (1 M) until pH˜3, then water phasewas extracted with ethyl acetate (5 mL×3). The organic layer was washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, evaporated under reducedpressure. Compound 104D (120 mg, yield 75.85%) was obtained as whitesolid which was used directly in next step. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ7.90 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 3H), 6.80 (d,J=1.8 Hz, 1H)

Compound 104 (35 mg, yield 44.0%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound104D. Compound 104: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.56 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.07 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.54 (m, 2H),7.36-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.83 (m,1H), 5.39-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.92 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 363.1

Example 64 Compounds 107, 243, 253, 265, 168, 459, 460, 475(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(107)(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxopentan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(243)(S)—N-(1-amino-5-methyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(253)(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxoheptan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(265)

Compounds 107, 243, 253 and 265 were prepared as in Example 5 from thecorresponding starting materials, respectively-compound 107B andcompound 58F, 47A, 253A or 62E.

Compound 107 (77.3 mg, 51.80% yield, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.12-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.05 (m, 2H),7.00-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.79-6.70 (m, 2H), 5.72-5.64 (m, 1H), 5.53 (br s,1H), 5.57-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Compound 243 (52.8 mg, 42.87% yield, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃): δ 8.13 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.33 (m, 3H), 6.91-6.81 (m, 1H),6.75 (br s, 1H), 5.53-5.36 (m, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.08 (m, 1H),1.88-1.76 (m, 1H), 0.99 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 316.1.

Compound 253 (6.5 mg, 6.42% yield, white solid): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400MHz): δ 8.19-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.34 (m, 3H), 6.84-6.68 (m, 2H),5.55-5.38 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.58 (m, 1H),1.04 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺344.1.

Compound 265 (79.7 mg, 94.04% purity, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.73 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.13-8.03 (m, 3H), 7.79 (s, 1H),7.45-7.35 (m, 3H), 5.17-5.10 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.76 (m, 1H),1.73-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.26 (m, 4H), 0.93-0.83 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 344.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(168)

Prepared as in Example 64 from the corresponding starting materials,compounds 32F and 58F. Compound 168 (21.3 mg, yield: 45.1%, light yellowsolid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.38 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.12-7.99(m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.54 (br d, J=3.7 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.24 (m, 5H),7.12 (br t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.30-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.19-3.09(m, 1H), 2.87-2.74 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.1.

N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(459)

Prepared as in compound 107 from the corresponding starting materials,compounds 107B and 3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamidehydrochloride. Compound 459 (210 mg, yield: 65.2%, white solid): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.88-8.79 (m, 2H), 8.06-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.34 (m,3H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 1H), 5.48-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.17(m, 1H), 3.05-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 0.70-0.52(m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 418.2.

N-(1-(cyclopropylamino)-1,2-dioxoheptan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(460)

Prepared as in compound 107 from the corresponding starting materials,compounds 107B and 3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy heptanamidehydrochloride. Compound 460 (180 mg, yield: 53.3%, white solid): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.76 (br s, 2H), 8.10 (br s, 2H), 7.40 (br s, 3H),5.12 (br s, 1H), 2.77 (br s, 1H), 2.56 (br s, 3H), 1.81 (br s, 1H), 1.68(br s, 1H), 1.32 (br s, 4H), 0.88 (br s, 3H), 0.70-0.52 (m, 4H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 384.2.

(S)—N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(475)

Prepared as in compound 107 from the corresponding starting materials,compounds 107B and (2S,3S)-3-amino-1-fluoro-4-phenylbutan-2-olhydrochloride. Compound 475 (75 mg, yield: 50.28%, white solid): ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.13-8.08 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.28 (m,3H), 7.18 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.81-6.76 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.22 (m, 1H),5.05-4.89 (m, 1H), 4.88-4.72 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.10 (m,1H), 2.57 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 367.1.

Example 65(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(quinolin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(108)

A mixture consisting of quinolin-5-amine (5 g, 34.68 mmol) in conc. HCl(20 mL) at 0° C. was added NaNO₂ (2.63 g, 38.15 mmol) dropwise and theresultant mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hour. The reactionmixture was warmed to 25° C. over 0.5 hour, and then cooled to 0° C. TheSnCl₂.2H₂O (15.65 g, 68.36 mmol, in 20 mL conc. HCl) was added dropwiseto the reaction mixture, and stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hour. Theresulting mixture was allowed to warm to 25° C. with vigorous stirringover 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove solvent. The residue was diluted with ethanol 90 mL(30 mL×3), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to affordcompound 108A (5.2 g, 76.64% yield, HCl) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 9.98 (br s, 1H), 9.26-9.15 (m, 2H), 8.07-7.97 (m,2H), 7.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H).

To a mixture of compound 108A (2 g, 12.56 mmol, HCl) and ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (1.91 g, 10.22 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL)was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, and then the mixture wasstirred at 110° C. for 2 h under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove AcOH. The residue wasdiluted with CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL), adjusted to pH˜7-8 with saturated aqueousNaHCO₃, and then extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL×2). The organic phase wasdried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to give compound 108B(1.2 g, 41.78% yield) as a yellow solid and compound 108C (150 mg, 5.22%yield) as a yellow solid. Compound 108B: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.93(d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93(s, 1H), 4.05 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.00 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 108C: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.98-8.87 (m, 1H), 8.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83-8.77 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.56(m, 2H), 7.45-7.40 (m, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 4.42 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.13(s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of 108B (250 mg, 888.7 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) and H₂O (5 mL)was added LiOH.H₂O (149.2 mg, 3.55 mmol) in one portion and the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue was diluted with H₂O(10 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and then extracted with DCM (40mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto afford intermediate compound 108D (200 mg, 88.03% yield) as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.97 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.52 (m, 2H),6.96 (s, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+253.9.

Compound 108 (21.2 mg, 23.11% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 107 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 108D and 12G.Compound 108: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.95 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.22(d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.89 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 6.63 (s, 2H),6.28 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.53-5.39 (m, 2H), 3.24 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.03(d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

Example 66(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(pyridin-2-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide(109)

A mixture of ethyl 4-bromothiazole-5-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.12 mmol),2-(tributylstannyl)pyridine (858.5 mg, 2.33 mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (122.5 mg,106 umol) in dioxane (15 mL) was stirred at 105° C. for 14 h. Themixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=3:1 to 1:1) toafford compound 109A (221 mg, 44.05% yield) as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 235.0.

To a solution of compound 109A (221 mg, 943.36 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) andwater (2 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (99 mg, 2.36 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixturewas stirred at 32° C. for 0.5 hr. MeOH was evaporated. To the residuewas added water (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with MTBE (5 mL) andseparated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH˜3 with 1N HCl andextracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers weredried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to afford compound 109B (155 mg,79.68% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.37 (s, 1H),8.84 (br d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (br t, J=7.4 Hz,1H), 7.78 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H).

Compound 109 (5.7 mg, 13.91% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound109B. Compound 109: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.0. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ13.47-13.34 (m, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d,J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.06 (m, 5H),6.81 (br s, 1H), 5.94-5.86 (m, 1H), 5.68 (br s, 1H), 3.49-3.33 (m, 2H).

Example 67(S)-1-(4-(oxazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(110)

A mixture of 4-bromopyridin-2-amine (20 g, 115.60 mmol) and ethyl2-oxoacetate (30.7 g, 150.28 mmol) in MeOH (300 mL) was heated to 80° C.for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated, the residue was purified bysilica gel column (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1). Compound 110A(28.9 g, yield: 86.5%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.96 (d,J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J=5.2, 1.75 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H),5.75 (br s, 1H), 5.61 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.41(s, 3H), 1.37-1.31 (m, 3H).

A mixture of 110A (15 g, 51.9 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (21.5 g, 156 mmol) in EtOH(300 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 0.5 hr, then1-(isocyanomethylsulfonyl)-4-methyl-benzene (15.2 g, 77.82 mmol) wasadded, the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for another 2 h. Mostof ethanol was removed and a precipitate was formed, the solid wasfiltered and washed with water (100 mL×2), the solid was dried andconcentrated to give 110B (6.4 g, yield: 41.7%), as yellow solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.38 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H),7.61 (s, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=5.26, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (q, J=7.02 Hz, 2H),1.29 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3H).

110B (3 g, 10.13 mmol), Pin₂B₂ (2.57 g, 10.13 mmol), KOAc (2.98 g, 30.4mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (741 mg, 1.01 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL) wasde-gassed and then heated at 70° C. for 4 hours under N₂. The mixturewas filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, the residue was purifiedby silica gel chromatography (DCM: Methanol=5:1) to give 110C (1.70 g,crude) as black solid.

110C (300 mg, 1.15 mmol), 2-iodooxazole (157 mg, 805.00 umol),Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (84.1 mg, 115.00 umol) and Na₂CO₃ (244 mg, 2.30 mmol) intoluene (2 mL), EtOH (2 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was degassed and then heated to120° C. for 1 hour under microwave condition. LCMS showed desired MS,the mixture was added water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10mL×2), the organic phases were dried and concentrated, the residue waspurified by preparatory-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give110D (80 mg, yield: 24.5%), as yellow solid.

A mixture of 110D (80 mg, 281.42 umol) and LiOH.H₂O (17.7 mg, 422.13umol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. LCMSshowed desired MS, THF was removed under vacuum, the water layer wasextracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2), the water layer was adjusted topH˜6 with 1N HCl and lyophilized, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC(FA) to give 110E (35 mg, yield: 48.5%), as white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, methanol-d₄) δ 8.70 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H),8.11 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H).

Compound 110 (38 mg, yield: 58.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 110E and 21G((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol). Compound 110: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (br d, J=9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.92(br d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.52 (br d, J=5.3 Hz,1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.17 (m, 4H), 7.13 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.84(q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.18 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 388.1.

Example 68 Compounds 111-112(S)-1-(5-(oxazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(111)

Compound 111E (60 mg, crude, grey solid) was prepared as in Example 110from the corresponding starting materials, 5-bromopyridin-2-amine.Compound 111E: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 257.0. Compound 111 (55 mg, yield:76.9%, white solid) was prepared as in Example 21 from the correspondingintermediate compounds 111E and 21G ((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol).Compound 111: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.71 (s, 1H), 9.05 (d, J=1.5 Hz,1H), 8.42 (dd, J=2.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s,1H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H),7.28-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.14 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.87(q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 388.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(5-(oxazol-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(112)

Compound 112 (20 mg, yield: 48.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 111E and12G. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.06 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.99 (d, J=1.8Hz, 1H), 8.39 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.21 (m, 1H),8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 1H),5.28-5.13 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.3, 13.8Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Example 69 Compounds 113, 115

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(113)

5-phenylthiazol-2-amine (850 mg, 4.82 mmol) was added to concentratedhydrochloric acid (5 mL). While being stirred at 0° C., the aqueoussolution of NaNO₂ (998 mg, 14.5 mmol) in H₂O (3 mL) was dropped slowlyinto the mixture, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr. Thenhydrochloric acid solution of SnCl₂.2H₂O (3.26 g, 14.4 mmol) was addeddrop-wise slowly, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h. LCMSshowed 5-phenylthiazol-2-amine was consumed completely and one peak withdesired MS was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered. The filteredcake was wash with water (20 mL), and concentrated under reducedpressure to give the product 113A (1 g, crude) as a yellow solid. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 191.9.

A mixture of compound 113A (1 g, 5.23 mmol), methyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate(754 mg, 5.23 mmol) in HOAc (15 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 1 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated underreduced pressure to remove the solvent, and adjusted the pH to 8˜9 withthe saturated aqueous NaHCO₃. Then the mixture was extracted with Ethylacetate (60 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue.Firstly, the residue was purified by column chromatography (Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=50:1 to 10:1) to give the pure compound 113C (300mg) and the mixture of 113B & 113C (300 mg). And then the mixture of113B & 113C (300 mg) was purified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition) togive 113B (30 mg) and 113C (120 mg) both as a yellow solid.

Compound 113B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.60-7.51 (m,2H), 7.46-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.75 (br s, 1H), 4.05-3.71(m, 3H), 2.54-2.16 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 300.0.

Compound 113C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m,2H), 7.46-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=0.7Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 300.0.

To a solution of 113B (30 mg, 100 umol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (1 mL) wasadded LiOH.H₂O (6.31 mg, 150 umol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was added aqueous HCl to adjust thepH˜5. Then the mixture was freezed. Compound 113D (35 mg, crude) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.07 (s, 1H),7.68 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.79 (s,1H), 2.25 (s, 3H).

Compound 113 (20 mg, yield: 66.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 113D and 12G.Compound 113: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.73 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H),7.55-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.42 (br t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.23(br dd, J=3.9, 8.0 Hz, 6H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.80 (br s, 1H), 5.87-5.70 (m,1H), 5.58 (br s, 1H), 3.43 (br dd, J=4.5, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (br dd,J=8.2, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 460.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(115)

Following the procedure as used for compound 113, compound 115 (62.0 mg,yield: 68.3%, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingintermediate carboxylic acid, compound 115A. Compound 115: ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.40 (m, 2H),7.39-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.19 (br d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 6.76 (br s, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 5.77-5.62 (m, 1H), 5.52 (br s,1H), 3.43 (dd, J=5.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=7.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.71(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+23)+460.1.

Example 70(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(5-phenyloxazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(114)

To a solution of 5-phenyloxazole (800 mg, 5.51 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded n-BuLi (2.5 M, 2.76 mL) drop-wise at −78° C. and stirred for 30min, then hexachloroethane (1.96 g, 8.27 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added,the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to 25° C. and stirred for 12 h.The mixture was poured into ice-water (20 mL) and extracted ethylacetate (10 mL×2), the organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated, the residue was purifiedby silica gel column (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1) to give 114A(900 mg, yield: 90.9%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 7.58(d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H).

A mixture of 114A (90 mg, 501 umol), ethyl3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (92.7 mg, 601 umol) and K₂CO₃ (103mg, 752 umol) in CH₃CN (3 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 2 hr undermicrowave condition. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL)and water (20 mL), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated, the residue was purified by preparatory-TLC (Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=5:1) to give 114B (0.14 g, yield: 60.4%) as yellowoil, ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.76-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H),7.39-7.32 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.67(d, J=0.7 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of 114B (140 mg, 471 umol) and LiOH.H₂O (39.5 mg, 942 umol) inTHF (5 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The organicsolvent was removed under vacuum, the water layer was adjusted to pH˜5with 1N HCl and filtered, the water layer was extracted with DCM (10mL×3), the organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated, the residue combined the filtratecake to give 114C (120 mg, crude), as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.81-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.52 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H),7.46-7.40 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (s, 3H).

Compound 114 (53 mg, yield: 66.5%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 114C.Compound 114: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.59 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.10(s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (t,J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.19 (qd, J=4.3,8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.17 (m,1H), 3.06 (dd, J=9.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺444.1.

Example 71(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(isoquinolin-1-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(119)

To a mixture of 1-chloroisoquinoline (5.0 g, 30.56 mmol) in dioxane(10.00 mL) was added NH₂NH₂—H₂O (305.62 mmol, 15 mL). The mixture wasstirred at 80° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was washed with H₂O(100 mL). The reaction mixture diluted with MTBE and filtered to givecompound 119A (4.27 g, 87.77% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.16 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.65 (m,1H), 7.64-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 160.1.

A mixture of compound 119A (4.20 g, 26.38 mmol) and ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (4.94 g, 26.38 mmol) in HOAc (40.00 mL)was stirred at 120° C. for 48 h. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove HOAc. The residue was diluted with H₂O(20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (40 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (40 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 0:1)to give compound 119B (238.00 mg, 3.08% yield) was obtained as a yellowoil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.46 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.53 (m,2H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 0.99 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 282.

To a solution of compound 119B (238.00 mg, 846.04 umol) in THF (6.00 mL)was added LiOH—H₂O (177.50 mg, 4.23 mmol) in H₂O (2.00 mL). The mixturewas stirred at 28° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted withH₂O (10 mL) and extracted with MTBE (15 mL×2), the water phase was added1N HCl to pH˜3-4, extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL×2). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (15 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediatecompound 119C (201.00 mg, 92.87% yield) as a yellow solid. Compound119C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.42 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (t, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 254.1.

Compound 119 (20.00 mg, 35.64% yield, light yellow solid) was preparedas in Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 119C. Compound 119: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.23 (br d, J=6.2Hz, 1H), 7.94-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.75 (br t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (br d, J=5.3Hz, 1H), 7.62 (br t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.03(m, 2H), 6.92 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.67 (br s, 1H),5.65-5.59 (m, 1H), 5.51 (br s, 1H), 3.36-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.14 (m,1H), 2.41 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

Example 72(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(120)

A mixture of 2-fluoro-5-methylpyridine (10.00 g, 89.99 mmol, 9.35 mL) inNH₂NH₂.H₂O (53.00 g, 899.93 mmol, 51.5 mL) was degassed and purged withN₂ 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 15 h underN₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove solvent. The residue was diluted with H₂O (30 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (20 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound 120A (6.09 g,yield: 54.9%) was obtained as a light pink solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J=2.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=8.4 Hz,1H), 5.68 (br s, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H).

A mixture of compound 120A (2 g, 16.24 mmol), ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (3.04 g, 16.24 mmol) in HOAc (20 mL)was stirred at 120° C. for 20 h. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue was diluted withH₂O (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combinedorganic layers were washed with NaHCO₃ (20 mL×3), and then washed withbrine (20 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified bypreparatory-HPLC (HCl condition) to give the compound 120B (340 mg,yield: 8.5%) was obtained as a white solid. Compound 120B: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J=1.8, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.19 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.28(s, 3H), 1.14 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 120B (340 mg, 1.39 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded LiOH.H₂O (291 mg, 6.95 mmol) in H₂O (3 mL). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 30 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O(15 mL) and extracted with MTBE (10 mL). The combined water layers wereadjusted to pH˜6 by adding 1N HCl, and then extracted with ethyl acetate(20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive the compound 120D (300 mg, yield: 99.4%) was obtained as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.50 (br s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.79(dd, J=1.8, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 2.33 (s,3H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

Compound 120 (15 mg, yield: 54.1% light yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound120D. Compound 120: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.21 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.09 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=1.6, 8.2 Hz, 1H),7.44 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 5H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.35-5.26 (m,1H), 3.16 (dd, J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=9.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.31(s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H).

Example 73 Compounds 121-122, 445(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(5-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(121)

Intermediate compound 121D (650 mg, yield: 89.8%, white solid) wasprepared as in Example 120 from the corresponding starting materials,compound 121A and 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine. Compound 121A:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.55 (br s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 8.39 (dd,J=2.3, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H).

Compound 121 (35.9 mg, yield: 55.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound121D. Compound 121: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.15 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.45 (s, 1H), 8.29 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.80 (m,2H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 5.36-5.28 (m,1H), 3.14 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=9.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.27(s, 3H).

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(122)

Compound 122 (54.1 mg, yield: 87.9%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound121D. Compound 122: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.16 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.85 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J=2.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.83(d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H),5.38-5.30 (m, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=3.7, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.72 (m, 2H),2.27 (s, 3H), 0.68-0.55 (m, 4H).

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(445)

Compound 445 (140 mg, yield: 47.4%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 121 from the corresponding intermediates 121D and 274D.Compound 445: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.16 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.50-8.43 (m, 1H), 8.31 (dd, J=2.2, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.90-7.81(m, 2H), 7.29-7.18 (m, 4H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.38-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd,J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=9.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)*446.1.

Example 74 Compounds 123-124(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4,6-dimethylpyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(123)

Intermediate compound 123C (210 mg, yield: 78.29%, white solid) wasprepared as in Example 120 from the corresponding starting materials,compound 123A and 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₄) δ 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.37(s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 232.0.

Compound 123 (40 mg, yield: 38.78%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 123C. Compound 123: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.13 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 6H), 6.99 (s, 1H),6.44 (s, 1H), 5.41-5.21 (m, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.82(dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 406.1.

(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenylthiazole-5-carboxamide(124)

Compound 124 (40 mg, yield: 57.35%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 41 from the corresponding carboxylic acid,2-methyl-4-phenylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.58-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.84 (br s,1H), 6.80-6.69 (m, 2H), 6.22 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.58-5.46 (m, 1H),3.26 (dd, J=4.9, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (dd, J=7.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (qt,J=3.8, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 0.94-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.66-0.55 (m, 2H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 434.1.

Example 75(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(127)

Intermediate compound 127B (150 mg, 94.78% yield, white solid) wasprepared as in Example 85 from compound 127A. Compound 127B: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, 2H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H).

Compound 127 (55.3 mg, 45.18% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound127B. Compound 127: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s,2H), 7.35-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.95 (br s, 1H), 6.66-6.60(m, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 5.60-5.54 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.13(m, 1H), 2.87-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 0.92-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.66-0.61(m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)⁺ 419.1.

Example 76(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(129)

To a solution of NaH (1.46 g, 36.59 mmol, 60% purity) in THF (80 mL) wasadded methyl 4-bromo-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (5.00 g, 24.39 mmol) ithTHF (20 mL) at 0° C. After addition, the mixture was warmed to 25° C.and stirred for 2 h. Then the mixture was cooled to 0° C. and a solutionof SEM-C₁ (4.47 g, 26.83 mmol, 4.8 mL) in THF (100 mL). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (200 mL),the organic layer was washed with HCl (1M, 100 mL), saturated NaHCO₃(100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 3:1). Compound 129A (3.40 g, yield 41.6%)was obtained as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.39 (s,1H), 5.51 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.81 (m, 2H),0.07-0.07 (m, 9H).

A mixture of compound 2 (3.40 g, 10.14 mmol), phenylboronic acid (1.48g, 12.17 mmol), ditert-butyl(cyclopentyl)phosphane; dichloropalladium;iron (660.9 mg, 1.01 mmol), K₃PO₄ (6.46 g, 30.42 mmol) in dioxane (30mL) and H₂O (10 mL) was degassed and purged with N₂ 3 times, and thenthe mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1 hour under N₂ atmosphere. Themixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=10/1 to 3:1). Compound 129B (3.00 g, crude) was obtained as abrown oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.32 (m, 5H),5.53 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.59 (m, 2H), 0.94-0.82 (m, 2H),0.06-0.07 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 129B (3.00 g, 9.02 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) andTHF (100 mL) was added NaOH (2M, 90 mL). The mixture was stirred at 60°C. for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with H₂O (200mL), the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL), the waterphase was added HCl (1M) until pH˜3, then the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate (200 mL), the organic layer was washed with brine (200mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 129C (300.0 mg, yield10.4%) was obtained as a brown oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.20 (s,1H), 7.51-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.30 (m, 1H), 5.50 (s,2H), 3.67-3.61 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.03-0.03 (m, 9H).

Intermediate compound 129E (70.0 mg, crude, colorless oil) was preparedas in Example 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 129C.Compound 129E: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.45 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),8.25-8.21 (m, 1H), 8.20-8.13 (m, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H),7.36-7.19 (m, 8H), 5.51-5.43 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.18 (m,1H), 3.08-2.99 (m, 1H), 0.95-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.06-0.05 (m, 9H).

To a solution of compound 129E (70.0 mg, 142.09 umol) in ethyl acetate(10 mL) was added HCl/EtOAc (4M, 710 uL). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 3 hours. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was purifiedby prep-HPLC (HCl condition). Compound 129 (20.0 mg, HCl, yield 34.4%)was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, D₂O) δ 7.74-7.61 (m,1H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.09 (m, 10H), 4.54-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.92(m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 363.1.

Example 77(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-(phenoxymethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(131)

To a mixture of ethyl 3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (250 mg, 1.62mmol), [4-(phenoxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid (554.7 mg, 2.43 mmol), 4A°MS (8 g) and pyridine (141 mg, 1.78 mmol, 0.15 mL) in DCM (50 mL) wasadded Cu(OAc)₂ (383 mg, 2.11 mmol), the mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 16 h under O₂ balloon (15 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered toget rid of 4A° MS and catalyst, and then the filtrate was concentrated.The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=5/1) and by preparatory-TLC (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=5/1).

Compound 131A (69.3 mg, yield: 13.03%) was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.99-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.91-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.68(m, 2H), 7.46-7.40 (m, 3H), 5.59 (s, 2H), 4.68 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.81(s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 1H), 1.69 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺337.1.

To a solution of compound 131A (69.3 mg, 206.02 umol), in THF (5 mL) andH₂O (3 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (26 mg, 618.06 umol). After stirred at 25°C. for 3 h, the reaction mixture was added H₂O (10 mL) and extractedwith MTBE (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with H₂O (10 mL). Thecombined aqueous layer was acidified to pH˜1˜2 with 1N HCl, extractedwith ethyl acetate (20 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. Compound 131C (70 mg, crude, white solid): ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.23 (br s, 1H), 7.57-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.3 Hz,2H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),6.83 (s, 1H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H).

Compound 131 (37.2 mg, yield: 45.9%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound131C. Compound 131: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.12 (br d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.11 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.39 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.26(m, 6H), 7.23 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (brd, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 5.31-5.22 (m,1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 3.19 (br dd, J=3.2, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (br dd,J=10.9, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 483.1.

Example 78(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(isoquinolin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(133)

To a solution of isoquinolin-4-amine (1.4 g, 9.71 mmol) in 5N aqueoushydrochloric acid (12 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of NaNO₂ (670mg, 9.71 mmol) in deionized water (1 mL). The reaction mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 0.5 h and a solution of SnCl₂.2H₂O (5.48 g, 24.28mmol) dissolved in concentrated hydrochloric acid (5 mL) was addeddropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The mixture wasadjusted to pH˜12-14 with 20% aqueous NaOH. The mixture was extractedwith 2:1 CHCl₃/iPrOH (200 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 0:1) and thendried under reduced pressure to afford compound 133A (720 mg, 46.55%yield) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 9.95 (br s, 1H),9.25-9.13 (m, 2H), 8.04-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 1H).

To a mixture of compound 133A (620 mg, 3.89 mmol) and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (615.9 mg, 3.89 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was degassedand purged with N₂ for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 120°C. for 2 hours under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove AcOH. The residue wasdiluted with EtOAc 10 mL and adjusted with saturated NaHCO₃ and thenfinally extracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers weredried by Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a crude product. The reaction solution was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 0/1) to givecompound 133B (600.00 mg, 45.16% yield) as a yellow oil. Compound 133B:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 4.05(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+1)+282.1.

To a mixture of 133B (200 mg, 711 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) and H₂O (5 mL)was added LiOH.H₂O (119.3 mg, 2.84 mmol) in one portion and the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue was diluted with H₂O(5 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and then extracted with EtOAc (40mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediatecompound 133D (150 mg, 75.43% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆,400 MHz): δ9.45 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.73(m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+1)+254.0.

Compound 133 (22.2 mg, 31.49% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound133D. Compound 133: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.30 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s,1H), 8.06 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.26-7.24 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.66 (br s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H),6.48 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.65 (br s, 1H), 5.41-5.36 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.24(m, 1H), 3.11-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

Example 79(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(136)

To a solution of ethyl3-methyl-1-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (2.0 g, 12.97 mmol)and pyridin-3-ylboronic acid (1.59 g, 12.97 mmol) in pyridine (30 mL)was added Cu(OAc)₂ (1.18 g, 6.49 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 55°C. for 18 hrs. The mixture filtered and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 80 gSepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0-50% Ethyl acetate/Petroleumether gradient @ 40 mL/min). Compound 136A (850 mg, 28.34% yield, whitesolid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.69 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.65-8.62 (m,1H), 7.80-7.77 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 4.27-4.21 (m,2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.27-1.23 (m, 3H).

Compound 136C (160 mg, 60.57% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 85. Compound 136C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.65-8.55 (m,2H), 7.91-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H).

Compound 136 (46.2 mg, 54.66% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 136C and 12G.Compound 136: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.61 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H),8.58-8.55 (m, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.12-7.07 (m,2H), 6.79 (br s, 1H), 6.55-6.48 (m, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.69 (br s, 1H),5.56-5.49 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Example 80(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(138)

To a solution of pyrimidin-5-ylboronic acid (5.00 g, 40.35 mmol) in MeOH(32 mL) was added Cu(OAc)₂ (732.8 mg, 4.04 mmol) and DBAD (9.29 g, 40.35mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1 hour. Thereaction mixture was cooled to 25° C., concentrated under reducedpressure, diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate(80 mL×3). The extract was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give the title compound as yellow oil, whichwas used in the next step without purification. Compound 138A (9.00 g,71.87% yield) was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.96 (s, 1H), 8.89 (br s, 1H), 1.53-1.50 (m, 18H).

To a solution of compound 138A (9.00 g, 25.00 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (60mL) was added 4M HCl 1,4-dioxane (60 mL) and the mixture was stirred atroom-temperature for 30 hours. The suspension was filtered, and theresidue was washed with ethyl acetate (100 mL×2) and dried under reducedpressure to afford the title compound (3.45 g, crude), which was used inthe next step without purification. Compound 138B (3.45 g, 81.17% yield,HCl) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.80 (s,1H), 8.61 (s, 2H).

To a solution of compound 138B (800.0 mg, 5.46 mmol, HCl) in CH₃COOH (12mL) was added ethyl 2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (1.02 g, 5.46 mmo),then the mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 2 hours. The mixture wasdiluted with CH₂Cl₂ (70 mL) and washed by saturated sodium bicarbonate(20 mL×2) and saturated brine (20 mL×2), the organic layer was driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residuewas purified by flash column chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether:ethylacetate=10/1 to 3/1). Compound 138C (250.0 mg, 19.72% yield) wasobtained as a white solid.

To a solution of compound 138C (50.0 mg, 215.29 umol) in THF (3.00 mL)was added TMSOK (55.2 mg, 430.58 umol), then the mixture was stirred at25° C. for 0.5 hour. The mixture was diluted with petroleum ethyl (20mL) and the precipitate was filtered to give intermediate compound 138D(45.0 mg, 86.27% yield) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+204.9.

Compound 138 (10.0 mg, 14.63% yield) was prepared as in Example 5 fromthe corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound 138D. Compound138: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 2H), 7.35-7.31(m, 3H), 7.13 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),6.47 (s, 1H), 5.57-5.52 (m, 1H), 5.46-5.58 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.40 (m, 1H),3.21-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+379.1.

Example 81(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(2H-indazol-2-yl)-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(139)

To a solution of diethyl 2-acetylmalonate (5 g, 24.7 mmol) in EtOH (50mL) was added NH₂OH.HCl (1.9 g, 27.2 mmol) and Na₂CO₃ (1.3 g, 12.4 mmol)in one portion, the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. Then thecontents were poured into ice-cold water (6 mL), and then filtered togive intermediate compound 139A (3.2 g, yield: 75.6%) as a pale yellowsolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.37 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.37 (m,3H), 1.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 126.2.

To compound 139A (3 g, 17.5 mmol) was added POCl₃ (21.5 g, 140.2 mmol,13 mL) in one portion. Then TEA (1.8 g, 17.5 mmol) were added. Themixture was stirred at 110° C. for 24 hours under N₂. Then ice water (15mL) was added in to the mixture, and the aqueous phase was extractedwith EtOAc (25 mL×3), the combined organic layer was washed with brine,dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give intermediate compound 139B(2.6 g, 13.7 mmol, yield: 78.2%) as brown oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ4.36 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 5H).

To a mixture of compound 139B (400 mg, 2.1 mmol) and 2H-indazole (299mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (1.2 g, 8.4 mmol) in oneportion. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. Then H₂O (9 mL)was added into the mixture, and the aqueous phase was extracted withEtOAc (15 mL×3), and the combined organic layer was concentrated to givea residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=300:1 to 40:1) to give compound 139C (340mg, yield: 59.4%) as a pale yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.33(s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.51 (m,1H), 7.35 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 1.13(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 139C (100 mg, 368.6 umol) in THF (2 mL) andH₂O (500 uL) was added LiOH.H₂O (15.5 mg, 368.6 umol) in one portion.The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. Then the pH of theaqueous phase was adjusted to about 5 by adding HCl (1M), and theresidue concentrated on a rotary evaporator to give intermediatecompound 139D (83 mg, yield: 92.6%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 2H),7.41-7.35 (m, 1H), 3.30 (br s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 243.9.

Compound 139 (18 mg, yield: 24.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound139D. Compound 139: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.32 (br d, J=5.7 Hz,1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.65(t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.77 (brs, 1H), 5.77-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.49 (br s, 1H), 3.42 (dd, J=5.1, 14.3 Hz,1H), 3.20 (dd, J=7.9, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺418.0.

Example 82 Methyl(S)-(3-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate(140)

To a solution of 3-hydrazinylbenzonitrile (30.0 g, 176.9 mmol, HCl salt)in HOAc (500 mL) was added ethyl 2-methoxyimino-4-oxo-pentanoate (33.1g, 176.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. Themixture was concentrated, diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL), washedwith NaHCO₃ (aqueous, 200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 5:1). The product obtained wastriturated with Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 (100 mL) andfiltered. Compound 140A (20.0 g, yield 44.3%) was obtained as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.05-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.88 (m, 1H),7.83-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.63 (m, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.13 (m, 2H),2.26 (s, 3H), 1.19-1.11 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 140A (9.00 g, 35.26 mmol) in MeOH (500 mL) wasadded Raney-Ni (1.51 g) and NH₃.H₂O (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at25° C. under H₂ at 40 psi for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated,diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed with HCl (500 mL), the waterphase was added NaHCO₃ (aqueous) until pH˜11. Then the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed with brine (500 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to afford intermediate compound 140B (15 g,crude) as a yellow oil.

To a solution of compound 140B (9.6 g, 37.06 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) wasadded TEA (7 mL, 55.6 mmol), then Boc₂O (9 mL, 40.77 mmol) was added tothe mixture and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The reactionwas washed with citric acid (10%, 100 mL), extracted with DCM (100mL×2), washed with H₂O (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered,evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified byFlash Column Chromatography (Petroleum Ether/Ethyl Acetate=5/1) toafford compound 140C (8.5 g, yield 63.8%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.50-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.24 (m,3H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 4H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H),1.20-1.14 (m, 3H).

To a suspension of compound 140C (4.5 g, 13.03 mmol) in EA (350 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 35 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2h. The reaction was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford compound140D (3.3 g, yield 89.9%, HCl) as white solid, which was used directlyin next step.

To a solution of compound 140D (1 g, 3.4 mmol, HCl) in DCM (20 mL) wasadded TEA (1.4 mL, 10.1 mmol), followed by compound methylchloroformate(1.6 mL, 20.1 mmol), then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Thereaction was diluted with H₂O (10 mL), the mixture was extracted DCM (20mL×2). The organic layer was collected, washed with brine (20 mL×3),dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The product was purified by Flash Column Chromatography(Petroleum Ether/Ethyl Acetate, 0 to 10/1) to afford compound 140E (400mg, yield 37.3%) was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz)δ 7.77 (br t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.88(s, 1H), 4.23 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (s, 3H),2.26 (s, 3H), 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

Compound 140F (230 mg, yield 64.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 85 from the intermediate compound 140E. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 7.76 (br t, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 3H),6.82 (s, 1H), 4.23 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H)

Compound 140 (35 mg, yield 21.1%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound140F. Compound 140: ¹H NMR (CD₃CN, 400 MHz) δ 7.40-7.17 (m, 10H), 7.07(br d, J=18.3 Hz, 2H), 6.47 (br s, 1H), 6.26 (br s, 1H), 6.09 (br s,1H), 5.34 (br s, 1H), 4.29 (br s, 2H), 3.60 (br s, 3H), 3.27 (br d,J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.27 (br s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺464.2.

Example 83(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-(benzamidomethyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(141)

To a solution of compound 140D (300 mg, 1.22 mmol) and benzoic acid (150mg, 1.22 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added HOBt (330 mg, 2.44 mmol), DIEA(0.5 mL, 3.05 mmol) and EDCI (470 mg, 2.44 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. Theresidue was dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL), washed with 1N HCl (20 mL). Theorganics were collected, washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL). Theorganics were collected, washed with brine (20 mL), dried with Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated to afford compound 141A (400 mg, crude) asyellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.0.

To a solution of compound 141A (400 mg, 1.14 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and H₂O(5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (241 mg, 5.72 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction was acidified with 1N HCl to pH˜4,extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2). The organics were collected andconcentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (Neutralconditions) to afford compound 141B (100 mg, yield: 26.16%) as whitesolid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+358.0.

Compound 141 (4.4 mg, yield: 14.40%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound141B. Compound 141: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 510.0. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)(8.86-8.68 (m, 2H), 7.94-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.20 (m,11H), 7.11-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.48 (m,2H), 3.26-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H).

Example 84(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3-((3-phenylpropanamido)methyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(142)

To a solution of compound 140D (500 mg, 2.04 mmol) and 3-phenylpropanoicacid (310 mg, 2.04 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DIEA (0.9 mL, 5.10mmol), HOBt (552 mg, 4.08 mmol) and EDCI (783 mg, 4.08 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL), washed with 1N HCl(30 mL). The organics were collected, washed with saturated (30 mL),brine (30 mL), dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered, collected and dried in vacuoto afford intermediate compound 22 (700 mg, crude) as yellow oil. MS(ESI) m/z (M+Na)+414.0.

To a solution of compound 142A (700 mg, 1.85 mmol) in THF (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (390 mg, 9.27 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The residue was acidified with 1N HCl topH˜4. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organics werecollected and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC(Neutral) to afford compound 142B (210 mg, yield: 31.24%) as whitesolid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+386.0.

Compound 142 (49.5 mg, yield: 37.88%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound142B. Compound 142: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 538.2. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds)(8.80-8.68 (m, 1H), 8.18-8.08 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.02 (m,15H), 6.59-6.49 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.25 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.20(m, 1H), 2.95-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 2H),2.28-2.22 (m, 3H).

Example 85(S)-1-(3-(acetamidomethyl)phenyl)-N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(143)

To a solution of compound 140D (500 mg, 2.04 mmol) and acetyl chloride(160 mg, 2.04 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TEA (0.7 mL, 5.10 mmol).The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction was washed with1N HCl (10 mL). The organics were collected, dried with Na₂SO₄, filteredand concentrated to afford intermediate compound 143A (580 mg, crude) asyellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+323.9.

To a solution of compound 143A (580 mg, 2.02 mmol) in THF (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (424 mg, 10.09 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction was acidified with 1N HCl topH˜4. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organics werecollected and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC(Neutral) to afford compound 26 (100 mg, yield: 18.11%) as white solid.MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+295.9.

Compound 143 (6.2 mg, yield: 12.26%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound143B. Compound 143: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 448.1. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds)68.78-8.67 (m, 0.6H), 8.19-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.53(m, 0.6H), 7.36-6.87 (m, 10H), 6.59-6.46 (m, 1H), 6.30-5.89 (m, 1H),5.33-5.23 (m, 0.6H), 4.52-4.40 (m, 0.6H), 4.32-4.22 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.19(m, 0.5H), 2.96-2.85 (m, 0.6H), 2.77-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.19 (m, 3H),1.89 (s, 3H).

Example 86(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3-((2-phenylacetamido)methyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(144)

To a solution of compound 140D (500 mg, 2.04 mmol) and 2-phenylaceticacid (278 mg, 2.04 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DIEA (0.9 mL, 5.10mmol), HOBt (552 mg, 4.08 mmol) and EDCI (783 mg, 4.08 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL), washed with 1N HCl(30 mL). The organics were collected, washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (30mL). The organics were collected, washed with brine (30 mL). Theorganics were collected, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated toafford intermediate compound 144A (700.00 mg, crude) as yellow oil. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.0.

To a solution of compound 144A (700 mg, 1.93 mmol) in THF (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (405 mg, 9.63 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction was acidified with 1N HCl topH˜4. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2). The organics werecollected and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC(Neutral) to give compound 144B (260 mg, yield: 38.56%) as yellow oil.MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 349.9.

Compound 144 (36 mg, yield: 45.17%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 144B and12G. Compound 144: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 524.2. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 9.07 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.66-8.49 (m, 1H), 8.08 (br. s, 1H), 7.84 (br.s, 1H), 7.34-7.10 (m, 13H), 6.94-6.86 (m, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.27-5.16(m, 1H), 4.32-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.73(m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H).

Example 87(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3-(phenylsulfonamidomethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(145)

To a mixture of compound 140D (300 mg, 1.1 mmol, HCl salt) in DCM (20mL) was added TEA (0.44 mL, 3.2 mmol) in one portion. Benzenesulfonylchloride (0.15 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added dropwise to the mixture at 0° C.for 30 min and then stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture waswashed with 0.5 N HCl (10 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL) andbrine (10 mL). The separated organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. Theresidue was triturated with CH₃CN (2 mL). The solid was collected anddried in vacuum to afford compound 145A (330 mg, yield 79.2%) as whitesolid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 386.0.

To a mixture of compound 145A (150 mg, 0.39 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (0.5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (81.6 mg, 1.9 mmol) in one portion. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to move MeOH. Then the residue wasdiluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL), theaqueous phase was acidified with aqueous HCl (1M) till pH˜6˜7 andextracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (40 mL) and dried over Na₂S04, filtered andconcentrated to afford intermediate compound 145B (140 mg, crude) aswhite solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.29-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.78(m, 2H), 7.65-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 4.04 (d,J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H).

Compound 145 (30 mg, yield 46.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound145B. Compound 145: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.86-7.81 (m, 2H),7.58-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.06 (m, 5H), 6.41 (s, 1H),6.24-6.18 (m, 1H), 6.16-6.10 (m, 2H), 5.38-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.08 (m,2H), 3.34-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)*546.1.

Example 88 Ethyl(S)-(3-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate(147)

To a solution of compound 140D (1 g, 3.38 mmol, HCl salt) in DCM (20 mL)was added TEA (1.4 mL, 10.14 mmol), ethylchloroformate (1.9 mL, 20.27mmol) dropwise, then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Thereaction was diluted with H₂O (10 mL), the mixture was extracted DCM (20mL×2). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL×3), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure.The product was purified by Flash Column Chromatography (PetroleumEther/Ethyl Acetate: 0 to 10/1) to afford compound 147A (570 mg, yield50.9%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.72 (br t, J=6.1 Hz,1H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 4.23 (br d,J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.03-3.97 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H),1.16-1.12 (m, 6H).

To a solution of compound 147A (560 mg, 1.69 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) wasadded LiOH (2 M, 5 mL) dropwise and then the mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 1 h. The reaction was diluted with H₂O (10 mL) and concentratedunder reduced pressure. The mixture was extracted with TBME (10 mL) andthe water phase was treated with HCl (1M) until pH˜5. The mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL×3), the combined organic layer waswashed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered,concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 147B (420 mg,yield 81.9%) was obtained as white solid, which was used directly innext step. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.69 (br t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H),7.38-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 3H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.19 (br d, J=6.2Hz, 2H), 3.97 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.16-1.10 (m, 3H).

Compound 147 (45 mg, yield 27.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound147B. Compound 147: ¹H NMR (CD₃CN, 400 MHz) δ 7.37-7.22 (m, 9H), 7.10(br d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 6.33 (br s, 1H), 6.10 (br s, 1H),5.40-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.31 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H),3.29 (dd, J=4.5, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=9.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s,3H), 1.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 478.2.

Example 89(S)—N-(4-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(149)

To a solution of phenylhydrazine (1.00 g, 9.25 mmol, 910 uL) in HOAc (20mL) was added ethyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (1.46 g, 9.25 mmol, 1.3 mL). Themixture was stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. The mixture wasconcentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with NaHCO₃(aqueous, 50 mL×3), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated.The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition). Compound149A (700.0 mg, yield 32.9%) was obtained as a yellow oil. Compound 149B(1.00 g, yield 46.9%) was obtained as a yellow oil.

Compound 149A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.48-7.36 (m, 5H), 6.87 (s,1H), 4.18-4.10 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.16-1.11 (m, 3H). [0893] Compound149B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.61-7.44 (m, 5H), 6.75 (s, 1H),4.31-4.23 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.30-1.24 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 149A (700.0 mg, 3.04 mmol) in THF (20 mL) andMeOH (20 mL) was added NaOH (2M, 30). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with H₂O (20 mL),extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), the water phase was added HCl (1M)until pH˜1, then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL),the organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. Compound 149C (600.0 mg, yield 97.6%) was obtained as acolorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.21 (br s, 1H), 7.49-7.31(m, 5H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 149C (600.0 mg, 2.97 mmol) in THF (20 mL) wasadded DIEA (1.54 g, 11.88 mmol, 2 mL), (2S)-2-amino-3-phenyl-propan-1-ol(448.7 mg, 2.97 mmol), HOBt (401.3 mg, 2.97 mmol) and EDCI (683.2 mg,3.56 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The mixturewas concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with HCl(1M, 50 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (aqueous, 50 mL), brine (50 mL×3), driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Compound 149D (600.0 mg, yield 60.2%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.38 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.17 (m, 8H), 7.12-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 4.89-4.83(m, 1H), 4.10-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.87 (m, 1H),2.68-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 149D (600.0 mg, 1.79 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) wasadded DMP (1.14 g, 2.69 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2hours. The mixture quenched with 10% Na₂S₂O₃ (aqueous): saturated NaHCO₃(aqueous) (1:1, 200 mL), extracted with DCM (100 mL) and washed withbrine (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. Compound 149E (500.0 mg, yield 83.8%) was obtained as awhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.58 (s, 1H), 9.03 (d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.13 (m, 10H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 4.56-4.49 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.21(m, 1H), 2.81-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.17 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 149E (500.0 mg, 1.50 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) wasadded TEA (15.2 mg, 150.00 umol, 20 uL) and TMSCN (223.2 mg, 2.25 mmol,280 uL). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours. The mixture waswashed with H₂O (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to obtain intermediate compound 149F (600.0 mg, crude) as acolorless oil.

To a solution of compound 149F (600.0 mg, 1.39 mmol) in THF (30 mL) wasadded HCl (10 mL). After stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours, the mixture wasdiluted with H₂O (100 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). Theorganic layer was washed with NaHCO₃ (aq, 50 mL). The water phase wasadded HCl (1M) until pH˜1, and then extracted with ethyl acetate (500mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated to obtain intermediate compound 149G (500.0 mg, crude)as colorless oil.

To a solution of compound 149G (500.0 mg, 1.32 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanamine (255.6 mg, 1.45 mmol, 190 uL),HOBt (178.4 mg, 1.32 mmol), DIEA (682.4 mg, 5.28 mmol, 920 uL) and EDCI(303.7 mg, 1.58 mmol) with DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with ethylacetate (30 mL), washed with HCl (1M, 30 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (aqueous,30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crudeproduct was purified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition). The productobtained (70 mg) was triturated with CH₃CN (5 mL) and filtered. Compound149H (30.0 mg, 4.23%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.67-8.50 (m, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.41 (m, 1H),7.39-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.14 (m, 9H), 7.07-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.47-6.36 (m,1H), 4.46-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.06-3.99 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.71(m, 2H), 2.26-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.13 (m, 1H).

To a solution of compound 149H (30.0 mg, 55.82 umol) in DCM (10 mL) andDMSO (1 mL) was added DMP (47.4 mg, 111.64 umol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 48 hours. The mixture was quenched with 10%Na₂S₂O₃ (aqueous): saturated NaHCO₃ (aqueous) (1:1, 20 mL), extractedwith DCM (10 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL×3). The combined organiclayers were dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude product wastriturated with CH₃CN (3 mL) and filtered. Compound 149 (15.0 mg, yield40.0%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.36-9.30 (m, 1H), 9.11 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.48 (m, 2H),7.33-7.19 (m, 9H), 7.13 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.29-5.22(m, 1H), 4.34-4.28 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.80 (m, 1H),2.26-2.18 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 535.1.

Example 90 Compounds 150-152(S)—N-(3,4-dioxo-1-phenyl-4-((3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl)amino)butan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(150)

To a solution of compound 101E (500.0 mg, 1.31 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded [3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methanamine (251.3 mg, 1.31 mmol),DIEA (509.6 mg, 3.94 mmol, 690 uL), HOBt (177.6 mg, 1.31 mmol) and EDCI(302.4 mg, 1.58 mmol) with DCM (5 mL). After stirred at 25° C. for 12hours, the mixture was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (50mL), washed with HCl (1M, 50 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50 mL),brine (50 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude product(0.30 g) was triturated with CH₃CN (5 mL) and filtered. Compound 150A(140.0 mg, yield 19.3%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.75-8.53 (m, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.08 (m, 14H), 6.21-5.91(m, 1H), 4.71-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.24 (m, 2H), 4.22-4.01 (m, 1H),2.98-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.96 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 150A (60.0 mg, 108.40 umol) in DCM (10 mL) andDMSO (1 mL) was added DMP (137.9 mg, 325.20 umol). After stirred at 25°C. for 4 hour, the mixture was quenched with 10% Na₂S₂O₃ (aqueous):saturated aq. NaHCO₃ (1:1, 20 mL), extracted with DCM (10 mL) and washedwith brine (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated. The crude product was triturated with CH₃CN (3 mL) andfiltered. Compound 150 (50.0 mg, yield 82.8%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.54-9.45 (m, 1H), 9.11 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.57 (m,2H), 7.54-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.34-7.18 (m, 8H), 5.52-5.43 (m, 1H), 4.40 (brd, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.27-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.04 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 552.1.

(S)-3-methyl-N-(4-((4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(151)(s)-3-methyl-N-(4-((3-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(152)

Compounds 151 and 152 were prepared as in Example 150 from compound 101Eand the corresponding amine, respectively. Compound 151 (40.0 mg, 63.6%yield, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.58-9.51 (m, 1H), 9.12(d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.65-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.38(m, 5H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 5H), 5.53-5.44 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 2H),3.29-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 3H), 2.83-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.96 (m,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 546.1.

Compound 152 (42.0 mg, 68.8% yield, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.59-9.51 (m, 1H), 9.11 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.78 (m, 2H),7.67-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.53-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.17 (m, 5H), 5.53-5.45 (m,1H), 4.46 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.29-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 3H),2.83-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.09-1.98 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 546.1

Example 91 Benzyl(S)-(4-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate(153)

To a solution of 4-hydrazinylbenzonitrile (20 g, 117.92 mmol, HCl) inHOAc (200 mL) was added ethyl 2-methoxyimino-4-oxo-pentanoate (23.18 g,123.82 mmol), then the mixture was heated to 110° C. and stirred for 12h and then removed the solvent under reduced pressure. The residue wasdissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and treated with NaHCO₃ until pH 8and then the organic layer was collected and evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=15/1 to 3/1) to give compound 153B (5 g,yield: 16.61%) as a white solid. Compound 153B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.71 (dd, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.23(q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 255.9.

To a solution of compound 153B (6.5 g, 25.46 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) wasadded Raney-Ni (1.09 g, 12.73 mmol) and NH₃.H₂O (2.68 g, 76.38 mmol, 3mL) under argon. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purgedwith H₂ 3 times. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 16 h under H₂ (40psi). The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 153D(6.6 g, crude) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.46-7.36(m, 2H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 2H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H),2.26 (s, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 153D (3.3 g, 13.45 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) wasadded Et₃N (2.04 g, 20.17 mmol, 2.8 mL) and Boc₂O (3.52 g, 16.14 mmol,3.7 mL) in portion at 25° C. under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), and washedwith H₂O (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layerwas extracted with DCM (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers was washedwith brine (30 mL×2), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 2/1) to give compound 153E (3.3 g,yield: 64.86%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.37 (s, 4H),6.80 (s, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.47(s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 346.1.

To a mixture of compound 153E (3.3 g, 9.55 mmol) in ethyl acetate (20mL) was added HCl/EtOAc (4M, 20 mL) dropwise at 0° C. The reactionmixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated togive intermediate compound 153F (2.7 g, crude, HCl) as white solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (dd,J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 153F (300 mg, 1.06 mmol, HCl) in DCM (20 mL)was added Et₃N (268.15 mg, 2.65 mmol, 0.4 mL) and benzylcarbonochloridate (181 mg, 1.06 mmol, 0.2 mL) in portion at 25° C. andstirred for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was treated with DCM (20 mL),added with H₂O (30 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed withbrine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated.The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 1/1) to give compound 153G (350 mg, yield:87.03%) as off-white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.42-7.29 (m, 9H),6.82-6.78 (m, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.45 (dd, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.80-3.77 (m,3H), 2.39-2.34 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 380.0.

To a mixture of compound 153G (350 mg, 922.48 umol) in THF (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (116 mg, 2.77 mmol) in portion at 25° C.and stirred for 1.5 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (10 mL) andconcentrated to remove THF, then, the water was extracted with MTBE (30mL×2). The water layers were acidified to pH˜2 with 1N HCl, then, thesolution extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The organic layers weredried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give intermediate compound 153H(300 mg, yield: 89.04%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.35(dd, J=5.3, 8.2 Hz, 6H), 7.30-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.14-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.82(m, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 4.47-4.30 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.28 (m, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 366.1.

Compound 153 (35 mg, yield: 50.19%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound153H. Compound 153: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.04 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.09 (s, 1H), 7.84 (br s, 2H), 7.38-7.17 (m, 12H), 7.09 (d, J=8.2 Hz,2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.27 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.20 (d, J=6.0Hz, 2H), 3.19 (dd, J=3.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 540.2.

Example 92 Compounds 154-159, 496(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-(benzamidomethyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(154)

To a mixture of compound 153F (300 mg, 1.06 mmol, HCl), benzoic acid(155 mg, 1.27 mmol, 0.2 mL), HOBt (286 mg, 2.12 mmol) and DIEA (343 mg,2.65 mmol, 0.5 mL) in DCM (20 mL) was added EDCI (406 mg, 2.12 mmol) inportion at 25° C. and stirred for 4 h. The reaction mixture was treatedwith DCM (10 mL), washed with H₂O (20 mL). The organic layer wasseparated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). Thecombined organic layer was washed with 0.5N HCl (20 mL×2), NaHCO₃ (20mL×2) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the solvent wasremoved in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 1/1) to give compound 154A(280 mg, yield: 75.61%) as off white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.81 (dd, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58-7.40 (m, 7H), 6.85-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.48 (brs, 1H), 4.72 (br d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.84-3.77 (m, 3H), 2.41-2.34 (m, 4H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+372.0.

To a mixture of compound 154A (280 mg, 801.42 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added NaOH (2M, 2 mL) in portion at 25° C. and stirredfor 3 h. The mixture was concentrated to remove MeOH and then the waterwas extracted with MTBE (30 mL×2). The water layer were acidized to pH˜2with 1N HCl, then the solution extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2).The organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to giveintermediate compound 154B (200 mg, yield: 74.41%) as white solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.79 (dd, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.31 (m, 7H), 6.78(s, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 336.0.

Compound 154 (20 mg, yield: 29.53%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound154B. Compound 154: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.11-9.04 (m, 2H), 8.11(s, 1H), 7.96-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.30 (d,J=4.4 Hz, 3H), 7.27 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 5.32-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.51 (br d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H),3.21 (dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 510.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-((3-phenylpropanamido)methyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(155)

Following the procedure as used for compound 154B, intermediate compound155B (200 mg, yield: 74.41%, white solid) was prepared from compound153F through 155A. Compound 155B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.28-7.12(m, 8H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.42-4.31 (m, 2H), 2.94 (t, J=7.5Hz, 2H), 2.50 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺364.1.

Compound 155 (20 mg, yield: 27.16%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 155B. Compound 155: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.06 (d, J=7.7Hz, 1H), 8.38 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.29(m, 4H), 7.27 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.07 (m, 4H),6.56 (s, 1H), 5.30 (dd, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.25-3.19(m, 1H), 2.87-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.53 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 2.49-2.44 (m, 2H),2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 538.2.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-(phenylsulfonamidomethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(156)

Following the procedure as used for compound 154B, intermediate compound156B (250 mg, yield: 86.48%, white solid) was prepared from compound153F through 156A. Compound 156B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.85 (dd,J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.61-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.09(s, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 372.0.

Compound 156 (45 mg, yield: 78.05%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound156B. Compound 156: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.10-9.01 (m, 1H), 8.19(br s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.86-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.63-7.56 (m, 3H),7.32-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.19 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.52(s, 1H), 5.26 (br s, 1H), 3.97 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.23-3.13 (m, 1H),2.87-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 546.1.

(S)-1-(4-(acetamidomethyl)phenyl)-N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(157)

Following the procedure as used for compound 154B, intermediate compound157B (162 mg, yield: 94.62%, white solid) was prepared from compound153F through 157A. Compound 157B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.20 (brs, 1H), 8.43 (br t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.25 (m, 4H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 4.29(d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H).

Compound 157 (17 mg, yield: 33.13%, gray solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound157B. Compound 157: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.71 (br d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.83-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.18 (m, 9H), 6.55 (s,1H), 5.35-5.27 (m, 1H), 4.28 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (d, J=4.3 Hz,0.5H), 3.21 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 0.5H), 2.94 (s, 0.5H), 2.91 (d, J=4.3 Hz,0.5H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.91 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 448.1.

Methyl(S)-(4-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate(158)

Following the procedure as used for compound 154B, intermediate compound158B (150 mg, yield: 62.91%, white solid) was prepared from compound153F through 158A. Compound 158B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.36-7.28(m, 4H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.30 (m, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 289.9.

Compound 158 (12 mg, yield: 22.68%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 158B. Compound 158: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (dd, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.17 (m, 7H),7.16-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 5.34-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J=6.0 Hz,2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=10.9, 13.3 Hz, 1H),2.24 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-((2-phenylacetamido)methyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(159)

To a mixture of compound 153F (300 mg, 1.06 mmol, HCl) and2-phenylacetic acid (173 mg, 1.27 mmol, 0.16 mL) in DMF (10 mL) wasadded DIEA (548 mg, 4.24 mmol, 0.75 mL) and HBTU (603 mg, 1.59 mmol) inone portion at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h. Themixture was diluted with 30 mL ethyl acetate and 20 mL H₂O, the organiclayer was separated and washed with 1N HCl (20 mL×2), saturated NaHCO₃(20 mL×2) and brine (20 mL), the organic layer was dried with overNa₂SO₄, and filtered and organic layer was concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=4/1). Compound 159A (190 mg, yield: 49.32%) wasobtained as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.62 (br t, J=5.8Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.14 (m, 9H), 6.91-6.78 (m, 1H), 4.31 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),3.69 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 159A (190 mg, 522.83 umol) in MeOH (8 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added NaOH (84 mg, 2.09 mmol). The mixture was stirred at25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 10 mL ofwater and the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2-3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (10 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to give a residue. Compound 159B (143 mg, yield: 78.28%)was obtained as a white solid, which was used for next step directly. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.62 (br t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 8H),7.24-7.19 (m, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 4.30 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (s, 2H),2.22 (s, 3H).

Compound 159 (25 mg, yield: 33.34%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound159B. Compound 159: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.31 (br s, 1H),7.40-7.05 (m, 17H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 5.31 (dd, J=4.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (d,J=4.3 Hz, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 3.23 (dd, J=4.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (dd,J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 524.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-((4-fluorobenzamido)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(496)

Compound 496 (246.9 mg, yield: 80.2%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 154 using intermediate 153F and 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride andthe resulting product was subjected to reactions as in compound 12 toobtain compound 496. Compound 496: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ99.20-9.05 (m, 2H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H),7.40-7.16 (m, 9H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 5.32-5.22 (m, 1H),4.55-4.45 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 526.2.

Example 93 Methyl(S)-(4-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate(161)

To a mixture of compound 153F (450 mg, 1.60 mmol, HCl) in DCM (15.00 mL)was added TEA (485 mg, 4.79 mmol, 0.7 mL) and ethyl carbonochloridate(452 mg, 4.17 mmol, 0.4 mL) in portion at 25° C. and stirred for 2 h.The reaction mixture was treated with DCM (20 mL), washed with H₂O (30mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (30 mL),dried over anhydrous NaSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=5/1 to 1/1) to give compound 161A (400 mg, yield: 52.81%) asoffwhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.37 (br s, 4H), 6.80 (dd,J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.20-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 3H),2.36 (dd, J=3.5 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (td, J=3.5, 7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 318.0.

To a mixture of compound 161A (400 mg, 1.26 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and H₂O(10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (159 mg, 3.78 mmol) in portion at 25° C. andstirred for 0.5 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (10 mL) andconcentrated to remove THF, then, the water was extracted with MTBE (30mL×2). The water layers were acidified to pH˜2 with 1N HCl, then, thesolution extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The organic layers weredried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give intermediate compound 161B(300 mg, yield: 78.50%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.33(s, 4H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.23-4.03 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.27 (m,3H), 1.41-1.19 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 304.0.

Compound 161 (25 mg, yield: 22.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound161B. Compound 161: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (dd, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),8.12 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.27 (m, 5H), 7.20 (dd,J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.16-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 5.34-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.18(dd, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (dd, J=2.9, 13.2 Hz,1H), 2.92-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.18 (br t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 478.1.

Example 94 Phenyl(S)-(4-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate(162)

To a mixture of compound 153E (300 mg, 868.58 umol) in THF (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (109 mg, 2.61 mmol) in portion at 25° C.and stirred for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (10 mL) andconcentrated to remove THF, then, the water was extracted with MTBE (30mL×2). The water layers were acidified to pH˜2 with 1N HCl, then, thesolution extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The organic layers weredried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give intermediate compound 162A(250 mg, yield: 86.86%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.41-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 4.43-4.26 (m, 2H),2.46-2.32 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 332.0.

To a mixture of compound 12G (209 mg, 905.33 umol, HCl) and compound162A (250 mg, 754.44 umol) in DMF (10 mL) was added DIEA (244 mg, 1.89mmol, 0.3 mL) and HBTU (343 mg, 905.33 umol) in portion at 25° C. andstirred for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was treated with ethyl acetate(40 mL), washed with H₂O (50 mL×2). The organic layer was washed withbrine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the solvent was removedin vacuo. The residue was triturated in DCM (2 mL) and petroleum ether(10 mL), the solid was collected and was dried in vacuo to give compound162B (300 mg, yield: 75.76%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.72-8.41 (m, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.20 (m, 7H), 7.12 (dd, J=8.4 Hz,2H), 7.02-6.91 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.48 (m, 1H), 6.08 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.45(s, 1H), 4.12-3.98 (m, 2H), 2.89 (s, 1H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s,1H), 2.28-2.14 (m, 3H), 1.52-1.33 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−56)⁺ 452.1.

To a mixture of compound 162B (300 mg, 591.04 umol) in EA (10 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4M, 10 mL) dropwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated to giveintermediate compound 162C (250 mg, yield: 95.28%, HCl) as white solid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.71-8.64 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.35 (m, 3H),7.34-7.17 (m, 7H), 7.03 (dd, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 4.59-4.30 (m,1H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 2.88 (s, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (s, 1H),2.22 (s, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 162C (120 mg, 270.31 umol, HCl) in DCM (10 mL)was added Et₃N (68 mg, 675.78 umol, 0.1 mL) and phenyl carbonochloridate(51 mg, 324.38 umol, 0.1 mL) in portion at 25° C. and stirred for 1 h.The reaction mixture was treated with DCM (20 mL), added with H₂O (30mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (30 mL),dried over anhydrous NaSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue waspurified by preparatory-HPLC (HCl condition) to give compound 162D (70mg, yield: 47.71%) as off-white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.36(s, 1H), 8.50 (dd, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.11 (m, 14H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 7.02(dd, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (dd, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.78-6.72 (m, 2H),6.57-6.50 (m, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 4.31-4.22 (m, 2H), 3.99 (s, 1H),2.87-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.20 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 528.1.

To a mixture of compound 162D (40 mg, 75.82 umol) in DMSO (3 mL) and DCM(15 mL) was added DMP (96 mg, 227.46 umol) in one portion at 25° C.under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The reactionmixture was diluted with DCM (10 mL), NaHCO₃ (5 mL) and Na₂S₂O₃ (10 mL),then stirred for 10 min and layers were separated. The organic layerswere washed with water (50 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue wastriturated in DCM (2 mL) and petroleum ether (10 mL), the solid wascollected and was dried in vacuo to give compound 162 (25 mg, yield:51.13%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz,1H), 8.39 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.19 (m,11H), 7.14 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 3H), 6.68-6.51 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.22 (m, 1H),4.29 (dd, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.21 (dd, J=3.5, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd,J=10.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 526.1.

Example 95(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(M-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(163)

To a solution of t-BuONO (3.8 mL, 30.94 mmol) in CH₃CN (60 mL) was addedCuBr₂ (6.91 g, 30.94 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hunder N₂. Then ethyl 3-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (4 g, 25.78 mmol)was added in portions. The mixture was then heated to 70° C. and stirredfor 12 h. The reaction was washed with H₂O (100 mL), extracted withEtOAc (100 mL×2). The organics were collected, dried with Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated to afford intermediate compound 163A (6 g,crude) as black oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+2)⁺ 220.9.

To a solution of compound 163A (10 g, 45.65 mmol) and Cs₂CO₃ (29.75 g,91.30 mmol) in DMF (250 mL) was added Mel (19.44 g, 136.95 mmol, 8.53mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. The mixture wasfiltered, the filtrate was diluted with H₂O (500 mL), and extracted withethyl acetate (100 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1). Compound 163B (2.5 g, yield: 23.50%)was obtained as a yellow oil, and Compound 163C (5.5 g, yield: 51.70%)was obtained as a white solid.

Compound 163B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.93 (s, 1H), 4.31 (q, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 3.95-3.87 (m, 3H), 1.36 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

Compound 163C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.82 (s, 1H), 4.30 (q, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 3.99-3.77 (m, 3H), 1.35 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 163B (600 mg, 2.57 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added NaOH (514 mg, 12.85 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 20 mLof water, the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2-3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (20 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentratedto give a residue. Compound 163D (480 mg, yield: 91.05%) was obtained asa white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.65 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H),3.82 (s, 3H).

To a solution of Compound 163D (450 mg, 2.20 mmol),(3S)-3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide 12G (761 mg, 3.30 mmol, HCl)and HOBT (445 mg, 3.30 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DIEA (1.14 g, 8.80mmol, 1.54 mL) and EDCI (843 mg, 4.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred at25° C. for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with CHCl₃: iPrOH=3:1 (50 mL),washed with 1N HCl (30 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (30 mL) and brine(30 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo. The solid was triturated in ethyl acetate (30mL), filtered. Compound 163E (550 mg, yield: 61.64%) was obtained as ayellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.09-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.78 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 0.6H), 7.46 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.4H), 7.38-7.07 (m, 6H), 6.01-5.86(m, 1H), 4.54-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J=3.4, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.74 (m,4H), 2.93-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.62 (dd, J=2.3, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 381.0.

To a solution of compound 163C (2.6 g, 11.16 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (2.34 g, 55.80 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated andadded 20 mL of water and the mixture was extracted with MTBE (20 mL×2),the aqueous layer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2-3 at 0° C., andextracted with EtOAc (30 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated to give a residue. Compound 163F (2.2 g, yield: 96.16%)was obtained as a gray solid, which was used for next step directly. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.55 (br s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 163F (2.2 g, 10.73 mmol) and compound 12G (2.97g, 12.88 mmol HCl) in DMF (20 mL) and HOBt (2.17 g, 16.10 mmol) and DIEA(4.16 g, 32.19 mmol, 5.62 mL) and EDCI (4.11 g, 21.46 mmol) in oneportion at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. Thereaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (40 mL) and extracted with CHCl₃:isopropanol (v: v=3:1; 30×3 mL), then the organic phase was washed with1N HCl (20 mL×2) and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL×2). The mixture wasdried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc(15 mL) the solid was collected and dried in vacuo. Compound 163G (2.9g, yield: 68.06%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.61 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (br d, J=2.4Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.89 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.51-4.40 (m, 1H),4.00-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.58 (m, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.0.

Compound 163G (200 mg, 525 umol), m-tolylboronic acid (85.6 mg, 629umol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (38.4 mg, 52.5 umol) and K₂CO₃ (145 mg, 1.05 mmol) indioxane (5 mL) was de-gassed and then heated to 100° C. for 12 hoursunder N₂. The mixture was filtered and concentrated, the residue waspurified by prep-TLC (Dichloromethane: Methanol=10:1) to give compound163H (100 mg, yield: 48.6%), as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.99 (d, J=19.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (br s, 1H), 7.31-7.06 (m, 11H), 5.76 (brs, 1H), 4.52-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.98 (br s, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.80 (br s,1H), 2.87-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.26 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of compound 163H (100 mg, 255 umol) and DMP (432 mg, 1.02mmol) in DCM (10 mL), DMSO (2 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hr. Themixture was diluted DCM (20 mL), quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃(20 mL), saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (20 mL) and stirred for 20 min, themixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL×2), the combined organic phase waswashed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filteredand concentrated, the residue was stirred in DCM and n-hexane for 20min, the solid was filtered and dried to give 163 (43.5 mg, yield:43.7%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.23 (br d, J=7.3 Hz,1H), 8.08-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.31 (br d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.13 (m, 6H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.21 (m, 1H), 3.85(s, 3H), 3.12 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

Example 96 Compounds 164, 169, 480-488, 498-518, 530, 548, 567-573, 585,587, 591, 593, 597, 601-605, 607, 611, 613-617, 620-621, 624-629(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(164)

To the mixture of 163E (200 mg, 527 umol) andtributyl(2-pyridyl)stannane (388 mg, 1.05 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) wasadded Pd(PPh₃)₄ (60.9 mg, 52.7 umol) under N₂ (15 psi). After stirred at110° C. for 10 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuum to get residue.The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (acid) to get compound 164A(85 mg, yield: 42.5%) as light yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ8.97 (br d, J=7.06 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (br d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (dd,J=17.64, 4.85 Hz, 1H), 8.03-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.31(m, 2H), 7.13-6.99 (m, 6H), 5.49 (br d, J=10.14 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.17 (m,2H), 3.89 (d, J=3.53 Hz, 3H), 3.26-2.91 (m, 2H).

Compound 164 (31 mg, yield: 41.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 105 from the intermediate compound 164A. Compound 164: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 8.51 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H),8.01 (s, 1H), 7.84 (br t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32(dd, J=5.3, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.09 (m, 3H), 6.96 (br d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H),6.75 (br s, 1H), 5.70-5.60 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.33 (dd, J=5.1, 14.3Hz, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=7.1, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(169)

Compound 169 (20 mg, yield: 48.2%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 163 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163Gand tributyl(2-pyridyl)stannane. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.88 (brd, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (br d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (br s, 1H), 7.52 (br s, 1H),7.40-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.05 (m, 5H), 5.64-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H),3.27 (dd, J=4.8, 14.5 Hz, 1H), 3.12-3.07 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺378.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(480)

Compound 480 (60 mg, yield: 48.13%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 163 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163Gand (2,3-difluorophenyl)boronic acid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.39(d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.34(m, 1H), 7.33-7.13 (m, 7H), 5.28-5.22 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.13 (dd,J=3.6, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺413.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(481)

Compound 481 (15 mg, yield: 37.47%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 163 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163Gand (6-cyanopyridin-3-yl)boronic acid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.91(d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.15 (dd,J=2.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H),7.27 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 1H), 5.27 (t, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94(s, 3H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.74 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 403.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(1H-indazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(482)

Compound 482 (18 mg, yield: 14.77%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 163 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163Cand3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-indazole and the final compound 482 was obtained by removal of the2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl group. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.10(br s, 1H), 9.57 (br s, 1H), 8.44 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H),7.46-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.24 (s, 6H), 6.84 (br s, 1H), 5.70 (br s, 1H), 5.50(br s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.20 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.0.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-benzyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(483)

Compound 483 (65 mg, yield: 66.57%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and2-benzyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane and the final compound483 was obtained by removal of the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methylgroup. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.33 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H),8.05 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.20-7.07 (m, 6H),5.31-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.09 (m, 1H),2.91-2.80 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(484)

Compound 484 (3.35 g, white solid) was prepared using the proceduressimilar to compound 163 from the corresponding starting materials,compound 163C and (2-fluorophenyl)boronic acid and the final compound484 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.30 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.26 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.11 (m, 9H), 5.30-5.18(m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.12 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=9.8,13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.0.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamidehydrochloride (485)

Compound 485 was synthesized from intermediate 590 which was synthesizedusing 163H. Compound 485 (3.1 g, yield: 79.85% white solid) was preparedfrom intermediate 590 using the procedures similar to compound 163 fromthe corresponding starting materials and the final compound 485 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.51 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s,2H), 7.85 (br s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 5H),7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.43-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd,J=3.4, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=10.3, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺395.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(486)

Compound 486 (60 mg, yield: 43.0% light yellow solid) was prepared usingthe procedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound 163C and (2,6-difluorophenyl)boronic acid and thefinal compound 486 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.94 (s, 1H),7.41-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.99-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd,J=3.0, 6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (br s, 1H), 6.01 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H),5.63-5.57 (m, 1H), 5.53 (br s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.27 (dd, J=5.3, 14.1Hz, 1H), 3.09 (dd, J=6.6, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 413.1

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(6-methoxypyridin-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(487)

Compound 487 (10 mg, yield: 20.06% white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound 163C and 2-methoxy-6-(tributylstannyl)pyridine andthe final compound 487 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 11.02 (d,J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.81 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 7.14-7.06 (m, 5H), 7.00-6.88 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),6.23-6.01 (m, 1H), 5.21-5.15 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.27(dd, J=4.4, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 408.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-benzyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(488)

Compound 488 (35.6 mg, yield: 35.57%, white solid) was prepared usingthe procedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 5-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and2-benzyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane and the final compound488 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.40 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),8.03 (br. s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.77 (br. s, 1H), 7.31-7.03 (m, 10H),5.32-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.24 (m, 2H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H),2.89-2.79 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(498)

Compound 498 (70 mg, yield: 54.1%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the procedures similar to compound 163 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(5-methylfuran-2-yl)boronic acid and the final compound 498 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.38-8.22 (m, 1H), 8.20-8.01 (m,2H), 7.91-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 6.08(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.47-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.9,13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (dd, J=9.7, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.29-2.19 (m, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,5-dimethylthiophen-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(499)

Compound 499 (110 mg, yield: 64.9%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2,5-dimethyl-3-thienyl)boronic acid and the final compound 499 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.14-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.87-7.73 (m,2H), 7.34-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.58 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (ddd, J=4.0, 7.3,9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.79 (m, 3H), 3.14 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd,J=9.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.12 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 411.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(furan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(500)

Compound 500 (55 mg, yield: 91.2%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and2-furylboronic acid and the final compound 500 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.37 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H),7.81 (br s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 4H), 7.20 (br s, 1H), 6.99 (d,J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (br s, 1H), 5.37-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.18(dd, J=3.5, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 367.1

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-chlorothiophen-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(501)

Compound 501 (110 mg, yield: 68.3%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-chlorothiophen-3-yl)boronic acid and the final compound 501 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.46 (m, 3H),7.35 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.98 (d,J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.17 (dd, J=4.4, 13.9 Hz,1H), 2.88 (dd, J=8.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(furan-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(502)

Compound 502 (160 mg, yield: 63.78%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate andfuran-3-ylboronic acid and the final compound 502 was obtained. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.35 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.18 (m, 1H), 8.13 (s,1H), 8.04 (br. s, 1H), 7.76 (br. s, 1H), 7.61-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.14(m, 5H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.19-3.11(m, 1H), 2.88-2.78 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 367.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(thiophen-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(503)

Compound 503 (65 mg, yield: 47.7%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the procedures similar to compound 163 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and thiophen-3-ylboronic acidand the final compound 503 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.37 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.77 (br s, 1H),7.50-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.18 (dd, J=4.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H),5.38-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=9.9,13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 383.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(504)

Compound 504 (100 mg, yield: 65.93%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the procedures similar to compound 163 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)boronic acid and the final compound 504 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.37 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s,1H), 8.06 (br. s, 1H), 7.78 (br. s, 1H), 7.57-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.23(m, 4H), 7.22-7.15 (m, 1H), 6.99-6.95 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.27 (m, 1H), 3.83(s, 3H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.14 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 397.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(505)

Compound 505 (130 mg, yield: 61%, light yellow solid) was prepared usingthe procedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)boronic acid and the final compound 505 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.53-8.48 (m, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.86 (m, 1H),7.81 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.23-7.18 (m, 1H), 5.36-5.28 (m, 1H),3.94 (s, 3H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(506)

Compound 506 (35 mg, yield: 20.4%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid and the final compound 506 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.40 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.16-8.03(m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 4H),7.24-7.19 (m, 1H), 6.66 (dd, J=1.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.34-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.85(s, 3H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.40 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 397.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(507)

Compound 507 (34 mg, yield: 15.75%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid and the final compound 507 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.68 (br d, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 7.51 (br s, 1H), 7.30-7.15 (m, 5H), 7.10-7.01 (m, 1H),6.98-6.87 (m, 2H), 5.28 (ddd, J=4.6, 7.3, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H),3.75 (s, 3H), 3.15 (dd, J=4.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=8.9, 14.2 Hz,1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−124.53 (br d, J=88.69 Hz, 1 F). MS(ESI) m/z (M+Na)+447.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-(difluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(508)

Compound 508 (140 mg, yield: 69.98%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(3-(difluoromethyl)phenyl)boronic acid and the final compound 508 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.43 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s,1H), 8.02 (br. s, 1H), 7.85-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.78 (br. s, 1H), 7.73-7.67(m, 1H), 7.51-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.16 (m, 5H),7.15-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.19-3.11 (m, 1H),2.87-2.76 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 427.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(509)

Compound 509 (190 mg, yield: 66.92%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid and the final compound 509 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=7.6 Hz,1H), 7.96 (br. s, 1H), 7.73 (br. s, 1H), 7.30-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.14-7.01(m, 2H), 6.87-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.16 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s,3H), 3.14-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.74 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 425.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(510)

Compound 510 (70 mg, yield: 34%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)boronic acid and the finalcompound 510 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.44 (d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 7.31-7.12 (m, 7H), 5.34-5.21 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.14 (dd,J=3.6, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.9, 14.2 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺457.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(511)

Compound 511 (23 mg, yield: 8.04%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-methoxyphenyl)boronic acid and the final compound 511 was obtained.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.72 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (br s,1H), 7.37 (br t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.10 (m, 5H), 7.08-6.90 (m, 4H),5.30 (br d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.81 (m, 3H), 3.66-3.54 (m, 3H), 3.12(br d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=8.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+Na)+407.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(512)

Compound 512 (60 mg, yield: 21.65%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and2-(3-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolaneand the final compound 512 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.28 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H),7.67-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.17 (m, 5H), 7.05 (d, J=7.7Hz, 1H), 5.25-5.16 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.11 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H),2.79 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−55.03 (d,J=18.3 Hz, 3F), −114.43 (tdd, J=6.1, 12.3, 18.7 Hz, 1F). MS (ESI) m/z(M+Na)+463.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(513)

Compound 513 (45 mg, yield: 54.58%, white solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)boronic acid and the final compound 513 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.99 (br d, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 7.80-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.17 (m, 6H), 5.20(ddd, J=3.9, 7.4, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.17-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.78(dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−57.15 (s, 3F). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 445.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(514)

Compound 514 (92 mg, yield: 34.71%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the procedures similar to compound 163 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate andbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-ylboronic acid and the final compound 514 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 2.82 (dd, J=13.89, 9.48 Hz, 1H)3.12 (dd, J=14.00, 4.08 Hz, 1H) 3.88 (s, 3H) 5.16-5.34 (m, 1H) 5.77 (s,1H) 5.87 (s, 1H) 6.76-6.90 (m, 3H) 7.18-7.31 (m, 5H) 7.77 (s, 1H) 8.00(s, 1H) 8.07 (s, 1H) 8.11 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 421.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(5-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(515)

Compound 515 (60 mg, yield: 20.6%, yellow solid) was prepared using theprocedures similar to compound 163 from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(5-methoxypyridin-3-yl)boronic acid and the final compound 515 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.50 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (d,J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.80(s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J=1.8, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.24-7.18(m, 1H), 5.35-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.6,13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 408.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(516)

Compound 516 (85 mg, yield: 78.65%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the procedures similar to compound 163 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) boronic acid and the final compound516 was obtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.42 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.29 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.63 (br t, J=7.1 Hz,1H), 7.37 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.18 (m, 5H), 5.29-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.93(s, 3H), 3.13 (dd, J=3.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H).¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−59.92 (s, 1F), −59.96 (s, 1F),−116.72-116.79 (m, 1F), −116.80-116.86 (m, 1F). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺463.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(517)

Compound 517 (170 mg, yield: 53.97%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the procedures similar to compound 163 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)boronic acid and the final compound 517 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.20 (m, 6H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 1H),7.07-7.02 (m, 1H), 5.25 (ddd, J=3.9, 7.3, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H),3.75 (s, 3H), 3.13 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz,1H). 2.21 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 3H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−116.59-120.74(m, 1F). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 409.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(518)

Compound 518 (35.9 mg, yield: 24.08%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the procedures similar to compound 163 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and(2,5-difluorophenyl)boronic acid and the final compound 518 wasobtained. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.33 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s,1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.29-5.21 (m, 1H),3.92 (s, 3H), 3.13 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.8, 13.8 Hz,1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−119.41 (tdd, J=4.8, 8.7, 17.7 Hz, 1F),−119.69-120.11 (m, 1F). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 413.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(1H-indazol-1-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(530)

Compound 530 (85 mg, yield: 39.2%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and 1H-indazole and alkylatedusing K₃PO₄, CuI, and (1R,2R)—N₁,N₂-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine,followed by subjecting the nresulting intermediate to procedures such asin compound 12 to obtain compound 530. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.41(d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.91(d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.68-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.04 (m, 5H), 5.47 (dt, J=4.8, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H),3.23 (dd, J=4.6, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (dd, J=8.4, 14.2 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(548)

Compound 548 (130 mg, yield: 53.1%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)boronic acid, followed bysubjecting the resulting intermediate to procedures such as in compound12 to obtain compound 548. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.48 (d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46(dd, J=1.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.17 (m, 5H), 5.38-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s,3H), 3.17 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 457.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(567)

Compound 567 (125 mg, yield: 72.7%, yellow solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andbenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-ylboronic acid, followed by subjecting theresulting intermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtaincompound 567. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.08-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.19 (m, 5H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 2H),6.83 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (s, 2H), 5.33-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H),3.16 (dd, J=4.1, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 421.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1,2′-dimethyl-1H,2′H-[3,3′-bipyrazole]-4-carboxamide(568)

Compound 568 (24 mg, yield: 12.0%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)boronic acid, followed by subjecting thenresulting intermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtaincompound 568. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.28-8.10 (m, 1H), 7.99-7.69(m, 2H), 7.59 (br s, 1H), 7.40-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.42-6.29 (m, 1H), 5.31 (brs, 1H), 3.98-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.77-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.19 (br d, J=13.6 Hz,1H), 2.92-2.81 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(569)

Compound 569 (125 mg, yield: 72.0%, off-white solid) was prepared usingthe corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andnaphthalen-1-ylboronic acid, followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound569. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H) 8.03-7.89(m, 3H), 7.82 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.53-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.40 (dt, J=1.1, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=1.1, 7.1Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.15 (ddd, J=4.0, 7.4,9.4 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.04 (dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (dd,J=9.7, 13.7 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 427.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-5-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(570)

Compound 570 (41.8 mg, yield: 45.3%, off-white solid) was prepared usingthe corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-5-yl)boronic acid, followed bysubjecting the resulting intermediate to procedures such as in compound12 to obtain compound 570. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.09-7.93 (m,2H), 7.83-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.10 (m, 5H), 6.88-6.73 (m, 3H), 5.34-5.22(m, 1H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 2H), 4.02-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.11(dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=9.3, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 435.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(571)

Compound 571 (41.8 mg, yield: 45.3%, off-white solid) was prepared usingthe corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andnaphthalen-2-ylboronic acid, followed by subjecting the nresultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound571. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.45 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.06 (m,3H), 7.92-7.81 (m, 4H), 7.72 (dd, J=1.4, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.45 (m, 2H),7.33-7.19 (m, 5H), 5.36-5.27 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.9,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 427.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-(difluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(572)

Compound 572 (110 mg, yield: 40.9%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and1-bromo-2-(difluoromethyl)benzene and4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) in presenceof palladium catalyst, followed by subjecting the resulting intermediateto procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound 572. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.31-8.21 (m, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.17 (m, 6H), 7.00-6.66 (m, 1H),5.30-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.13 (dd, J=3.6, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.79(dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H). ¹⁹F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−107.64-110.93(m, 2F). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(573)

Compound 573 (172 mg, yield: 81.1%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and2-(cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane followedby hydrogenolysis of the resulting product which then followed bysubjecting the resulting intermediate to procedures such as in compound12 to obtain compound 573. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.11 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 2H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 4H), 7.20-7.11 (m,1H), 5.24 (ddd, J=3.6, 7.1, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.11 (dd, J=3.7,13.9 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H),1.76-1.55 (m, 5H), 1.39-1.05 (m, 5H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 383.3.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(isoquinolin-6-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(585)

Compound 585 (120 mg, yield: 60.0%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andisoquinolin-7-ylboronic acid followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound585. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.28 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.48 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.16-8.08 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.77 (m, 3H), 7.29 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 4H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 1H),5.38-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.18 (dd, J=3.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.85(dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(quinolin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(587)

Compound 587 (70 mg, yield: 49.7%, light pink solid) was prepared usingthe corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and 2-bromoquinolineand 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) inpresence of palladium catalyst, followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound587. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.08 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (br d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.26 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H),8.02 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (br s, 1H), 7.74-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.07-6.90(m, 5H), 5.75-5.66 (m, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.08(m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(isoquinolin-4-yl)-1-methyl-1h-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (591)

Compound 591 (35 mg, yield: 56.3%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and 4-isoquinolylboronic acid followed by subjecting the resulting intermediate toprocedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound 591. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.26 (s, 1H), 8.36-8.30 (m, 2H), 8.25-8.21 (m, 1H),8.14-8.09 (m, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.71 (br s, 1H), 7.68-7.60 (m, 3H),7.27-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 3H), 5.17-5.09 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H),3.09-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.69 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(quinolin-6-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(593)

Compound 593 (30 mg, 29.9% yield; pale yellow solid) was prepared usingthe corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andquinolin-6-ylboronic acid followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound593. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.86 (br s, 1H), 8.50 (br.d, J=6.6 Hz,1H), 8.31 (br.d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (br.s, 1H), 8.09 (br.d, J=9.5 Hz,2H), 7.93 (br.s, 2H), 7.81 (br s, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.15 (m,5H), 5.29 (br.s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.16 (br.d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H),2.88-2.78 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(quinolin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(597)

Compound 597 (20 mg, yield: 25.1%, yellow solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andquinolin-5-ylboronic acid followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound597. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.88 (dd, J=1.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.34-8.19(m, 1H), 8.17-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.27-7.03 (m, 5H),5.29-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.07-3.0 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.74 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(isoquinolin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(602)

Compound 602 (55 mg, yield: 36.3%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and 3-bromoisoquinolineand 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) inpresence of palladium catalyst, followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound602. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.07 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.98 (s, 1H),8.51 (s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 7.89-7.79 (m, 2H),7.75-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.06 (m, 4H), 7.04-6.97 (m, 1H), 5.64-5.53 (m,1H), 4.03-3.84 (m, 3H), 3.27 (dd, J=5.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=7.7,14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(604)

Compound 604 (120 mg, yield: 58.6%, pale yellow solid) was preparedusing the corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and(2-chlorophenyl)boronic acid followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound604. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),7.97 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.15 (m, 9H), 5.24-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.87(s, 3H), 3.08 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=9.8, 14.0 Hz, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 411.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(quinolin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(605)

Compound 605 (140 mg, yield: 55.6%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andquinolin-3-ylboronic acid followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound605. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.65-8.45 (m, 2H), 8.23(s, 1H), 8.08 (br s, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J=8.3, 12.7 Hz, 2H), 7.85-7.70 (m,2H), 7.60 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.36-5.20 (m, 1H),4.05-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.18-2.78 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(isoquinolin-5-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(607)

Compound 607 (50 mg, yield: 34.6%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andisoquinolin-5-ylboronic acid followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound607. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.41-9.21 (m, 1H), 8.52-8.27 (m, 2H),8.23-7.93 (m, 3H), 7.81-7.48 (m, 4H), 7.32-7.09 (m, 5H), 5.22-5.10 (m,1H), 4.06-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.09 (dd, J=3.2, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=9.8,13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(611)

Compound 611 (55 mg, yield: 78.2%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) andquinolin-4-ylboronic acid followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound611. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.86-8.76 (m, 1H), 8.41-8.34 (m, 1H),8.07-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.49 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.11(m, 7H), 5.21-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.30 (br s, 1H), 4.04-3.93 (m, 3H), 3.10(dd, J=3.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 428.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(615)

Compound 615 (122 mg, yield: 73.0%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound1-methyl-3-(thiophen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 615. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.42 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.73(d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J=1.1, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 4H),7.24-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J=3.6, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.85(s, 3H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 383.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-cyclopropyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(616)

Compound 616 (120 mg, yield: 71.5%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound3-cyclopropyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 616. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.08 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H),7.27 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s,3H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.9, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.41-2.35 (m, 1H), 0.77-0.70 (m, 2H), 0.69-0.65 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 341.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(617)

Compound 617 (55 mg, yield: 34.4%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound1-methyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 617. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.20 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H),7.30-7.21 (m, 4H), 7.19-7.14 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.15 (m, 1H), 3.80 (d, J=9.5Hz, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.20 (m, 3H), 3.11 (dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.79 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.65-1.52 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺385.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-cyclopentyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(620)

Compound 620 (70 mg, yield: 53.1%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound3-cyclopentyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 620. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.14 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.06-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.77 (br.s, 1H), 7.29(d, J=4.3 Hz, 4H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 1H), 5.29-5.21 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H),3.42 (br.t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (br.dd, J=3.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.83(br.dd, J=10.2, 13.4 Hz, 1H), 1.80 (br.d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 1.69-1.45 (m,6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 369.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(621)

Compound 621 (25 mg, yield: 25.1%, pale-yellow solid) was prepared usingthe corresponding starting materials, compound3-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 621. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.53 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.87-7.61 (m, 2H),7.35-6.97 (m, 6H), 5.33 (br s, 1H), 3.88 (br s, 3H), 3.19 (br d, J=14.1Hz, 1H), 2.92-2.79 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.0.

Tert-Butyl3-(4-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate(624)

Compound 624 (100 mg, yield: 33.04%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound3-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid and 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using theprocedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound 624. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.27-8.18 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H),7.78 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 4.02-3.85 (m, 2H),3.82-3.75 (m, 3H), 3.20-3.09 (m, 2H), 3.19-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.78 (m,2H), 2.73-2.64 (m, 1H), 1.84 (s, 1H), 1.62 (s, 1H), 1.48 (d, J=11.9 Hz,1H), 1.39-1.27 (m, 10H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 484.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepin-7-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(625)

Compound 625 (70 mg, yield: 58.6%, yellow solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepin-7-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid and 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using theprocedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound 625. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.09-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H),7.32-7.14 (m, 7H), 6.90-6.83 (m, 1H), 5.39-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.07 (m,4H), 3.88-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.16 (dd, J=4.0, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.8,13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.13-2.06 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 449.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1,1′-dimethyl-1H,1′H-[3,4′-bipyrazole]-4-carboxamide(626)

Compound 626 (55 mg, yield: 34.4%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound1,1′-dimethyl-1H,1′H-[3,4′-bipyrazole]-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 626. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.06 (d, J=17.6 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.76-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.23(m, 4H), 7.23-7.15 (m, 1H), 5.37-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.83 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 6H),3.22 (dd, J=4.1, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J=8.9, 14.4 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(627)

Compound 627 (40 mg, yield: 25.1%, pale yellow solid) was prepared usingthe corresponding starting materials, compound1-methyl-3-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 627. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.00-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 0.5H), 7.57-7.44 (m, 0.7H),7.30-7.03 (m, 6H), 5.33-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.92 (dt, J=2.6, 7.7 Hz, 1H),3.86-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.77-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.71 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 3.62-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J=4.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.96-2.88 (m,1H), 2.09 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 371.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(benzofuran-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(628)

Compound 628 (143 mg, yield: 98.6%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound3-(benzofuran-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 628. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.56 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.63(d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.15 (m, 7H), 5.36 (ddd,J=3.9, 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.24-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.87 (dd,J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(isoquinolin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(629)

Compound 629 (25 mg, yield: 50.14%, pale yellow solid) was preparedusing the corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (198A) and 7-bromoisoquinolineand 4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) inpresence of palladium catalyst, followed by subjecting the resultingintermediate to procedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound629. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.49 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H),8.00-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.92-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.17 (m,5H), 5.36-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.18 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.85 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.2.

Benzyl4-(4-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate(601)

To the solution of compound 198A (500 mg, 1.79 mmol) and benzylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (590 mg, 2.68 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) wasadded Pd(OAc)₂ (40 mg, 0.18 mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (116 mg, 3.57 mmol) and Sphos(147 mg, 0.36 mmol) under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction was stirred at100° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed withEtOAc (10 mL). The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressureto give a residue. The residue was purified on Combi flash (eluent:PE˜10%˜30% EtOAc/PE) to afford the compound 601A (183 mg, yield 25.7%)as a yellow oil.

Compound 601 (55 mg, yield: 78.8%, pink solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound benzyl4-(4-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate(601A) and 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using theprocedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound 601. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.28-8.15 (m, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.33(m, 5H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H),5.53 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.13-5.04 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.68 (m, 3H), 3.33-3.18(m, 5H), 3.17-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.86 (br s, 2H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 2H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 519.2.

Tert-Butyl4-(4-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate(603)

Intermediate 603A was prepared using the same procedure as forintermediate 601A using tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate.

Compound 603 (18 mg, yield: 41.6%, white solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound tert-butyl4-(4-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate(603A) and 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using theprocedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound 603. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.07 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.61 (m,1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H),5.56-5.45 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.42 (br s, 1H), 3.35-3.28 (m,2H), 3.27-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.88 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H),2.84-2.77 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 485.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(613)

Intermediate 613A was prepared using the same procedure as forintermediate 601A using thiomorpholine 1,1-dioxide.

Compound 613 (70 mg, yield: 33.7%, light yellow solid) was preparedusing the corresponding starting materials, compound ethyl3-(1,1-dioxidothiomorpholino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (613A)and 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using theprocedures such as in compound 12 to obtain compound 613. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.15 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H),7.31-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.23 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),5.48-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.42 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.20 (m, 1H),3.14-3.07 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.98 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 434.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-morpholino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(614)

Intermediate 614A was prepared using the same procedure as forintermediate 601A using morpholine.

Compound 614 (45 mg, yield: 86.3%, yellow solid) was prepared using thecorresponding starting materials, compound ethyl1-methyl-3-morpholino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (614A) and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride using the proceduressuch as in compound 12 to obtain compound 614. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.21-8.11 (m, 2H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 2H),7.18 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 5.52-5.44 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H),3.55-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.23 (dd, J=5.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H),3.06 (dd, J=7.1, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 2H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 386.2.

Example 97 Compounds 165-167, 170-173, 176-190, 315, 407, 408, 446, 447(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(165)

To a mixture of compound 163E (200 mg, 525 umol), 4-pyridylboronic acid(129 mg, 1.05 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (218 mg, 1.57 mmol) in dioxane (9 mL) andH₂O (1 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (76.8 mg, 105 umol) under N₂. Themixture was stirred at 130° C. under microwave conditions for 2 h. Thesolvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-TLC(Dichloromethane: Methanol=10:1, R_(f)=0.5) to give 165A (90 mg, yield:45.2%) as a white solid. Compound 165A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.55-8.70 (m, 2H), 7.96 (br dd, J=15.55, 5.40 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br d,J=7.94 Hz, 1H), 7.03-7.44 (m, 10H), 5.74-5.87 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.45 (m,1H), 3.75-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.68 (br t, J=5.40 Hz, 3H), 2.57-2.91 (m, 3H).

Compound 165 was prepared as in Example 61 from the correspondingintermediate compound 165A. Compound 165: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.60-8.65 (m, 2H), 8.40 (d, J=7.50 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H),7.32-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.31 (m, 5H), 5.14-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H),3.14 (dd, J=13.89, 3.75 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=13.67, 10.14 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(p-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(166)

Compound 166 (17.5 mg, yield: 27.9%, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163G andp-tolylboronic acid. Compound 166: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.28 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.09-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.81 (br s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.2 Hz,2H), 7.33-7.19 (m, 5H), 7.11 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 5.33-5.23 (m, 1H),3.93-3.81 (m, 3H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.6, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8Hz, 1H), 2.30 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(p-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(167)

Compound 167 (40.0 mg, yield: 66.9%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163E andp-tolylboronic acid. Compound 167: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.98-7.91(m, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.08 (m, 9H), 5.24-5.11 (m,1H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.08 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J=9.8, 13.6Hz, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(170)

Compound 170 (15.6 mg, yield: 17.3%, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163G and4-pyridylboronic acid. Compound 170: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.61(br d, J=7.50 Hz, 1H), 8.49 (d, J=4.85 Hz, 2H), 8.03-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.82(br s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=4.85 Hz, 2H), 7.19-7.34 (m, 5H), 5.22-5.36 (m,1H), 3.87-3.96 (m, 3H), 3.18 (br dd, J=14.00, 3.42 Hz, 1H), 3.12-3.22(m, 1H), 2.83 (br dd, J=13.56, 10.25 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H₂O+H)⁺396.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(o-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(171)

Compound 171 (16 mg, 41 umol, yield: 14.6%, purity: 100.0%, white solid)was prepared as in Example 97 from the corresponding starting materials,compound 163G and o-tolylboronic acid. Compound 171: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.21(m, 2H), 7.19-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.75-6.71 (m, 2H), 6.68 (br s, 1H), 5.81 (brd, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 5.57 (br s, 1H), 5.47-5.39 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.87 (m, 3H),3.15 (dd, J=4.4, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (dd, J=8.5, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.11 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(m-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(172)

Compound 172 (25.3 mg, yield: 21.2%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163E andm-tolylboronic acid. Compound 172: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.98 (brs, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.88 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (br s, 1H),7.33-7.21 (m, 4H), 7.20-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.07 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.19(br s, 1H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 3.09 (br dd, J=3.3, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (br dd,J=9.7, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(173)

Compound 173 (6.9 mg, yield: 18.6%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163Gand pyrimidin-5-ylboronic acid. Compound 173: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 9.15-9.06 (m, 1H), 8.97-8.77 (m, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.34-8.22 (m, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.86-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.07 (m, 6H),5.36-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.17 (dd, J=4.0, 13.7 Hz, 1H),2.83 (br dd, J=10.3, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(pyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(176)

Compound 176 (15 mg, yield: 12.19%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163E andpyrimidin-5-ylboronic acid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 9.24-9.17 (m, 1H),8.77-8.68 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.18 (m, 5H), 6.97(br s, 2H), 6.24-6.09 (m, 1H), 5.38-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.25(dd, J=5.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J=9.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 379.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(177)

Compound 177 (46 mg, yield: 74.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163G and(3-methoxyphenyl) boronic acid. Compound 177: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.85 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.54 (brs, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 5H), 6.92-6.87 (m, 1H),5.38-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.74 (m, 3H), 3.20 (dd, J=4.5,14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=9.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H).

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(178)

Compound 178 (26 mg, yield: 49.4% white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.46 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 2H), 7.80 (br s, 1H),7.42 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.18(m, 1H), 7.11 (br t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.33-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H),3.15 (br dd, J=3.5, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(179)

Compound 179 (15 mg, yield: 36.7%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.42 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.61(dd, J=5.7, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.34-7.19 (m, 5H), 7.12 (br t, J=8.9 Hz, 2H),5.37-5.22 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.16 (br dd, J=3.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.82(br dd, J=10.1, 13.7 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-isopropylphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(180)

Compound 180 (58 mg, yield: 60.95%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.29 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.11-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.48(s, 1H), 7.37-7.16 (m, 9H), 5.38-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.15 (dd,J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.77 (m, 3H), 1.18 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 419.2.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(181)

Compound 181 (46 mg, yield: 70.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.26-8.16 (m, 2H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.07 (m,9H), 5.28-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.12 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz,1H), 2.81 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-ethylphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(182)

Compound 182 (24 mg, yield: 65.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.94 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.52(d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 6H), 5.48-5.43 (m,1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.30 (dd, J=4.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J=9.0, 14.1Hz, 1H), 2.74 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 4H).

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(183)

Compound 183 (38 mg, yield: 61.9%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.51 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s,1H), 7.84 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.63 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.55-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 4H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.25(m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.17-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.76 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 445.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(184)

Compound 184 (18 mg, yield: 53.5%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.48 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s,1H), 7.64-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.41 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 5H),7.12-7.16 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.27 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.9,13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 461.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-cyanophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(185)

Compound 185 (20 mg, yield: 43.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.65 (dd, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s,1H), 7.89 (dd, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),7.52 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 5H), 5.31 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.91(s, 3H), 3.16 (dd, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.81 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺402.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-cyclopropylphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(186)

Compound 186 (30 mg, yield: 53.72%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.36 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H),7.30-7.14 (m, 8H), 6.99 (dd, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H),3.14 (dd, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 1H), 1.89 (s, 1H), 0.92 (dd,J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 0.62 (s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-chlorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(187)

Compound 187 (35 mg, yield: 53.0%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.52-8.44 (m, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H),7.74-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.28 (m,3H), 7.25-7.18 (m, 2H), 5.38-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.17 (dd,J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.80 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 411.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(188)

Compound 188 (15.8 mg, yield: 26.5%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163G andpyridin-3-ylboronic acid. Compound 188: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.77(d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.47 (m, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H),7.92 (td, J=1.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J=5.1, 7.6 Hz,1H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 1H), 5.35-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s,3H), 3.18 (dd, J=3.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(189)

Compound 189 (16 mg, 42.4 umol, yield: 30.9%, white solid) was preparedas in Example 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound163E and pyridin-3-ylboronic acid. Compound 189: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 8.74 (br d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.69 (br d,J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.25 (br d, J=3.3 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (br d,J=3.5 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (br s, 1H), 5.93 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.63 (br s,1H), 5.52 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.32 (dd, J=5.3, 13.9 Hz,1H), 3.08 (dd, J=6.8, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(o-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(190)

Compound 190 (28.4 mg, yield: 30.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163E ando-tolylboronic acid. Compound 190: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.94 (d,J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.15 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.05 (m, 4H),5.30-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.12 (dd, J=4.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.76(ddd, J=4.8, 9.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.96 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 391.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(315)

To a mixture of 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride (1.35g, 5.86 mmol, HCl) and compound 163F (1 g, 4.88 mmol), HOBt (659 mg,4.88 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added DIEA (1.58 g, 12.20 mmol, 2 mL) andEDCI (1.4 g, 7.32 mmol) in portion at 20° C. and stirred for 16 h. Thereaction mixture was treated with EA (40 mL), washed with H₂O (50 mL×2).The organic layer was washed with 0.5N HCl (40 mL), saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ (40 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and thesolvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated with DCM (2 mL)and PE (10 mL), the precipitate was formed, the solid was collected andwas dried in vacuo to give compound 315A (900 mg, yield: 45.38%) asyellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.42 (m,1H), 7.35 (dd, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 5H), 6.15 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H),5.95 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.56-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.78 (m, 4H), 2.95-2.84(m, 1H), 2.82-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.58 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺381.0.

Compound 315 (30 mg, yield: 28.27%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding intermediate compounds, 315A and(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)boronic acid and through intermediatecompound 315B. Compound 315: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.92 (s, 1H),8.65 (dd, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s,1H), 7.88-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 4H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 1H), 5.27(t, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.7, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83(dd, J=10.4, 13.7 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 446.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(407)

Compound 407 (3.9 g, yield: 94.15%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 97 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163C,(3-methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, and 274D. Compound 407: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.44-8.25 (m, 1H), 8.15-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.84 (br s, 1H),7.37-7.11 (m, 8H), 6.96-6.80 (m, 1H), 5.44-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.90 (br s,3H), 3.73 (br s, 3H), 3.26-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.72 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 407.1.

3-((1H-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-1-yl)methyl)-N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(408)

A mixture of compound 163C (2 g, 8.58 mmol), MeB(OH)₂ (2.05 g, 34.3mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (793 mg, 687 umol), K₂CO₃ (2.37 g, 17.2 mmol) indioxane (50 mL) and H₂O (10 mL) was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3times, and then the mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 12 hour under N₂atmosphere. The reaction mixture was extracted with Ethyl acetate 50 mL(50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filteredand concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residuewas purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=100:1 to 80:1). Compound 408A (1.4 g, yield: 97.0%) was obtainedas a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.87-7.73 (m, 1H), 4.27 (q,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.91-3.75 (m, 3H), 2.51-2.40 (m, 3H), 1.33 (t, J=7.1 Hz,3H).

A mixture of compound 408A (1.2 g, 7.13 mmol), NBS (1.9 g, 10.7 mmol),AIBN (586 mg, 3.57 mmol) in CCl₄ (30 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 12hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=98:1 to 90:1).Compound 408B (600 mg, yield: 34.1%) was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.76 (s, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.30-4.21 (m, 2H),3.90-3.79 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.22 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridine (797 mg, 6.69 mmol) in DMF(20 mL) was added KOH (501 mg, 8.92 mmol). The mixture was stirred at15° C. for 30 min. And then to the mixture was added compound 408B (550mg, 2.23 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) drop-wise at 0° C. over 10 min, and themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hr. The desired product was confirmedby NOE. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (basiccondition). Compound 408C (300 mg, yield: 47.2%) was obtained as ayellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.14-8.99 (m, 1H), 8.40 (d, J=6.2Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.85(s, 2H), 4.26 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.93-3.75 (m, 3H), 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz,3H).

Compound 408 (24.1 mg, yield: 40.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 95 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 408C and274D.

Compound 408: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.91 (br d,J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H),7.59 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.23 (br s, 2H), 7.25-7.15(m, 1H), 6.79 (br s, 1H), 5.69-5.51 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.38 (m, 1H),5.49-5.37 (m, 1H), 5.50-5.37 (m, 1H), 5.74-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H),3.56-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.17 (br dd, J=9.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺432.3.

N-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(446) andN-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(447)

Compound 446A was treated with (4-fluorophenyl)boronic acid usingprocedure as in compound 163E followed by subjecting the resultingproduct to ester hydrolysis using sodium hydroxide and coupling withintermediate 274D using the procedures as in compound 12 to yieldcompounds 446 and compound 447. Compound 446 (550 mg, yield: 75.9%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.08-8.00 (m,1H), 7.75 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=5.6, 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.08 (m,8H), 5.83 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.00 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H),3.86 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.68 (s, 1H), 2.66 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 397.1. Compound 447 (80 mg, yield: 39.9%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.42 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 8.11-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.18(m, 5H), 7.12 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.27 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H),3.30-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=9.9, 13.7 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺395.1.

Example 98 Compounds 174-175, 191-193, 313, 293(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(174)

To a solution of Compound 163E (150 mg, 393.47 umol) andtributyl(pyrazin-2-yl)stannane (217 mg, 590.21 umol) in dioxane (15 mL)was added palladium; tritert-butylphosphane (100 mg, 196.74 umol). Themixture was stirred at 90° C. for 16 h. The mixture was quenched withaqueous KF (20 mL), filtered, washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL), thefiltrate was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The organic phasewas dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated to give a residue. The residue waspurified by preparatory-HPLC (basic condition) and by preparatory-TLC(SiO₂, DCM: MeOH=10:1). Compound 174A (70 mg, yield: 45.6%) was obtainedas a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.77-8.69 (m, 1H), 8.66-8.54(m, 2H), 7.94-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.12 (m, 5H), 4.63-4.58 (m, 1H),4.26-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.84 (m, 3H), 3.01-2.83 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 381.1.

Compound 174 (25 mg, yield: 34.93%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 61 from the intermediate compound 174A. Compound 174A: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.75 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (dd, J=1.6, 2.6 Hz,1H), 8.66-8.64 (m, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.70 (brs, 1H), 7.51 (br s, 1H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.28(m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.20 (dd, J=4.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=9.3,14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(175)

Compound 175 (35 mg, yield: 47.75%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 98 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163E andtributyl(pyrimidin-4-yl)stannane. Compound 175: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.24 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.54 (dd,J=1.3, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.17 (m, 6H), 5.28-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H),3.15 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(191)

Compound 191 (20 mg, yield: 38.77%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 98 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163E andtributyl(pyrimidin-2-yl)stannane. Compound 191: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.63 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 8.86 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H),7.81-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.55 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.06(m, 2H), 5.47 (t, J=5.1, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.24 (dd, J=5.1,14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.05-3.00 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(192)

Compound 192 (15 mg, yield: 29.82%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 98 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163G and4-(tributylstannyl)pyrimidine. Compound 192: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ11.76-11.65 (m, 1H), 8.81-8.73 (m, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J=1.1,5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.24 (s, 1H),5.65-5.59 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.33 (dd, J=5.1, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.14(dd, J=7.7, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(193)

Compound 193 (25 mg, yield: 54.29%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 98 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 163G andtributyl(pyrimidin-2-yl)stannane. Compound 193: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 11.24 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 8.29 (s,1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.09 (m,3H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 2H), 5.61-5.49 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.23 (dd,J=5.1, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (dd, J=7.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺379.0.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(313)

Compound 313 was prepared as in Example 98 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound 163G and 2-(tributylstannyl)pyrazine,through intermediate compound 313A. Compound 313 (70 mg, yield: 69.7%,white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 11.26 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 9.34(d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.11(m, 5H), 7.01 (br s, 1H), 6.19 (br s, 1H), 5.67-5.55 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s,3H), 3.33 (dd, J=5.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J=7.7, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(316)

Compound 316 was prepared as in Example 98 from the correspondingstarting materials, compound 315A and2-methyl-6-(tributylstannyl)pyridine, through intermediate compound316A. Compound 316 (20 mg, yield: 21.64%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 11.79 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H),7.92-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.84-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=7.7 Hz,1H), 7.15-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.02 (m, 2H), 5.52 (t, J=5.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H),3.89 (s, 3H), 3.22 (dd, J=4.7, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=8.4, 13.7 Hz,1H), 2.28 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.2.

Example 99(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(194)

To a mixture of 2-bromo-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (3 g, 13.27 mmol)and 1,1,1,2,2,2-hexamethyldistannane (5.7 g, 17.40 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane(96 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (3.07 g, 2.65 mmol) at 25° C. under nitrogenatmosphere and the resultant mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 6 hours.The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and filteredthrough a thin layer of celite. The filter cake was washed with DCM. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuum to give a dark solid, which waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=100:1 to 10:1) to afford crude compound 194A (3.2 g, 26.46%purity by LCMS) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 311.8.

Compound 194 (32.1 mg, 62.15% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 98 from the corresponding starting materials, intermediatecompounds 163E and 194A. Compound 194: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ7.98-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.74 (br s, 1H),6.63-6.56 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.54 (m, 1H), 5.51 (br s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H),3.41-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.06 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 446.0.

Example 100N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxohex-5-en-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(195)

To a solution of compound 163B (2 g, 8.58 mmol) and phenylboronic acid(1.26 g, 10.30 mmol) in dioxane (30 mL) and H₂O (10 mL) was addedPd(dtbpf)Cl₂ (280 mg, 0.43 mmol) and K₃PO₄ (5.46 g, 25.74 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 70° C. under N₂ for 3 h. The reaction was washedwith H₂O (20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×2). The organics werecollected and concentrated. The residue was purified by column(Petroleum Ether: Ethyl Acetate=10:1) to afford compound 195A (1.9 g,yield: 96.17%) as yellow oil.

To a solution of compound 195A (1.9 g, 8.25 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and H₂O(20 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (1.73 g, 41.25 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 24 h. The reaction was acidified with 1N HCl to pH˜4. Themixture was extracted with EtOAc (25 mL×2). The organics were collected,washed with brine (30 mL), dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedto afford compound 195B (1.3 g, yield: 77.93%) as light yellow solid. MS(ESI) m/z (M+1)+202.9.

To a solution of compound 195B (800 mg, 3.96 mmol) and(S)-2-amino-N-methoxy-N-methylpent-4-enamide hydrochloride (926 mg, 4.75mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added DIEA (1.73 mL, 9.90 mmol), HOBt (1.07 g,7.92 mmol) and EDCI (1.52 g, 7.92 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 12 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The reaction was dilutedwith EtOAc (30 mL), washed with 1N HCl (20 mL). The organics werecollected and concentrated. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (Petroleum Ether: Ethyl Acetate=1:1) to afford compound195C (1.2 g, yield: 88.50%) as colorless oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+343.1.

To a solution of compound 195C (1 g, 2.92 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −40°C. was added LiAlH₄ (1M, 3.1 mL) dropwise. After addition, the mixturewas stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with 1N HCl (30mL) dropwise, extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The organics werecollected, washed with brine (30 mL), dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated to afford intermediate compound 195D (800 mg, crude) aswhite solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+284.0.

To a solution of compound 195D (280 mg, 0.99 mmol) and2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanenitrile (0.54 mL, 5.88 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) wasadded TEA (0.17 mL, 1.19 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column(Petroleum Ether: Ethyl Acetate=1:1) to give compound 195E (200 mg,yield: 65.21%) as yellow oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+311.0.

To a solution of compound 195E (736 mg, 2.37 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) at 0°C. was added K₂CO₃ (656 mg, 4.74 mmol). Then H₂O₂ (2.28 mL, 23.72 mmol,30% purity) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1h. The reaction was quenched with 10% aq. Na₂S₂O₃ (30 mL) dropwise. Themixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The organics were collected,washed with brine (30 mL), dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated.The residue was washed with CH₃CN (5 mL). The solid was filtered,collected and dried in vacuo to afford compound 195F (200 mg, yield:25.60%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (s, 1H),7.72-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.12 (m,2H), 5.81-5.60 (m, 2H), 5.12-4.93 (m, 2H), 4.33-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.93(m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.05 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+329.0.

To a solution of compound 195F (200 mg, 609.07 umol) in DCM (15 mL) andDMSO (5 mL) was added DMP (775 mg, 1.83 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 30 min. The reaction was diluted with DCM (20 mL),quenched with a solution of 10% aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ and saturated NaHCO₃(v/v=1/1) (40 mL). The organics were collected, washed with brine (30mL×3). The organics were collected, dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was washed with CH₃CN (5 mL). The solid wasfiltered, collected and dried in vacuo to afford 195 (38 mg, yield:18.72%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.23 (d, J=6.8 Hz,1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.98 (br. s, 1H), 7.73 (br. s, 1H), 7.68-7.61 (m,2H), 7.38-7.25 (m, 3H), 5.89-5.71 (m, 1H), 5.11-4.98 (m, 3H), 3.88 (s,3H), 2.57-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.31 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+327.1.

Example 101(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(196)

Compound 196 (54 mg, yield: 50.44%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 61 from the corresponding intermediate compound 163G. Compound196: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.21-8.15 (m, 2H), 8.06 (br s, 1H),7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.26 (m,1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.15 (br dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (br dd, J=9.8,13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.0 & 381.0.

Example 102N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxohex-5-en-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(197)

To a cold (0° C.), stirred solution of 3-bromo-1H-indazole (5 g, 25.38mmol) in DMF (130 mL) was added NaH (1.22 g, 50.76 mmol) in portions.After 0.2 h, SEM-C₁ (5.08 g, 30.46 mmol) was added and then the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 6 hours under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction wasquenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH₄Cl and the resultinglayer was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2). The combined organic layerswere dried, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to leave aresidue. The residue which was purified by flash chromatography onsilica (elution with 100:1 to 10:1 Petroleum Ether:EtOAc) to givecompound compound 197A (5.5 g, 66.21% yield) as an oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,400 MHz): δ 7.71-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.51 (m, 1H),7.37-7.29 (m, 1H), 5.76 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 2H), 3.70-3.55 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.87(m, 2H), 0.00 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 338.3.

To a mixture of compound 197A (2 g, 6.11 mmol), compound4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (1.86 g,7.33 mmol), KOAc (2.4 g, 24.44 mmol), Pd (dppf) Cl₂ (894.3 mg, 1.22mmol) in dioxane (80 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 12 hours under N₂atmosphere. Compound 197B (crude) was obtained as a solution (15.8 mg/mLin dioxane).

To a mixture of compound 197B (461.6 mg, 1.23 mmol, 30 mL in dioxane),compound 163E (100 mg, 262.3 umol), Pd(dtbpf)Cl₂ (34.19 mg, 52.46 umol)and K₃PO₄ (111.4 mg, 524.6 umol) in H₂O (2 mL) was degassed and purgedwith N₂ for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 2hours under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction solution was purified bypreparatory-HPLC (basic condition) to give compound 197D (50 mg, 16.54%yield) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.14-8.02 (m, 1H),8.01-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.69 (m, 5H),6.42 (br s, 1H), 5.70-5.48 (m, 2H), 5.34 (br s, 1H), 4.39-4.27 (m, 1H),4.24-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.58 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.04-2.74 (m,2H), 0.92-0.87 (m, 2H), −0.07 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 549.2.

A mixture of compound 197D (50 mg, 91.12 umol) in DCM (10 mL) was addedDMP (116 mg, 273.4 umol) in one portion at 0° C. under N₂, and then themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour under N₂ atmosphere. The mixturewas quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (15 mL) and saturated aqueousNa₂S₂O₃ (15 mL), and stirred for 20 min, then diluted withdichloromethane (100 mL). The mixture was stirred for 20 mins and washedwith water (2×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product. Theresidue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (basic condition) to givecompound 197E (30 mg, 55.67% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400MHz): δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H),7.70-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.03 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.75(m, 3H), 6.74-6.67 (m, 2H), 5.84-5.75 (m, 1H), 5.63 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 2H),5.45 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.87 (m, 3H), 3.78-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.12(m, 2H), 1.02-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.16-0.07 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺547.2.

A mixture of compound 197E (30 mg, 54.88 umol) in HCl/EtOAc (4 M, 1.50mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 78 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which waspurified by preparatory-HPLC (basic condition) to afford compound 197(1.6 mg, 6.68% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.35(br s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.77 (br s, 1H), 7.61-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.28(m, 1H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.68 (m, 3H),5.62-5.42 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.97 (m, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.2.

Example 103N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(198)

A mixture of compound ethyl 3-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate(200 mg, 714.13 umol) and compound 194A (1.91 g, 856.96 umol) in dioxane(3 mL) was added Pd(t-Bu₃P)₂ (110 mg, 214.24 umol) under nitrogenatmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 48 hours. The mixturewas diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL), filtered to remove the precipitate andthe filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue.The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (PetroleumEther: Ethyl Acetate=10/1 to 5/1) to afford compound (175.00 mg, 77.93%yield) as brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.01-7.91 (m, 3H),7.72-7.67 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 1.25-1.19 (s, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 198B (170 mg, 568.09 umol) in MeOH (8 mL) andH₂O (4 mL) was added LiOH—H₂O (191 mg, 4.54 mmol) in one portion and themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasdiluted with H₂O (20 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and thenextracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 198C(150 mg, 97.36% yield) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.44 (s 1H), 8.25 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 8.00-7.98 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H).

Compound 198 (94.2 mg, 63.09% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound198C. Compound 198: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.92 (d, J=6.80 Hz, 1H),8.39 (d, J=8.40 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H) 7.92-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=8.00Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.23 (m, 5H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 5.51 (br s, 1H), 5.31-5.43 (m,1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.49 (m, 1H), 2.96-3.11 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+1)+446.1.

Example 104(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3′-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(199)

Compound 199 (35.0 mg, yield 53.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 61 from the corresponding starting materials, compound 103A andm-tolylboronic acid. Compound 199: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.08 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08-8.00 (m, 1H), 7.84 (br s, 1H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 2H),7.45-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.16 (m,3H), 7.12-7.06 (m, 1H), 6.60 (br s, 1H), 5.29 (br s, 1H), 3.22-3.14 (m,1H), 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.28-2.22 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 467.2.

Example 105(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(6-phenylpyridazin-3-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(200)

To a mixture of 6-bromopyridazin-3-amine (10 g, 57 mmol) andphenylboronic acid (10.5 g, 86 mmol) in toluene (150 mL) and EtOH (150mL) was added LiCl (7.3 g, 172.4 mmol). Then Na₂CO₃ (1M, 155 mL) wasadded, followed by Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂ (403 mg, 0.57 mmol). The mixture washeated to reflux for 16 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite. Thefiltrate was diluted with H₂O (15 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (15mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (15 mL), driedover MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was triturated withTBME/ethyl acetate (v/v=1/1, 50 mL). The cake was dried in vacuum toafford compound 2 (4.4 g, yield 44.7%) as off-white solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.94 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),7.46-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.36 (m, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.52 (s,2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 172.0.

Ethyl 2-oxoacetate (26 mL, 128.50 mmol) was added to a solution ofcompound 200A (4.4 g, 25.7 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL). The mixture washeated to 65° C. and stirred for 15 h. The mixture was concentrated. Theresidue was purified by Flash Column Chromatography (PetroleumEther/Ethyl Acetate=3/1) to afford compound 200B (5.5 g, yield 52%,69.8% purity) as brown oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 288.1.

K₂CO₃ (6.61 g, 47.85 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 200B (5.5g, 19.14 mmol) and tosylmethyl isocyanide (5.04 g, 25.84 mmol) in EtOH(190 mL). The mixture was heated to 65° C. and stirred for 3 h. Themixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was treated withEthyl Acetate (100 mL) and H₂O (75 mL). The organic layer was separatedand the aqueous layer was extracted with Ethyl Acetate (50 mL×2). Thecombined organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄,filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by Flash ColumnChromatography (Petroleum Ether/Ethyl Acetate=5/1 to 1/1) to afford(1.80 g, yield 30%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.22 (s,1H), 8.12-8.10 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94, (s, 1H), 7.76-7.74(m, 1H), 7.56-7.54 (m, 3H), 4.29 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (t, J=6.8 Hz,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 295.0.

LiOH.H₂O (114 mg, 2.72 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 200C(100 mg, 0.34 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL). Then H₂O (0.5 mL) was added. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O(25 mL) and the volatile solvent was evaporated in vacuum. The residuewas acidified to pH˜3 with 1N HCl. The mixture was extracted with EthylAcetate (25 mL×3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (20mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford compound 200D(90 mg, yield 99.5%) as yellow solid, which was used for next stepdirectly. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.50 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d,J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J=1.9, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 8.13 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H),7.85 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.55 (m, 3H).

Compound 200 (35 mg, yield 35.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound200D. Hydrate was observed in ¹H NMR. Compound 200: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 8.83 (br s, 1H), 8.34-8.25 (m, 2H), 8.19 (dd, J=1.8, 7.8 Hz, 2H),7.81 (br s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 5H),5.32-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.24 (dd, J=4.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 441.1.

Example 106(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(6-phenylpyridazin-3-yl)-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(201)

Compound 201 (89 mg, yield 54.5%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound200D. Hydrate was observed on ¹H NMR. Compound 201: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 8.82 (br s, 0.8H), 8.51 (br s, 0.9H), 8.31-8.22 (m, 2.7H),8.20-8.14 (m, 2.3H), 7.93 (s, 0.9H), 7.79-7.70 (m, 1.7H), 7.69-7.64 (m,1.7H), 7.63-7.54 (m, 5.7H), 7.37 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 0.9H), 7.31 (d, J=4.5Hz, 3.6H), 7.28-7.17 (m, 5.2H), 5.35-5.28 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.35 (m, 0.9H),3.23 (dd, J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 0.7H), 3.07 (br s, 1.7H), 2.97-2.89 (m, 1.1H),2.80-2.74 (m, 1.7H), 2.68-2.64 (m, 1.0H), 0.71-0.63 (m, 2.0H), 0.62-0.55(m, 3.2H), 0.48 (br s, 1.6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 481.1.

Example 107(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(2′-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(202)

To a solution of compound 83D (150 mg, 0.33 mmol) in THF (6 mL) and H₂O(3 mL) was added Cs₂CO₃ (168 mg, 0.51 mmol) and o-tolylboronic acid (89mg, 0.66 mmol), followed by Pd(PPh₃)₄ (38 mg, 0.033 mmol). Then themixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixturewas cooled to the room temperature and H₂O (10 mL) was added to quenchedthe reaction and then the mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure.The water phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×3). The combinedorganic layer was washed with NaHCO₃ (10 ml), H₂O (10 mL), brine (10mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, evaporated under reduced pressure. Thecrude product was triturated with isopropyl ether/acetonitrile (10/1, 5mL) to afford compound 202A (50 mg, yield 32.5%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.54 (br d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (br d, J=9.7 Hz,1H), 7.66-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.38 (br s, 1H), 7.35-7.19 (m, 12H), 7.14 (br d,J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.61-6.51 (m, 1H), 6.01-5.66 (m, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H),4.04-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.17 (m, 6H).

To a solution of compound 202A (46 mg, 98.2 umol) in DCM (10 mL) wasadded DMP (125 mg, 294.5 umol) and the mixture was at 25° C. for 2 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (10 mL) and quenched withNaHCO₃/Na₂S₂O₃ (1/1, 20 mL), then the mixture was stirred for 0.25 h.The mixture was extracted with DCM (10 mL×2), the combined organic layerwas washed with NaHCO₃ (10 mL×3) and brine (10 mL×3), dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, evaporated under reduced pressure. The crudeproduct was purified by preparatory-HPLC (base) to afford 202 (30 mg,yield 60.65%) was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.21 (m,4H), 7.03 (dd, J=1.9, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (br s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.37(br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.66-5.60 (m, 1H), 5.55 (br s, 1H), 3.38 (dd,J=5.4, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=7.3, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H),2.29-2.27 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)*467.1.

Example 108(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(6-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(206)

To a solution of 2-hydrazinyl-6-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (500mg, 2.62 mmol) in CH₃COOH (10 mL) was added ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (490.4 mg, 2.62 mmol), then the mixturewas stirred at 120° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂(100 mL) and washed by saturated sodium bicarbonate (30 mL×2) andsaturated brine (30 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by flash columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum Ether: Ethyl Acetate=10/1 to 3/1).Compound 206A (200.0 mg, 24.37% yield) was obtained as white solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H),4.33-4.28 (m. 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 1.31-1.20 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 206A (180.0 mg, 574.58 umol) in MeOH (6 mL) andH₂O (3 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (96.4 mg, 2.30 mmol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 6 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. Then the mixture wasdiluted with H₂O (10 mL) and the pH was adjusted to ˜3 with 1N HCl andthen extracted with EtOAc (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 206B(145.0 mg, 88.48% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.80 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s,3H).

Compound 206 (52.0 mg, 52.16% yield, pale yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 41 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 206B. Compound 206: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.65 (J=7.6 Hz,1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.04-7.03 (m, 2H),6.88 (s, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 5.77-5.72 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.41 (m, 1H),3.35-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H),0.91-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.60 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+500.2.

Example 109(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(6-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(208)

A mixture of ethyl 2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (558.2 mg, 2.98mmol) and 6-hydrazinyl nicotinonitrile (400 mg, 2.98 mmol) in AcOH (5mL) was stirred at 118° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooledto 25° C. and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue,which was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL). The organic phase was washedwith saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue,which was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=1:0 to 5:1) to afford compound 208A (160 mg, 19.09% yield) as awhite solid, but structure (proposed structure) could not be confirmedby N—H HMBC. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.66 (dd, J=0.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H),8.07 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=0.8, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (s,1H), 4.35 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+1)+257.1.

To a solution of compound 208A (100 mg, 390.23 umol) in THF (4 mL) wasadded KOTMS (100 mg, 780.46 umol), then the mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 0.3 hour. The mixture was diluted by petroleum ether (20 mL), theprecipitate was filtered to afford the residue. The mixture was dilutedby petroleum ether (20 mL), the precipitate was filtered to affordintermediate compound 208B (80 mg, 76.98% yield) as white solid.

Compound 208 (13.5 mg, 27.13% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 208B and12G. Compound 208: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.09 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),8.49 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.40-8.36 (m, 1H), 8.10 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (br s,1H), 7.82 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 5H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 5.35-5.29(m, 1H), 3.19-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.76 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+403.1.

Example 110 Compounds 209, 439-441, 443-444(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(209)

To a solution of ethyl 3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (3.0 g, 19.46mmol), pyridin-4-ylboronic acid (5.98 g, 48.65 mmol) in Pyridine (40 mL)was added Cu(OAc)₂ (1.8 g, 9.73 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 55° C.for 18 hrs. The mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 120 gSepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0-50% Ethyl acetate/Petroleumether gradient @ 40 mL/min). Compound 209A (850 mg, 18.91% yield) wasobtained as white solid. Compound 209B (850 mg, 18.91% yield) wasobtained as white solid. Compound 209A (850 mg, 18.91% yield, whitesolid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.75-8.65 (m, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=6.0 Hz,2H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.33-4.25 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.32-1.28 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 209A (600 mg, 2.59 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) wasadded aq. NaOH (1 M, 2.59 mL) in one portion and the mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure to remove EtOH. The residue was adjusted to pH˜3 with1N HCl, and then extracted with EtOAc (200 mL×4). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (80 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediatecompound 209C (390 mg, 74.10% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆): δ 8.63 (br s, 2H), 7.50 (br d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H),2.26 (s, 3H).

Compound 209 (27.1 mg, 25.46% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound209C. Compound 209: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),8.55-8.49 (m, 2H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 5H),7.22-7.18 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.33 (s, 1H), 3.28-3.21 (m, 1H),2.88-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

N-(4-Amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(439)

Compound 439 (65 mg, yield: 61.4%, yellow solid) was prepared from ethyl3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate which was subjected to coupling with(4-phenoxyphenyl)boronic acid as in compound 209 followed by esterhydrolysis and coupling with intermediate 274D using procedures as incompound 12 to obtain compound 439. Compound 439: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.87 (br s, 1H),7.44 (br t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.13 (m, 8H), 7.06 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H),6.93 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 5.26 (br s, 1H), 3.20 (br d,J=14.6 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (br t, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 469.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)oxy)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(440)

Compound 440 (90 mg, yield: 58%, white solid) was prepared from ethyl1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate which wassubjected to mitsunobu coupling with tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ol followedby ester hydrolysis and coupling with intermediate 274D using proceduresas in compound 12 to obtain compound 440. Compound 440: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.03 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.23(m, 5H), 7.07 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H),5.27-5.14 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.54 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.49 (t, J=9.3Hz, 2H), 3.19 (dd, J=3.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=10.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H),2.23 (s, 3H), 1.97 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 1.58 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 477.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-(4-((diethylamino)methyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamidehydrochloride (441)

Compound 441 (14 mg, yield: 26.21%, white solid) was prepared from ethyl1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate which wassubjected to coupling with (4-((diethylamino)methyl)phenyl)boronic acidas in compound 209 followed by ester hydrolysis and coupling withintermediate 274D using procedures as in compound 12 to obtain compound441. Compound 441: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.55 (br. s, 1H),7.77-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.15 (m, 8H), 7.12-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, J=9.0Hz, 2H), 6.57 (s, 2H), 6.13-5.96 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.13(m, 2H), 3.27-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.13-2.92 (m, 5H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.34 (t,J=3.5, 7.3 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 554.3.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(443)

Compound 443 (75 mg, yield: 61.3%, white solid) was prepared from ethyl3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate which was subjected to coupling with(4-(benzyloxy)phenyl)boronic acid as in compound 209 followed byhydrogenolysis to yield the phenolic derivative which was subjected tomitsunobu coupling with 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethan-1-ol followed by esterhydrolysis and coupling with intermediate 274D using procedures as incompound 12 to obtain compound 443. Compound 443: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.02 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H),7.37-7.20 (m, 5H), 7.08 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (br d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H),6.53 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.17 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.71 (m, 2H),3.65-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.21-3.14 (m, 1H),2.81 (br dd, J=10.7, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺495.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(444)

Compound 444 (60 mg, yield: 39.58%, white solid) was prepared from ethyl3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate which was subjected to coupling with(3-(benzyloxy)phenyl)boronic acid as in compound 209 followed byhydrogenolysis to yield the phenolic derivative which was subjected tomitsunobu coupling with 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethan-1-ol followed by esterhydrolysis and coupling with intermediate 274D using procedures as incompound 12 to obtain compound 444. Compound 444: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.18(m, 6H), 6.93-6.81 (m, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 5.28(s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.57 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (d,J=4.2 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.18 (s, 1H), 2.88-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 495.2.

Example 111(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-(3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide(211)

To a mixture of ethyl 5-chloro-3-methylisoxazole-4-carboxylate (400 mg,2.1 mmol) and 3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole (365 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) wasadded K₂CO₃ (1.2 g, 8.4 mmol) in one portion. Then the mixture wasstirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. Then H₂O (9 mL) was added into themixture, and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (15 mL×3), andthe combined organic layer was concentrated to give a residue. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=300:1 to 30:1). Compound 211A (256 mg, yield: 40.8%,pale yellow solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.62 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H),7.93 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.37 (m, 3H), 6.86 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.37(q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.40-1.34 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.33 (m, 1H).

To a solution of compound 211A (150 mg, 504.5 umol) in THF (2 mL) andH₂O (500 uL) was added LiOH.H₂O (31.8 mg, 756.8 umol) in one portion.Then the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. TLC (Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=1:1, R_(f)˜0.45) indicated compound 211A wasconsumed completely and one new main spot formed. The pH of the aqueousphase was adjusted to around 5 by adding HCl (1M), and then the residuewas concentrated on a rotary evaporator to give intermediate compound211B (92 mg, yield: 67.7%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.39 (br s, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.36(m, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 2.51-2.51 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 269.9.

Compound 211 (20 mg, yield: 44.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound211B. Compound 211: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.59 (br d, J=6.8 Hz,1H), 8.19 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 3H),7.12-7.05 (m, 3H), 7.03-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.89 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (brs, 1H), 5.73-5.64 (m, 1H), 5.47 (br s, 1H), 3.38 (dd, J=5.3, 14.1 Hz,1H), 3.06 (dd, J=8.4, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺444.1.

Example 112(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(5-phenyloxazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(212)

A solution of 2-chloro-5-phenyloxazole (compound 114A) (560 mg, 3.12mmol) and NH₂NH₂.H₂O (468 mg, 9.35 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) was heatedto reflux for 3 hr. The mixture was concentrated to give compound 212A(610 mg, crude) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.27 (br s,1H), 7.48 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (br t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H),7.19 (br t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.53-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.35 (br s, 1H).

A solution of O-methylhydroxylamine (1.74 g, 20.8 mmol) in H₂O (20 mL)was added dropwise to a solution of methyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (5 g,34.7 mmol) in ethanol (45 mL), H₂O (25 mL), the mixture was stirred at25° C. for 12 hrs. The organic solvent was removed under vacuum, thewater layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2), the combinedorganic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filteredand concentrated, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatographyto give compound 212B (3.3 g, yield: 54.9%), as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 2.21 (s, 2H).

A mixture of compound 212B (360 mg, 2.05 mmol) and compound 212A (355mg, 2.05 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was heated to 110° C. for 12 hrs. Themixture was concentrated, the residue was purified by TLC (Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=5:1) to give compound 212C (140 mg, yield: 24.1%) asyellow oil.

A mixture of compound 212C (140 mg, 494 umol) and LiOH.H₂O (31.1 mg, 741umol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. TLC(Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=1:1, R_(f)˜0) showed the reaction wascomplete, the organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure, thewater layer extracted with ethyl acetate (3 mL), then the water layerwas adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl to give a precipitate, the solid wasfiltered and dried to give compound 212D (100 mg, yield: 75.2%) asyellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.69 (m,2H), 7.48 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 2.28 (s,3H).

Compound 212 (34 mg, yield: 52.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound212D. Compound 212: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.17 (br d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.08 (br s, 1H), 7.83 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.62 (br d, J=7.5Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.25 (s, 4H), 7.19 (br d,J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 5.28 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (br dd,J=3.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (br dd, J=10.6, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 444.1.

Example 113(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-chloro-5-phenylisothiazole-4-carboxamide(213)

A mixture of (tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanine (50 g, 188.47 mmol),N-methoxymethanamine (20 g, 207.32 mmol, HCl), NMM (57 g, 565.41 mmol)and HOBT (25 g, 188.47 mmol) in CHCl₃ (700 mL) was degassed and purgedwith N₂ for 3 times at 0° C., then EDCI (54 g, 282.71 mmol) was added inportions. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h under N₂atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition H₂O (500 mL).The organic layer was separated, washed with 1N HCl (300 mL×2),saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (300 mL×3), and brine (300 mL), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was dissolved with petroleum ether (300 mL) andstirred for 2 h, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive compound 213A (46 g, yield: 79.15%) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.27-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.26-4.85 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.15(br s, 3H), 3.04 (br dd, J=5.8, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.81 (m, 1H), 1.37(s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+23)+331.0.

To a solution of LiAlH₄ (5.32 g, 140.09 mmol) in THF (1 L) was added asolution of compound 213A (36 g, 116.74 mmol) in THF (500 mL) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was quenched by addition ethyl acetate (200 mL) and 1NHCl (200 mL), and then extracted with EtOAc (300 mL×3). The combinedorganic layers were washed with 1N HCl (300 mL×2), saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ (300 mL×3), and brine (300 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 213B (25.3 g,yield: 86.93%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.61 (s, 1H),7.33-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.16 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 5.16-5.03 (m, 1H), 4.40(q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (br d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

To a solution of compound 213B (32 g, 128.36 mmol) in MeOH (250 mL) wasadded dropwise a solution of NaHSO₃ (13.5 g) in H₂O (400 mL) at 0-5° C.After that, the reaction mixture was stirred at 28° C. for 5 h. NaCN(6.6 g, 134.78 mmol) in H₂O (600 mL) was added into the reaction mixturefollowed by EtOAc (1.2 L). After that, the reaction mixture was stirredat 28° C. for 14 h. The mixture was separated and the organic layer waswashed with brine (500 mL). The mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to afford compound 213C (35 g, yield: 98.68%) as a lightyellow gum. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.26-7.14 (m, 6H), 6.82-6.70 (m,1H), 4.57-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.58 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.22(m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M −55)+220.9.

To a solution of compound 213C (35 g, 126.66 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (35 g,253.32 mmol) in DMSO (400 mL) was added H₂O₂ (148 g, 4.35 mol) at 0° C.After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. Thereaction mixture was filtered to give a residue. The residue was washedwith saturated aqueous Na₂S₂O₃ (100 mL×2) and H₂O (100 mL), dissolvedwith toluene (200 mL), concentrated under reduced pressure to removeH₂O. The filtrate was quenched with saturated aqueous Na₂SO₃ slowly at0° C. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL×3) and the combinedextracts were washed with saturated aqueous Na₂SO₃ (300 mL×3), brine(200 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 213D (37.5 g,yield: 88.51%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.29-7.16(m, 7H), 6.64-6.09 (m, 1H), 5.74-5.61 (m, 1H), 4.09-3.67 (m, 2H),2.86-2.56 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.22 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M −100+H)+194.9.

To a solution of compound 213D (41 g, 139.29 mmol) in EtOAc (300 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4M, 696.45 mL) at 0° C. After addition, the reactionmixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filteredto give a residue. The residue was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL),concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 12G (26 g, yield:66.35%, HCl) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.42-7.95 (m,3H), 7.60-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.12 (m, 6H), 4.38-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.62(m, 1H), 3.03-2.73 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 195.1.

To a 100 mL round-bottom placed compound 96B (2.00 g, 9.06 mmol) wasadded H₂SO₄ (27.60 g, 281.40 mmol) dropwise, and stirred at 135° C. for1 h. Then, the mixture was added NaNO₂ (907 mg, 13.14 mmol) in H₂O (10mL) dropwise at 0° C. The resulting solution was stirred at 50° C. for0.5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (50 mL) and extractedwith ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were extractedwith 10% NaOH (50 mL×2). The aqueous phase was adjusted to 3 with 1NHCl, extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The combined organic layerswere washed with brines (50 mL), dried Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a compound 213F (1.17 g, yield: 49.13%)as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.55 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 5H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 239.9.

Compound 213 (65 mg, yield: 40.23%, gray solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 12G and213F. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.35 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (br s,1H), 7.91 (br s, 1H), 7.51-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.27-7.17 (m, 5H), 5.71-5.21(m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.4, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (dd, J=10.4, 14.1 Hz, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 414.0.

Example 114(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(215)

A mixture of 2-hydrazinylthiazole hydrochloride (600 mg, 3.9 mmol, HClsalt) and ethyl 2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (815 mg, 4.35 mmol) inAcOH (15 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove AcOH. The residue wastreated with H₂O (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL), and then the mixturewas acidified with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ till the aqueous phasepH˜7-8. The separated aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (80mL×3), the combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous.NaCl (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered under reduced pressure togive crude product, which was purified by Flash Column Chromatography(petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1˜9) to afford compound 215A (138 mg,yield 12.6%) as white solid. Compound 215A: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ7.71-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.23 (q, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 1.20-1.15 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 237.9.

To a mixture of compound 215A (130 mg, 0.55 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded NaOH (2M, 1.4 mL) in one portion at 25° C. After stirred at 25° C.for 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressureto remove MeOH. The residue was added H₂O (10 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (10 mL), the separated aqueous phase was acidified with 1MHCl till pH˜5-6. The solid was separated and filtered under reducedpressure to afford compound 215B (70 mg, crude) as white solid. Compound215B: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.56 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.17 (m,2H), 2.37 (s, 3H).

Compound 215 (10 mg, yield 53.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound215B. Compound 215: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 11.76 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.18(m, 5H), 7.17-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 5.83-5.74(m, 1H), 5.50 (s, 1H), 3.48-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 384.0.

Example 115(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(219)

To a solution of 2-hydrazinylthiazole hydrochloride (700 mg, 4.39 mmol,HCl salt) in CH₃COOH (15 mL) was added ethyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (632uL, 4.48 mmol) drop wise, then the mixture was heated to 120° C. andstirred for 2 h. Remove the solvent under reduced pressure, the residuewas dissolve in ethyl acetate (5 mL) and treated with NaHCO₃ until pH˜8.The organic layer was collected and evaporated under reduced pressure.The residue was purified by Flash Column Chromatography (PetroleumEther/Ethyl Acetate=1/0 to 10/1) to afford compound 219A (160 mg, yield15.4%) as white solid. Compound 219A: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.60 (d,J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (q,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 3H), 1.42 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 219A (160 mg, 674.31 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded NaOH (2M, 2.00 mL) dropwise and then the mixture was stirred at25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (5 mL),evaporated under reduced pressure and then the water phase was extractedwith MBTE (5 mL). The water phase (acidified with HCl, pH˜3) wasextracted with Ethyl Acetate (10 mL×3), then the organic (Ethyl Acetate)was collected, washed with saturate brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄and filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure. Compound 219B (110mg, yield 78%, white solid): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.72 (d, J=3.5Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H).

Compound 219 (15 mg, yield 31.8%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound219B. Compound 219: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.58 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H),7.37-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.78 (br s,1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 5.73-5.64 (m, 1H), 5.58 (br s, 1H), 3.43 (dd, J=5.4,14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=6.9, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.71 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 384.1.

Example 116(2S,4R)—N—((S)-4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(benzyloxy)-1-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(220)

A mixture of(2S,4R)-4-(benzyloxy)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (500 mg, 1.56 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL), HCl/MeOH (15 mL) was stirred at20° C. for 12 hours. LCMS showed starting material was consumedcompletely and one main peak with desired MS was detected. The reactionmixture was diluted with aqueous NaHCO₃, adjusted the pH˜7, andextracted with DCM (30 mL×2). The combined organic layers were driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. Compound 220A (340 mg, crude, yellow oil): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.37-7.20 (m, 5H), 4.52-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.12 (br s, 1H), 4.00 (brt, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.11 (br s, 2H), 2.66 (br s, 1H),2.29 (br dd, J=7.8, 13.1 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (td, J=6.6, 13.4 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 236.1.

A mixture of compound 220A (240 mg, 1.02 mmol), phenylboronic acid (249mg, 2.04 mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (278 mg, 1.53 mmol), pyridine (161 mg, 2.04mmol) and 4A° MS (400 mg) in DCE (20 mL) was degassed and purged with O₂for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hoursunder O₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=50:1 to10:1). Compound 220B (130 mg, yellow oil): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.36-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.16-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.68-6.57 (m, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=8.1Hz, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.39-4.25 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.56(m, 3H), 3.34 (dd, J=4.4, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 2.42-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.15 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 312.0.

A mixture of compound 220B (130 mg, 418 umol), LiOH.H₂O (26.3 mg, 626umol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (2 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 12 hours. Thereaction mixture was added aqueous HCl to adjust the pH˜5. And then themixture was filtered, and the filter cake was dried by freeze dryer.Compound 220C (130 mg, crude, white solid: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.36-7.15 (m, 6H), 7.13-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.47 (m, 1H), 6.40 (br d,J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 4.48-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.28 (br s, 1H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 1H),3.29-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.09 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 298.2.

Compound 220 (18.6 mg, yield: 70.3%, brown solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound220C. Compound 220: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.33-7.07 (m, 11H), 6.93(br s, 2H), 6.84-6.70 (m, 2H), 6.59 (br s, 1H), 6.49 (br d, J=8.4 Hz,2H), 5.35 (br s, 1H), 5.30-5.13 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.01 (br dd,J=4.2, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.62 (dd, J=5.8, 8.9 Hz, 1H),3.30 (br dd, J=5.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=6.4, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80(dd, J=9.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.31-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.03 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 472.2.

Example 117(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamide(221)

To a mixture of ethyl 1H-imidazole-2-carboxylate (5 g, 35.7 mmol) andphenylboronic acid (8.7 g, 71.4 mmol) in DCE (150 mL) was added Cu(OAc)₂(7.13 g, 39.25 mmol), pyridine (5.64 g, 71.36 mmol, 5.76 mL), 4A° MS (3g). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 16 hours under 02. Thereaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. Thecrude product was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted withPetroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=10:1, 4:1 to give compound 221A (3 g, 13.9mmol, yield: 38.9%) as a yellow solid. Compound 221A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃-d) δ 7.43-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.27-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.11(d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 221A (300 mg, 1.39 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and H₂O(1 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (52 mg, 1.25 mmol). The mixture was stirred at25° C. for 12 hours. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (5mL×2). The mixture was adjusted to pH˜5 with aqueous HCl (1M) andconcentrated by lyophilization to give intermediate compound 221B (550mg, crude) as a white solid.

Compound 221 (17.1 mg, yield: 30.9%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound221B.

Compound 221: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.76 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35(br d, J=2.6 Hz, 3H), 7.24-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.12 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.08(s, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.67 (br s, 1H), 5.60-5.47 (m, 2H), 3.32 (dd,J=4.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J=7.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺363.1.

Example 118(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-2-phenylthiophene-3-carboxamide(222)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-(2H-indazol-2-yl)-5-methylthiophene-3-carboxamide(428), andN-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylthiophene-3-carboxamide(429)

A mixture of ethyl 2-amino-5-methylthiophene-3-carboxylate (9 g, 48.6mmol) and CuBr₂ (13 g, 58.3 mmol) in MeCN (150 mL) was stirred at 0°C.-5° C. t-BuONO (5.5 g, 53.5 mmol) was added dropwise. The reactionmixture was stirred for 0.5 hour at 0-5° C. and 2 hours at 20° C. Thereaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (400 mL), washed with water (100mL) and brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and concentrated invacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=100:1) to give compound 222A (2 g, yield:16.5%) as yellow oil. Compound 222A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 7.01(s, 1H), 4.30 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.40-1.29 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 222A (400 mg, 1.61 mmol) and phenylboronic acid(393 mg, 3.22 mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (1.05 g, 3.22 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) andH₂O (2 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (118 mg, 161 umol) under N₂. Themixture was stirred at 110° C. for 12 hours under N₂. The reactionmixture was filtered and the filter was concentrated. The residue waspurified by preparatory-TLC (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=5:1) togive compound 222B (350 mg, yield: 88.3%) as a white solid. Compound222B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.48 (br s, 2H), 7.38 (br s, 3H), 7.19(br s, 1H), 4.19 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (br s, 3H), 1.23-1.15 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 222B (350 mg, 1.42 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added NaOH (142 mg, 3.55 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 80° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was concentrated to remove solventand adjusted to pH˜5 with aqueous HCl (1M). The mixture was filtered andthe solid was washed with H₂O (3 mL) to give intermediate compound 222C(250 mg, yield: 81.0%) as a white solid. Compound 222C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 12.47 (br s, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.10(d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Compound 222 (15.7 mg, yield: 29.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound222C. Compound 222: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.36-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.19(s, 1H), 7.13-7.07 (m, 3H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.71-6.60 (m, 3H), 5.89 (br d,J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.34 (m, 2H), 3.10 (dd, J=5.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81(dd, J=7.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 393.1.

Compound 428 (44.7 mg, yield: 40.5%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 222A to synthesize the intermediate carboxylic acid,2-(2H-indazol-2-yl)-5-methylthiophene-3-carboxylic acid which wasconverted to compound 428 using the procedures as for compound 12.Compound 428: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.17 (br d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.25(s, 1H), 7.70 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (br d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (brt, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.00 (br s, 3H), 6.85 (br s, 2H),6.69 (br s, 1H), 5.69-5.58 (m, 1H), 5.43 (br s, 1H), 3.27 (br dd, J=4.8,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (br dd, J=7.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 433.1.

Compound 429 (31.6 mg, yield: 35.7%, yellow solid) was prepared usingintermediate 222A to synthesize the intermediate carboxylic acid,5-methyl-2-(1-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thiophene-3-carboxylicacid which was converted to compound 429 using the procedures as forcompound 12. Compound 429: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 12.80 (br s, 1H),10.05 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (br s, 1H), 7.85 (br s, 1H), 7.66-7.57(m, 2H), 7.32-7.19 (m, 7H), 7.17-7.11 (m, 1H), 5.44 (br s, 1H), 3.27 (brs, 1H), 3.03-2.93 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 433.1.

Example 119(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(223)

To a mixture of ethyl 4-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (2.00 g, 12.97mmol), phenylboronic acid (2.37 g, 19.45 mmol), Py (1.13 g, 14.27 mmol,1.2 mL) in DCM (40.00 mL) was added 4A° MS (10.00 g)(activated 4A° MS)and Cu(OAc)₂ (2.59 g, 14.27 mmol), the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for63 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentratedin vacuo. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography(PE:EA=1:0 to 5:1) to give the compound 223A (725 mg, yield: 24.3%) wasobtained as a colorless oil. Compound 223A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.44 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.32(m, 1H), 4.31 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 223A (720 mg, 3.13 mmol) in THF (20.00 mL) wasadded LiOH.H₂O (700 mg, 16.68 mmol) in H₂O (6.00 mL). The reaction wasstirred at 25° C. for 27 h and then a solution of NaOH (626 mg, 15.65mmol) in H₂O (5.00 mL) and MeOH (4.00 mL) was added in the mixture. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3.5 h. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with H₂O (25 mL) and extracted with MTBE (15 mL). The aqueouslayers were adjusted pH˜3 by addition 1N HCl, and then the aqueous layerwas extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combine organic layer was washedwith brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give the compound 223C (526 mg, yield: 83.1%) wasobtained as a white solid. Compound 223C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.63 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.28 (m, 5H), 2.25 (s, 3H).

Compound 223 (34 mg, yield: 68.3%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound223C. Compound 223: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.18 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),8.21 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.22 (m, 10H), 5.46-5.36(m, 1H), 3.26 (br dd, J=3.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (dd, J=11.2, 13.9 Hz,1H), 2.00-1.93 (m, 3H).

Example 120 Compounds 224-225

(S)—N-(3,4-dioxo-1-phenyl-4-((pyridin-3-ylmethyl)amino)butan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(224)(S)—N-(4-((benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(225)

To a solution of compound 101E (350.0 mg, 920.11 umol) in DMF (10 mL)was added 3-pyridylmethanamine (119.4 mg, 1.10 mmol, 110 uL), DIEA (0.5mL), HOBt (124.33 mg, 920.11 umol) and EDCI (211.66 mg, 1.10 mmol).After stirred at 25° C. for 48 h, the mixture was added HBTU (418.7 mg,1.10 mmol) and DIEA (0.5 mL), and then stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. Themixture was diluted with H₂O (100 mL), extracted with EA (30 mL), washedwith HCl (1M, 30 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (aq, 30 mL), brine (30 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 0:1) to givecompound 224A.

Compound 224A (60.0 mg, yield 13.9%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.67-8.50 (m, 1H), 8.48-8.45 (m, 1H), 8.42-8.37 (m, 1H),8.30-8.24 (m, 1H), 7.73-7.33 (m, 6H), 7.31-7.09 (m, 6H), 6.14-5.86 (m,1H), 4.69-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.87(m, 1H), 2.77-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.96 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺471.2.

Compound 225A (130.0 mg, 27.5% yield, white solid) was synthesized asshown above for 224A from the corresponding amine. Compound 225A: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.35-8.28 (m, 1H), 8.26-8.21 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.51 (m,2H), 7.48-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.89-6.79(m, 1H), 6.79-6.68 (m, 2H), 5.94-5.88 (m, 2H), 5.87-5.81 (m, 1H),4.66-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.04-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.99 (m,1H), 2.95-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 514.2.

To a solution of compound 225A (120.0 mg, 233.67 umol) in DMSO (10 mL)and DCM (1 mL) was added DMP (297.3 mg, 701.01 umol). After stirred at25° C. for 1 hour, the mixture was quenched with 10% Na₂S₂O₃ (aqueous):saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (1:1, 50 mL), the organic layer was washed withbrine (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. The crude product was triturated with CH₃CN (5 mL) andfiltered to obtain compound 225 (62.0 mg, yield 51.9%) as yellow solid.Compound 225: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.41-9.32 (m, 1H), 9.10 (d,J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.40 (m, 2H),7.33-7.23 (m, 5H), 6.89-6.83 (m, 2H), 6.79-6.76 (m, 1H), 5.98 (s, 2H),5.54-5.47 (m, 1H), 4.27 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.74(m, 1H), 2.09-2.06 (m, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 512.2.

Compound 224 was synthesized from the corresponding intermediatecompound 224A as shown above for compound 225. Compound 224 (25.0 mg,50.2% yield) has been obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 9.53-9.45 (m, 1H), 9.11 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.49-8.46 (m,1H), 7.72-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.40(m, 2H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 5H), 5.54-5.47 (m, 1H), 4.40(d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.05 (m,3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 469.1.

Example 121(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-ethyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide(226)

To a mixture of iodobenzene (5 g, 24.51 mmol) and2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (7.83 g, 29.41 mmol, H₂O) in CHCl₃ (20mL), was added m-CPBA (4.23 g, 24.51 mmol). The mixture was stirred for2 hours at 25° C. under an N₂ atmosphere. After the reaction, MTBE (20mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture wasfiltered and the solid was washed with MTBE (30 mL) and compound 226A(8.9 g, 77.6% yield) was obtained as a white solid. Compound 226A: ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.76 (br s, 1H), 8.57 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H),8.43-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 8.10 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.75-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.59 (m, 2H).

Ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoate (1.3 g, 6.76 mmol) and compound 226A(4.12 g, 8.79 mmol) in CH₃CN (50 mL) were stirred at 80° C. for 1 h, andpropanamide (5.93 g, 81.1 mmol) was added to the mixture, then themixture was stirred at 120° C. for 0.2 hour under microwave irradiation.After being cooled to 25° C., the suspension was diluted with saturatedNaHCO₃ solution (30 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1) toobtain compound 226B (200 mg, 11.22% yield) as white solid. Compound226B: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.03-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 3H),4.36 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H),1.35 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 226C (170 mg, 93.71% yield, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 51 from the corresponding intermediate compound 226B. Compound226C: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.99-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 3H),2.83 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺217.9.

Compound 226 (59.7 mg, 58.17% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 226C.Compound 226: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.12-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.35(m, 3H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.13 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.81-6.68 (m, 2H),5.74-5.59 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.80 (m,2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.1.

Example 122 Compounds 268-269(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-4-phenyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(268)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-phenyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxamide(269)

Sulfuryl chloride (33.7 g, 250 mmol) was added drop wise to ethyl3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoate (40 g, 208 mmol) in CHCl₃ (200 mL) at 0° C. Themixture was warmed to 25° C. for 30 min, and then heated to 80° C. for3.5 h. TLC (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=10:1, R_(f)˜0.45) showed thereaction was complete. LCMS showed desired MS after cooling to roomtemperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (40 mL),washed with NaHCO₃ (aqueous; 40 mL×2), water (40 mL) and then brine (30mL) successively. The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andevaporated to give the crude product compound 268A (48 g, crude), asyellow oil. Compound 268A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 8.10-7.96 (m,2H), 7.73-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.39 (m, 2H), 5.62 (s, 1H), 4.39-4.25 (m,2H), 1.32-1.13 (m, 3H).

A solution of compound 268A (20 g, 88.2 mmol), formamide (39.7 g, 882mmol) and H₂O (3.18 g, 176 mmol) was heated to 180° C. for 3.5 h. Aftercooling, the mixture was added water (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (50mL×3), the organic phase give a precipitate, the solid was filtered anddried to give compound 268B (1.45 g, yield: 7.6%), as off white solid.Compound 268B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 13.26-12.66 (m, 1H),7.96-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.63 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.26(m, 3H), 4.33-4.09 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.13 (m, 3H).

To a solution of NaH (277 mg, 6.94 mmol, 60% purity) in DMF (5 mL) wasadded compound 268B (1.25 g, 5.78 mmol) in portions and stirred for 30min, then CH₃I (903 mg, 6.36 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred at15° C. for 2 h. The mixture was quenched with water (15 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3), the organic phases were driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated, the residue was purified byprep-HPLC (neutral) to give compounds 268C and 268D. Compound 268C (430mg, yield: 64.7%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 7.67 (br d,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.30 (m, 3H), 4.25 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H),3.93 (s, 3H), 1.22 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 268D (380 mg, yield: 57.1%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃-d) δ 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.52-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 2H), 4.24 (q,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of compound 268C (200 mg, 869 umol) and NaOH (69.5 mg, 1.74mmol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was stirred at 15° C. for 12 h. TLC(ethyl acetate, R_(f)˜0) showed the reaction was complete, the organicsolvent was removed under vacuum, the water layer was adjusted to pH˜5with 1 NHCl to give a precipitate, the solid was filtered and dried togive compound 268E (120 mg, yield: 68.3%) as white solid. Compound 268E:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.90 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.62 (br d,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.21 (m, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H).

Compound 268 (40.2 mg, yield: 27.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound268E. Compound 268: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.96 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.19 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),7.31-7.18 (m, 8H), 5.52 (ddd, J=3.5, 7.4, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H),3.21 (dd, J=3.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (dd, J=10.6, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Following the procedure used for intermediate compound 268E and compound268, intermediate compound 269A and compound 269 were prepared. Compound269A (130 mg, yield: 74%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.76(s, 1H), 7.47-7.30 (m, 5H), 3.40 (s, 3H). Compound 269 (32.4 mg, yield:37.5%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 7.67 (br d, J=7.2 Hz,1H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.42-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.28 (s,1H), 7.26-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.18 (m, 2H), 6.72 (br s, 1H), 5.64 (dt,J=5.3, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (br s, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.41 (dd, J=5.3, 14.1Hz, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J=7.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 123 Compounds 227-228(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-(ethoxymethyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(227)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-((benzyloxy)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(228)

To a solution of ethyl 3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (2 g, 12.97mmol), [4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid (3.94 g, 25.94 mmol) in NMP(200 mL) was added pyridine (2.05 g, 25.94 mmol, 2.09 mL), Cu(OAc)₂(3.53 g, 19.45 mmol), 4A° MS (20 g, 12.97 mmol). After stirred at 25° C.for 24 h, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was washed with H₂O(500 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The organic phase waswashed brine (500 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 3/1) to obtain intermediateCompound 227A (1 g, yield: 29.62%) as white solid. Compound 227A: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.41-7.34 (m, 4H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.22(q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 261.0.

To a solution of compound 227A (350 mg, 1.34 mmol) and benzyl bromide(458 mg, 2.68 mmol, 318 uL) in DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (160 mg, 4.02mmol, 60% purity) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h.The mixture was quenched with NH₄Cl (1 mL), diluted with H₂O (30 mL),extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3), the organic phase was combined,washed with NaCl (50 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to givea residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5:1) to obtain compound 228B (350mg, yield: 64.85%, yellow oil). Compound 228B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.47-7.28 (m, 9H), 6.87-6.78 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.60 (m, 2H), 4.56 (s, 2H),4.23 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 351.0.

To a solution of compound 228B (350 mg, 998.83 umol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added NaOH (119 mg, 3.00 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 20 mLof water, the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2-3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (20 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentratedto give a residue. Compound 228C (270 mg, yield: 83.86%, white solid):¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.58-12.95 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.24 (m, 9H), 6.79(s, 1H), 4.57 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 4H), 2.23 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺323.0.

Compound 228 (37.6 mg, yield: 51.78%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound228C. Compound 228: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.09 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H),8.11 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.21 (m, 12H), 7.14 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H),6.58-6.50 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.17 (m, 1H), 4.53 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 4H), 3.18 (dd,J=3.2, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.8, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 497.2.

Intermediate compound 227C (300 mg, yield: 95.04%) was obtained as awhite solid using the same procedure as for compound 228C. Compound227C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.20 (br s, 1H), 7.47-7.24 (m, 4H),6.79 (s, 1H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 3.50 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.16(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 261.0.

Compound 227 (31 mg, yield: 54.75%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 227C. Compound 227: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (d, J=7.7Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 7H),7.13 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.25 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.44(s, 2H), 3.52-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.19 (dd, J=3.0, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.76 (m,1H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.15 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 435.1.

Example 124(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-(ethoxymethyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(229)

To ethyl 3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (3 g, 19.46 mmol),[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid (4.44 g, 29.19 mmol), 4A° MS (8 g)and Pyridine (1.69 g, 21.41 mmol, 1.8 mL) in DCM (70 mL) was addedCu(OAc)₂ (4.59 g, 25.30 mmol), the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16h under O₂ balloon (15 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered to getrid of 4A° MS and catalyst, and then the filtrate was concentrated. Theresidue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition). Compound 229A(1.8 g, yield: 35.54%) was obtained as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.48-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 4.71 (s,2H), 4.22 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 229A (465 mg, 1.79 mmol) and iodoethane (1.4g, 8.95 mmol, 0.75 mL) in dry DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (214.8 mg, 5.37mmol, 60% purity) at 0° C., then the mixture was reaction at 25° C. for2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with 50 mL saturated NH₄Cl at 0°C., extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×2), the organic phase was driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1). Compound 229B (443 mg, yield:85.83%) was obtained as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.43-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.28 (m, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.21(q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.54 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.23 (t, J=2.4,7.1 Hz, 6H).

To a solution of compound 229B (443 mg, 1.54 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (6 mL) was added NaOH (184.8 mg, 4.62 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 20 mLof water and the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2 to 3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (10 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated to give a residue. Compound 229C (400 mg, yield: 99.79%)was obtained as a white solid, which was used for next step directly. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.43-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 3H), 6.79 (s,1H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 3.48 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.16-1.12 (m,3H).

Compound 229 (30.1 mg, yield: 47.21%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound229C. Compound 229: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (br d, J=7.7 Hz,1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.22 (m, 8H), 6.99 (br d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 5.31-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.47-3.43 (m,2H), 3.17 (br dd, J=3.4, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (br dd, J=10.6, 13.7 Hz,1H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.11 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 435.1.

Example 125(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-((benzyloxy)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(230)

To a solution of compound 229A (472 mg, 1.81 mmol) andbromomethylbenzene (1.55 g, 9.05 mmol, 1.1 mL) in dry DMF (15 mL) wasadded NaH (218 mg, 5.43 mmol, 60% purity) at 0° C. and then the mixturewas reaction at 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with50 mL saturated NH₄Cl at 0° C., extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×2),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1). Compound 230A (623 mg, yield:98.23%) was obtained as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.43-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.31 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (s,1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.23-4.18 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.22(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 230A (623 mg, 1.78 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) andH₂O (8 mL) was added NaOH (214 mg, 5.34 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 20 mLof water, the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2-3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (10 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentratedto give a residue. Compound 230B (569 mg, yield: 99.16%) was obtained asa white solid, which was used for next step directly. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 7.45-7.23 (m, 10H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H),2.24 (s, 3H).

Compound 230 (33.3 mg, yield: 54.97%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound230B. Compound 230: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.08 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.25 (m, 12H), 7.23-7.20 (m, 1H),7.03-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 5.30-5.21 (m, 1H), 4.51 (d, J=2.9 Hz,4H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.4, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.6, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.23(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 497.1.

Example 126 Compounds 231, 438, 442(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3-(phenoxymethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(231)

To a suspended solution of compound 229A (400 mg, 1.54 mmol) and phenol(174 mg, 1.85 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added PPh₃ (605 mg, 2.31mmol) and then slowly added DIAD (467 mg, 2.31 mmol, 449 uL) under N₂.The mixture was reaction at 25° C. for 12 h under N₂. The reactionmixture dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and H₂O (20 mL), then extracted withDCM (20 mL×2), the organic layer was combined and the mixture was driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=4/1).Compound 231A (489.7 mg, yield: 94.53%) was obtained as a colorless oil.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.51-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.36 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.31-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.13 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 6.87(s, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.13 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.11 (t,J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 231A (551 mg, 1.64 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added NaOH (262 mg, 6.56 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 10 mLof water and the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2-3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (10 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated to give a residue. Compound 231B (490 mg, yield: 96.90%)was obtained as a white solid, which was used for next step directly. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.50-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.25(m, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J=1.0, 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.95-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H),5.13 (s, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

Compound 231 (68 mg, yield: 65.87%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound231B. Compound 231: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.07 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.23 (m, 10H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 1H),7.04-6.95 (m, 3H), 6.91 (br t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.20(m, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.3, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (br dd,J=10.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H).

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-((benzyloxy)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(438)

Compound 438 (2.9 g, yield: 86.54%, white solid) was prepared from thecorresponding intermediate compound 229A by alkylating with benzylbromide followed by ester hydrolysis and coupling with intermediate 274Das in compound 12. Compound 438: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.10 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.23 (m, 13H), 7.10-6.99(m, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 4.53 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 4H), 3.32-3.16(m, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.6, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 497.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(442)

Compound 442 (50 mg, yield: 50.01%, yellow solid) was prepared from thecorresponding intermediate compound 229A by converting it to themorpholino derivative via the mesylate. The morpholino derivative wassubjected to ester hydrolysis and coupling with intermediate 274D as incompound 12. Compound 442: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 7.34-7.15 (m, 11H),7.07-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 5.39 (dd, J=4.6, 8.0, 9.4Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.89 (dd,J=9.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (s, 4H), 2.26 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺476.2.

Example 127(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2,6-dimethylpyrimidin-4-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(232)

To a solution of 4-chloro-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine (3.0 g, 21.04 mmol) andNH₂NH₂.H₂O (10.5 g, 210.40 mmol) in EtOH (40 mL). The mixture wasstirred at 70° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled toroom-temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to affordintermediate compound 232A (2.30 g, 62.60% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 6.33 (br s, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 232A (2.30 g, 13.17 mmol, HCl) and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (2.08 g, 13.17 mmol) in AcOH (30 mL). The mixturewas stirred at 100° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove AcOH, then diluted with H₂O, the pH wasadjusted to around 9 by progressively adding NaHCO₃, then partitionedbetween EtOAc (20 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄. The residue was purified byflash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 40 g SepaFlash® Silica FlashColumn, Eluent of 0-50% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 30mL/min), then the residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (basiccondition). Compound 232C (50 mg, 1.46% yield) was obtained as a whitesolid. Compound 232C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.76-7.71 (m, 1H),6.72-6.66 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.37 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.74 (m, 3H), 2.73-2.66 (m,3H), 2.58-2.52 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.38 (m, 3H).

Compound 232D (38 mg, 85.18% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 85 from the corresponding intermediate compound 232C. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.63 (s, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s,3H), 2.50 (s, 3H).

Compound 232 (48.4 mg, 57.40% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound232D. Compound 232: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.40 (br d,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.80 (br s, 1H),6.66 (s, 1H), 5.77-5.69 (m, 2H), 3.49-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.24 (m, 1H),2.75 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 407.1.

Example 128(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(6-phenylpyridazin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(233)

To a solution of 3-chloro-6-phenylpyridazine (1.00 g, 5.25 mmol) in EtOH(20 mL) was added N₂H₄.H₂O (2.63 g, 52.46 mmol, 2.55 mL). After stirredat 78° C. for 10 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure to remove the solvent. The residue was diluted withpetroleum ether 30 mL, stirred for 30 min, and then filtered to givecrude intermediate product 233A as grey residue. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆): δ 7.96 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.43(m, 2H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H).

To a solution of compound 233A (1.30 g, 6.98 mmol) in CH₃COOH (12 mL)was added ethyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (1.10 g, 6.98 mmol, 985.61 uL), thenthe mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. The residue wasdiluted with solvent ethyl acetate (70 mL) and washed with solventsaturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PetroleumEther: Ethyl Acetate=30/1 to 10/1) to afford a residue. The crude wasfurther separated by preparatory-HPLC (Acid condition). Compound 233Bwas obtained as a white solid (270.00 mg, 875.69 umol, 12.55% yield).

To a mixture of compound 233B (180.0 mg, 583.79 umol) in MeOH (6 mL) andH₂O (3.00 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (73.5 mg, 1.75 mmol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 6 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasdiluted with H₂O (20 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and thenextracted with EtOAc (60 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 233D(160.00 mg, 97.78% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.52 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.27-8.22 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.56 (m, 2H), 6.85 (s,1H), 2.73 (s, 3H).

Compound 233 (67.0 mg, 63.93% yield white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound233D. Compound 233: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.16 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),8.13-8.11 (m, 2H), 8.03 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.20-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 6.75(d, J=0.4 Hz, 1H), 5.76-5.71 (m, 1H), 5.55 (s, 1H), 3.49-3.44 (m, 1H),3.32-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.85 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+455.1.

Example 129(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(6-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(234)

To a solution of 2-hydrazinyl-6-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (400mg, 2.09 mmol) in CH₃COOH (4 mL) was added ethyl2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (391 mg, 2.09 mmol), then the mixturewas stirred at 120° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂(70 mL) and washed by saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL×2) andsaturated brine (20 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by flash columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum Ether: Ethyl Acetate=10:1 to 3:1) toafford proposed compound 3 (150 mg, 22.91% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 4.46-4.36(m, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.41 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 234A (100 mg, 319.21 umol) in MeOH (4 mL) andH₂O (2 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (53 mg, 1.28 mmol), then the mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue was diluted with H₂O(10 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and extracted with EtOAc (40mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto afford intermediate compound 234B (80 mg, 87.87% yield) as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 6.79 (s,1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H).

Compound 234 (24.1 mg, 34.58% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 234B.Compound 234: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆, t=80° C.) δ 8.81 (d, J=6.4 Hz,1H), 7.75 (br s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.59 (br, s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H),7.27-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.43-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.16 (m, 1H),2.96-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+460.1.

Example 130(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(238)

A solution of 2-chlorobenzo[d]oxazole (2.5 g, 16.3 mmol) in dioxane (4mL) was added to a solution of N₂H₄.H₂O (4.07 g, 81.4 mmol) in dioxane(20 mL) dropwise keeping the reaction temperature below 30° C. Thereaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr. The solvent wasevaporated. Water (50 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10min. The solid was collected by filtration and the cake was washed bywater (50 mL). The cake was dried to give pure product 238A (2 g, yield:82.4%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.76 (br s, 1H),7.31 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dt, J=1.0, 7.7 Hz,1H), 6.95 (dt, J=1.1, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (br s, 2H).

A mixture of compound 238A (1 g, 6.70 mmol) and methyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (966 mg, 6.70 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was stirred at120° C. for 16 hrs. The solvent was evaporated. The crude product waspurified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethylacetate=20:1-3:1) to give compound 238B (900 mg, crude) as off-whitesolid.

A solution of compound 238B (200 mg, 777 umol) in toluene (5 mL) wasadded TMSOK (199 mg, 1.55 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C. for 5 hrs. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated NH₄Cl (5mL). The product was extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×3). The combinedorganic layer was purified by preparatory-HPLC (HCOOH) to give compound238C (30 mg, yield: 15.9%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ13.30 (br s, 1H), 7.80 (td, J=4.2, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.83(s, 1H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H).

Compound 238 (21 mg, yield: 70%, white solid) was prepared as in Example5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 238C. Possible isomercould not confirmed by 2DNMR. Compound 238: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.78-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J=3.2, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (br d, J=7.1 Hz,1H), 7.43-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.16 (m, 6H), 6.80-6.70 (m, 2H), 5.81-5.71(m, 1H), 5.55 (br s, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J=5.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (dd,J=7.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 418.1.

Example 131 Compounds 239-242, 469-474(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-ethyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(239)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-isopropyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(242)

A solution of p-TsOH.H₂O (61.3 g, 322.27 mmol) in H₂O (20 mL) was addedto a suspension of compound 1 (20.0 g, 128.91 mmol) in CH₃CN (400 mL) at0° C. The mixture turned clear. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30min. Then a solution of NaNO₂ (13.3 g, 193.4 mmol) and KI (32.1 g, 193.4mmol) in H₂O (20 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture at 0° C. Afteraddition, the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h. The mixture wasquenched by the addition of saturated Na₂SO₃ (˜100 mL) at 0° C. Theblack mixture turned yellow. The mixture was concentrated to 200 mL andthen extracted with DCM (75 mL×3). The combined organic layer was washedwith brine (75 mL×2), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. Theresidue was treated with 100 mL ethyl acetate. The insoluble substancewas removed off by filter. The filtrate was concentrated and purified byFCC (PE/EA=1/1) to afford compound 239A (17.50 g, yield 48.4%) as whitesolid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 13.01-12.65 (m, 1H), 8.13-8.11 (m,1H), 4.38-4.32 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.37 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 266.8.

Cs₂CO₃ (7.35 g, 22.56 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 239A(2.0 g, 7.52 mmol) in DMF (15 mL). Then EtI (1.50 mL, 18.8 mmol) wasadded. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2.5 h. The mixture wastreated with EA (50 mL) and H₂O (50 mL). The organic layer was separatedand the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (25 mL×2). The combinedorganic layer was washed brine (30 mL×3), dried over MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified by FCC (PE/EA=8/1) to affordcompound 239B (1.31 g, yield 59.2%) as colorless oil. Compound 239B(R_(f)=0.24, PE/EA=8/1): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.28 (s, 1H),4.21-4.12 (m, 4H), 1.34 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

Na₂CO₃ (360 mg, 3.4 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 239B (500mg, 1.7 mmol) and phenylboronic acid (311 mg, 2.6 mmol) in dioxane (10mL). Then H₂O (2 mL) was added, followed by Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (124 mg, 0.17mmol). The mixture was de-gassed 3 times and heated to 80° C. andstirred for 22 h at 80° C. The mixture was filtered through a pad ofCelite, the solid was washed with EA (25 mL×3). The organic layer wasseparated from the filtrate, and then washed with brine (30 mL×2), driedover MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by FCC(PE/EA=10/1) to afford compound 239D (380 mg, yield 91.5%) as paleyellow oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=1.5,7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.32 (m, 3H), 4.28-4.17 (m, 4H), 1.55 (t, J=7.3 Hz,3H), 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 239D (380 mg, 1.56 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) wasadded a solution of KOH (875 mg, 15.6 mmol) in H₂O (3 mL). The mixturewas stirred at 70° C. for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (15 mL),and then the volatile solvent was removed by evaporation. The residuewas acidified to pH˜2 with 1N HCl. The precipitate was collected byfilter and dried in vacuum to afford compound 239E (250 mg, yield 74.1%)was obtained as white solid, which was used for next step directly. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 12.19 (br.s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd,J=1.4, 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.24 (m, 3H), 4.17 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.39 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 3H).

Compound 239 (80 mg, yield 51.3%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound239E. Compound 239: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.32 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),8.07 (s, 1H), 8.05 (br.s, 1H), 7.79 (br.s, 1H), 7.62-7.51 (m, 2H),7.32-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.32-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.16 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (dd,J=4.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 1.40 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

Following the procedure used for compound 239, intermediate compounds242A, 242C and 242D were successively prepared. Compound 242A (1.41 g,yield 60.9%, colorless oil): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.31 (s, 1H),4.60-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.22 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.28(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 242C (318 mg, yield 76.0%, colorless liquid): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆,400 MHz): δ 8.39 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.34 (m, 3H),4.64-4.52 (m, 1H), 4.16 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.21(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). Compound 242D (119 mg, crude, white solid): ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 12.19 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.76-7.71 (m, 2H),7.41-7.32 (m, 3H), 4.61-4.51 (m, 1H), 1.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H).

Compound 242 (47 mg, yield 46.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound242D. Compound 242: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.49(m, 2H), 7.47-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.85-6.78 (m, 2H), 6.73(s, 1H), 6.13-6.05 (m, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 5.57-5.42 (m, 2H), 4.51 (spt,J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=4.7, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=8.0, 14.2 Hz,1H), 1.53 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 405.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-ethyl-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(469)

Compound 469 (130 mg, yield 49%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,1-ethyl-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid which wasprepared using procedure similar to compound 239E. Compound 469: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.43-7.31 (m,2H), 7.30-7.10 (m, 7H), 5.33-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H),3.22-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.82 (m, 1H), 1.45 (br t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 409.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-ethyl-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(470)

Compound 470 (140 mg, yield 66.8%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,1-ethyl-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid which wasprepared using procedure similar to compound 239E. Compound 470: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.44 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s,1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.23 (m,4H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 1H), 5.35-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.11(m, 2H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H),1.40 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 409.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-ethyl-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(471)

Compound 471 (90 mg, yield 32.9%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,1-ethyl-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid which wasprepared using procedure similar to compound 239E. Compound 471: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.37 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.96(m, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.14 (m, 5H), 7.13-7.01(m, 2H), 5.31-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.06 (m, 1H),2.87-2.75 (m, 1H), 1.38 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 409.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(472)

Compound 472 (88 mg, yield 45.8%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid which wasprepared using procedure similar to compound 242D. Compound 472: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (s,1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.05 (m, 9H), 5.26-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.52 (td,J=6.8, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (br, dd, J=3.9, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (br.dd,J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 1.48-1.39 (m, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 423.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(473)

Compound 473 (51 mg, yield 41.2%, pale yellow solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid which wasprepared using procedure similar to compound 242D. Compound 473: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.42 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.07-8.01(m, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.24(m, 4H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.05 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.25 (m, 1H),4.60-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.8, 14.0Hz, 1H), 1.44 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 423.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(474)

Compound 474 (80 mg, yield 52.6%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,3-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid which wasprepared using procedure similar to compound 242D. Compound 474: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.39 (m, 4H),7.34-7.17 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.03 (m, 2H), 5.37-5.27 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.47 (m,1H), 3.26-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.87 (m, 1H), 1.49 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 423.2.

Example 132 Compounds 240-241(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-ethyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(240)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-4-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(241)

To a mixture of methyl 4-bromo-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (15.0 g, 73.2mmol) and Cs₂CO₃ (59.6 g, 182.9 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) was added Mel(14.7 mL, 236.0 mmol) drop-wise at 0° C. under N₂. The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, thecake washed with ethyl acetate (200 mL×2). The filtrate was washed withwater (70 mL×4) and the aqueous phase extracted with ethyl acetate (150mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to dryness. The crudeproduct which was purified by FCC (gradient eluent: petroleumether/ethyl acetate from 100/0 to 50/50) to afford the title compound240A (8.3 g, yield 51.8%) as a white solid and the title compound 240B(7.0 g, yield 43.7%) as white solid. Compound 240A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃): δ 7.48 (s, 1H), 4.15 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺219.0. Compound 240B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.47 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s,3H), 3.92 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 219.0.

Compound 240A (2.0 g, 9.1 mmol), phenylboronic acid (1.3 g, 11.0 mmol),Cs₂CO₃ (8.9 g, 27.4 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (211 mg, 183 umol) in DMF (30mL) was de-gassed and then heated to 80° C. for 16 hours under N₂. Thereaction mixture was filtered, the cake washed with ethyl acetate (30mL×2). The filtrate was washed with water (20 mL×4) and the aqueousphase extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The combined organicextracts were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to drynessunder reduced pressure to dryness. The crude product which was purifiedby FCC (gradient eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetate from 100/0 to50/50) to afford the title compound 240C (1.0 g, yield 47.3%) as a lightyellow solid. Compound 240C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.52 (s, 1H),7.40-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H), 4.20 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 217.0.

A solution of NaOH (370 mg, 9.2 mmol) in H₂O (10 mL) was added to asolution of compound 240C (1.0 g, 4.6 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and MeOH (10mL) at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. Themixture was adjusted to pH˜6 with 1N HCl (10 mL) at 25° C., andextracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The combined organic extractswere dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to afford compound240D (900 mg, yield 94.1%) as light yellow solid. Compound 240D: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.54-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.27 (m,3H), 4.14 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 202.9.

Compound 240 (68.6 mg, yield 41.4%) was prepared as in Example 12 fromthe corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound 240D. Compound240: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.46-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 2H),7.20-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.73-6.68 (m, 2H), 6.14-6.07 (m, 1H), 5.57-5.46 (m,2H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 3.19 (dd, J=4.8, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=8.0, 14.0Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Following the procedure used for compound 240, compound 241 (90 mg,yield 58.5%, white solid) was prepared from intermediate compound 241B.Compound 241: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.53-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s,1H), 7.37-7.27 (m, 6H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.72 (br s, 1H), 5.69-5.62(m, 1H), 5.43 (br s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.42 (dd, J=5.2, 14.0 Hz, 1H),3.20 (dd, J=7.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 133 Compounds 244-245(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(244)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(245)

A mixture of 4-chloro-2-methylpyrimidine (5.00 g, 38.89 mmol) andN₂H₄.H₂O (22.91 g, 388.90 mmol, 22.24 mL, 85% purity) in EtOH (100 mL)was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, then the mixture wasstirred at 70° C. for 2 hour under N₂ atmosphere. The mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude, the crude waswashed by PE (50 mL) and filtered, the residue was purified by columnchromatography (DCM: CH₃OH=10:1) to obtain compound 244A (1.60 g, 33.14%yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.99(d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (br s, 1H), 4.31 (br s, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 244A (900.0 mg, 7.25 mmol) in CH₃COOH (12 mL)was added ethyl 2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (1.36 g, 7.25 mmol),then the mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 2 hours. The residue wasdiluted with solvent EtOAc (70 mL) and washed with solvent saturatedNaHCO₃ solution (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (PE:EA=30/1 to 10/1) to afford crude.The crude was further separated by preparatory-HPLC (Basic condition) togive compound 244B (158.0 mg, 8.85% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.66 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (s,1H), 4.39-4.33 (m, 2H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.35-1.32 (m, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+247.1.

To a mixture of compound 244B (130.0 mg, 527.90 umol) in MeOH (8 mL) andH₂O (4 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (88.6 mg, 2.11 mmol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hours. The reaction mixturewas concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasdiluted with H₂O (10 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, and thenextracted with EtOAc (40 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 244D(110.00 mg, 95.49% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.77 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 2.65 (s,3H), 2.27 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+219.1.

Compound 244 (40.0 mg, 33.17% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound244D. Compound 244: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.48 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),8.66 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.10(s, 2H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 5.81 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (s,1H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+393.1.

Following the procedure used for compound 244A, compound 245A (1.80 g,49.37% yield, brown solid) was obtained from 4-chloropyrimidine andNH₂NH₂.H₂O. Compound 245A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.32 (s, 2H),8.06 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 4.32 (m, 2H).

Following the procedure used for compound 244B, compound 245B (586.0 mg,2.52 mmol, 17.39% yield) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.71 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.69 (m, 1H), 6.56(s, 1H), 4.34-4.38 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 1H), 1.31-1.24 (m, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+1)+233.1.

Following the procedure for compound 244D, compound 245D (476.0 mg, 2.33mmol, 93.30% yield) was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.90 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),6.79 (s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H).

Compound 245 (35.0 mg, 28.33% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 245D.Compound 245: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.18 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.83(d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d,J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 5H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 3.19-3.16(m, 1H), 2.88-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+379.1.

Example 134 Compounds 246, 431-437, 448(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(246)

To a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (10 g, 67.12 mmol) and Et₃N(10.2 mL, 73.83 mmol) in EtOH (120 mL) was added NH₂NH₂.H₂O (4.6 mL,80.54 mmol) at 0˜5° C. The mixture was stirred at 5° C. for 1.5 h. Themixture was concentrated. The residue was triturated in EtOH (15 mL) andwater (15 mL) to afford compound compound 246A (4 g, 41.22% yield) asyellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.00-8.79 (m, 1H), 8.09-7.63 (m,1H), 6.82-6.59 (m, 1H), 4.82-4.30 (m, 2H).

A mixture of ethyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate (4.38 g, 27.67 mmol), compound246A (4 g, 27.67 mmol) in AcOH (60 mL) was stirred at 118° C. for 1 h.The mixture was in DCM (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water(10 mL), NaHCO₃ to pH˜8˜9 and dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5:1). Compound 246B (650 mg, 8.81% yield)was obtained as white solid. Compound 246C (240 mg, 3.25% yield) wasobtained as white solid. Compound 246B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.87(d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.34 (q, J=7.2Hz, 2H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). Compound 246C: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.84 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),6.91 (s, 1H), 4.32 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 3H).

A mixture of compound 246B (300 mg, 1.12 mmol) in THF (36 mL) and H₂O(12 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (27.1 mg, 645.87 umol). The mixture wasstirred at 31° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated and acidified topH˜5 with 1M HCl, then extracted with chloroform: isopropyl alcohol=10:1(10 ml×2). This combined organic phase was washed with saturated aqueousNaCl and dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the solvent was removed invacuo to give compound 246D (200 mg, 74.83% yield) as white solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 14.19-13.39 (m, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H),7.83 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H).

Compound 246 (2.7 mg, yield, 12.35%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 246D.Compound 246: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.16-9.11 (m, 1H), 8.77-8.72(m, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.73-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.23 (brs, 4H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 3.17-3.13 (m,1H), 2.88-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 413.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-isopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(431)

Compound 431 (65 mg, yield, 87.0%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246B which was subjected to suzuki coupling using4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(prop-1-en-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane followed byester hydrolysis using procedure as for compound 12 and hydrogenationand coupling with intermediate 274D as in compound 12 to obtain compound431. Compound 431: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.74 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=5.5 Hz,1H), 7.32-7.20 (m, 5H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 5.52-5.41 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd,J=3.6, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.04 (dd, J=6.9,12.2 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 421.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-ethynylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(432)

Compound 432 (35 mg, yield, 43.5%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246B which was subjected to coupling with4ethynyltrimethylsilane followed by removal of trimethylsilyl group andthen ester hydrolysis using procedure as for compound 12 and couplingwith intermediate 274D as in compound 12 to obtain compound 432.Compound 432: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.14 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.82(d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H),7.31-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 5.46-5.35 (m, 1H), 4.39 (s, 1H), 3.19(dd, J=4.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=9.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.1.

(S)-1-(2-ethynylpyrimidin-4-yl)-N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(433)

Compound 433 (35 mg, yield, 43.5%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246B which was subjected to coupling with4ethynyltrimethylsilane followed by removal of trimethylsilyl group andthen ester hydrolysis using procedure as for compound 12 and couplingwith (2S,3S)-3-amino-1-fluoro-4-phenylbutan-2-ol hydrochloride usingprocedure as in compound 12 to obtain compound 433. Compound 433: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.24 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H),7.78 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.38 s,1H), 5.50-5.21 (m, 2H), 4.73-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.45 (s, 1H), 3.19 (dd,J=4.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=9.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.1.

N-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(434)

Compound 434 (80 mg, yield, 15.2%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246B which was subjected to coupling with intermediate 274Dusing procedure as in compound 12 to obtain compound 434. Compound 434:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.76 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=8.8 Hz,1H), 8.36 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=5.5, 19.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.14(m, 7H), 6.55-6.41 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.19 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 1H),3.85 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.04-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.28 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 415.0.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(435)

Compound 435 (160 mg, yield, 46.02%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246C which was subjected to coupling with intermediate 12Gusing procedure as in compound 12 to obtain compound 435. Compound 435:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.88 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=5.5 Hz,1H), 7.82 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H),7.23-7.13 (m, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),3.88 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.02-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.68 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 415.0.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(436)

Compound 436 (25 mg, yield, 57.7%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246D which was subjected to treatment with sodium methoxideand coupling with intermediate 274D using procedure as in compound 12 toobtain compound 436. Compound 436: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.14 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.34(d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 5.45-5.36 (m, 1H),3.48 (s, 3H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.3, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz,1H), 2.29 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 409.2.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-cyanopyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(437)

Compound 437 (30 mg, yield, 81.32%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246D which was subjected to treatment with zinc cyanideusing palladium catalyzed coupling conditions followed by coupling withintermediate 274D using procedure as in compound 12 to obtain compound437. Compound 437: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.13 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.96 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.05-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.15 (m,5H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 5.51-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=4.2, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.79 (dd, J=9.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.30-2.24 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺404.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-cyanopyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(448)

To a solution of compound 246D (400 mg, 1.68 mmol) in2-methylpropan-2-ol (6.2 g, 83.65 mmol, 8.00 mL) and THF (10 mL) wasadded pyridine (928 mg, 11.73 mmol, 947 uL) and then added p-TsCl (799mg, 4.19 mmol) in one portion at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 48 h. The reaction was quenched with sat. NaHCO₃ at 0° C., themixture was extracted with EA (20 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered,and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flashsilica gel chromatography (ISCO©; 24 g SepaFlash© Silica Flash Column,eluent of 0-10%-20% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 35 mL/min).Compound 448A (400 mg, yield 81.0%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.63 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.63 (m, 1H), 6.59(s, 1H), 2.34 (m, 3H), 1.59 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 295.1.

To a solution of compound 448A (400 mg, 1.36 mmol) in DMF (13 mL) wasadded KF (788 mg, 13.57 mmol) and Dicyclohexano-18-crown-6 (51 mg,135.71 umol). The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 3 h under N₂. Thereaction was cooled to rt and added ice-water (80 mL), white precipitatewas formed. The solid was collected by filtration. The residue waspurified by preparatory-HPLC (HCl condition). Column: YMC-Actus TriartC18 100*30 mm*5 um; mobile phase: [water (0.05% HCl)-ACN]; B %: 55%-85%,9.5 min. Compound 448B (130 mg, yield: 34.4%) was obtained as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.63 (dd, J=2.0, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd,J=3.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 9H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 279.1.

To a solution of compound 448B (130 mg, 467.15 umol) in DCM (15 mL) wasadded TFA (2.31 g, 20.26 mmol, 1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 5 h. The reaction was concentrated to give a residue. The residuewas used to the next step without purification. Compound 448C (105 mg,crude) was obtained as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.84(dd, J=2.1, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=3.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 6.89-6.78 (m,1H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 222.9.

Compound 448 (35 mg, yield, 69.7%, white solid) was prepared usingintermediate 246D and 448C using procedure as in compound 12 to obtaincompound 448. Compound 448: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.14 (d, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 8.76 (dd, J=2.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.70(dd, J=3.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.17 (m, 5H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.37 (m,1H), 3.14 (dd, J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.28(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 397.1.

Example 135(S)—N-(3,4-dioxo-1-phenyl-4-((4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl)amino)butan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide(247)

To a solution of compound 101E (500.0 mg, 1.31 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) wasadded [4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methanamine (250.4 mg, 1.31 mmol, 200uL), DIEA (507.9 mg, 3.93 mmol, 690 uL), HOBt (53.1 mg, 393.00 umol) andEDCI (301.4 mg, 1.57 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12hours. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (100 mL), extracted with EA (30mL), washed with HCl (1M, 30 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (aq, 30 mL), brine(30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified bypreparatory-HPLC (basic condition). Compound 247A (80.0 mg, crude) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.46-8.20 (m,1H), 7.57-7.11 (m, 15H), 5.90-5.64 (m, 1H), 4.71-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.10-3.90(m, 2H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 247A (80.0 mg, 144.53 umol) in DCM (10 mL) andDMSO (1 mL) was added DMP (183.9 mg, 433.59 umol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 3 hours. The mixture quenched with 10% Na₂S₂O₃(aqueous): saturated NaHCO₃ (aqueous) (1:1, 20 mL), extracted with DCM(10 mL) and washed with brine (20 mL×3). The combined organic layerswere dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude product wastriturated with CH₃CN (5 mL) and filtered. Compound 247 (20.0 mg, yield25.1%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.50-9.43 (m, 1H), 9.12-9.06 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.36 (m,5H), 7.34-7.19 (m, 7H), 5.53-5.45 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.20(m, 1H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.05 (s, 2H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 552.1.

Example 136(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide(248)

A mixture of ethyl 3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate (8 g, 38.06 mmol)and NH₄OAc (5.87 g, 76.12 mmol) in EtOH (450 mL) was stirred at 78° C.for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure, and the residue was diluted with water (60 mL) and thenextracted with EtOAc (100 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washedwith sat. NaHCO₃ (50 mL×3) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, filtered and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure togive a residue, which was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=100:1 to 10:1) to afford compound 248A(7.10 g, 89.16% yield) as a light yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ7.56-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.04 (m, 2H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 4.16 (q, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 1.32-1.24 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 248A (9 g, 43.02 mmol) in DCE (90 mL) was addedPhI(OAc)₂ (18.0 g, 55.93 mmol) in three portions at 0° C. under N₂, themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours and then warmed to 25° C.slowly. The mixture was then stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reactionmixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (200 mL) andextracted with DCM (200 mL×3). The combined organic layers were driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1) to afford compound248B (6.0 g, 52.19% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ7.49-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.27-4.16 (m, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H),1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of ethyl compound 248B (6.0 g, 22.45 mmol) in DCE (30 mL) andAcOH (15 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled to room-temperature and then concentrated to dryness underreduced pressure to afford a residue, which was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=100:1 to 10:1) toafford compound 248C (2.80 g, 50.04% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.10-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.11 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (q,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.37 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 248C (1 g, 4.01 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) and H₂O(15 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (505.1 mg, 12.03 mmol) in one portion and themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasadjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, diluted with water (30 mL) and thenextracted with EtOAc (100 mL×4). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (80 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate compound 248D(820 mg, 92.45% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ8.10-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.07 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H).

Compound 248 (36.1 mg, 24.19% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound248D. Compound 248: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.19-8.12 (m, 2H),7.34-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.80-6.71 (m,2H), 5.74-5.68 (m, 1H), 5.58 (br s, 1H), 3.48-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.19(m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.0.

Example 137(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-phenylbenzofuran-3-carboxamide(249)

To a mixture of ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoate (2 g, 10.41 mmol, 1.8mL), phenol (2.94 g, 31.23 mmol, 2.75 mL), and FeCl₃.6H₂O (281 mg, 1.04mmol) was added DCE (70 mL) under nitrogen at 25° C. Thendi-tert-butylperoxide (3.04 g, 20.82 mmol, 3.85 mL) was dropped into themixture under nitrogen. The reaction temperature was raised to 100° C.for 3 h. The temperature of the reaction was cooled to room temperature.The resulting reaction solution was quenched with 30 mL of saturatedNaHCO₃ and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The extract was washed with 100mL of saturated NaHCO₃ and 100 mL of 10% Na₂S₂O₃. The extract was driedover Na₂SO₄. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to afford the crudeproducts. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,PE˜Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1) to give compound 249A (1.5 g,yield: 54.08%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.09-7.99 (m,3H), 7.57-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 2H), 4.41 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H),1.43-1.39 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 267.0.

To a solution of compound 249A (600 mg, 2.25 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) andH₂O (15 mL) was added NaOH (270 mg, 6.75 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 20mL of water, the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH˜2-3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (20 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentratedto give a residue. Compound 249B (330 mg, yield: 61.78%) was obtained asa white solid, which was used to the next step without purification. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.10 (br s, 1H), 8.05-7.92 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.62(m, 1H), 7.57-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺239.0.

Compound 249 (65 mg, yield: 60.09%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound249B. Compound 249: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.23 (br s, 1H), 7.94 (br s, 1H), 7.69 (br s, 2H), 7.63 (d, J=7.9 Hz,1H), 7.40 (br s, 3H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 8H), 5.56 (br s, 1H), 3.26 (br s,1H), 2.79 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 413.1.

Example 138 Compounds 250-251(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-cyclopropyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(250)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(251)

To a mixture of compound 239A (2.0 g, 7.5 mmol) and cyclopropylboronicacid (1.29 g, 15.0 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added Cu(OAc)₂ (2.05 g,11.28 mmol), 4A° MS (20 g) and pyridine (1.2 mL 15.0 mmol) at 25° C.under 02 (15 psi). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 38 h.Additional cyclopropylboronic acid (1.29 g, 15.04 mmol) was added to themixture, which was stirred at 70-80° C. for 20 h. The reaction mixturewas added Cu(OAc)₂ (2.05 g, 11.28 mmol) and stirred at 70-80° C. for 22h. The mixture was filtered, the filtrate was diluted with H₂O (200 mL),extracted with EA (150 mL×3), the combined organic phase was washed withbrine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give a residue.The residue was purified by FCC (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=1:0to 10:1) to afford compound 250A (552 mg, yield 24.0%) as white solid.Compound 250A: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 3.82 (tt, J=3.8, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.12-1.07(m, 2H), 1.00-0.94 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 307.0.

To a mixture of compound 250A (544 mg, 1.7 mmol) and phenylboronic acid(434 mg, 3.5 mmol) in dioxane (50 mL) and H₂O (10 mL) was addedPd(dppf)Cl₂ (130 mg, 0.18 mmol) and Na₂CO₃ (377 mg, 3.5 mmol) at 25° C.under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 h. The mixture wasfiltered over Celite. The filtrate was added EA (150 mL), and thenwashed with H₂O (100 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. The residue was purified by FCC (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 5:1) to afford compound 250C (431 mg, yield94.5%) as light yellow liquid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.42 (s,1H), 7.71-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.36 (m, 3H), 4.16 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.85(tt, J=3.8, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.13 (m, 2H),1.04-0.96 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 257.0.

To a mixture of compound 250C (425 mg, 1.7 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded the mixture of KOH (931 mg, 16.6 mmol) and H₂O (2 mL) in oneportion at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1 h 40 mins. Thereaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to move MeOH,the aqueous phase was acidified with aqueous HCl (0.5M) till pH˜4-5. Theprecipitate was filtered and dried to afford compound 250D (333 mg,crude) as white solid, which was used directly for the next step withoutpurification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 12.24 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H),7.73-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 3H), 3.83 (tt, J=3.7, 7.5 Hz, 1H),1.17-1.12 (m, 2H), 1.02-0.97 (m, 2H).

Compound 250 (70.0 mg, yield 46.3%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound250D. Compound 250: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.95-7.86(m, 1H), 7.81-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.42-7.12 (m, 8H), 5.33 (s, 1H), 3.79 (s,1H), 3.25-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.84 (m, 1H), 1.16-0.97 (m, 4H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.1.

Following the procedure used for compound 250D, compound 251D (150 mg,yield 95.64%, white solid) was prepared from the corresponding startingmaterials, compound 239A and bromomethylcyclopropane. Compound 251D: ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=1.5, 7.9 Hz, 2H),7.40-7.34 (m, 3H), 4.01 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),0.57-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.42-0.37 (m, 2H).

Compound 251 (70 mg, yield 43.27%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound251D. Compound 251: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.40 (br d, J=7.3 Hz,1H), 8.15-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.82 (br s, 1H), 7.62-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.30 (br s,4H), 7.28-7.20 (m, 4H), 5.33-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.06-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.17 (brdd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (br dd, J=9.9, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 1.34-1.18 (m,1H), 0.58 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 0.42 (br d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 417.2.

Example 139(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(phenylethynyl)-1H-indole-3-carboxamide(252)

To a solution of methyl 1H-indole-3-carboxylate (5.0 g, 28.55 mmol) intoluene (50 mL) was added Na₂CO₃ (1.2 g, 11.42 mmol), CuCl₂ (153 mg,1.14 mmol), pyridine (922 uL, 11.42 mmol), then ethynylbenzene (627 uL,5.71 mmol) was added to the mixture. The mixture was heated to 70° C.and stirred for 4 h under O₂ atmosphere. The reaction was diluted withH₂O (15 mL) and EA (15 mL), filtered. The mixture was extracted with EA(15 mL×2), the organic layer was collected and washed with NaHCO₃ (25mL×2), washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered,concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified by FCC(PE/EA:0 to 10/1) to afford compound 252A (630 mg, yield 40.08%) aslight red solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-ds, 400 MHz) δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.44 (m,4H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 252A (300 mg, 1.09 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded KOH (611 mg, 10.90 mmol) and then the mixture was stirred at 70°C. for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with H₂O (5 mL) and evaporatedunder reduced pressure, the water phase was extracted with TBME (5 mL)and then the water phase was treat with HCl (1 M) until pH˜4. Themixture was extracted with EA (10 mL×3), the organic layer wascollected, washed with brine (10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Compound 252B (240 mg,yield 84.27%) was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ8.37 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.65(m, 2H), 7.50-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 2H).

Compound 252 (70 mg, yield 24.39%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from intermediate compound 252B. Compound 252: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.61 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.05 (m,2H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=2.4, 7.3 Hz, 2H),7.50-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.42 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.29(m, 3H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 1H), 5.47-5.36 (m, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz,1H), 2.91 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 436.1.

Example 140(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide(254)

To a solution of ethyl 3-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate (3.00 g, 14.27mmol) in EtOH (40 mL) was added CH₃COONH₄ (2.20 g, 28.54 mmol), then themixture was stirred at 78° C. for 9 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent. The residuewas diluted with EA (100 mL) and washed with sat. NaHCO₃ solution (30mL×3) and saturated aqueous NaCl (30 mL×3). The organic layer were driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give a residue. The residue was purified flash column chromatography(PE:EA=20/1 to 10:1). Compound 254A (2.40 g, 80.39% yield) was obtainedas yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.32(m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.09 (m, 1H), 4.93 (s, 1H),4.19-4.13 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.26 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+210.1.

To a mixture of compound 254A (2.00 g, 9.56 mmol) in DCE (25 mL) wasadded PhI(OAc)₂ (4.00 g, 12.43 mmol) at 0° C. under N₂ in five portions,the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h and then warmed to 25° C.slowly. The mixture was then stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h. The reactionmixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (150 mL) at 0° C.,warmed to 25° C. slowly, and extracted with DCM (70 mL×3). The combinedorganic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=20:1 to 10:1). Compound 254B (1.24 g, 48.53% yield) was obtainedas white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.37-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.00(m, 1H), 7.17-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.09 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.18 (m, 2H), 1.94(s, 3H), 1.29-1.26 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+268.1.

A mixture of compound 254B (1.20 g, 4.49 mmol) in DCE (20 mL) andCH₃COOH (10 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixturewas concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent and togive the residue. The residue was purified by flash columnchromatography (PE:EA=20/1 to 10/1). Compound 544 (360.0 mg, 32.07%yield) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.87-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.83-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.09 (m,1H), 4.43-4.37 (m, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.40-1.37 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+1)+250.1.

To a mixture of ethyl compound 544 (350.0 mg, 1.40 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL)and H₂O (5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (235.0 mg, 5.60 mmol) in one portionand the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hours. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. Theresidue was diluted with H₂O (20 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, andthen extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give intermediate compound 254D(300.0 mg, 96.88% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.92-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.24 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H).

Compound 254 (90.3 mg, 58.91% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound254D. Compound 254: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.98-7.95 (m, 1H),7.94-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.26 (m,2H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.76(s, 1H), 5.74-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.53 (s, 1H), 3.47-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.22(m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+396.1.

Example 141(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)oxazole-5-carboxamide(255)

To a mixture of ethyl (E)-3-amino-3-phenylacrylate (1.5 g, 7.84 mmol) inDCE (400 mL) was added phenyliodine bis(2,2,2-trifluoroacetate) (4.38 g,10.19 mmol) in three portions at 45° C. under N₂, the mixture wasstirred at 45° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25° C.and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=100:1 to 10:1) to afford compound 255A (650 mg, 28.43% yield) asa white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.11-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.45(m, 3H), 4.44 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 285.9.

Compound 255B (200 mg, 51.2% purity, yellow oil) was prepared as inExample 85 from compound 255A. Compound 255B: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 258.0.

Compound 255 (7.0 mg, 9.89% yield, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound255B. Compound 255: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.17-8.08 (m, 2H),7.48-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.80 (m,1H), 6.77 (br s, 1H), 5.78-5.71 (m, 1H), 5.55 (br s, 1H), 3.50-3.42 (m,1H), 3.27-3.20 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 432.2.

Example 142(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(256)

A mixture of 2-hydrazineylbenzo[d]oxazole (320 mg, 2.15 mmol) and methyl(E)-2-(methoxyimino)-4-oxopentanoate (447 mg, 2.58 mmol) in dioxane (10mL) was heated to 110° C. for 12 hrs. The mixture was concentrated, theresidue was purified by preparatory-TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=2:1) to give compound 256A (0.12 g, yield: 16.6%) as yellow oil.

A mixture of compound 256A (120 mg, 466 umol) and LiOH.H₂O (17.6 mg, 420umol) in THF (5 mL), H₂O (1 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 20 min. Theorganic solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the water layer wasextracted with ethyl acetate (2 mL), and then adjusted to pH˜6 with 1NHCl to give a precipitate, the solid was filtered and dried to givecompound 256B (90 mg, yield: 79.3%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.02-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.61 (dq, J=1.4, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (s,1H), 2.43 (s, 3H).

Compound 256 (22.2 mg, yield: 44.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound256B. Compound 256: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.97 (s, 1H), 7.82 (brs, 1H), 7.64 (br s, 1H), 7.55-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.21 (m, 2H), 6.94 (q,J=7.9 Hz, 4H), 6.90-6.83 (m, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 5.37 (dd, J=4.1, 8.0 Hz,1H), 3.39 (dd, J=4.1, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=8.4, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.24(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)*5418.1.

Example 143(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(257)

To a solution of ethyl 3-oxobutanoate (20.0 g, 153.7 mmol) in THF (150mL) was added DMF-DMA (19.2 g, 161.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at70° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue. To a solution of the crude productdissolving in EtOH (150 mL) was added drop-wise NH₂NH₂.H₂O (9.2 g, 184.4mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 hours. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove EtOH. Theresidue was diluted with brine 80 mL and extracted with ethyl acetate(200 mL×2). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO₄, filteredand concentrated under reduced pressure to afford compound 257A (21.0 g,yield 87.8%) as light green solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.96 (s,1H), 4.29 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.34 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 154.8.

To a solution of compound 257A (12.0 g, 77.8 mmol) in AcOH (120 mL) wasadded NaOAc (19.2 g, 233.5 mmol) and Br₂ (12 mL, 233.5 mmol) at 25° C.The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours under N₂. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. Theresidue was diluted with water 150 mL and extracted with ethyl acetate(200 mL×2). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (80 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedto dryness under reduced pressure to dryness. The crude product waspurified by flash column (gradient eluent: petroleum ether/ethyl acetatefrom 100/0 to 50/50) to afford compound 257B (8.2 g, yield 43.3%) aslight yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 10.89 (br s, 1H), 4.34(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 235.1

To a solution of compound 257B (5.0 g, 21.5 mmol) in THF (50 mL) wasadded NaH (944 mg, 23.6 mmol, 60% purity) at 0° C. and the reactionstirred for 30 minutes. SEM-C₁ (3.9 g, 23.6 mmol) was added, and thereaction stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched withwater (30 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The organicextract was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. Compound 257C(6.2 g, yield 78.1%, colorless oil): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ5.52-5.39 (m, 2H), 4.35 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (td, J=8.4, 17.2 Hz,2H), 2.66-2.44 (m, 3H), 1.40 (dt, J=2.4, 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (td, J=8.4,13.6 Hz, 2H), 0.08-0.05 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.9.

To a solution consisting of compound 257C (2.0 g, 5.5 mmol),phenylboronic acid (871.8 mg, 7.2 mmol), Na₂CO₃ (1.8 g, 16.5 mmol) in1,4-dioxane (20 mL) and H₂O (4 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl₂.CH₂Cl₂ (89.9mg, 110.0 umol) at 25° C. and the reaction mixture stirred for 10minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. for 16 hours underN₂. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at 40° C. Thereaction mixture was quenched with brine (40 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (30 mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure.The crude product was purified by flash column (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=100:0˜1:1) to give compound 257D (1.6 g, yield 79.4%) as lightyellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.62-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.34(m, 4H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 5.18 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.62 (td, J=8.0,15.6 Hz, 2H), 2.67-2.50 (m, 3H), 1.23-1.03 (m, 3H), 0.96-0.83 (m, 2H),0.03-0.07 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 361.1.

KOH (2.5 g, 44.4 mmol) was added to a solution consisting of compound257D (1.6 g, 4.4 mmol), THF (10 mL), H₂O (5 mL) and MeOH (10 mL). Theresultant mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The resultantmixture was stirred at 75° C. for 48 hours. The reaction solution wasconcentrated under reduced pressure. 2N HCl (30 mL) was added, andextracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). Combined EtOAc extractions were washedwith brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. Thecrude product was purified by flash column (Petroleum ether: Ethylacetate=100: 0-3:2) to give compound 257E (1.0 g, yield 62.8%) as acolorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 7.63-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.36(m, 4H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 3.62 (td, J=8.4, 18.4 Hz, 2H), 2.66(s, 1.5H), 2.52 (s, 1.5H), 0.95-0.83 (m, 2H), 0.00-0.06 (m, 9H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 333.2.

Intermediate compound 257G (150 mg, crude, white solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 257E. Compound 257G: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 8.68-8.61 (m,0.1H), 8.26-7.88 (m, 1H), 7.59-7.09 (m, 10H), 5.52-5.41 (m, 1H), 5.24(s, 1H), 3.69-3.52 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.19 (m, 2H),0.96-0.79 (m, 2H), 0.08-0.02 (m, 4.4H), 0.02-0.06 (m, 4.3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 507.2.

To a solution consisting of compound 257G (100 mg, 0.20 mmol), in EA (20mL) was added HCl/EtOAc (4M, 2 mL) at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at25° C. under N₂ for 16 hours. The reaction solution was concentratedunder reduced pressure to give the crude product. The crude product waspurified by preparatory-HPLC (0.05% ammonia hydroxide) to give 257 (15mg, yield 19.3%) as a white solid. Compound 257: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz): δ 12.67 (br.s, 1H), 7.85-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.57 (m, 1H),7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.45-5.32 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd,J=4.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=9.2, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 144(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-fluoro-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(258)

To a mixture of ethyl 1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (5.00 g, 35.68 mmol),phenylboronic acid (6.53 g, 53.52 mmol), Py (3.10 g, 39.25 mmol, 3.17mL) in DCM (70 mL) was added 4A° MS (20.0 g) and Cu(OAc)₂ (7.13 g, 39.25mmol), the mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 20 h. The reaction mixturewas filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by flash silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=1:0 to 0:1) to givethe compound 258A (1.10 g, yield: 14.3%) was obtained as a rofous oil.Compound 258A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.81 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),7.53-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.15(t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 258A (1.00 g, 4.62 mmol) in MeCN (60 mL) wasadded CH₃COOH (20 mL), and then Select F (4.91 g, 13.86 mmol) was addedin the mixture. The mixture was stirred at 105° C. for 21 h under N₂atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the volatileswere removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash silica gelchromatography (PE:EA=1:0 to 10:1) to give the compound 258C (194 mg,yield: 17.9%) was obtained as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.71-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.36 (m, 5H), 4.29 (q, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 258C (190 mg, 811.17 umol) in THF (15 mL) wasadded LiOH.H₂O (170 mg, 4.06 mmol) in H₂O (5 mL). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 20.3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with MTBE(15 mL) and extracted with H₂O (15 mL×3). The combined aqueous layerswere adjusted pH˜3 by addition 1N HCl, and then the aqueous layer wasextracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combine organic layer was washed withbrine (15 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give the compound 258D (160 mg, yield: 95.7%) wasobtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.76-7.60(m, 1H), 7.55-7.33 (m, 5H).

Compound 258 (25 mg, yield: 44.3%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 258Dand 12G. Compound 258: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.33 (d, J=7.7 Hz,1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.00-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.27 (m,5H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 3H), 5.42-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.22 (br dd, J=3.3, 14.1 Hz,1H), 2.82 (br dd, J=10.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H).

Example 145 Compounds 259-261(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-5-phenyl-2H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide(259)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-5-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide(260)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-4-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole-5-carboxamide(261)

To a solution of benzaldehyde (5 g, 47.12 mmol, 4.76 mL) in DMF (100 mL)was added N,N-diethylethanamine; hydrochloride (19.46 g, 141.36 mmol)NaN₃ (9.19 g, 141.36 mmol) and ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (5.33 g, 47.12 mmol,5.03 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 70 C for 18 h undernitrogen protection. After completion of the reaction, the mixture waspoured into water (500 mL) and extracted with CHCl₃: i-PrOH=3:1 (50mL×4). The organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (PE:EA=5:1).Compound 259A (4 g, yield: 38.3%) was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.81 (dd, J=2.9, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.38 (m, 3H), 4.38(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.43-1.26 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 217.9.

Mel (6.53 g, 46.03 mmol, 2.86 mL) was added to a solution of compound259A (4 g, 18.41 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (5.09 g, 36.82 mmol) in CH₃CN (50 mL)and DMF (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h.The mixture was filtered, the filtrate was added with H₂O (200 mL),extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=PE˜10/1 to2/1).

Compound 259B (1.8 g, yield: 41.9%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.83-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 3H), 4.45-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.27(s, 3H), 1.40-1.31 (m, 3H). Compound 259C (1.2 g, yield: 27.9%, whitesolid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.75-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.38 (m, 3H),4.37-4.30 (m, 5H), 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). Compound 259D (700 mg, yield:16.3%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.55-7.48 (m, 3H),7.40-7.35 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.25 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 259B (400 mg, 1.73 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) andH₂O (15 mL) was added NaOH (345.95 mg, 8.65 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was acidified by 1N HClto pH˜2-3 at 0° C. and white precipitate was formed. The solid wascollected by filtration, the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (20mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated to give a residue, the residue was combined with the solidto give compound 259E (337 mg, yield: 95.9%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.82-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.34 (m, 3H), 4.22 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 204.0.

Compound 259 (78 mg, yield: 77.2%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound259E. Compound 259: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.81 (br d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.70 (br s, 2H), 7.38 (br s, 3H),7.29 (br d, J=4.0 Hz, 4H), 7.23 (br d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (br s, 1H),4.25 (s, 3H), 3.21 (br d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.04-2.91 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Following the procedure used for compound 259E, intermediate compounds261A and 260A were prepared from compound 259C and 259D, respectively.Compound 261A (240 mg, yield: 91.6%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.69-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.29 (m, 3H), 4.26 (s, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 203.9. Compound 260A (260 mg, yield: 98.5%, white solid): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.81 (br s, 1H), 7.60-7.42 (m, 5H), 4.02-3.74(m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 204.0.

Following the procedure used for compound 259, compounds 261 and 260were prepared from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compounds 261A and 260A, respectively. Compound 260 (75 mg, yield:72.4%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.63 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.09 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.32-7.20 (m, 5H),5.45-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.97 (m, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Compound 261 (52 mg, yield: 59.5%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 9.54 (dd, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.60(dd, J=3.0, 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.25 (m, 8H), 5.58 (dd, J=3.3, 7.7, 10.9Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.29 (dd, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (dd, J=10.9, 14.0Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Example 146(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide(262)

Compound 262 (8.1 mg, 20.36% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound204A. Compound 262: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.38-7.89 (m, 2H),7.87-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.06 (m, 6H), 5.55-5.42 (m,1H), 3.32-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.06 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 364.1.

Example 147(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole-5-carboxamide(263)

To a solution of azidobenzene (0.5M, 11.8 mL) in toluene (20 mL) wasadded ethyl 3-(trimethylsilyl)propiolate (1 g, 5.87 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at 100° C. for 12 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo toafford a mixture of compound 263A and 263B (1.7 g, crude) as yellow oil,which was used directly for the next step without purification. MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 290.1.

To a mixture of 263A and 263B (1.7 g, 5.87 mmol) in THF (20 mL) wasadded TBAF (1M, 8.8 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. Thereaction was washed with H₂O (40 mL), extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3).The organics were collected and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby column (PE:EA=5:1) to give compound 263C (400 mg, yield: 31.37%) asyellow oil; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.47 (m, 5H),4.29 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 263C (400 mg, 1.84 mmol) in H₂O (5 mL) and THF(5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (386 mg, 9.20 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction was acidified with 1N HCl to pH˜3. Themixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×2). The organics were collected,washed with brine (20 mL), dried with Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedto afford compound 263E (340 mg, yield: 97.68%) as yellow solid. MS(ESI) m/z (M+1)+189.9.

Compound 263 (6.5 mg, yield: 6.10%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound263E. Compound 263: MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+364.1. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz):δ 9.39 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.12 (br. s, 1H), 7.87 (br. s,1H), 7.53-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 7H), 5.35-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.14(m, 1H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 1H).

Example 148(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-(pyridin-2-yl)oxazole-5-carboxamide(266)

To a mixture of ethyl 3-oxo-3-(pyridin-2-yl)propanoate (5 g, 25.88 mmol)in EtOH (50 mL) was added NH₄OAc (3.99 g, 51.76 mmol) and purged with N₂for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 15 hoursunder N₂ atmosphere. After removal of the solvent, the residue wasdissolved in water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2). Thiscombined organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50mL×2) and brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the solvent wasremoved in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=0:1 to 10:1) to give compound 266A(3.80 g, 69.23% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ8.62 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 1H), 5.33 (s,1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺193.1.

To a mixture of iodosobenzene diacetate (2 g, 10.41 mmol) in DCE (21 mL)was added compound 266A (4.36 g, 13.53 mmol) in six portions at 0° C.under N₂, the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours and then warmedto 25° C. slowly. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Thereaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (60 mL) andextracted with DCM (60 mL×3). The combined organic layers were driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give a residue, which was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 1:1) to afford compound 266B (1.30g, 49.90% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.72-8.61(m, 1H), 7.81-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 1H), 4.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),2.13 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A solution of compound 266B (1.30 g, 5.19 mmol) in DCE (20 mL) and AcOH(10 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled to room-temperature and the mixture concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue which was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 0:1) to afford compound266C (300 mg, 23.06% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃):δ 8.78-8.73 (m, 1H), 8.13-8.08 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.28 (m,1H), 4.40-4.34 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.37-1.33 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 233.1.

To a mixture of compound 266C (300 mg, 1.29 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (162.4 mg, 3.87 mmol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasadjusted to pH˜3 with 1 N HCl, diluted with water (20 mL) and thenextracted with EtOAc (50 mL×4). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate compound 266D(170 mg, 64.54% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃: δ 8.59(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11-8.03 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.49(m, 1H), 2.61 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 204.8.

Compound 266 (15.3 mg, 14.91% yield, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 266D. Compound 266: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 12.79 (d, J=6.0Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.04 (m, 5H), 6.76 (br s, 1H), 5.89 (q,J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (br s, 1H), 3.47-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)+379.1.

Example 149(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide(267)

To a mixture of ethyl 3-oxo-3-(pyridin-2-yl)propanoate (5 g, 25.88 mmol)in EtOH (50 mL) was added NH₄OAc (3.99 g, 51.76 mmol) and purged with N₂for 3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 15 hoursunder N₂ atmosphere. After removal of the solvent, the residue wasdissolved in water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2). Thiscombined organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (50mL×2) and brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the solvent wasremoved in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=0:1 to 10:1) to give compound 266A(3.80 g, 69.23% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ8.62 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 1H), 5.33 (s,1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺193.1.

To a mixture of iodosobenzene diacetate (2 g, 10.41 mmol) in DCE (21 mL)was added compound 266A (4.36 g, 13.53 mmol) in six portions at 0° C.under N₂, the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours and then warmedto 25° C. slowly. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Thereaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (60 mL) andextracted with DCM (60 mL×3). The combined organic layers were driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give a residue, which was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 1:1) to afford compound 266B (1.30g, 49.90% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.72-8.61(m, 1H), 7.81-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 1H), 4.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),2.13 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A solution of compound 266B (1.30 g, 5.19 mmol) in DCE (20 mL) and AcOH(10 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled to room-temperature and the mixture concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue which was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10:1 to 0:1) to afford compound266C (300 mg, 23.06% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃):δ 8.78-8.73 (m, 1H), 8.13-8.08 (m, 1H), 7.80-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.28 (m,1H), 4.40-4.34 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.37-1.33 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 233.1.

To a mixture of compound 266C (300 mg, 1.29 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (5 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (162.4 mg, 3.87 mmol) in one portion andthe mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue wasadjusted to pH˜3 with 1 N HCl, diluted with water (20 mL) and thenextracted with EtOAc (50 mL×4). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate compound 266D(170 mg, 64.54% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃: δ 8.59(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11-8.03 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.49(m, 1H), 2.61 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 204.8.

Compound 267 (15.3 mg, 14.91% yield, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 267D. Compound 267: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 12.79 (d, J=6.0Hz, 1H), 8.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (t, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.04 (m, 5H), 6.76 (br s, 1H), 5.89 (q,J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.56 (br s, 1H), 3.47-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)+379.1.

Example 150(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-phenylthiophene-3-carboxamide(270)

Ethyl 2-bromothiophene-3-carboxylate (2 g, 8.51 mmol), phenylboronicacid (1.35 g, 11.1 mmol), K₂CO₃ (2.35 g, 17 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (622mg, 851 umol) in dioxane (30 mL), H₂O (3 mL) was de-gassed and thenheated to 100° C. for 6 hours under N₂. The mixture was concentrated,the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum etherto Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=25:1) to give compound 270A (1.9 g,yield: 96.11%), as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 7.53 (d,J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.25 (d, J=5.4 Hz,1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.19 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of 270A (150 mg, 646 umol) and NaOH (51.7 mg, 1.29 mmol) inTHF (5 mL), EtOH (3 mL), H₂O (2 mL) was stirred at 15° C. for 12 hrs.TLC (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=10:1) showed unreacted startingmaterial and then the mixture was heated to 60° C. for another 3 hrs.The organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the water layerwas adjusted to pH˜6 with 1N HCl to give a precipitate, the solid wasfiltered and dried to give 270B (100 mg, yield: 75.8%), as white solid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.63 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H),7.49-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.31 (m, 4H).

Compound 270 (16.00 mg, yield: 20.1%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound270B. Compound 270: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.73 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.12 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.20 (m, 10H),7.09 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (ddd, J=3.6, 7.3, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (dd,J=3.6, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.4, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺379.1.

Example 151(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-chloro-2-phenylthiophene-3-carboxamide(271)

To a solution of 270A (300 mg, 1.29 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NCS(345 mg, 2.58 mmol) at 80° C., and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for1.5 hrs. The mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (10 mL×2), the combined organic layer was washed withbrine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residuewas purified by silica gel chromatography (Petroleum ether to Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=20:1) to give 271A (0.38 g, yield: 82.8%), as whitesolid (combined with page 158). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.50-7.44 (m,2H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 4.19 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.18 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of 271A (380 mg, 1.42 mmol) and NaOH (114 mg, 2.84 mmol) inTHF (5 mL), EtOH (3 mL), H₂O (2 mL) was stirred at 15° C. for 12 hrs.The organic solvent was removed under vacuum, the water layer wasadjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetated (10mL×2), the organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give 271B (330 mg, yield: 97.4%),as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 7.43-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.29(m, 3H), 7.28 (s, 1H).

Compound 271 (28.2 mg, yield: 30.4%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound271B. Compound 271: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.40 (br s, 5H), 7.19 (brs, 4H), 6.76 (br s, 2H), 6.66 (br s, 1H), 5.93 (br s, 1H), 5.44 (br d,J=19.3 Hz, 2H), 3.18 (br d, J=16.7 Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.81 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 413.0, 415.0.

Example 152 Compounds 272-273(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-cyano-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(272)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-cyano-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(273)

To a solution of ethyl propiolate (4.30 g, 43.83 mmol) and2-aminoacetonitrile hydrochloride (8.11 g, 87.67 mmol, HCl) in CHCl₃(250 mL) and H₂O (10 mL) was added NaNO₂ (9.07 g, 131.50 mmol). Themixture was stirred for 14 h at 25° C. Then, the reaction mixture wasdiluted with DCM (50 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was washed with H₂O(20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified byflash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 20 g SepaFlash® Silica FlashColumn, Eluent of 0-30% Ethylacetate/Petroleum ether gradient) to give272A (1.40 g yield: 19.34%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CHLOROFORM-d) δ 12.19 (br s, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 4.45 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),1.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of 272A (1.40 g, 8.48 mmol), phenylboronic acid (1.55 g,12.72 mmol), pyridine (737.60 mg, 9.32 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added4A° MS (20 g) (activated 4A° MS) and Cu(OAc)₂ (1.69 g, 9.32 mmol). Afterthat, the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 72 hours under O₂ atmosphere(15 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by flashsilica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 20 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column,Eluent of 0-30% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient) and then byprep-HPLC (HCl condition) to give 272B (170 mg, yield: 8.23%) and 272C(264 mg, yield: 12.78%) as white solid.

Compound 272B: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.73 (dd, J=1.3, 8.3 Hz,2H), 7.64-7.46 (m, 4H), 4.46 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 241.9.

Compound 272C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.55-7.47 (m, 3H),7.45-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 4.27 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 241.9.

To a solution of 272B (170 mg, 704.69 umol) in THF (5 mL) and MeOH (5mL) was added a solution of LiOH.H₂O (148 mg, 3.52 mmol) in H₂O (5 mL)at 0° C. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at 25°C., and then diluted with H₂O (10 mL) and extracted with MTBE (30 mL).The aqueous phase was neutralized by 1N HCl to the pH˜4, and thenextracted with EtOAc (30 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure. Compound 272D (98 mg, yield: 64.58%, white solid): ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.76-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.52 (m, 4H), 2.83(br s, 1H).

Compound 272 (40 mg, yield: 53.56%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 272D and12G. Compound 272: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.88 (br d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.91-7.74 (m, 4H), 7.71-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.15(m, 5H), 5.47 (br s, 1H), 3.25-2.96 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 388.1.

Following the procedure used for compound 274, compound 273 (19 mg,yield: 44.44%, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingintermediate carboxylic acid, compound 273A. Compound 273A (201 mg,yield: 55.94%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.58-7.53(m, 1H), 7.46-7.42 (m, 5H), 4.05 (br s, 1H). Compound 273: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.43 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (br s, 1H), 7.90 (br s,1H), 7.44 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.36-7.25 (m, 7H), 5.42-5.22 (m, 1H),3.21 (br d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.75 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺388.1.

Example 153 Compounds 274, 320N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-bromo-5-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(274)

To a solution of ethyl 3-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (500mg, 2.15 mmol) and NCS (574 mg, 4.30 mmol) was stirred. The mixture wasstirred at 160° C. for 3 h under N₂. The reaction mixture was added byaddition of CCl₄ (20 mL), and then diluted with NaHCO₃ (30 mL). Themixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combined organic layerswere dried over Na₂S04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give a residue. The residue was purified by preparatory-TLC (SiO₂,PE:EA=5:1). Compound 274A (180 mg, yield: 31.30%) was obtained as ayellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.34 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H₁), 3.85 (s,3H₁), 1.46-1.24 (in, 3H₁). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 266.9.

To a solution of compound 274A (300 mg, 1.12 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) andH₂O (10 mL) was added NaOH (134 mg, 3.36 mmol). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and added 20 mLof water, the mixture was extracted with MTBE (10 mL×2), the aqueouslayer was acidified by 1N HCl to pH ˜2-3 at 0° C., and extracted withEtOAc (20 mL×2), the organic phase was dried over Na₂S04, filtered andconcentrated to give a residue. Compound 274B (250 mg, yield: 93.22%)was obtained as a white solid, which was used to the next step withoutpurification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.02-3.72 (in, 3H₁). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 238.9.

Compound 274 (70 mg, yield: 66.75%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 274Band 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 274: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.41-8.27 (in, 1H₁), 8.12 (s, 1H₁), 7.87 (s, 1H₁),7.29 (dd, J=4.0 Hz, 41H), 7.22 (dd, J=4.0 Hz, 1H₁), 5.36 (s, 1H₁), 3.78(s, 31H), 3.20 (dd, J=10.4 Hz, 1H₁), 2.90-2.81 (in, 1H₁). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 415.0.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-2-(3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)thiophene-3-carboxamide(320)

Compound 320 (33.7 mg, yield: 51.5%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 153 from the corresponding carboxylic acid, compound 320A, and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 320: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.88 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=2.6 Hz,1H), 7.85 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 1H),7.33-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.92 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H),5.40-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.3, 13.8Hz, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 459.1.

Example 154(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(276)

To a mixture of phenylhydrazine (50 g, 462.3 mmol) and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (76.8 g, 485.5 mmol) in AcOH (600 mL) at 25° C. Themixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove AcOH. The residue wasadded H₂O (200 mL) and EA (200 mL), and then the mixture was alkalizedwith saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ till the aqueous phase pH˜7-8. Theseparated aqueous layer was extracted with EA (150 mL×3), the combinedorganic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (200 mL),saturated aqueous NaCl (200 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered underreduced pressure to give crude product. The crude product was purifiedby FCC (SiO₂, Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=1:0˜3:1). Compound 276A(39.0 g, yield: 36.7%, yellow solid): ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ7.50-7.37 (m, 5H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 4.16 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H),1.14 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 276A (250 mg, 1.1 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded NaOH (2M, 3 mL) in one portion at 25° C. The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to move MeOH. H₂O (10 mL) was added into the mixture, which wasacidified with aqueous HCl (1M) till pH˜3-4. The aqueous phase wasextracted with EA (10 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed withsaturated aqueous NaCl (15 mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered underreduced pressure to afford compound 276C (170 mg, crude) as yellowsolid, which was used directly for next step without purification. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.49-7.37 (m, 5H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H).

Compound 276 (100 mg, yield: 65.68%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound276C. Compound 276: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz): δ 9.14-9.00 (m, 1H), 8.09(s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.11 (m, 10H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H),3.26-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺377.1.

Example 155(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide(277)

To a suspension of 2-fluorobenzaldehyde (10 g, 80.6 mmol) and NH₂OH.HCl(6.2 g, 88.6 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) and H₂O (20 mL) was added ice (50 g).Then an aqueous solution of NaOH (8 g, 201 mmol) in H₂O (25 mL) wasadded dropwise within a 10 min period where upon most of the soliddissolves. Then the mixture was stirred 2 hours at 16° C. The resultingmixture was then acidified with HCl (5N). The mixture was then extractedwith dichloromethane (100 mL) for two times. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 200:1)to give compound 277A (10 g, yield: 89.2%) as a pale yellow solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 7.74 (br t, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 7.39 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.06 (m, 1H).

A solution of compound 277A (5 g, 35.9 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added1-chloropyrrolidine-2,5-dione (5.3 g, 39.5 mmol) followed by stirring at20° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (60 mL),and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×2). The organic layers weredried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive intermediate compound 277B (5 g, yield: 80.2%) as a yellow solid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.68 (br t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),7.50-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.13 (m, 1H).

To a solution of ethyl 3-(dimethylamino)acrylate (165 mg, 1.2 mmol) andTEA (233 mg, 2.3 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added a solution of compound277B (400 mg, 2.3 mmol) in THF (5 mL) drop-wise over 30 mins. Themixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by preparatory-TLC (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) togive compound 277C (240 mg, yield: 44.4%) as a pale yellow oil. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.94 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.14 (m, 1H),7.13-7.04 (m, 1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.15 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of compound 277C (230 mg, 977.9 umol) in H₂O (2.00 mL), HOAc(1.5 mL) and HCl (3 mL) was heated to 130° C. and stirred for 12 hours.The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to givecompound 277D (120 mg, yield: 59.2%) as a brown solid. The product wasused into the next step without future purification. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺208.1.

Compound 277 (33 mg, yield: 37.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound277D. Compound 277: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.43 (br s, 1H), 8.94(br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (br s, 1H), 7.83 (br s, 1H), 7.54 (br d,J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.16 (m, 9H), 5.31 (br s, 1H),3.17 (br d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.75 (m, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 382.1.

Example 156(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide(278)

To a mixture of N-hydroxybenzimidoyl chloride (1 g, 6.43 mmol) and ethyl4,4,4-trifluorobut-2-ynoate (1.28 g, 7.71 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was addedTEA (1.3 g, 12.9 mmol) at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1h and H₂O (10 mL) was added to the mixture and extracted with ethylacetate (10 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (10mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuum.The residue was purified by preparatory-TLC to get compound 278A (1 g,yield: 54.5%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.68 (dd, J=1.3,7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.47 (m, 3H), 4.39-4.31 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 278A (750 mg, 2.63 mmol) in HOAc (2 mL) wasadded HCl (12M, 939 uL). The mixture was stirred at 130° C. for 48 h.TLC (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1, R_(f)˜0.09) showed desired point.The mixture was concentrated to get crude product compound 278B (450 mg,crude) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.68 (br d, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.50 (m, 3H).

Compound 278 (15 mg, yield: 12.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound278B. Compound 278: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.17 (br d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 7.55-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.43-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.14 (m, 5H), 5.88 (d,J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (br s, 1H), 4.04 (br s, 1H), 3.31 (s, 12H),2.73-2.61 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 432.1.

Example 157N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-chloro-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(280)

To a mixture of ethyl 1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (10.00 g, 71.36 mmol),phenylboronic acid (13.05 g, 107.04 mmol), Py (8.82 g, 111.50 mmol, 9.0mL) in DCM (120 mL) was added 4A° MS (40.00 g) and Cu(OAc)₂ (14.26 g,78.50 mmol), the mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 154 h. The reactionmixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=1:0 to10:1) to give the compound 280A (3.10 g, yield:19.1%) as a yellow oil.Compound 280A: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.81 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),7.57-7.37 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.15(t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 280A (1.0 g, 4.62 mmol) in CH₃COOH (15 mL) wasadded NaClO (24.2 g, 47.12 mmol, 20.00 mL, 14.5% purity). The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 21 h under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas quenched by addition H₂O (25 mL), and diluted with EA (20 mL) andstirred for 30 min, and then extracted with EA (25 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with H₂O (20 mL×2), and then washed withNaHCO₃ (20 mL×2), and then washed with brine (15 mL×2), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography(PE:EA=1:0 to 1:1) to give the compound 280C (327 mg, yield: 28.1%) as awhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.31(m, 5H), 4.27 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 280C (300 mg, 1.20 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) wasadded NaOH (240 mg, 6.00 mmol) in H₂O (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at20° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with MTBE (15 mL) andH₂O (15 mL), and then stirred for 10 mins. The water layer wasseparated, and the organic layer was extracted with H₂O (15 mL×2). Thecombined aqueous layers were adjusted pH˜3 by addition 1N HCl, and thenthe aqueous layer was extracted with EA (20 mL×3). The combine organiclayer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound 280D (252 mg,yield: 94.1%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d₄) δ 7.76 (s,1H), 7.52-7.38 (m, 5H).

Compound 280 (61 mg, yield: 61.2%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin Example 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid,compound 280D. Compound 280: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.46 (d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.97-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.24 (m, 10H), 5.48-5.35(m, 1H), 3.21 (br dd, J=3.2, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.5, 14.0 Hz,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 397.1.

Example 158(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-chloro-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(281)

To EtOH (40 mL) was added Na (470 mg, 20.34 mmol) at 20° C. After allsodium was reacted, the mixture was heated to 78° C. and phenylhydrazine(2.0 g, 18.49 mmol, 1.82 mL) was added, and stirred for 0.1 h and thendiethyl maleate (3.5 g, 20.34 mmol, 3.27 mL) was added dropwise. Themixture was stirred at 78° C. for 4 h. After being cooled to 65° C., thereaction mixture was treated with AcOH (2.0 g, 33.28 mmol, 1.9 mL). Thereaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to removesolvent. The residue was diluted with H₂O (80 mL) and extracted withEtOAc (80 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (50mL×2), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reducedpressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 1:1) to givethe compound 281A (2.72 g, yield: 58.40%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.24 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.02-6.92 (m, 3H),4.59 (dd, J=2.0, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.24-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.86 (m, 1H),2.46-2.39 (m, 1H), 1.23 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 235.0.

To a solution of Compound 281A (2.7 g, 11.53 mmol) in MeCN (50 mL) wasadded POCl₃ (2.15 g, 14.02 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 85° C. for5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure toremove solvent. The residue was neutralized by sat. NaHCO₃ to pH-8, thenextracted with DCM (50 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=10/1 to 5:1) to givethe Compound 281B (1.9 g, yield: 65.21%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.31-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.98 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (br t,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.86-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.37 (m, 1H),3.33-3.17 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.11 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 252.9.

To a solution of Compound 281B (800 mg, 3.17 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL) wasadded H₂SO₄ (620 mg, 6.34 mmol, 337.95 uL) and K₂S₂O₈ (1.29 g, 4.76mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 6 h. The reaction mixturewas concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most solvent. Theresidue was dropped in H₂O (30 mL), filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was washed with 30% MeCN(5 mL×2). The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=20/1 to 15:1) to give the compound 281C(190 mg, yield: 21.52%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.47 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 4H), 7.23-7.14 (m, 1H), 4.15 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.12(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 250.9.

To a solution of Compound 281C (150 mg, 598.37 umol) in THF/H₂O (5 mL/5mL) was added NaOH (120 mg, 2.99 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (20 mL), then themixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove THF, andextracted with MTBE (15 mL×2). The water layers were neutralized by 1NHCl to pH˜3 and then extracted with DCM (20 mL×2). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give the Compound 281D (120 mg,yield: 90.08%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.50-7.34 (m,5H), 6.97 (s, 1H).

Compound 281 (20 mg, yield: 40.20%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound281D. Compound 281: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.27 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.30 (br d, J=7.1 Hz,2H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 5.31-5.19 (m,1H), 3.24-3.

Example 159N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3,5-dichloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(282)

To a solution of ethyl 1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (5 g, 35.68 mmol) andCs₂CO₃ (23.25 g, 71.36 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added Mel (10.13 g,71.36 mmol, 4.44 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. Themixture was filtered, the filtrate was diluted with H₂O (500 mL),extracted with EA (50 mL×3), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1). Compound 282A(4.5 g, yield: 81.81%) was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.24 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.03-3.70 (m,3H), 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 155.0.

To a solution of compound 282A (1.5 g, 9.73 mmol) was added NCS (2.6 g,19.46 mmol) under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 160° C. for 3 h. Thereaction mixture was added CCl₄ (10 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (10mL). The mixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL×2), and then combined theorganic layers and the organic phase was dried with over Na₂SO₄,filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. Compound 282B(1.84 g, crude) was obtained as a brown oil, which was used for nextstep directly. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 188.9.

To a solution of compound 282B (1.84 g, 9.76 mmol) was added NCS (2.61g, 19.52 mmol) under N₂ and the mixture was stirred at 160° C. for 4 hunder N₂. To the reaction mixture was added CCl₄ (10 mL) and saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (10 mL) and the mixture was extracted with DCM (20 mL×2),and then combined the organic layers and the organic phase was driedwith over Na₂SO₄, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum.The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=5/1). Compound 282C (482 mg, yield: 22.14%) wasobtained as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.35 (q, J=7.1 Hz,2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 222.9.

To a mixture of compound 282C (480 mg, 2.15 mmol) in H₂O (5 mL) and MeOH(10 mL) was added NaOH (258 mg, 6.45 mmol) in portion at 20° C. andstirred for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated to remove MeOH, then themixture was diluted with H₂O (20 mL) and extracted with MTBE (50 mL×2).The water layers were acidified to pH˜2 with 1N HCl, then the solutionwas extracted with EA (50 mL×3). The organic layers were dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated to give intermediate compound 282D (390 mg,yield: 93.02%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.27 (s, 1H),3.77 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 194.8 & 196.8.

Compound 282 (50 mg, yield: 46.25%, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound282D. Compound 282: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.32 (dd, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),8.21-8.07 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.16 (m, 5H), 5.33 (s, 1H),3.82-3.69 (m, 3H), 3.19 (dd, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.95-2.78 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 369.1 & 371.1.

Example 160 Compounds 283-284N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-benzyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(283)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-benzyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(284)

To a mixture of ethyl 1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (1 g, 7.14 mmol) andbenzyl bromide (0.93 mL, 7.8 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (1.18g, 8.6 mmol) in one portion at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 14 h. The reaction mixture was added H₂O (80 mL) and extracted by EA(50 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed with Sat. NaCl (50mL×2). The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified by FCC (SiO₂, Petroleumether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 3/1) to afford compound 283A (523 mg, yield31.7%) as colorless liquid and compound 283B (989 mg, yield 60.1%) aswhite solid.

Compound 283A: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.65 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),7.36-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.13 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72(s, 2H), 4.27 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 231.0.

Compound 283B: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.99 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H),7.40-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.77 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (s,2H), 4.25 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺231.0.

To a mixture of compound 283A (517 mg, 2.2 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded NaOH (2M, 6 mL, 12.0 mmol) in one portion at 25° C. After stirredat 25° C. for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to move MeOH, the aqueous phase was acidified with aqueous HCl(1M) till pH˜4-5. The precipitae was filtered and dried to affordcompound 283C (389 mg, crude) as white solid, which was used directlyfor next step without purification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.60 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=2.0 Hz,1H), 5.73 (s, 2H).

Compound 283 (177 mg, yield 89.0%) was prepared as in Example 12 fromthe corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound 283C. Compound283: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.91 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H),7.84 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, 8H), 7.14-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.89 (s,1H), 5.60 (s, 2H), 5.40-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.80 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Following the same procedure as is used for compound 283, compound 284(35 mg, yield 35.7%, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingintermediate carboxylic acid, compound 284A. Compound 284: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.18 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H),7.94-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 7H), 6.64 (s, 1H),5.40 (s, 3H), 3.19 (br dd, J=3.7, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (br dd, J=8.9, 13.8Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 161(S)-3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(285)

A mixture of 2-hydrazineylpyrazine (2 g, 18.16 mmol) and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (2.87 g, 18.16 mmol) in AcOH (40 mL) was stirred at118° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove AcOH. The residue was diluted with H₂O (8 mL),adjusted to pH˜7 with Na₂CO₃, and then extracted with DCM (200 mL×3).The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive the crude product. The residue was purified by flash silica gelchromatography (ISCO®; 40 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of0-20% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 40 m/min). Compound 285A(1.5 g, 35.57% yield) was obtained as a white solid. Compound 285A: ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.98-8.93 (m, 1H), 8.60-8.54 (m, 1H), 8.46-8.41(m, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.34-4.25 (m, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, J=7.2Hz, 3H).

Intermediate compound 285C (1.2 g, 92.84% yield, white solid) wasdeprotected as in Example 85 from compound 285A. Compound 285C: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.96-8.92 (m, 1H), 8.70-8.66 (m, 1H), 8.58-8.54(m, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 2.25-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.26 (s, 2H).

Compound 285 (143.0 mg, 53.28% yield, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding intermediate compounds 285C and 21G((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol). Compound 285: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 9.74 (s, 1H), 9.19-9.16 (m, 1H), 9.03-8.96 (m, 1H), 8.48-8.43 (m, 1H),8.06-8.03 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.12 (m,2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.91 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m,1H), 2.37 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H₂O+H)+354.2.

Example 162(S)-3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(286)

To a solution of compound 270A (1 g, 4.30 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was addedNBS (1.53 g, 8.60 mmol) at 80° C., and the mixture was stirred at 80° C.for 1.5 hrs. The mixture was poured into water (40 mL) and extractedwith ethyl acetate (20 mL×2), the combined organic layer was washed withsaturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography(Petroleum ether to Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=20:1) to give compound286A (1.3 g, yield: 97.2%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.49-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 3H), 4.16 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H₁), 1.16 (t,J=7.1 Hz, 3H₁).

A mixture of compound 286A (1 g, 3.21 mmol), CuI (1.22 g, 6.42 mmol) andsodium 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (4.37 g, 32.1 mmol) in DMA (20 mL) washeated to 160° C. for 5 hrs. The mixture was added ethyl acetate (30mL), water (50 mL), 1N HCl (50 mL), the mixture was filtered, and thefiltrate was separated. The organic solvent was washed with water (30mL), brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by MPLC (Petroleum ether to Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=30:1) to give compound 286B (210 mg, yield: 21.8%), as yellowoil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.85 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m,2H), 7.47-7.37 (m, 3H), 4.21 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.20 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of compound 286B (210 mg, 699 umol) and NaOH (55.9 mg, 1.40mmol) in THF (5 mL), EtOH (3 mL), H₂O (2 mL) was stirred at 10° C. for12 hrs. The organic solvents was removed under vacuum, the water layerwas adjusted to pH˜5 with 1N HCl, and extracted with ethyl acetate (20mL), the organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedto give compound 286C (160 mg, yield: 84%), as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.81 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.31 (m,3H).

Compound 286 (28.3 mg, yield: 45.5%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 286C and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 286: ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.80(br d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (br s, 1H), 6.01 (br d, J=5.9 Hz, 1H),5.61-5.47 (m, 2H), 3.24 (dd, J=5.0, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=7.6, 14.2Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 447.1.

Example 163(S)-3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(287)

To a solution of 6-(trifluoromethyl)picolinic acid (10 g, 52.33 mmol) inMeOH (150 mL) was added H₂SO₄ (1.03 g, 10.47 mmol, 557.88 uL) dropwise.After stirred at 65° C. for 10 hours, the mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, neutralized with a saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution, andextracted with CH₂Cl₂ (70 mL×3). The organic phases were combined, driedwith anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and evaporated to afford crude intermediatecompound 287A (9.20 g, 85.71% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.32 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.09-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.0 Hz,1H), 4.03 (s, 3H).

A solution of compound 287A (4.5 g, 21.94 mmol) in CH₃COOC₂H₅ (150 mL)was added t-BuOK (3.20 g, 28.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.25hour at 25° C. The mixture was quenched with H₂O (150 mL). The organiclayer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with EA (70 mL×3). Theorganic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andevaporated to afford intermediate compound 287B (3.95 g, 66.86% yield)as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.24 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),8.09-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.23(m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 287B (3.90 g, 14.93 mmol) in EtOH (80 mL) wasadded NH₄OAc (5.75 g, 74.65 mmol), then the mixture was stirred at 78°C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove the solvent. The residue was diluted with EA (500 mL)and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution (30 mL×3) and brine(30 mL×3). The organic layer were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filteredand concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residuewas purified by flash column chromatography (PE:EA=30/1 to 10/1) toafford compound 287C (2.52 g, 64.87% yield) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.94-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.71 (m, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H),4.23-4.18 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.29 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 287C (2.5 g, 9.61 mmol) in DCE (60.00 mL) wasadded PhI(OAc)₂ (4.02 g, 12.49 mmol) at 0° C. under N₂ in four portions,the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 6 h and then warmed to 25° C.slowly. The mixture was then stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h. The reactionmixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (150 mL) at 0° C.,warmed to 25° C. slowly, and extracted with DCM (100 mL×3). The combinedorganic layers were dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by flash column chromatography (PE:EA=20/1 to 10/1) to affordcompound 287D (650 mg, 21.23% yield) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.34-8.18 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.13 (s, 1H), 7.96-7.90 (m, 1H),4.28-4.23 (m, 2H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.28-1.23 (m, 3H).

A mixture of compound 287D (600 mg, 1.89 mmol) in DCE (5 mL) and CH₃COOH(10 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove the solvent and to givethe residue. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography(PE:EA=30/1 to 10/1) to afford compound 287E (120 mg, 221.31 umol,11.71% yield, 55.37% purity) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.42-8.33 (m, 1H), 8.17-8.15 (m, 1H), 7.99-7.26 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.37 (m,2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.35-1.32 (m, 3H).

To a solution of compound 287E (110 mg, 366.39 umol) in MeOH (6 mL) andH₂O (3 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (61 mg, 1.47 mmol), then the mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hour. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove MeOH. The residue was diluted with H₂O(20 mL), adjusted to pH˜3 with 1N HCl, then extracted with EtOAc (30mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto give intermediate compound 287F (86 mg, 59.17% yield) as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.45-8.26 (m, 2H), 8.10-8.07 (m, 1H),2.58 (s, 3H).

Compound 287 (12.1 mg, 20.26% yield, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 287F and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 287: ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃): δ 11.10 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),8.18-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.04 (m, 5H), 6.70 (brs, 1H), 5.64-5.52 (m, 1H), 5.45 (br s, 1H), 3.57-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.10-2.94(m, 1H), 2.55 (d, J=0.80 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+447.2.

Example 164 Compounds 288-289(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide(288)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide(289)

NH₂OH.HCl (156 mg, 2.24 mmol) and NaOAc (184 mg, 2.24 mmol) was added ina solution of picolinaldehyde (200 mg, 1.87 mmol) in EtOH (15 mL). Themixture was heated at 60° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated. Dichloromethane (50 mL) was added. The organic phase waswashed with H₂O (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated in vacuum to give intermediate compound 288A(180 mg, yield: 78.8%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.47(br s, 1H), 8.57 (br d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (br d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.26(s, 1H), 7.85 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.62 (m,1H), 7.40-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.17 (m, 1H).

To a mixture of compound 288A (180 mg, 1.47 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) wasadded NCS (216 mg, 1.62 mmol) in one portion at 20° C. The mixture wasstirred at 20° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated.The residue was poured into water (20 mL). The aqueous phase wasextracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (20 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum to give intermediate compound 288B (200 mg,yield: 87.1%) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 10.79 (br s,1H), 8.72 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dt, J=1.7,7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (ddd, J=0.8, 5.0, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (s, 1H).

To a mixture of ethyl 3-(dimethylamino)acrylate (92 mg, 639 umol), TEA(129 mg, 1.28 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added a solution of compound 288B(200 mg, 1.28 mmol) in THF (10 mL) over a period of 20 min. The mixturewas stirred at 20° C. and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory-TLC (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give compound 288C (150 mg, yield:53.8%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃-d) δ 9.02-8.97 (m, 1H),8.75 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 1H), 4.27 (q,J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 288C (150 mg, 687 umol) in THF (5 mL) and H₂O(1 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (58 mg, 1.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at15° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated to remove solvent. Themixture was adjusted to pH˜5 with aqueous HCl (1M) and concentrated togive intermediate compound 288D (130 mg, yield: 99.5%) as a brown solid.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.57 (s, 1H), 8.76 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H),8.11-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.65 (dt, J=3.1, 5.3 Hz, 1H).

Compound 288 (73.8 mg, yield: 81.7%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound288D. Compound 288: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.10 (br d, J=7.0 Hz,1H), 9.44 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 8.11-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.81 (brs, 1H), 7.65-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.08 (m, 5H), 5.62-5.52 (m, 1H), 3.27(dd, J=5.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.13-3.06 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 365.1.

Following the procedure used for compound 288, compound 289 (83.1 mg,yield: 70.9%, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingintermediate carboxylic acid, compound 289D. Intermediate compound 289D(100 mg, yield: 56.8%, white solid): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.55(s, 1H), 7.89-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.28 (m, 2H). Compound 289: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 9.10 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.86(s, 1H), 7.65-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.21 (m, 7H), 5.40-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.19(dd, J=3.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=10.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 382.1.

Example 165(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(290)

A mixture of ethyl 2-chloro-3-oxobutanoate (16 g, 97.2 mmol), formamide(43.8 g, 972 mmol), H₂O (3.50 g, 194 mmol) in autoclave was stirred at180° C. for 3.5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and thefiltered cake was dissolved in DCM (200 mL). The mixture was filteredand the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. Compound 290A (2 g, crude) was obtained as a yellow solid. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 154.8.

A mixture of 290A (1.8 g, 11.7 mmol), phenylboronic acid (2.85 g, 23.4mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (3.18 g, 17.5 mmol), pyridine (1.85 g, 23.4 mmol) and4A° MS (2 g) in DCE (60 mL) was degassed and purged with O₂ for 3 times,and then the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 hours under O₂atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=50:1 to 2:1). Compound290B (1.15 g, yield: 42.7%) was obtained as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.27-7.16 (m, 2H),4.18-4.05 (m, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.10 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 231.0.

A mixture of 290B (300 mg, 1.30 mmol), LiOH.H₂O (109 mg, 2.60 mmol) inTHF (10 mL), H₂O (10 mL) was stirred at 15° C. for 12 hrs. LCMS showedmost of 290B was remained. To the mixture was added NaOH (416 mg, 10.4mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hrs. The reactionmixture was added aq. HCl to adjust the pH˜5. And then the mixture wasfiltered, and the filter cake was concentrated to give the product.Compound 290C (300 mg, crude) was obtained as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.28 (m, 2H),2.39 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 203.1.

Compound 290 (15.3 mg, yield: 11.5%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound290C. Compound 290: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.23 (br d, J=7.0 Hz,1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.13 (m, 11H), 5.31 (br s,1H), 3.20 (dd, J=3.7, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.92-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.13 (m,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.2.

Example 166(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-chloro-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(291)

A mixture of ethyl 1H-imidazole-5-carboxylate (10 g, 71.4 mmol),phenylboronic acid (13.1 g, 107 mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (19.4 g, 107 mmol),pyridine (11.3 g, 142.72 mmol) and 4A MS (4.0 g) in DCE (200 mL) wasdegassed and purged with O₂ for 3 times, and then the mixture wasstirred at 60° C. for 12 hours under O₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue.The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=20:1 to 5:1). Compound 291A (2.8 g, yield: 18.2%)was obtained as a yellow solid. (Note: The structure was confirmed byNOE). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.33(m, 3H), 7.32-7.22 (m, 2H), 4.14 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz,3H).

To a solution of 291A (1 g, 4.62 mmol) in CH₃CN (20 mL) was added NCS(925 mg, 6.93 mmol) at 80° C. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was dissolved in DCM (50 mL), filtered, andthe filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue.The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=80:1 to 50:1) and then purified by preparatory-TLC(Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=3:1). Compound 291B (150 mg, yield:13.0%) was obtained as a yellow oil. (Note: The structure was confirmedby HMBC). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.77-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.54-7.37 (m,3H), 7.29-7.10 (m, 2H), 4.09 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.11 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of 291B (150 mg, 598 umol), LiOH.H₂O (50.2 mg, 1.20 mmol) inTHF (5 mL), H₂O (5 mL) was stirred at 15° C. for 12 hours. The reactionmixture was added aq. HCl to adjust the pH˜5. And then the mixture wasfiltered, and the filter cake was concentrated to give the product.Compound 291C (130 mg, crude) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.45 (br d, J=2.2 Hz, 4H), 7.29 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 222.8.

Compound 291 (47.1 mg, yield: 47.6%, brown solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound291C. Compound 291: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.74 (br d, J=7.7 Hz,1H), 8.02 (br s, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.43 (br d, J=4.0Hz, 3H), 7.37-7.10 (m, 7H), 5.16 (br t, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (br d,J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.68 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 397.1.

Example 167(2S,4R)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-methyl-1-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(292)

To the mixture of 1-(tert-butyl) 2-ethyl(2S,4R)-4-methylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (2 g, 7.77 mmol) in EtOAc(5 mL) was added HCl/EtOAc (4M, 20 mL) at 25° C. The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 10 h. The mixture was concentrated to get residue andsaturated aqueous Na₂CO₃ (1.5 mL) was added to the residue, then DCM(200 mL) was added. Then the mixture was dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated in vacuum to get crude compound 292A (1.9 g,crude) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.76 (br s, 2H), 5.29(s, 1H), 4.48 (dd, J=4.1, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (dd,J=7.4, 11.3 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J=9.1, 11.3 Hz, 1H), 2.48-2.28 (m, 2H),2.05-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 292A (1.9 g, 12.1 mmol) and phenylboronic acid(2.95 g, 24.2 mmol) in DCE (15 mL) was added 4A° MS (4 g), pyridine(1.91 g, 24.2 mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (3.29 g, 18.1 mmol) in one portion at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 10 h under O₂ (15 psi). Thereaction was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethylacetate=100/1, 50/1) to get compound 292B (900 mg, yield: 31.9%) aslight oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.42-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.17 (m,3H), 4.28-4.08 (m, 3H), 3.67 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),2.69-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.24 (t, J=7.1Hz, 3H), 1.12 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).

To the mixture of compound 292B (300 mg, 1.29 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) andH₂O (1 mL) was added NaOH (129 mg, 3.23 mmol) at 25° C. The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 10 h. The reaction was concentrated and theaqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL×2). Then to theaqueous phase was added HCl (1M) till pH˜3. Desired product wasextracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL×2). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (20 mL×2), dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum to get crude compound 292C (100 mg, crude) asyellow oil.

Compound 292 (12.7 mg, yield: 25.5%, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound292C. Compound 292: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.30-7.19 (m, 4H),7.16-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.09-6.97 (m, 3H), 6.88-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.73 (br s,1H), 6.55 (dd, J=8.2, 18.3 Hz, 2H), 5.75-5.61 (m, 1H), 5.61-5.36 (m,1H), 4.04-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.42 (dd, J=5.0, 14.0 Hz,1H), 3.23-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=8.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.82-2.68 (m,1H), 2.41-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.70(m, 1H), 1.13-1.00 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 380.2.

Example 168(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-oxadiazole-3-carboxamide(293)

To a solution of methyl cinnamate (1 g, 1 eq) in pyridine (20 mL) wasadded NOBF₄ (2.34 g, 3.2 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirredat 0° C. for 2 days. The solution was poured into ice water andextracted with EtOAc (3 times). The combined organic phase was washedwith water, dried over NaSO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure.The residue was purified on ISCO to afford compound 293A.

The solution of compound 293A (0.5 g) in trimethyl phosphite (5 mL) washeated at 100° C. under N₂ overnight. The reaction was cooled to roomtemperature and quenched with 1N HCl (10 mL). The mixture was extractedwith EtOAc (3 times). The combined organic phase was washed with water,dried over NaSO₄ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residuewas purified on ISCO to afford compound 293B.

Compound 293 was prepared as in Example 5 from the corresponding acid,intermediate compound 293C, which was obtained by treating compound 293B(720 mg) with LiGH in MeOH and water. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 9.81 (d,1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.6-7.2 (m, 10H), 5.53 (m, 1H), 3.25(dd, 1H), 2.83 (dd, 1H) ppm. MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+387.2.

Example 169(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(1-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(294)

Mel (6.1 mL, 98.3 mmol) was added to a mixture of2-chloro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole (5.0 g, 32.8 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (13.6 g, 98.3mmol) in DMF (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Theinsoluble substance was removed by filtration and the filtrate wastreated with EA (50 mL), H₂O (50 mL). The organic layer was separatedand the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (35 mL×3). The combinedorganic layer was washed with H₂O (35 mL×2), brine (35 mL×2), dried overMgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was triturated withTBME/PE (v/v=1/1, ˜20 mL) to afford compound 294A (3.3 g, yield 60.38%)as pale yellow solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.60-7.56 (m, 2H),7.31-7.24 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 167.0.

To a mixture of compound 294A (3.3 g, 19.8 mmol in EtOH (10 mL) wasadded N₂H₄.H₂O (5.8 g, 99.1 mmol, 85% purity) in one portion. Themixture was stirred at 110° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated withMTBE (20 mL), the precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuum to affordcompound 294B (2.4 g, yield 73.1%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 7.25-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.13 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.89 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s,3H).

To a mixture of compound 294B (1.0 g, 6.17 mmol) and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (1.0 g, 6.48 mmol) in AcOH (20 mL) was stirred at110° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove AcOH. The residue was added H₂O (50 mL) and EA (50mL), and then the mixture was acidified with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃till the aqueous phase pH˜7-8. The separated aqueous layer was extractedwith EA (100 mL×3), the combined organic layers were washed withsaturated aqueous NaCl (150 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered underreduced pressure to give crude product. The crude product was purifiedby FCC (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0˜3:1) to afford compound294C (494 mg, yield 27.9%) as yellow liquid.

Compound 294C: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.69-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.35(m, 1H), 7.33-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.55(s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 0.99 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺285.1.

To a mixture of compound 294C (645 mg, 2.3 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) wasadded NaOH (2 M, 5.7 mL) in one portion at 25° C. The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure to move MeOH, the residue was added H₂O (10 mL) andacidified with 1N HCl solution till the aqueous phase pH˜6-7. The solidwas separated and filtered under reduced pressure to afford compound294E (482 mg, crude) as white solid, which was used directly for thenext step without purification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 13.58 (s,1H), 7.69-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s,1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 257.0.

Compound 294 (27 mg, yield 57.7%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound294E. Compound 294: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.98 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H),7.63 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.04 (m, 3H), 6.99 (m, 2H),6.90-6.85 (m, 1H), 6.78-6.71 (m, 1H), 5.74-5.65 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H),3.36 (m, 1H), 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Example 170(S)—N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(1-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(295)

Compound 295 (50.0 mg, yield: 50.16%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 20 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound294E. Compound 295: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.89-9.76 (m, 1H),7.66-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.00 (m,3H), 7.00-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.85 (m, 2H), 5.77-5.65 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s,3H), 3.43-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s,3H), 0.91-0.81 (m, 2H), 0.65-0.52 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

Example 171 Compounds 296-297(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(6-methoxybenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(296)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(6-methoxybenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(297)

HCl (12 M, 5.50 mL) was added to NH₂NH₂.H₂O (6.9 mL, 120 mmol) withstirring at 0-5° C., followed by ethylene glycol (30 mL). Then6-methoxybenzo[d]thiazol-2-amine (3.6 g, 20.0 mmol) was added inportions. The mixture was heated to 125° C. and stirred for 3 h. Aftercooling to room temperature, the precipitate was collected byfiltration. The cake was washed with EtOH (5 mL×3) to afford compound296A (3.0 g, 15.37 mmol, yield 76.8%) was obtained as pale green solid.

A mixture of compound 296A (1.0 g, 5.1 mmol) and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (0.7 mL, 5.1 mmol) in HOAc (20 mL) was heated to120° C. and stirred for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residuewas treated with MeOH (15 mL). The insoluble substance was removed byfilter. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified bypreparatory-HPLC to afford compound 296C (670 mg, yield 41.2%) as paleyellow solid and compound 296B (74 mg, yield 4.6%) as pink solid. Theinsoluble substance (0.5 g, impure) as pink solid was treated with DCM(50 mL). The insoluble substance was removed off by filtration. Thefiltrate was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (15 mL×3), brine (15 mL×2),dried over MgSO₄, filter and concentrated to afford compound 296B (0.35g, yield 21.5%) as pink solid.

Compound 296B: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.80 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30(d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J=2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 4.42 (q,J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 317.9.

Compound 296C: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.80 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30(d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=2.0, 8.8 Hz, 1H) 6.71 (s, 1H), 4.37 (q,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 317.9.

NaOH (2 M, 3.15 mL, 6.3 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 296C(400 mg, 1.26 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with H₂O (50 mL) and the volatilesolvent was removed by evaporation. The resulting aqueous solution wasacidified to pH˜3 with 1N HCl. The precipitate was collected andazeotroped with toluene to afford compound 296D (320 mg, yield 87.8%)was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 7.78 (d, J=9.0Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J=2.5, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (s,1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H).

Compound 296 (100 mg, yield 43.9%, pale yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound296D. Compound 296: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 10.20 (br d, J=7.3 Hz,1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.86 (br s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d,J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (q, J=7.8 Hz, 4H), 7.12 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05(dd, J=2.6, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.59-5.49 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H),3.22 (br dd, J=4.5, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (br dd, J=8.5, 14.4 Hz, 1H), 2.27(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Following the same procedure as is used for compound 296, compound 297(30 mg, yield 54.3%, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingintermediate carboxylic acid, compound 297A. Compound 297: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.55 (br d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.88-7.80(m, 2H), 7.72 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.17 (m, 1H),7.11 (dd, J=2.6, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 5.45-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s,3H), 3.22 (br dd, J=4.1, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J=9.4, 13.8 Hz, 1H),2.73 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Example 172 Compounds 298-299(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(4-methylbenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(298)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(4-methylbenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide(299)

HCl (12M, 2.5 mL) was added to a mixture of4-methylbenzo[d]thiazol-2-amine (5.0 g, 30.5 mmol) and NH₂NH₂.H₂O (19.2mL, 335 mmol) in ethylene glycol (30 mL). The mixture was heated 120° C.and stirred for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature, precipitationwas observed. The precipitate was collected by filtration, and washedwith EtOH (15 mL) to afford compound 298A (2.3 g, yield 41.7%) as whiteneedle crystal. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.98 (br.s, 1H), 7.46 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.84 (m, 2H), 4.98 (s, 2H),2.38 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 179.8.

A mixture of compound 298A (1.7 g, 9.5 mmol) and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate (1.5 g, 9.5 mmol) in AcOH (30 mL) was heated to 125°C. and stirred for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue wastreated with MeOH (15 mL). The insoluble substance was removed byfiltration. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purifiedby prep-HPLC (FA) to afford compound 298B (260 mg, 9.1% yield) wasobtained as yellow solid and compound 298C (1.12 g, yield 39.2%). Theinsoluble substance (1.4 g, impure) was treated with DCM (50 mL) andsaturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (15 mL). The organic layer was separated, andthen washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (15 mL×2), brine (15 mL×3), dried overMgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by FCC(PE/EA=10/1) to afford compound 298B (620 mg, 21.7% yield) as yellowsolid.

Compound 298B: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.71-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d,J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (d,J=0.9 Hz, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.43 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺302.0.

Compound 298C: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.681-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.26(m, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 4.39 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s,3H), 1.30 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 301.9.

NaOH (2M, 2.5 mL, 5.0 mmol) was added to a solution of ethyl compound298B (300 mg, 1.0 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 2 h. Thick white precipitate was observed. The mixture wasdiluted with H₂O (30 mL). And the volatile solvent was removed byevaporated. The residue was acidified to pH˜3 with 1N HCl. Theprecipitate was collected and azeotroped with toluene to afford compound298D (190 mg, yield 69.8%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ13.32 (br s, 1H), 7.93-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 2H), 6.83 (s, 1H),2.79 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H).

Compound 298 (35 mg, yield 42.1%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound298D. Compound 298: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.60 (br d, J=7.0 Hz,1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H), 7.94 (br s, 1H), 7.88 (br s, 1H), 7.41-7.17 (m,8H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 5.44 (br s, 1H), 3.23 (br s, 1H), 3.27-3.23 (m, 1H),3.13-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.81 (br s, 3H), 2.65 (br s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺448.1.

Following the same procedure as is used for compound 298, compound 299(30 mg, yield 25.0%, white solid) was prepared from the correspondingintermediate carboxylic acid, compound 299A. Compound 299: ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 11.49 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.62 (m, 1H),7.32-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.04 (m, 6H), 6.73 (s, 1H),5.56-5.43 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H),2.36 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 448.1.

Example 173 Compounds 306-307(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-cyclopropyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide(306)

Compound 306 (25 mg, 24%, white solid) was prepared as in Example 5 fromthe corresponding starting materials, compounds 306A and 12G. Compound306: MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.

(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-1H-indole-2-carboxamide(307)

Compound 307 was synthesized from the corresponding starting materialsusing same procedures as described earlier for compound 306.

Example 174 Compounds 314, 494N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-5-(pyridin-2-yl)oxazole-4-carboxamide(314)

Na (29.55 mg, 1.29 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (90 mg). The solution wasadded to a mixture of MeOH (10 mL) and DCM (90 mL) at 0-5° C. and 5 minslater, 2-chloroacetonitrile (10.2 mL, 160.7 mmol) was added, and themixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for 1.5 h. Then ethyl acetamidatehydrochloride (20 g, 128.55 mmol, HCl salt) was added at 0-5° C. Theslurry was allowed to warm to 20° C. and stirred for 18 h. H₂O (50 mL)was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 15 mins toensure the precipitate was dissolved. The organic layer was separated,washed with brine (30 mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentratedto afford compound 314A (20.2 g, yield 88.5%) as clear oil, which wasused for next step directly. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 4.87-4.82 (m,1H), 4.55-4.46 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H).

DBU (17.2 mL, 113.75 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 314A(20.2 g, 113.75 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) slowly. The mixture was stirred at25° C. for 1 h. The mixture was treated with 2N HCl (40 mL). The organiclayer was separated and then washed with H₂O (30 mL), brine (30 mL),dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated to afford compound 314B(13.5 g, yield 84.1%) as white solid, which was used for next stepdirectly. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.68 (s, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.42(s, 3H).

Cs₂CO₃ (4.6 g, 14.2 mmol) was added to a mixture of compound 314B (1.0g, 7.1 mmol) and 2-iodopyridine (2.9 g, 14.2 mmol) in toluene (20.00mL). Then P(o-tolyl)₃ (216 mg, 0.71 mmol) and Pd(OAc)₂ (80 mg, 0.35mmol) was added. The mixture was de-gassed for 3 times. Then the mixturewas heated to 110° C. and stirred for 18 h. The mixture was filteredthrough Celite; the cake was washed with EA (15 mL×2). The combinedfiltrates were concentrated. The residue was purified by Flash ColumnChromatography (PE/EA=10/1 to 1/1) to afford compound 314C (1.0 g, yield64.6%) as pale yellow solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.69-8.67 (m,1H), 8.08-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.96-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.45 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s,3H), 2.50 (s, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 314C (500 mg, 2.3 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and H₂O(2 mL) was added KOH (1.28 g, 22.9 mmol) in one portion at 25° C. Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to move THF. The aqueous phase wasacidified with aqueous HCl (1M) till pH˜4-5, and then extracted with DCM(20 mL×5). The combined organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filteredand concentrated to afford compound 314D (600 mg, crude) as light yellowsolid, which was used directly for next step without purification. ¹HNMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.84-8.75 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.19 (m, 1H), 8.06 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.66 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H).

Compound 314 (30 mg, yield 26.2%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 12 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 314Dand 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 314: ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 11.59 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.09 (m, 1H), 8.03-7.98(m, 1H), 7.87-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.05 (m, 5H), 6.81(s, 1H), 5.86-5.78 (m, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 3.50-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.29(m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.1.

N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-5-phenyloxazole-4-carboxamide(494)

Compound 494 (40 mg, yield 25.1%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 314 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 314Band iodobenzene followed by using procedures as in compound 12 to obtaincompound 494. Compound 494: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.20-7.97 (m, 3H),7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.61 (br d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.34 (m, 3H),7.31-7.04 (m, 5H), 6.22 (br s, 0.22H), 6.09 (br s, 0.22H), 5.46 (dt,J=4.8, 8.0 Hz, 0.75H), 4.59 (dt, J=3.0, 10.3 Hz, 0.28H), 3.27 (dd,J=5.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (br dd, J=8.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.54-2.50 (m,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Example 175(S)-1-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(317)

To a mixture of ethyl 3-iodo-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (30 g, 112.7mmol) in DMF (200 mL) was added Cs₂CO₃ (110.22 g, 338.28 mmol) in oneportion at 25° C. Then iodomethane (18.83 mL, 302.45 mmol) was added.The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of DMF. The mixturewas treated with EA (100 mL) and H₂O (100 mL). The organic layer wasseparated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (50 mL×3). Thecombined organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL×2), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by FCC(SiO₂, PE:EA=1: 0-5:1) to afford compound 317B (17.24 g, yield 54.59%)as white solid. Compound 317B: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.25 (s, 1H),4.20 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 1.29-1.23 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 317B (10.0 g, 35.7 mmol) and phenylboronic acid(8.71 g, 71.4 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (300 mL) and H₂O (80 mL) was addedK₂CO₃ (9.87 g, 71.4 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (2.61 g, 3.57 mmol). Themixture was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, and then stirred at80° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to move 1,4-dioxane. The mixture was added EA (150 mL), andthen washed with H₂O (100 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated. The residue was purified by Flash ColumnChromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 3:1) toafford compound 317C (8.30 g, crude) as light red solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 3H),4.20-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.26-1.12 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺231.0.

To a mixture of compound 317C (8.29 g, 36.0 mmol) in THF (15 mL) andMeOH (10 mL) was added the mixture of KOH (20.20 g, 360.0 mmol) and H₂O(10 mL) at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 1.5 h. Thereaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to move MeOHand THF, the aqueous phase was acidified with concentrated HCl (36-38%)till pH˜3-4, precipitated solid was filtered and dried to affordcompound 317D (5.95 g, yield 81.72%) as white solid, which was useddirectly for the next step without purification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.30 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H).

Compound 317 (1.29 g, yield 63.83%) was prepared as in Example 6 fromthe corresponding intermediate compounds 317D and 21G((S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropan-1-ol). Compound 317: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400MHz) δ 9.56 (s, 1H), 8.38 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.48 (m,2H), 7.34-7.13 (m, 8H), 4.51-4.37 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.15 (m,1H), 2.90-2.76 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 334.1.

Example 176N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamide(318)

A mixture of N′-hydroxyacetimidamide (5 g, 67.5 mmol) and ethylprop-2-ynoate (8.94 g, 91.1 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was stirred at 65° C.for 4 h. Then the solvent was evaporated and Ph₂O (25 mL) was added. Thereaction mixture was stirred at 250° C. for 4 h. The mixture was cooledto 70° C. and poured into MTBE (100 mL) portion-wise. The mixture wasstirred for 10 min. Filtered and the filter cake was collected. Thesolid was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL) and MeOH (50 mL). Filtered and thefiltrate was collected. The filtrate was concentrated to give the crudeproduct as brown oil. The residue was suspended in MTBE (100 mL) andstirred for 10 mins. Filtered and the filter cake was collected to givecompound 318A (2 g, yield: 19.2%) as a brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 12.32 (br s, 1H), 7.72-7.49 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.33(br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.33-2.23 (m, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 318A (2 g, 13.0 mmol), phenylboronic acid (3.16g, 25.9 mmol), pyridine (2.05 g, 25.9 mmol) and 4A° molecular sieve (2g) in DCE (50 mL) was added Cu(OAc)₂ (3.53 g, 19.5 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at 60° C. for 12 h under O₂ (15 psi). Filtered and thefiltrate was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting withPetroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=4:1 to give the crude product. The crudeproduct was then purified again by preparatory-TLC (EtOAc, R_(f)˜0.5)twice to give compound 318B (160 mg, yield: 5.36%) as a yellow solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.20 (m,2H), 4.15 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 318B (100 mg, 434 umol) in THF (6 mL) and H₂O(2 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (36.5 mg, 869 umol). The mixture was stirredat 15° C. for 24 hr. TLC (EtOAc, R_(f)˜0) showed the reaction wascompleted. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 7.0 using 1N HCl. Thensolvent was removed under vacuum to give crude compound 318C (87.0 mg,crude) as yellow oil.

Compound 318 (30.3 mg, yield: 28.0%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 318C and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 318: ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.57-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.30 (br s, 2H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 2H),7.11-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.70 (br s, 1H), 6.13 (br s, 1H), 5.63-5.46 (m, 2H),3.34 (dd, J=5.5, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J=6.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 177(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamide(319)

To a solution of 4-methyl-1H-imidazole (5 g, 60.9 mmol) in THF (100 mL)was slowly added NaH (2.68 g, 67 mmol) at 0° C. The suspension wasstirred at 0° C. for 30 mins and then SEM-C₁ (12.2 g, 73.1 mmol) wasadded. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 hours. Themixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (200 ml) andextracted with EtOAc (300 mL×2). The combined organics were dried overNa₂SO₄, concentrated to give crude product. The crude product waspurified by silica gel chromatography eluting with EtOAc to give amixture of compound 319A and 319B (10 g, crude) as yellow oil.

To a solution of compound 319A and 319B (10 g, 47.1 mmol) in THF (40 mL)was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 28.3 mL) at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at−78° C. for 1 h. Ethyl carbonochloridate (7.67 g, 70.6 mmol) was addedto the solution and stirred at 20° C. for 12 h. The mixture was quenchedwith NH₄Cl (aqueous; 200 ml), extracted with EtOAc (300 mL×2). Thecombined organics were dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated to give the crudeproduct as orange oil. The crude product was purified by silica gelchromatography eluting with Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=5:1 to give amixture of compound 319C and 319D (2.9 g, crude) as yellow oil.

A solution of 319C and 319D (2 g, 7.03 mmol) in HCl/EtOAc (50 mL) wasstirred at 20° C. for 24 h. LCMS showed most 319C and 319D wereconsumed. The solvent was removed and the residue was extracted withEtOAc (50 ml) and water (50 mL). Then the pH of water layer was adjustedto ˜8.0 using saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ and the residue was extractedwith EtOAc (50 ml×6). The combined organics were dried over Na₂SO₄,concentrated to give 319E (900 mg, crude) as a brown solid. The crudeproduct was used directly in the next step. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ10.42 (br s, 1H), 10.62-10.25 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 4.42 (q, J=7.3 Hz,2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 319E (405 mg, 2.63 mmol), phenylboronic acid(480 mg, 3.94 mmol), pyridine (416 mg, 5.25 mmol) and 4A° molecularsieve (500 mg) in DCE (30 mL) was added Cu(OAc)₂ (716 mg, 3.94 mmol).The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 12 h under O₂ (15 psi). Filteredand the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting withPetroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=5:1 to give compound 319F (400 mg, crude)as a clear oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.49-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.28(m, 2H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 4.30 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.31 (t,J=7.1 Hz, 4H).

A solution of compound 319F (75 mg, 326 umol) and LiOH.H₂O (13.7 mg, 326umol) in THF (3 mL) and H₂O (1 mL) was stirred at 15° C. for 12 h. TLC(Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=1:1, R_(f)˜0.01) and LCMS showed thereaction was completed. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to ˜7.0 andTHF was removed by N₂. Then the residue was lyophilized to give crudecompound 319G (130 mg, crude) as a white solid. The crude product wasused directly in the next step. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 202.8.

Compound 319 (38.3 mg, yield: 42.3%, off-white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding intermediate carboxylic acid, compound319G. Compound 319: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.41 (brs, 3H), 7.33-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.21 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 4H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.70(br s, 1H), 5.69-5.57 (m, 1H), 5.42 (br s, 1H), 3.39 (br dd, J=5.0, 14.2Hz, 1H), 3.15 (br dd, J=7.6, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 377.2.

Example 178 Compounds 321, 519-520N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(3-fluorophenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide(321)

To a mixture of ethyl (E)-2-cyano-2-(hydroxyimino)acetate (25 g, 1.76mol) in EtOH (100 mL) was added PtO₂ (2 g, 8.8 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 12 h under H₂ (50 psi). Filtered and the filtratewas concentrated to give compound 321A (44 g, crude) as red oil. Thecrude product was used directly in the next step.

To a solution of compound 321A (22 g, 172 mmol) in DMF (500 mL) wasadded chlorosulfanyl thiohypochlorite (69.6 g, 515 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at 20° C. for 12 h. The mixture was poured into ice-water(1000 mL), extracted with EtOAc (500 mL×3). The combined organic layerswere dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum.The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatographyeluting with Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=30:1. Compound 321B (12 g,yield: 18.1%, yellow clear oil): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.50 (q,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of compound 321B (1 g, 5.19 mmol) and (3-fluorophenyl)boronicacid (1.09 g, 7.79 mmol) in H₂O (2 mL) and toluene (20 mL) was added KF(603 mg, 10.38 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (300 mg, 260 umol) under N₂. Then thereaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. under N₂ for 16 h. The solventwas evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparatory-TLC(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=5:1, R_(f)=0.69) to give compound 321C(100 mg, yield: 7.64%) as white solid.

A mixture of compound 321C (120 mg, 476 umol) in THF (4 mL) and H₂O (2mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (39.9 mg, 951 umol). Then the reaction mixturewas stirred at 20° C. for 16 h. 1M HCl was added to the reaction mixtureuntil pH˜6. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give crude compound321D (100 mg, crude) as a white solid. The crude product was used in thenext step without purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.70-7.50 (m,3H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 1H).

Compound 321 (43.8 mg, yield: 61.6%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 321D and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 321: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.39 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H),7.48-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.73 (s, 1H), 5.55-5.43 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J=3.6,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 399.1.

3-(2-Fluorophenyl)-1-METHYL-N-(2-oxo-1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(519)

Compound 519 (50 mg, yield: 17.5%, white solid) was prepared as incompound 21 from the corresponding starting materials,3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and2-amino-2-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethan-1-ol. Compound 519: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.61 (s, 1H), 8.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H),7.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.40(m, 2H), 7.26-7.17 (m, 2H), 5.77 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 406.1.

3-(2-Fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide(520)

Compound 520 (60 mg, yield: 39.6%, light yellow solid) was prepared asin compound 21 from the corresponding starting materials,3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 520: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.56 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.08(m, 5H), 6.95 (dd, J=2.9, 6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.00 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (q,J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.07 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺392.0.

Example 179(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide(323)

To a suspension of 3-fluorobenzaldehyde (10 g, 80.6 mmol) and NH₂OH.HCl(6.2 g, 88.6 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) and H₂O (20 mL) was added ice (50 g).Then an aqueous solution of NaOH (8.1 g, 201.4 mmol) in H₂O (20 mL) wasadded dropwise over a period of 10 min where upon most of the soliddissolves. Then the mixture was stirred 2 hours at 16° C. The resultingmixture was then acidified with HCl (5N). The mixture was then extractedwith dichloromethane (80 mL) for three times to give compound 323A (10g, yield: 89.2%) as a light yellow solid. The product was used into thenext step without future purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.13(s, 1H), 7.95 (br s, 1H), 7.39-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.06 (m, 1H).

NCS (5.3 g, 39.5 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 323A (5 g,35.9 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) followed by stirring at 20° C. for 3 hours.The reaction mixture was diluted with H₂O (60 mL), and extracted withEthyl acetate (100 mL×2). The organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 323B(5.7 g, yield: 91.4%) as a yellow solid. The product was used into thenext step without future purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.21(s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (br d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.33(m, 1H), 7.16 (tt, J=1.1, 8.3 Hz, 1H).

To a solution of ethyl 3-(dimethylamino)acrylate (825 mg, 5.8 mmol) andTEA (583 mg, 5.8 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added a solution of compound323B (1 g, 5.8 mmol) in THF (35 mL) dropwise over a period of 30 mins.The mixture was stirred at 16° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=1:0 to 30:1) to give compound 323C (800 mg, yield: 59%) as apale yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.03 (s, 1H), 7.62-7.51 (m,2H), 7.45 (dt, J=5.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.17 (m, 1H), 4.32 (q, J=7.1 Hz,2H), 1.33 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 323C (224 mg, 952 umol) in THF (5 mL) and H₂O(1 mL) was added LiOH.H₂O (80 mg, 1.90 mmol). The mixture was stirred at15° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated to remove solvent andadjusted to pH˜5 with aqueous HCl (1M). The mixture was filtered and thesolid was washed with H₂O (3 mL) to give intermediate compound 323D (200mg, crude) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.40 (s, 1H),7.74 (td, J=1.9, 10.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dt, J=6.2,7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dt, J=2.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H).

Compound 323 (68.9 mg, yield: 66.0%, white solid) was prepared as inExample 5 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 323D and12G. Compound 323: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 9.05 (br d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.54-7.17 (m, 9H), 5.38(br s, 1H), 3.26-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.81 (br dd, J=10.6, 13.2 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 382.1.

Example 180N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(pyrimidin-2-yl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide(324)

A mixture of pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile (10 g, 95.2 mmol), NH₂OH.HCl(6.94 g, 99.9 mmol) and CH₃₀Na (5.40 g, 99.9 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) washeated to 70° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated, the residue wasadded water (50 mL) to give a precipitate, the solid was filtered,washed with water (5 mL×2), MTBE (10 mL) to give compound 324A (10.4 g,yield: 79.1%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.18 (s, 1H),8.84 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (br s, 2H).

NaNO₂ (1.25 g, 18.1 mmol) in H₂O (7 mL) was added to a solution ofcompound 324A (2 g, 14.5 mmol) in HCl (40 mL) at 0° C., the mixture wasstirred at 0° C. for 2 h. The mixture was adjusted to pH˜6 withsaturated aqueous NaHCO₃ to give a precipitate. The solid was filtered,washed with water (5 mL×2) and dried to give compound 324B (1.40 g,yield: 61.4%), as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.95 (s,1H), 8.92 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 1H).

A suspension of compound 324B (500 mg, 3.17 mmol) in THF (4 mL) wasadded in portions to a mixture of 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide(454 mg, 3.17 mmol) and TEA (321 mg, 3.17 mmol) in THF (6 mL), themixture was stirred at 10° C. for 12 h. The mixture was filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated, the residue was purified by preparatory-TLC(Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give compound 324C (300 mg,yield: 43.2%) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.46-7.39 (m,1H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 4H), 7.05-7.00(m, 2H), 6.87 (br s, 1H), 5.92-5.85 (m, 2H), 5.40 (br s, 1H), 4.22 (dd,J=1.3, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.09 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.81 (m, 2H).

A mixture of compound 324C (150 mg, 684 umol) and LiOH.H₂O (43.1 mg,1.03 mmol) in THF (5 mL), EtOH (3 mL), H₂O (2 mL) was stirred at 10° C.for 12 h. LCMS showed desired MS, the organic solvent was removed undervacuum, the water layer was extracted with MTBE (5 mL) and then adjustedto pH˜4 with 1N HCl, the mixture was concentrated to give crude compound324D (130 mg, crude) as black solid.

Compound 324 (27.9 mg, yield: 62.3%, yellow solid) was prepared as inExample 6 from the corresponding starting materials, compounds 324D and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenyl-butanamide (274D). Compound 324: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.16 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, J=5.1Hz, 2H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.05(m, 5H), 5.51 (dt, J=5.0, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J=4.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H),3.00 (dd, J=7.8, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 366.1.

Example 181(S)—N—((S)-4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(308)

The mixture of L-proline (1.15 g, 1 eq) and iodobenzene (2.04 g, 1 eq),K₂CO₃ (2.07 g, 1.5 eq) and CuI (0.19 g, 0.1 eq) in DMA (15 mL) washeated to 90° C. under N₂ atmosphere for 48 hours. The reaction mixturewas diluted with ethyl acetate and water after cooling to roomtemperature and adjusted pH to ˜3 with HCl. The organic layer wasseparated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (5times). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified on ISCO to affordcompound acid 308A.

Compound 308 was prepared as in Example 5 from acid, intermediatecompound 308A. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 8.3-7.5(m, 2H), 7.38-7 (m, 7H), 6.7-6.2 (m, 4H), 5.2 (m, 0.5 H), 4.35 (m,0.5H), 3.9-3.3 (m, 3H), 3.2-2.8 (m, 2H) 2.2-1.7 (m, 4H) ppm. MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 356.9.

Example 182 Compounds 325-327

Compounds 325-327 were synthesized from the corresponding startingmaterials using same procedures as described earlier for compound 321.

Compound 325:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(M-tolyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.42 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (br s, 1H),7.92 (br s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.13 (m, 8H), 5.55-5.43 (m, 1H),3.20 (br dd, J=3.0, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (br dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H),2.30 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.1.

Compound 326:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(o-tolyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.52 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 1H),7.31-7.19 (m, 6H), 7.13 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (br s, 1H), 5.66 (dt,J=5.3, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.59 (br s, 1H), 3.41 (dd, J=5.1, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.18(dd, J=7.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.17-2.01 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.1.

Compound 327:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.58-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.21 (m, 4H),7.19-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.74 (br s, 1H), 5.79-5.68 (m, 1H), 5.65 (br s, 1H),3.50-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.23 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 399.1.

Example 183 Compounds 328-329

Compounds 328-329 were synthesized from the corresponding startingmaterials using same procedures as described earlier for compound 317.

Compound 328 was Synthesized Using Ethyl3-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate and (3-fluorophenyl)boronicacid via intermediates 545 and 589 using the same procedures as incompound 317. Compound 328:(S)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.57 (s, 1H), 8.51 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.08(s, 1H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 4H),7.21-7.09 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.42 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.24-3.18 (m, 1H),2.85-2.77 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 352.1.

Compound 329:(S)-1-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-3-(M-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.56 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03(s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.18 (m, 5H),7.17-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.07 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H),3.22-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 2H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 348.1.

Example 184 Compounds 330

Compound 330 was synthesized from the intermediate 250D and using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 317.

Compound 330:(S)-1-cyclopropyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 9.59 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.08 (m,10H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 4.58-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.15 (m,1H), 2.95-2.86 (m, 1H), 1.15-0.99 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 360.1.

Example 185 Compounds 331-333, 415-424

Compounds 331-333 were synthesized from the intermediate 32F and usingsame procedures as described earlier for compound 168

Compound 331:(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-(m-tolyl)butan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.25 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.09-8.01 (m, 2H),7.80 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.22 (m, 3H), 6.85 (s, 3H), 5.28(br s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.11-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.22 (s,6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 405.2.

Compound 332:(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxopentan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.26 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H),8.02 (br s, 1H), 7.76 (br s, 1H), 7.69 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.28(m, 3H), 4.95 (br t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.75 (m, 1H),1.66-1.50 (m, 1H), 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 315.1.

Compound 333:

N-((3S,4R)-1-amino-4-methyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.07-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.75-7.59(m, 3H), 7.43-7.27 (m, 3H), 5.06 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H),2.11-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.36 (ddd, J=3.9, 7.3, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 1.20-1.04 (m,1H), 0.91-0.79 (m, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 343.2.

Compound 415 (45 mg, yield: 60.98%):(S)—N-(1-amino-5-methyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.24 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.00(s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 3H),5.13-5.07 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.42 (m, 2H),0.88 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 343.1.

Compound 416 (25 mg, yield: 34.6%):(S)—N-(1-amino-5,5-dimethyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.26 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.13-8.09 (m, 1H),8.04 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 3H), 5.19 (br t, J=6.9Hz, 1H), 3.93-3.87 (m, 3H), 1.61-1.46 (m, 2H), 0.95 (s, 9H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 357.2.

Compound 417 (25 mg, yield: 71.7%):N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxo-5-phenylpentan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.44 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.00(s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.23 (m, 5H),7.22-7.14 (m, 3H), 4.99-4.91 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.69 (m, 1H),2.67-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.76 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 391.2.

Compound 418 (25.1 mg, yield: 22.25%):N-(4-amino-1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.47 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (br. s, 1H),7.98 (s, 1H), 7.79 (br. s, 1H), 7.55-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.21 (m, 5H),5.25-5.17 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.19-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.88-2.77 (m, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 445.0.

Compound 419 (10 mg, yield: 17.6%):(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxoheptan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.23 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H),8.00 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.65 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.25 (m,3H), 5.07-4.93 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.79-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.44 (m,1H), 1.37-1.20 (m, 4H), 0.84 (br t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺343.2.

Compound 420 (25 mg, yield: 38.7%):(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.66-7.46(m, 3H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.89-6.77 (m, 2H),5.33-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.76-3.71 (m, 3H), 3.16-3.10 (m,1H), 2.88-2.80 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 407.1.

Compound 421 (10 mg, yield: 28.2%):(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.25 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.06 (s, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.03(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.28-5.17 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.85(m, 3H), 3.03 (dd, J=4.1, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 393.1.

Compound 422 (20.3 mg, yield: 27.2%):N-(1-amino-6,6,6-trifluoro-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.54 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H),8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.78 (br s, 1H), 7.68 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.27(m, 3H), 5.00-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.98(m, 1H), 1.87-1.72 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+383.1.

Compound 423 (23 mg, yield: 35.5%):(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.81 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H),8.11-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.46 (m,2H), 7.32 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.08 (m, 1H),7.08-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.99-6.93 (m, 1H), 5.39-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H),3.30-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.87 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 416.2.

Compound 424 (23.6 mg, yield: 24.48%):N-(5-amino-1,1,1-trifluoro-4,5-dioxopentan-3-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.78 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.14-8.02 (m, 2H),7.81 (s, 1H), 7.70-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.29 (m, 3H), 5.20-5.13 (m, 1H),3.91 (s, 3H), 2.97-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.60 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+1)+369.1.

Example 186 Compounds 334-340

Compound 317 was subjected to reaction conditions as used for convertingintermediate 98C to 98D to obtain the intermediate 334A (1.82 g, yield89.9%) as white solid, which was used directly for the next step withoutpurification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 8.17-8.05 (m, 1H), 8.03-7.89(m, 1H), 7.51-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.13 (m, 8H), 6.89-6.76 (m, 1H),4.69-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.10-2.94 (m, 1H),2.84-2.60 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 361.1.

To a mixture of compound 334A (1.82 g, 5.1 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) wasadded HCl/MeOH (20 mL) at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for15 h. After solvent of the reaction mixture was removed under reducedpressure, MeOH (25 mL) and H₂O (25 mL) were added, and then the mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove solvents to afford compound 334B (2 g,crude) as white solid, which was used directly for next step withoutpurification.

To a mixture of compound 334B (2 g, 5.1 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and MeOH(15 mL) was added aqueous NaOH (2M, 13 mL) at 25° C. The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure to move MeOH and THF. H₂O (10 mL) was added into themixture, which was washed with TBME (10 mL×2), and then the aqueousphase was acidified with aqueous HCl (1M) till pH˜4-5. The precipitatewas filtered and dried to afford compound 334C (1.33 g, yield 69.1%) aswhite solid, which was used directly for next step without purification.¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 12.55 (s, 1H), 8.03-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.90-7.39(m, 3H), 7.32-7.14 (m, 8H), 5.74-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.54-4.36 (m, 1H),4.10-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 3H), 2.92-2.71 (m, 2H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 380.1.

Compounds 334-340 were synthesized from the intermediate 334C and thecorresponding amine and using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 168.

Compound 334:(S)-1-methyl-N-(4-((oxazol-2-ylmethyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.33 (m, 6H),7.22-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.84-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.10 (d, J=6.0 Hz,1H), 5.60-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.76-4.53 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.22 (m,1H), 2.96-2.87 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 458.2.

Compound 335:(S)—N-(4-((2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.29 (m,4H), 7.18 (s, 3H), 6.80 (s, 2H), 6.09 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (d, J=4.8Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.48 (m, 8H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.28 (d, J=10.3Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.84 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 479.2.

Compound 336:(S)-1-methyl-N-(4-((2-(methylamino)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.32 (m, 6H), 7.18 (s, 3H),6.82 (s, 2H), 6.32 (s, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 5.31 (s, 1H), 4.15-3.80 (m,5H), 3.28-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.64 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 448.2.

Compound 337:(S)—N-(4-((2-(dimethylamino)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.92-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.44 (m, 2H),7.44-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.85-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.09 (d, J=6.3Hz, 1H), 5.62 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H),3.31-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.01 (d, J=3.3 Hz, 6H), 2.95-2.86 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 462.2.

Compound 338:(S)—N-(4-((3-amino-3-oxopropyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.35 (m,4H), 7.21-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.86-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.08 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.71(s, 1H), 5.58-5.46 (m, 1H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.73-3.51 (m,2H), 3.24 (dd, J=4.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=7.8, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.49(t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 448.2.

Compound 339:(S)—N-(4-((2-amino-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.34 (m, 6H), 7.22-7.14 (m,3H), 6.89-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 6.14 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 5.52 (s,1H), 5.37-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s,3H), 3.28-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.77 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 434.2.

Compound 340: Tert-butyl(S)-(2-(3-(1-methyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamido)-2-oxo-4-phenylbutanamido)ethyl)carbamate:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.23 (m,1H), 7.20-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.86-6.70 (m, 2H), 6.09 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H),5.58-5.42 (m, 1H), 4.97-4.82 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.39 (m, 2H),3.35-3.20 (m, 3H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺520.3.

Example 187 Compound 341

Compounds 341C was synthesized from 2-hydrazinylpyrimidine and usingsame procedures as described earlier for compound 38.

Compound 341 was synthesized from 341C using same procedures asdescribed earlier for compound 317. Compound 341:(S)-3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.75 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.70-8.60 (m, 3H),7.28-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.94 (m, 1H),3.40-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.39 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H₂O+H)+354.2.

Example 188 Compound 342

Compounds 342 was synthesized from 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropan-1-aminehydrochloride and using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 272.

Compound 342:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(perfluoroethyl)-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.36 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.85(s, 1H), 7.48-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.32-7.18 (m, 9H), 5.31-5.24 (m, 1H),3.24-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.69 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 481.1.

Example 189 Compound 343

Compound 343 was synthesized from ethyl1-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylatehydrochloride (343A) and using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 153. Compound 343: Benzyl(S)-(3-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.14-9.05 (m, 0.4H), 8.16-8.00 (m, 0.9H),7.93-7.82 (m, 1.3H), 7.59-7.06 (m, 14.2H), 7.00-6.87 (m, 0.5H),6.77-6.64 (m, 0.5H), 6.31-6.50 (m, 0.9H), 6.49-6.40 (m, 0.4H), 6.29-6.17(m, 0.4H), 5.34-5.23 (m, 0.4H), 5.04 (s, 1.9H), 4.53-4.34 (m, 0.5H),4.31-4.09 (m, 1.9H), 3.24-2.99 (m, 0.8H), 2.90-2.63 (m, 1.4H), 2.30-2.16(m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 540.2.

Example 190 Compound 344

Compound 344 was synthesized from ethyl1-(3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate344A and using same procedures as described earlier for compound 162.Compound 344: Phenyl(S)-(3-(5-((4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzyl)carbamate:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.14-9.08 (m, 1H), 8.40-8.33 (m, 1H),8.13-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.09 (m, 13H), 6.99-6.71 (m, 1H),6.60-6.20 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.46-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.01 (m,1H), 2.90-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.19 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 526.2.

Example 191 Compounds 345-346

Compounds 345 and 346 were prepared from 2-hydrazinyl-3-methylpyridineand methyl 2,4-dioxopentanoate using procedures for compounds 38 and317.

Compound 345:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.36 (br d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (br d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.05 (m, 5H), 6.67 (br s, 1H), 6.62 (s,1H), 5.69-5.60 (m, 1H), 5.46 (br s, 1H), 3.35 (dd, J=5.3, 14.0 Hz, 1H),3.13 (dd, J=7.2, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H).

Compound 346:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-(3-methylpyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.23 (br d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 7.33 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 4H), 7.01 (br d, J=3.7 Hz,2H), 6.68 (br s, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 5.62 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 5.50 (br s,1H), 3.34 (dd, J=5.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=6.5, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.34(s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.2.

Example 192 Compound 347

A mixture of 2-chloropyrimidine (10 g, 87.3 mmol), 1H-pyrazole (7.73 g,114 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (24.1 g, 175 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) was heated to120° C. for 12 hr. LCMS showed desired MS. TLC (Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=3:1, R_(f)˜0) showed new point, after cooling the mixture wasfiltered and the filtrate was concentrated, the residue was purified byMPLC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:1) to give Compound 347A (10.4 g,yield: 81.5%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.76 (d, J=4.8Hz, 2H), 8.60 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H),6.51 (s, 1H).

To a solution of compound 347A (500 mg, 3.42 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded LDA (1M, 4.45 mL) dropwise at −70° C. and stirred for 10 min, thencarbon dioxide was bubbled to the mixture for 30 min, the mixture wasslowly warm to 15° C. for 20 min. The mixture was added MTBE (20 mL) andH₂O (20 mL), the water layer was adjusted to pH˜4 with 1N HCl andextracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×4), the organic layer was dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give compound 347B (480 mg, yield:73.8%) as brown solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 13.49 (br s, 1H),8.94 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H),6.98 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).

A mixture of compound 347B (200 mg, 1.05 mmol) and NCS (154 mg, 1.16mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was heated to 90° C. for 4 hr. LCMS showed desiredMS, the mixture was purified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA) to give compound347C (0.2 g, yield: 56.5%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ14.05 (br s, 1H), 8.96 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.66 (t, J=4.9Hz, 1H).

Compound 347 was synthesized from 347C and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for converting compound 321D to compound 321. Compound347:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-chloro-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.25 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (d,J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=4.9Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.15 (m, 5H), 5.50-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J=3.6, 14.2 Hz,1H), 2.77 (dd, J=9.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 399.1.

Example 193 Compound 348

Compound 348 was synthesized from 2,3-difluoropyridine and using sameprocedures described earlier for Example 313. Compound 348:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.97 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d, J=4.6 Hz,1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.57 (td, J=4.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H),7.32-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.21 (dt, J=2.5, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 5.26-5.17(m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.3, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Example 194 Compound 349

Compound 349B was prepared 3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole using thesame procedure as described for Compound 347B.

Compound 349 was synthesized from 349B and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for converting compound 347C to compound 347. Compound349:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.69 (br s, 2H), 8.11 (br s, 1H), 7.33 (br s,1H), 7.38-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.24 (br s, 4H), 7.15-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.08(m, 1H), 7.15-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.77 (br s, 1H), 5.82 (br s, 1H), 5.63 (brs, 1H), 3.47 (br s, 1H), 3.35 (br s, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 433.1.

Example 195 Compounds 350, 457

A mixture of 2-chloropyrimidine (15 g, 131 mmol), NH₂NH₂.H₂O (30 mL),K₂CO₃ (15 g, 109 mmol) was stirred at 100° C. for 30 min. The mixturewas ice cooled and the resulting crude crystals were collected byfiltration. The crystals were washed with cold water, air dried, andrecrystallized from Petroleum ether (150 mL) to give compound 350A (14.4g, 131 mmol, yield: 99.8%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.30 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 6.59 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.13(s, 2H).

To a mixture of compound 350A (2 g, 18.2 mmol) and Na (1.46 g, 63.6mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) was added diethyl maleate (3.75 g, 21.8 mmol) at15° C. The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 3 hours. The reaction wascooled to 15° C. and quenched with acetic acid to pH˜7. The mixture wasconcentrated to give residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (TFAcondition) to give compound 350B (3.5 g, 14.8 mmol, yield: 81.6%) asbrown oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.49 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (t,J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (dd, J=4.2, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.20 (m, 2H),3.41-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.01 (dd, J=4.2, 17.6 Hz, 1H), 2.05-1.96 (m, 1H),1.32-1.21 (m, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 350B (3.5 g, 14.8 mmol) in MeCN (40 mL) wasadded POCl₃ (2.73 g, 17.8 mmol, 1.65 mL). The mixture was stirred at 80°C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue waspoured into saturated NaHCO₃ (30 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The aqueousphase was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×4). The combined organicphase was dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated invacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=0:1 to 1:1) to give compound 350C (900 mg,yield: 23.9%) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.44 (d,J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (dd, J=6.5, 12.7 Hz, 1H),4.27-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.56 (dd, J=12.7, 18.0 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J=6.6, 18.1Hz, 1H), 1.23 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a mixture of compound 350C (900 mg, 3.53 mmol) in MeCN (15 mL) wasadded MnO₂ (3.07 g, 35.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate wasconcentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 0:1) to give compound 350D (215 mg,yield: 24.1%) as brown oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.81 (d, J=4.9 Hz,2H), 7.36 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.35 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.31(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compounds 350 were synthesized from the intermediate 350D and using sameprocedures as described earlier for converting compound 38B to compound38. Compound 350:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-chloro-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.23 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.78 (d,J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.55 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H),7.33-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 5.35-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.6,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 399.1.

Compound 457 were synthesized from the intermediate 350E and3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride usingsame procedures as described earlier for compound 350. Compound 457(70.21 g, yield: 70.32%):3-chloro-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.29 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (d, J=5.1 Hz,1H), 8.77 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.20 (m, 5H),6.90 (s, 1H), 5.36-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.83(dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.79-2.72 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.56 (m, 4H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 439.1.

Example 196 Compound 351

Compound 351 was synthesized from 341C using same procedures asdescribed earlier for converting compound 321D to compound 321. Compound341:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.05 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d,J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.17(m, 5H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 5.29-5.21 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.77(m, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 379.0.

Example 197 Compound 352

Compound 352 was prepared from 2-chloro-4-hydrazinylpyrimidine and ethyl2,4-dioxopentanoate using procedures for compounds 345 and 321. Compound352:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.10 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=5.5Hz, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H),7.35-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.56-5.48 (m, 1H), 3.18 (br dd, J=3.8,13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (br dd, J=9.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.90(m, 1H), 0.94-0.67 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 419.2.

Example 198 Compound 353

Compound 353 was synthesized from 254D using same procedures asdescribed earlier for synthesis of compound 322. Compound 353:(S)-4-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)oxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.27 (m,4H), 7.21 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.13-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.84 (m, 1H),4.98-4.90 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H₂O+H)+353.1.

Example 199 Compound 354

Compound 354D was prepared using procedure for compound 213D. To asolution of compound 354D (2.50 g, 6.82 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (6.36 mL,54.56 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added trimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulfonate (7.40 mL, 40.92 mmol) at 0° C. under N₂atmosphere. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C.for 0.25 h, then stirred at 20° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture wascooled to 0° C. and added into cooled sat.NH₄Cl (50 mL), then themixture was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL×2), the combined extracts werewashed with sat.NaHCO₃ (100 mL), then the mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄and filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum to afford compound354E (2.50 g, crude) as red oil. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)+339.1.

To a solution of compound 354E (2.50 g, 7.39 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL) wasadded TMSCl (1.50 mL, 11.87 mmol) at 0° C. After addition, the reactionmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 h. TEA was added into the reactionmixture to pH˜8, then the mixture was concentrated in vacuum to affordcrude compound 354F (2.50 g, crude) as red solid. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺266.9.

To a solution of compound 107B (700 mg, 3.45 mmol), compound 354F (1.01g, 3.80 mmol) and HBTU (1.57 g, 4.13 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added DIEA(2.41 mL, 13.78 mmol) at 0-10° C. After addition, the reaction mixturewas stirred at 20° C. for 2 h. 5 mL of water was added into the reactionmixture and the mixture was concentrated in vacuum to remove the most ofDMF. Then 100 mL of water and 80 mL of EtOAc were added into the mixtureand stirred for 2 min. The mixture was separated and the aqueous layerwas extracted with EtOAc (80 mL). The combined extracts were washed with0.3N HCl (80 mL×2), sat.NaHCO₃ (80 mL×2) and brine (80 mL). Then themixture was dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered, the mixture was concentratedin vacuum to afford crude product. The residue was purified bypreparatory-HPLC (neutral condition) to afford compound 354G (1.0 g,yield 63.55%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.12-7.55 (m,3H), 7.45-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.22-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.10-5.84(m, 1H), 4.64-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.11-3.99 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.80 (m, 1H),2.79-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.52 (m, 3H), 1.23-1.17 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 452.1.

To a solution of compound 354G (863.1 mg, 1.91 mmol) in DCM (200 mL) wasadded DMP (3.24 g, 7.65 mmol) at 0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. Afteraddition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 1 h. 50 mL ofsat.Na₂S₂O₃ and 50 mL of NaHCO₃ was added into the reaction mixture, themixture was stirred for 20 min. Then the mixture was separated, theorganic layer was washed with 50 mL of sat.Na₂S₂O₃ and 50 mL of NaHCO₃,then water (80 mL), brine (80 mL). The mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄ andfiltered, then the mixture was concentrated in vacuum to afford compound354H (640 mg, yield 74.45%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.77 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.17-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.87-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.31(m, 3H), 7.16 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.88-6.81 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.31 (m, 1H),3.18-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.49 (m, 3H), 1.23-1.18 (m,9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 448.2.

To a solution of compound 354H (440 mg, 978.87 umol) in DCM (30 mL) wasadded HCl/EtOAc (4M, 22 mL) at 0° C. After addition, the reactionmixture was stirred at 10° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated and the residue was dissolved into 80 mL of EtOAc, themixture was washed with water (80 mL), 0.1% NaHCO₃ (80 mL) and brine (80mL). Then the mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄ and filtered, thenconcentrated in vacuum to afford compound 354. Compound 354 (650 mg,1.49 mmol) was dissolved into 3 mL of CH₃CN and 15 mL of2-isopropoxypropane was added into the stirring mixture. After that, themixture was filtered to afford pure compound 354 (450 mg, yield 71.40%)as light yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.70(d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.07-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.84 (s, 1H),7.42-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H),5.45-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 394.1.

Example 200 Compound 355

To a solution of compound 354 (40 mg, 101.68 umol) and pyridine (19 mg,233.86 umol) in DCM (2 mL) was added Tf₂O (34 mg, 122.02 umol) in DCM(0.5 mL) at 0° C. under N₂ atmosphere. After addition, the reactionmixture was stirred at 0° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith EtOAc (50 mL), the mixture was washed with 0.2 N HCl (20 mL),NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), then the mixture was dried over Na₂SO₄and filtered, the mixture was concentrated in vacuum to afford compound355 (40 mg, yield 63.64%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ8.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.01-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H),7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 3H), 5.44-5.28 (m,1H), 3.26-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 526.1.

Example 201 Compound 356

To a solution of quinoxaline-2-carboxylic acid (6 g, 34.45 mmol) in MeOH(80 mL) was added con. H₂SO₄ (675.8 mg, 6.89 mmol) dropwise, then themixture was stirred at 65° C. for 10 hours. After cooling to roomtemperature, the mixture was neutralized with a sat. NaHCO₃ andextracted with DCM (60 mL×3). The organic phases were combined, driedwith anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and evaporated to afford compound 356A (5.80 g,yield: 89.47%) as a brown solid. The crude product was used directly inthe next step without further purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ9.56 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97-7.84(m, 2H), 4.13 (s, 3H).

A solution of compound 356A (2.5 g, 13.29 mmol) in CH₃COOC₂H₅ (60 mL)was added t-BuOK (1.94 g, 17.28 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.25hour at 25° C. The mixture was quenched with H₂O (50 mL). The organiclayer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with EA (50 mL×3). Theorganic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andevaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (PE:EA=20/1to 10/1) to afford compound 356B (2.45 g, 75.48% yield) as pale yellowsolid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.57-9.33 (m, 1H), 8.19-8.06 (m, 2H),7.96-7.74 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.13 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.18 (m,3H).

A mixture of 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (7.83 g, 29.41 mmol, H₂O)and iodobenzene (5 g, 24.51 mmol) in CHCl₃ (20 mL) was added m-CPBA(4.23 g, 24.51 mmol), the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hoursunder N₂ atmosphere. After the reaction, MTBE (20 mL) was added to thereaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was filtered and the solidwas washed with MTBE (30 mL). The resulting mixture was filtered and thesolid was washed with MTBE (30 mL) to give compound 356C (8.7 g, 75.82%yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.60 (br s, 1H),8.53 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.39-8.36 (m, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 8.07(d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.55 (m, 2H).

A mixture of compound 356C (3.49 g, 7.45 mmol) and compound 356B (1.4 g,5.73 mmol) were stirred at 80° C. for 1 h, and acetamide (4.06 g, 68.76mmol) was added to the mixture, then the mixture was stirred at 120° C.for 1 h under microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=I/O to 0:1)to give compound 356D (300 mg, crude) as dull-red solid. MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 284.1.

Compound 356 was synthesized from 356D and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for converting compound 321C to compound 321. Compound356:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-(quinoxalin-2-yl)oxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 9.58 (s, 1H), 8.24(br s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (br s, 1H), 7.89 (t, J=7.6 Hz,1H), 7.76 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.86 (m, 4H),6.85-6.78 (m, 1H), 5.90-5.78 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 430.1.

Example 202 Compound 357

Compound 357 was synthesized from 107B and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for converting compound 321D to compound 321. Compound357:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.12-8.05 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 3H),7.32-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.71 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.68 (m,1H), 5.54 (br s, 1H), 3.50-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s,3H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.82 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.15-7.92 (m,3H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.17 (m,1H), 5.48-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+1)+378.1.

Example 203 Compounds 358-359

Compounds 358 and 359 were synthesized using same procedures describedearlier for compound 255. Compound 358:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)oxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.52 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.35 (m, 1H),7.28-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.68 (d,J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 5.70-5.60 (m, 1H), 5.49 (br s, 1H), 3.42-3.32 (m, 1H),3.24-3.14 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 450.1. Compound 359:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(o-tolyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)oxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.43-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 2H),7.25-7.19 (m, 4H), 6.92 (br s, 2H), 6.69 (br s, 1H), 6.44 (d, J=6.4 Hz,1H), 5.66-5.58 (m, 1H), 5.50 (br s, 1H), 3.41-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.97(m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 446.1.

Example 204 Compound 360

Compound 360 was synthesized using same procedures described earlier forcompound 26. Compound 360:N-((2S)-4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.19-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.47-7.34 (m, 5H),7.32-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.06 (m, 3H), 6.16-5.82 (m, 1H), 4.73-4.39 (m,1H), 4.06-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.53 (m, 3H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+1)+380.0.

Example 205 Compound 361

Compound 361 was synthesized from ethyl3-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using same procedures describedearlier for compound 267. Compound 361:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.36-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.17 (m, 2H),7.15-7.06 (m, 3H), 6.78-6.63 (m, 2H), 5.74-5.62 (m, 1H), 5.55 (br s,1H), 3.42 (dd, J=5.5, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=6.6, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.57(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 414.1.

Example 206 Compounds 362-377, 462-468

Compounds 362-377, 462-468 were synthesized from the correspondingintermediate or intermediate 321B and using same procedures as describedearlier for compound 321.

Compound 362 (35.2 mg, 47.49% yield, 94% purity, EE %: 97%):(S)—N-(4-fluoro-3-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(4-((prop-2-yn-1-yloxy)methyl)phenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.50-9.40 (m, 1H), 9.45 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.50 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.22 (m, 7H), 5.44-5.14 (m, 2H), 4.99-4.88(m, 1H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.23 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (t, J=2.3 Hz, 1H),3.21 (dd, J=4.1, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (dd, J=10.5, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 438.1, (M+Na)+460.0.

Compound 363 (39.2 mg, 36.85% yield, 94% purity):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(4-((4-fluorobenzamido)methyl)phenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.44 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 9.14 (t, J=6.0 Hz,1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.06-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.2 Hz,2H), 7.37-7.23 (m, 8H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.44 (m, 1H), 4.52 (d,J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (dd, J=3.2, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.3, 14.0 Hz,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 532.2.

Compound 364 (27.5 mg, 26.56% yield, 96% purity):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-chloro-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.24 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.92(s, 1H), 7.49-7.19 (m, 5H), 5.47 (ddd, J=3.9, 7.7, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.24(dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J=9.8, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 339.0.

Compound 365 (60 mg, 39.4% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.23 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 9.06 (d, J=1.5 Hz,1H), 8.69 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J=1.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H),7.87 (s, 1H), 7.29-7.14 (m, 6H), 5.47 (ddd, J=4.1, 7.6, 9.3 Hz, 1H),3.16 (dd, J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=9.3, 14.3 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 383.1.

Compound 366 (50 mg, 36.9% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-bromo-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.23 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.91(s, 1H), 7.35-7.17 (m, 4H), 5.54-5.41 (m, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=3.9, 14.2 Hz,1H), 2.95 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 383.0.

Compound 367 (50 mg, 18.43% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.92 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.94-7.52 (m, 2H),7.36-7.18 (m, 5H), 7.08-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.87 (d, J=10.0Hz, 2H), 5.55-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=3.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.03-2.97 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 425.1.

Compound 368 (130 mg, 60.3% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.22 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.87(s, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 6H), 7.17-7.10 (m, 1H),5.42 (ddd, J=3.7, 7.7, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=3.7, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.96(dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺413.1.

Compound 369 (55 mg, 27.8% yield):N-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(4-((benzyloxy)methyl)phenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.45 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.94(s, 1H), 7.63-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.16 (m, 12H), 5.54-5.49 (m, 1H),4.62-4.56 (m, 4H), 3.24 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 501.1.

Compound 370 (55 mg, 20.1% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(3-((benzyloxy)methyl)phenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.42 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.93(s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.49-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.32-7.24(m, 5H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 1H), 6.49-6.39 (m, 1H), 5.55-5.48 (m, 1H), 4.55(d, J=5.7 Hz, 4H), 3.22 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H₂O)+518.2.

Compound 371 (90 mg, 63.2% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(pyridin-4-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.47 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.65-8.55 (m, 2H),8.21 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.52-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.22 (m, 5H),6.53-6.39 (m, 1H), 5.55-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.22 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.83 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 382.1.

Compound 372 (50 mg, 22.8% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.24 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.86(s, 1H), 7.59-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.16 (m, 7H), 5.44-5.37 (m, 1H),3.21-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.90 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

Compound 373 (85 mg, 44.6% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(pyridin-2-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.36 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (d, J=5.6 Hz,1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.97-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 5H),5.54-5.46 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=8.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 382.1.

Compound 374 (100 mg, 49.9% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(pyrimidin-4-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.27 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 9.05 (d, J=1.3 Hz,1H), 8.94 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.94-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.16(m, 5H), 5.50 (ddd, J=4.2, 7.5, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=4.1, 14.2 Hz,1H), 2.88 (dd, J=9.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 383.1.

Compound 375 (60 mg, 28.5% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.19 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.84(s, 1H), 7.27-7.15 (m, 7H), 6.98-6.94 (m, 1H), 5.39-5.31 (m, 1H),3.18-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.83 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 413.1.

Compound 376 (300 mg, 47.9% yield):(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.95(s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H),7.35-7.24 (m, 5H), 5.56-5.49 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.83 (m,1H). (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 381.1.

Compound 377 (80 mg, 39.9% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(pyridin-3-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.39 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.82 (d, J=2.2 Hz,1H), 8.65 (dd, J=1.5, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.96-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.43(dd, J=4.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.20 (m, 5H), 5.53-5.45 (m, 1H), 3.23 (dd,J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺382.1.

Compound 462 (150 mg, 73.8% yield):N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.45 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.91 (br d, J=5.1Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.34 (m, 2H),7.34-7.25 (m, 5H), 5.59-5.48 (m, 1H), 3.24 (dd, J=3.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.93-2.76 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.59 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 421.1.

Compound 463 was prepared from the corresponding intermediates,4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-5-phenylpentanamide hydrochloride using sameprocedures as for compound 321. Compound 463 (120 mg, 35% yield):N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxo-5-phenylpentan-3-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.49 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H),7.91-7.78 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.15 (m,3H), 5.15 (br t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.08 (m, 1H),1.96-1.81 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 395.1.

Compound 464 was prepared from the corresponding intermediates,4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylic acid and3-amino-4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-hydroxybutanamide hydrochloride using sameprocedures as for compound 321. Compound 464 (120 mg, 47% yield):N-(4-amino-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.45 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.94(s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.31 (s, 2H),7.18-7.05 (m, 2H), 5.47 (s, 1H), 3.29-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.78 (m, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 399.0.

Compound 465 was prepared from the corresponding intermediates,4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxy-5-methylhexanamide hydrochloride using same proceduresas for compound 321. Compound 465 (110 mg, 38.2% yield):N-(1-amino-5-methyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.32 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H),7.95-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.51 (s, 3H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 1.78-1.39 (m, 3H), 0.90(dd, J=5.8, 15.3 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 347.1.

Compound 466 was prepared from the corresponding intermediates,4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylic acid and3-amino-4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-2-hydroxybutanamide hydrochloride usingsame procedures as for compound 321. Compound 466 (70 mg, 39.2% yield):N-(4-amino-1-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.40 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.92(s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.35 (m, 3H), 6.89 (s, 3H),5.56-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.08 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 6H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 409.1.

Compound 467 was prepared from the corresponding intermediates,4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxyheptanamide hydrochloride using same procedures as forcompound 321. Compound 467 (80 mg, 73% yield):N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxoheptan-3-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.31 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H),7.94-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.43 (m, 3H), 5.30-5.15 (m, 1H), 1.82 (br d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 1.57 (br d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.40-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.22(m, 1H), 1.36-1.20 (m, 3H), 0.88-0.81 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺347.1.

Compound 468 was prepared from the corresponding intermediates,4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylic acid and3-amino-2-hydroxybutanamide hydrochloride using same procedures as forcompound 321. Compound 468 (70 mg, 54.2% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.40 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H),7.92-7.75 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.43 (m, 3H), 5.25-5.18 (m, 1H), 1.36 (d, J=7.3Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 305.1.

Example 207 Compounds 378, 578, 599

To a solution of 6-bromoisoindolin-1-one (0.5 g, 2.36 mmol) in acetone(20 mL) was added BnBr (605 mg, 3.54 mmol, 0.420 mL), Cs₂CO₃ (1.92 g,5.90 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (62 mg, 235.80 umol), then the mixture wasstirred at 70° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated toremove solvent, then diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EA(40 mL×2), and the organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified by flash silicagel chromatography (ISCO®; 12 g SepaFlash© Silica Flash Column, Eluentof 0-20% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 30 mL/min). Compound378A (0.46 g, yield: 59.5%) was obtained as white solid. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.02 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J=1.9, 8.0 Hz, 1H),7.39-7.16 (m, 6H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.21 (s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺302.0.

To a solution of compound 378A (0.46 g, 1.52 mmol) and4,4,4′,4′,5,5,5′,5′-octamethyl-2,2′-bi(1,3,2-dioxaborolane) (580 mg,2.28 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) was added KOAc (299 mg, 3.04 mmol), andthen Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (111 mg, 152.23 umol) was added under N₂ atmosphere,the mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with EA (20 mL), then filtered and washed with EA (20 mL×3), thefiltrate was concentrated to give a residue. The residue was purified byflash silica gel chromatography (ISCO®; 12 g SepaFlash® Silica FlashColumn, Eluent of 0˜30% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 30mL/min). Then further purified by preparatory-TLC (PE:EA=2:1). Compound378B (0.35 g, yield: 46.1%) was obtained as light yellow solid. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.98 (t, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=1.1, 7.5 Hz,1H), 7.57 (dd, J=0.9, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 3H),4.77-4.69 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 1.31 (s, 12H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺349.9.

To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylate (186 mg,835.17 umol) and compound 378B (0.35 g, 1.00 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL)and H₂O (2 mL) was added K₂CO₃ (231 mg, 1.67 mmol), then Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (61mg, 83.52 umol) was added under N₂ atmosphere, then the mixture wasstirred at 85° C. for 16 h under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with EA (30 mL), then filtered and concentrated to give aresidue. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography(ISCO®; 12 g SepaFlash® Silica Flash Column, Eluent of 0˜30% Ethylacetate/Petroleum ether gradient @ 30 mL/min). Compound 378C (0.13 g,yield: 37.3%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.20 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=7.7 Hz,1H), 7.41-7.28 (m, 5H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 366.0.

Compound 378 was synthesized from 378C and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for compound 321. Compound 378 (20 mg, 13.5% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-benzyl-3-oxoisoindolin-5-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.07 (br s, 1H), 8.20-8.00 (m, 1H),7.96-7.48 (m, 4H), 7.42-7.12 (m, 10H), 5.58-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.78 (s, 2H),4.45 (s, 2H), 3.26 (dd, J=3.8, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 526.1.

Compound 578 was synthesized by the coupling of methyl4-bromo-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylate and(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)boronic acid followed bysubjecting the product to same procedures described earlier for compound321. Compound 578 (100 mg, 57.9% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.36-9.32 (m, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s,1H), 7.52-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.17 (m, 7H), 5.50-5.43 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.15(m, 1H), 2.94-2.86 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 461.0.

Compound 599 was synthesized by the coupling of methyl4-bromo-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxylate and(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)boronic acid followed bysubjecting the product to same procedures described earlier for compound321. Compound 599 (140 mg, 69.6% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.40 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.93(s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 2H), 7.29-7.18 (m, 5H),5.55-5.41 (m, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=10.1, 14.1Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 461.0.

Example 208 Compounds 379-380

Compounds 379-380 were synthesized from the corresponding intermediate1-(difluoromethyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid using sameprocedures as described earlier for Example 5.

Compound 379 (240 mg, 76.2% yield):(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.79 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H),8.14-7.72 (m, 3H), 7.55 (dd, J=2.0, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.20 (m, 8H),5.40-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 413.1.

Compound 380 (50 mg, 61.7% yield):(R)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.79 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H),8.15-7.71 (m, 3H), 7.60-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.21 (m, 8H), 5.40-5.25 (m,1H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 413.1.

Example 209 Compounds 381-384, 403, 522-524, 546-547, 550-552, 554-555,575-577, 588, 596, 598, 608, 610, 622, 630

To a solution of ethyl 3-iodo-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (20 g, 75.18mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added sodium 2-chloro-2,2-difluoroacetate(22.92 g, 150.36 mmol) and Cs₂CO₃ (48.99 g, 150.36 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at 100° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated,the residue was diluted with H₂O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. The residue was purified by flash silica gelchromatography (ISCO®; X g SepaFlash© Silica Flash Column, eluent of0%˜10%-20% Ethyl acetate/Petroleum ether gradient). Compound 381A (9.1g, yield: 38.30%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 8.47-7.95 (m, 1H), 7.44-6.95 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.17 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.17 (m,3H).

Compounds 381-384, 403, 522-524, 546-547, 550-552, 554-555, 561,563-566, 575-577, 581-582, 586, 588, 596, 598, 608, 610, 622, and 630were synthesized from the corresponding intermediate ethyl1-(difluoromethyl)-3-iodo-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (381A) using sameprocedures as described earlier for Compound 242.

Compound 381 (125 mg, 43.5% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.87 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H),8.18-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.99-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.18 (m,6H), 5.35 (br s, 1H), 3.20 (br dd, J=3.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.76 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Compound 382 (70 mg, 40.9% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(o-tolyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.35 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.95-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.27 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 7.25-7.10(m, 6H), 5.26 (br s, 1H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.02 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 427.1.

Compound 383 (150 mg, 58.2% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.77-8.62 (m, 2H), 8.16-7.76 (m, 3H),7.50-7.17 (m, 9H), 5.36-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H),2.82 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Compound 384 (130 mg, 39.4% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.54-8.35 (m, 2H), 8.03-7.51 (m, 3H),7.35-7.14 (m, 8H), 6.96 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (br s, 1H), 3.76 (s,3H), 3.22 (d, J=14.3 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.83 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺443.1.

Compound 403 (3.1 g, 49.74% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.80 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.58-8.37 (m, 1H),8.10 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.19 (m, 8H),5.47-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.75 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 413.2.

Compound 522 (25 mg, 16.6% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(4-methylpyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.39(d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.09-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.78(d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.13 (m, 7H), 5.27-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd,J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (s, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

Compound 523 (63 mg, 63.6% yield; light yellow solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(3,5-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H),8.14-8.08 (m, 1H), 7.97-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.25 (m, 7H), 7.23-7.19 (m,1H), 5.42-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=10.3,14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 449.0.

Compound 524 (50 mg, 31.5% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05(s, 1H), 7.92-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.15 (m, 3H),7.13-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=3.6,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (dd, J=9.7, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 441.1.

Compound 546 (120 mg, 47.9% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ δ 8.87 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H),8.19-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.17 (m, 7H), 5.42-5.24(m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.5, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 493.1.

Compound 547 (140 mg, 67.0% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(naphthalen-1-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),8.15-7.71 (m, 5H), 7.62 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.35(m, 2H), 7.28-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.19-5.15 (m, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz,1H), 2.72 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 463.1.

Compound 550 (25 mg, 30.3% yield; light yellow solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.78 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J=4.5Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.56 (m, 3H),7.55-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.08 (m, 5H), 5.67-5.53 (m, 1H), 3.31 (dd,J=5.0, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 414.1.

Compound 551 (65 mg, 82.3% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.90 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.16(d, J=9.9 Hz, 2H), 8.09-7.79 (m, 5H), 7.67 (dd, J=1.7, 8.5 Hz, 1H),7.56-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.23-7.18 (m, 1H), 5.39-5.29 (m,1H), 3.18 (dd, J=3.9, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=10.3, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 463.1.

Compound 552 (60 mg, 53.6% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(2,5-difluorophenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.75-8.67 (m, 2H), 8.09-7.76 (m, 3H),7.32-7.15 (m, 8H), 5.30-5.22 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.73 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 449.1.

Compound 554 (174 mg, 86.6% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(3-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.83 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H),8.21-7.72 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.21 (br dd, J=2.5, 8.5 Hz, 2H),7.06 (br d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.22 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz,1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺445.1.

Compound 555 (85 mg, 57.0% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.34 (s,1H), 7.57-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.24 (br s, 3H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 4H), 6.96-6.92(m, 1H), 6.90 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.26 (br s,1H), 5.55-5.42 (m, 1H), 4.16 (br s, 2H), 4.11-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.05(m, 1H), 4.00-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.22 (m, J=4.7, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.82 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

Compound 561 (100 mg, 46.4% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(isoquinolin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=7.5Hz, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.24-7.88 (s, 3H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.66 (m,2H), 7.66-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.15 (m, 5H), 5.25-5.14 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.05(m, 1H), 2.83-2.72 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Compound 563 (110 mg, 84.1% yield; light yellow solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.67 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.08(s, 1H), 7.97-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.97-6.91 (m, 1H),6.90-6.80 (m, 2H), 5.90 (s, 1H), 5.78 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.15(dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 457.1.

Compound 564 (128 mg, 79.3% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.71-8.60 (m, 2H), 8.11-8.02 (m, 1H),7.97-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.16 (m, 7H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 1H), 5.32-5.23 (m,1H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.29(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 445.1.

Compound 565 (75 mg, 80.2% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.34-8.23 (m, 1H), 7.98-7.47(m, 3H), 7.28-7.20 (m, 7H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.39-5.33 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.19(m, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=9.2, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 441.1.

Compound 566 (135 mg, 78.7% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H₁),8.10-7.77 (m, 3H₁), 7.31-7.18 (m, 6H₁), 7.17-7.10 (m, 1H₁), 6.96 (dd,J=2.9, 9.5 Hz, 1H₁), 5.32-5.23 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.78 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 1.97 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 445.1.

Compound 575 (20 mg, 66.9% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(quinolin-7-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.94 (dd, J=1.6, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 8.67-8.48 (m,2H), 8.43-8.33 (m, 2H), 7.98-7.71 (m, 4H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.17(m, 6H), 5.48-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.24 (dd, J=4.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (dd,J=9.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Compound 576 (125 mg, 66.2% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(quinolin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.94-8.82 (m, 2H), 8.66 (br d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 8.20-7.98 (m, 4H), 7.87-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.17(m, 5H), 5.27-5.14 (m, 1H), 3.13 (br dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (brdd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

Compound 577 (110 mg, 47.2% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(isoquinolin-6-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.58(s, 1H), 8.51 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.17 (m, 1H), 8.15-7.81 (m, 6H),7.31-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.24-7.17 (m, 1H), 5.45-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.19 (dd,J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.77 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 471.1.

Compound 581 (30 mg, 37.5% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.55 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 9.40-9.27 (m, 1H),8.91-8.83 (m, 2H), 8.73-8.15 (m, 1H), 8.06-7.67 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.23 (m,5H), 5.75-5.62 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.16 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 415.1.

Compound 582 (11.4 mg, 13.6% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(5-methylpyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.83 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.55(d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.08-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.76 (s,1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.21 (td, J=4.5, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.36-5.27 (m, 1H),3.17 (dd, J=3.7, 13.7 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.29 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 428.1.

Compound 586 (56 mg, 32.4% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.94-8.86 (m, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.69-8.58(m, 2H), 8.15-8.08 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.81 (m, 3H), 7.29 (br d, J=4.2 Hz,4H), 7.21 (br d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (br s, 1H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1H),2.87-2.77 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.0.

Compound 588 (95 mg, 63.0% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(quinolin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.90 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.59(d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.20-8.04 (m, 2H), 7.98-7.79(m, 2H), 7.76-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.02-6.91 (m, 5H), 5.78-5.70 (m, 1H),3.32-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=8.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺464.1.

Compound 596 (110 mg, 58.1% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.94-8.77 (m, 3H), 8.19-7.86 (m, 3H),7.83-7.69 (m, 3H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.20 (m, 6H), 5.28-5.12 (m,1H), 3.14 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=9.9, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Compound 598 (85 mg, 53.3% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(isoquinolin-5-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.90-8.63 (m, 2H), 8.41 (d,J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.30-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.90-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.51 (d, J=6.0 Hz,1H), 7.32-7.17 (m, 5H), 5.29-5.12 (m, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J=3.9, 14.0 Hz,1H), 2.77 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Compound 608 (25 mg, 37.2% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(isoquinolin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 11.96 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 9.03 (s, 1H), 8.78(s, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.22-7.84 (m, 6H), 7.80-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.05(m, 4H), 7.03-6.96 (m, 1H), 5.69-5.55 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.12(dd, J=7.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Compound 610 (42 mg, 15.5% yield; pale yellow solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(quinolin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.73-8.55 (m, 3H), 8.13-7.89(m, 3H), 7.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.65 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 5H),5.39 (s, 1H), 3.00-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.3-3.15 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺464.1.

Compound 622 (25 mg, 22.7% yield; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(quinolin-6-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamidehydrochloride: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.13 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 8.99(d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.86-8.75 (m, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H),8.19-8.12 (m, 2H), 8.12-8.07 (m, 1H), 8.00-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.25 (m,4H), 7.24-7.18 (m, 1H), 5.43-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.80(m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.1.

Compound 630 (20 mg, 42.58% yield; pale yellow solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(difluoromethyl)-3-(isoquinolin-7-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.31 (s, 1H), 8.68-8.48 (m, 3H), 8.41 (s,1H), 8.08-7.71 (m, 5H), 7.60 (br s, 1H), 7.31-7.16 (m, 5H), 5.39 (br t,J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (br dd, J=4.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.99-2.86 (m, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 464.2.

Example 210 Compounds 385-391, 532

Compounds 385-391, 532 were synthesized from the corresponding startingmaterial using same procedures as described earlier for Compound 265.

Compound 385 (25 mg, 38.7% yield):(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.74 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (br s, 1H),8.06-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.18 (br d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 6.83 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.40-5.29 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.62 (m,3H), 3.15-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 408.1.

Compound 386 (14 mg, 22.8% yield):(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxo-5-phenylpentan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.87 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.13-8.04 (m, 3H),7.77 (br s, 1H), 7.43-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.09 (br s, 1H),2.81-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.15-1.90 (m, 2H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.1.

Compound 387 (18 mg, 29.4% yield):N-((3S,4R)-1-amino-4-methyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.48 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.09-8.03 (m,3H), 7.77 (br s, 1H), 7.43-7.32 (m, 3H), 5.17-5.09 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s,3H), 2.04 (br s, 1H), 1.41 (br s, 1H), 1.24-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.78 (m,6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 344.2.

Compound 388 (35 mg, 47.8% yield):(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.71 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H),8.06-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.32 (m, 3H), 6.87 (s, 2H), 6.81(s, 1H), 5.41-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.52(s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 406.1.

Compound 389 (55 mg, 15.9% yield):(S)—N-(4-amino-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.83 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.11(s, 1H), 8.04-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),7.38-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.19-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.01 (m, 1H), 7.00-6.94 (m,1H), 5.51-5.44 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 417.1.

Compound 390 (50.1 mg, 83.9% yield):N-(4-amino-1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.93 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (br. s, 1H),8.02-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.81 (br. s, 1H), 7.46-7.29 (m, 6H), 5.38-5.26 (m,1H), 3.25-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 446.0.

Compound 391 (60 mg, 45.63% yield):(S)—N-(1-amino-5,5-dimethyl-1,2-dioxohexan-3-yl)-2-methyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.06 (br. s, 0.23H), 7.78 (br. s, 0.23H),7.65 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 0.73H), 7.43-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 1.4H),6.39-6.14 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.24 (m, 0.25H), 4.35-4.28 (m, 0.74H), 2.55-2.50(m, 3H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 0.3H), 1.62-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.24 (m, 0.79H),0.95-0.82 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 358.1.

Compound 532 (65 mg, 27.6% yield; light yellow solid):N-(4-amino-1-(1H-indol-3-yl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.67 (br s, 1H), 9.00 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.73-7.58 (m, 4H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.34 (q, J=7.5Hz, 3H), 7.15 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.96 (m,1H), 5.59 (ddd, J=4.3, 7.3, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J=4.1, 14.7 Hz, 1H),3.16-3.10 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 420.1.

Example 211 Compound 392

A stirred solution of dimethyl but-2-ynedioate (5.4 mL, 44.7 mmol) intoluene (35 mL) and AcOH (35 mL, 612.0 mmol) at 0° C. was treatedcautiously with phenylhydrazine (4 mL, 40.6 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 20° C. for 1 h. Then the mixture was heated to 115° C. andstirred for 4 h. The reaction was on standing at 20° C. for 12 h. Thereaction was filtered and the filtered cake was washed with EtOH (30mL×3). The cake was dried under reduced pressure to afford compound 392A(2.2 g, yield 24.7%) was obtained as white solid, which was useddirectly in next step. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 12.16 (br s, 1H),7.77-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H),3.80 (s, 3H).

To a solution of compound 392A (1 g, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was addedK₂CO₃ (1.2 g, 9.1 mmol) and Mel (855 uL, 13.7 mmol). Then mixture wasstirred at 15° C. for 12 h. The mixture was filtered and the residue waswashed with EA (20 mL×2). H₂O (20 mL) was added to the mixture and theorganic layer was separated, the aqueous was extracted with EA (20mL×2). The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure toafford compound 392B (0.515 g, yield 48.3%) as white solid, which wasused directly in next step. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.67 (d, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 7.51 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 3.98(s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H).

Compound 392 was synthesized from 392B and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for compound 66. Compound 392 (40 mg, 21.8% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-methoxy-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.38 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (br s, 1H),7.86 (br s, 1H), 7.71 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (br t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H),7.44-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 5.44 (br d, J=3.3Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.21 (br dd, J=3.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.11-3.00 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 393.1.

Example 212 Compound 393

To a solution of 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (10.0 g, 31.05 mmol) inCH₃CN (150 mL) was added phenyliodosobenzene diacetate (15.4 g, 62.09mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The mixture was addedMTBE (400 mL), cooled by ice water 10 min. Then the mixture was filteredand the filter was collected. Compound 393A (11 g, crude) was obtainedas a yellow solid. The crude product was used in next step directly.

To a solution of compound 393A (11.3 g, 24.14 mmol) in CH₃CN (100 mL)was added ethyl 3-oxo-3-phenylpropanoate (4.23 g, 21.98 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was used innext step directly.

To a solution of compound 393B (9.69 g, 21.95 mmol) in CH₃CN (100 mL)was added cyclopropanecarboxamide (2.24 g, 26.34 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 90° C. for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residuewas purified by column chromatography SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethylacetate=10/1. Compound 393C (800.0 mg, crude) was obtained as acolorless oil. The crude product was used in next step directly.

Compound 393 was synthesized from 393C and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for compound 66. Compound 393 (60 mg, 29.0% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-4-phenyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.71 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H),8.04-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.14 (m, 8H), 5.39-5.31 (m, 1H),3.23-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.03 (m,4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 404.1.

Example 213 Compound 394

A mixture of ethyl 2-((diphenylmethylene)amino)acetate (5.00 g, 18.70mmol) in THF (100 mL) was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, andLiHMDS (1M, 22 mL) was added at −78° C., then the mixture was stirredfor 0.5 h, then benzoyl chloride (22.44 mmol, 2.61 mL) was added at −78°C., and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h under N₂ atmosphere.The mixture was quenched with HCl (2N, 240 mL), and stirred for 1 h,then washed with EA (50 mL). The aqueous phase was collected, addedNaHCO₃ (aqueous) to pH˜9, then extracted with EA (100 mL). The organiclayer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. Compound 394A (2.6 g, crude) was obtained as a yellow oil.The crude product was used in next step directly.

To a solution of compound 394A (1.30 g, 6.27 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) wasadded DIEA (25.09 mmol, 4.4 mL), cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (648.1 mg,7.53 mmol), and HBTU (2.62 g, 6.90 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25°C. for 1 hr. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EA (200 mL),washed with HCl (1M, 200 mL), NaHCO₃ (aqueous, 200 mL), brine (200 mL),dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified bypreparatory-HPLC (TFA condition). Compound 394B (400.0 mg, 1.45 mmol,23.2% yield) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ9.13 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.98-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.50(m, 2H), 6.17 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.05 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.74 (m, 1H),1.11-1.04 (m, 3H), 0.74-0.60 (m, 4H).

To a solution of compound 394B (400.0 mg, 1.45 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) wasadded Et₃N (5.96 mmol, 800 uL), 12 (737.6 mg, 2.91 mmol) and PPh₃ (762.2mg, 2.91 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. The mixturewas concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography(SiO₂, Petroleum ether/Ethyl acetate=5/1 to 0:1). Compound 394C (300.0mg, crude) was obtained as a yellow oil. The crude product was used innext step without further purification.

Compound 394 was synthesized from 394C and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for compound 66. Compound 394 (50 mg, 31.4% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-5-phenyloxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.31 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H),8.05-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.16 (m, 5H),5.45-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.13 (m,1H), 1.13-1.04 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 404.2.

Example 214 Compound 395

To a mixture of ethyl 3-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (1 g,4.29 mmol), 2-benzyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (1.12 g,5.15 mmol), K₂CO₃ (1.19 g, 8.58 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) and H₂O (5 mL)was added Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (314 mg, 429.07 umol) in portion at 15° C. underN₂. The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 16 h. The reaction was dilutedwith H₂O (20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (40 mL×2), the organic phase wasdried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleumether:Ethyl acetate=5:1 to 3:1) to give compound 395A (1 g, yield:35.4%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s,1H), 7.38-7.10 (m, 5H), 4.25-4.19 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 2H),1.34 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 245.0.

To a mixture of compound 395A (0.85 g, 3.48 mmol) in CHCl₃ (30 mL) wasadded MnO₂ (4.54 g, 52.19 mmol) in one portion at 15° C. The mixture wasstirred at 70° C. for 36 h. The reaction mixture was filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=5:1 to 1:1) to give compound 395B (0.25 g, yield: 24.12%) as awhite solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.95-7.91 (m, 2H),7.59 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.12-4.06 (m, 2H), 4.01(s, 3H), 1.03 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 258.9.

Compound 395 was synthesized from 395B and using same proceduresdescribed earlier for compound 66. Compound 395 (20 mg, 18.61% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-benzoyl-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 9.77 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.75-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.52 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.16 (m,5H), 7.07-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 5.62-5.44 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H),3.33 (dd, J=4.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (dd, J=8.4, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 405.1.

Example 215 Compounds 396-402

Compounds 396-402 were synthesized from the corresponding startingmaterial using same procedures as described earlier for Compound 21.

Compound 396 (260 mg, 81.12% yield):1-(difluoromethyl)-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 9.61 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.51 (m, 2H),7.44-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.93 (d, J=7.7Hz, 1H), 4.60 (ddd, J=5.0, 7.6, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=5.1, 14.1 Hz,1H), 2.92 (dd, J=9.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 370.0.

Compound 397 (153 mg, 50.5% yield):N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-5-phenylisoxazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.61 (s, 1H), 8.96 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (s, 1H),7.82 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.13 (m, 5H), 4.55 (s,1H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.76 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 321.0.

Compound 398 (180 mg, 52.4% yield):3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 9.59 (s, 1H), 9.17 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),8.29-8.24 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.23(m, 5H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 4.37-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.12(m, 1H), 2.89-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 375.0.

Compound 399 (580 mg, 85.67% yield):3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.52-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.16 (dd,J=2.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (br d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),7.34-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 4.57 (ddd, J=5.1, 7.2, 8.9 Hz, 1H),3.28 (dd, J=5.1, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (dd, J=8.9, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 403.1.

Compound 400 (135 mg, 46.3% yield):1-(3-((benzyloxy)methyl)phenyl)-3-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 9.60 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.28 (m,10H), 7.09-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.32 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (q,J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (d, J=14.3 Hz, 5H), 3.22-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 454.2.

Compound 401 (180 mg, 37.0% yield):N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 9.64 (s, 1H), 9.35 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H),7.57-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.18 (m,5H), 4.75-4.68 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.81 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 338.0.

Compound 402 (250 mg, 35.9% yield):4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-N-(1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)oxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.53 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H),7.49-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.14 (m, 7H), 4.50-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.18 (m,1H), 2.94-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 353.1.

Example 216 Compounds 404-405, 609, 618

Compounds 404-405, 609, and 618 were synthesized from the correspondingstarting materials using same procedures as described earlier forExample 254.

Compound 404 (3.69 g, 85.6% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(3-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.02-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.26 (m, 4H),7.21-7.01 (m, 3H), 6.88-6.69 (m, 2H), 5.79-5.70 (m, 1H), 5.66 (br s,1H), 3.53-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+1)+396.1.

Compound 405 was prepared by oxidation ofN-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamideusing the same conditions as used for oxidation of intermediate 12H to12. Compound 405 (3.97 g, 34.6% yield):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.78 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (br. s, 1H),7.82 (br. s, 1H), 7.48-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.14 (m, 7H), 5.38-5.29 (m,1H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Alternately,N-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamidewas oxidized using EDC and dichloroacetic acid as shown below to yieldcompound 405.

N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (351.5 mg,2.3 mmol, 9 eq) was added to a solution of compoundN-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide(100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DMSO (5 mL) at room temperature. Afterstirring for 10 minutes, dichloroacetic acid (0.083 mL, 1 mmol, 4 equiv)was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, atwhich point LC-MS indicated the reaction was complete. The mixture wasdiluted with dichloromethane (10 mL) and sequentially washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate (2×10 mL), 1N HCl (2×10 mL) and saturatedbrine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was trituratedwith ethyl acetate (2×1 mL) at room temperature for 2 hours and driedunder vacuum at 45° C. overnight to give compound 405 as a white solid(69 mg, 70% yield; (M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Compound 609 (70 mg, 35.13% yield, white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.31-8.18 (m, 1H), 7.80 (br. s,1H), 7.61 (br. s, 1H), 7.33-7.14 (m, 5H), 7.06-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.94-6.79(m, 2H), 5.96-5.85 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.34 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.18 (m, 1H),3.05-2.95 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 422.1.

Compound 618 (80 mg, 39.73% yield, white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.52-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 2H),7.25-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.05 (m, 4H), 6.79-6.68 (m, 2H), 5.71-5.63 (m,1H), 5.56 (br. s, 1H), 3.48-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.57 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 458.1.

Example 217 Compound 406

Compounds 406 was synthesized from the corresponding startingintermediates 274D and 250D using same procedures as described earlierfor Example 306. Compound 406 (3.3 g):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-cyclopropyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.34 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H),8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.80 (br.s, 1H), 7.53 (br d, J=3.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.09(m, 8H), 5.26 (br s, 1H), 3.78 (br s, 1H), 3.14 (br d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H),2.87-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.05 (s, 1H), 1.11-0.92 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺403.4.

Example 218 Compound 410

A mixture of 4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole compound (1 g, 7.35 mmol),2-chloropyrimidine (926 mg, 8.09 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (2.03 g, 14.7 mmol) inDMF (15 mL) was heated to 110° C. for 12 hr. The mixture was added water(20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2), the organic phaseswere washed with brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was recrystallized by MTBE to give compound410A (800 mg, yield: 50.8%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ8.94 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=4.8 Hz,1H).

To a solution of compound 410A (350 mg, 1.63 mmol) in THF (10 mL) wasadded LDA (2M, 1.06 mL) dropwise at −78° C. and stirred for 10 min, thenC₀₂ was bubbled into the mixture for 20 min at −78° C., then slowlywarmed to 15° C. for 1 hr. The mixture was added water (20 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2), the water layer was adjusted topH 3 with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×2), the organicphases were dried and concentrated to give compound 410B (140 mg, yield:33.3%), as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.79 (d, J=4.9 Hz,2H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 1H).

Compounds 410 was synthesized from the corresponding startingintermediates 274D and 410B using same procedures as described earlierfor Example 305. Compound 410 (3.3 g):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.68 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (s, 1H),7.32-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.14 (m, 4H), 6.81 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.71(br s, 1H), 5.85 (q, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.51 (br s, 1H), 3.49-3.40 (m, 1H),3.39-3.29 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)*433.1.

Example 219 Compound 411

A mixture of(S)-5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptane-6-carboxylic acid (2g, 8.29 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL), HCl/MeOH (50 mL) was stirred at 1° C. for12 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure togive a residue. Compound 411A (1.3 g, crude) was obtained as a yellowsolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 11.09 (br s, 1H), 9.14 (br s, 1H), 4.64(br s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.33 (m, 3H), 2.87-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.38 (brdd, J=8.2, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.10 (br dd, J=5.3, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 0.87-0.71 (m,3H), 0.71-0.61 (m, 1H).

A mixture of compound 411A (1 g, 6.44 mmol), iodobenzene (5.26 g, 25.8mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (6.30 g, 19.3 mmol), CuI (981.76 mg, 5.15 mmol) in DMF (40mL) was degassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, and then the mixturewas stirred at 110° C. for 12 hours under N₂ atmosphere. The reactionmixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give aresidue. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂,Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate=95:1 to 90:1). And then the residue waspurified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition). Compound 411B (120 mg,yield: 8.06%) was obtained as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.32-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.72 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 4.40(dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.48 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.29(d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (dd, J=8.8, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.87 (dd, J=2.4, 12.6Hz, 1H), 0.79-0.51 (m, 4H).

Compounds 411 was synthesized from the corresponding startingintermediates 274D and 411B using same procedures as described earlierfor Example 321. Compound 411 (53.2 mg, yield: 50.5%):(6S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-phenyl-5-azaspiro[2.4]heptane-6-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.16-7.06 (m, 4H), 7.04-6.87 (m, 3H),6.77-6.66 (m, 2H), 6.60 (br s, 1H), 6.54-6.38 (m, 2H), 5.58-5.21 (m,2H), 4.05-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.69(m, 1H), 2.45-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.53 (m, 1H), 0.56-0.34 (m, 3H),0.17-0.05 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 392.2.

Example 2202-(1,1-dioxido-1,2-thiazinan-2-yl)-3-methyl-N-(4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl)butanamide(412)

To a mixture of methyl L-valinate (2.63 g, 15.7 mmol, HCl) in DCM (50mL) was added TEA (4.5 mL, 32.3 mmol) in one portion. After4-chlorobutane-1-sulfonyl chloride (2.5 g, 13.1 mmol) was dropwise addedat 0° C., the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0° C., then stirred at15° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was washed with 0.5N HCl (20 mL),sat. NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and sat. NaCl (20 mL). The separated organic layerwas dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressureto afford compound 412A (2.26 g, yield 60.4%) as light yellow viscousoil, which was used directly for next step without purification. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 286.1.

To a mixture of compound 412A (3.16 g, 11.1 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) wasadded K₂CO₃ (3.82 g, 27.6 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was stirredat 15° C. for 18 h. H₂O (200 mL) was added into the mixture, which wasextracted with EA (150 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed withsat. NaCl (200 mL×2) and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvent was evaporatedunder reduced pressure to afford compound 412B (2.7 g, crude) as lightyellow liquid, which was used directly for next step withoutpurification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 3.94 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H),3.69-3.64 (m, 3H), 3.40-3.34 (m, 0.72H), 3.33-3.30 (m, 0.24H), 3.29-3.20(m, 1H), 3.16-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.11-1.95 (m, 3H),1.61-1.47 (m, 2H), 0.87 (dd, J=6.7, 14.0 Hz, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺250.1.

To a mixture of compound 412B (1 g, 4.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and MeOH(10 mL) was added a solution of NaOH (802.1 mg, 20.0 mmol) in H₂O (2 mL)in one portion. The mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 1 h. The reactionmixture was added H₂O (15 mL), and then concentrated under reducedpressure to move MeOH. The aqueous phase was washed with TBME (10 mL).The separated aqueous phase was acidified with aqueous HCl (1 M) tillpH˜5-6 before extracting with EA (15 mL×5). Then the organic phase wasdried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo toafford compound 412C (88.6 mg, crude) as yellow solid, which was useddirectly for next step without purification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz):δ 12.83 (s, 1H), 3.82 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.29-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.14-2.90(m, 2H), 2.10-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.44 (m, 2H), 0.85 (dd, J=4.2, 6.6 Hz,6H).

To a mixture of compound 412C (88.5 mg, 3.7 mmol) in THF (20 mL) wasadded 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (HOSu) (432.9 mg, 3.8 mmol),followed by DCC (776.0 mg, 3.7 mmol) in one portion at 0° C. The mixturewas stirred at 15° C. for 12 h. The insoluble substance was removed byfilter. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. The residue wastriturated with isopropanol (10 mL). The solid was collected and driedin vacuum to afford compound 412D (95.8 mg, yield 76.6%) as colorlessliquid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 4.26 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.45-3.37(m, 2H), 3.28-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 4H), 2.19-2.09(m, 1H), 2.08-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.45 (m, 2H), 0.93 (dd, J=6.6, 18.7 Hz,6H).

To a mixture of compound 412D (950 mg, 2.9 mmol) in EA (25 mL) was added(S)-2-amino-4-methylpentan-1-ol (40.2 mg, 3.4 mmol) in one portion. Themixture was stirred at 15° C. for 12 h. The mixture was washed with aq.HCl (0.5 N, 10 mL), sat. NaHCO₃ (10 mL), sat. NaCl (10 mL). Theseparated organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory-HPLC (basiccondition) to afford compound 412E (220 mg, yield 23.0%) as white solid.¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.78 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (t, J=5.5 Hz,1H), 3.85-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.37 (m, 0.52H),3.32-3.25 (m, 1.45H), 3.20-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.88(m, 3H), 1.73-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.21 (m, 2H), 0.84(td, J=6.6, 17.4 Hz, 12H).

To a mixture of compound 412E (0.1 g, 299 umol) in DCM (15 mL) was addedDMP (380.4 mg, 896.93 umol) in one portion. The mixture was stirred at15° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction was quenched by 30 mL of 10% Na₂S₂O₃solution and 30 mL of sat. NaHCO₃ solution and stirred for 10 min. Afterquenching the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into separatoryfunnel and separated. The separated aqueous phase was extracted with DCM(20 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (30 mL×2),dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was triturated with CH₃CN: i-propyl ether (1:8, 2 mL). The solidwas collected and dried in vacuum to afford compound 412 (45 mg, yield45.1%) as white solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 9.39 (s, 1H), 8.64(d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 1H), 3.88 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.37 (m,2H), 3.19-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.77-1.38 (m,5H), 0.97-0.79 (m, 12H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 333.1.

Example 221 Compounds 413-414, 525-529

Compounds 413-414 were synthesized from the corresponding startingintermediates 274D and 250A using same procedures as described earlierfor Example 250.

Compound 413 (55 mg, yield: 53.4%):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(6-cyanopyridin-3-yl)-1-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.04-8.86 (m, 1H), 8.36-8.06 (m, 3H),7.95-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.62-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.04 (m, 5H),5.40-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.86 (m,1H), 1.19-1.02 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 429.1.

Compound 414 (42 mg, yield: 26.9%):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-cyclopropyl-3-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.34-8.11 (m, 3H), 7.82 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.06 (m, 5H),5.39-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.84 (m,1H), 1.18-1.04 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 472.1.

Compounds 525-526 were synthesized from the corresponding startingintermediate 250A and the corresponding alkylating agent followed bysubjecting the resulting intermediates to the procedures as in compound12 to obtain the final compounds.

Compound 525 (13 mg, yield: 5.84%; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-cyclopentyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.33 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.05(s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.18 (m, 8H), 5.27 (ddd,J=4.0, 7.4, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (quin, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=4.1,14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.16-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.94(td, J=6.1, 12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.85-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.60 (m, 2H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.2.

Compound 526 (69.7 mg, yield: 22.7%; pale yellow solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-cyclobutyl-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.35 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.06(s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.29 (ddd,J=4.0, 7.4, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.92-4.84 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=4.0, 13.9 Hz,1H), 2.82 (dd, J=9.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.48-2.30 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.75 (m,2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+Na)+441.1.

Compounds 527-529 were synthesized from the corresponding startingintermediate 250A and the corresponding boronic acids agent as incompound 250 followed by subjecting the resulting intermediates to theprocedures as in compound 12 to obtain the final compounds.

Compound 527 (69.9 mg, yield: 23.4%; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(2-fluorophenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.70 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d,J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.91 (dt, J=1.7, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H),7.68-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.33 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.27 (m,4H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 5.33 (ddd, J=4.2, 7.4, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (dd,J=4.0, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.1, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺457.1.

Compound 528 (50 mg, yield: 16.2%; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=7.3 Hz,1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.57 (m, 3H),7.40-7.20 (m, 9H), 5.49-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.82 (m,1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 457.2.

Compound 529 (17.5 mg, yield: 10%; white solid):N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=7.3 Hz,1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.95-7.81 (m, 3H), 7.67 (dd, J=3.0, 6.5 Hz, 2H),7.46-7.21 (m, 10H), 5.43-5.31 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H),2.90-2.82 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 457.2.

Example 222 Compounds 425-427

D-glutamic acid (15.0 g, 101.9 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous NaOH (2M,100 mL) and stirred for 15 minutes. The mixture was added a solution ofbenzaldehyde (11 mL, 108.84 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) and stirred at 15° C.for 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. NaBH₄ (1.16 g, 30.6mmol) was added into the mixture, which was allowed to warm to 15° C.with stirring over 3 hrs. The mixture was washed with TBME (30 mL×2)before acidifying with concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH˜4-5. Theresulting precipitate was filtered off and dried over to afford compound425A (10.26 g, crude) as white solid, which was used directly for thenext step without purification. MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 238.0.

The suspension of compound 425A (4.2 g, 17.7 mmol) in EtOH (400 mL) washeated to reflux at 95° C. for 10 hours. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure to move EtOH. The residue waspurified by preparatory-HPLC (TFA condition: column: Phenomenex SynergiMax-RP 250×50 mm×10 um; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)-ACN]; B %:2%-30%, 20 min) to afford compound 3 (2.7 g, yield 69.44%) as whitesolid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.36-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.16 (m,2H), 4.88 (d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.96-3.81 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.21 (m, 3H),2.01-1.89 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 219.9.

Compound 425 was synthesized from the corresponding startingintermediate 3-amino-N-cyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamidehydrochloride and 425B using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 65 followed by SFC separation to yield compounds 426 and 427.

Compound 425:(2R)-1-benzyl-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.83 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.18 (m,8H), 7.17-6.97 (m, 2H), 5.18 (s, 1H), 4.90-4.67 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 1H),3.56-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.30-1.97 (m,3H), 1.77-1.45 (m, 1H), 0.73-0.52 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 434.2.

Compound 426 (129 mg, yield: 49.5%):(2R)-1-benzyl-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.85 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 7.36-7.18 (m, 8H), 7.13 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 5.24-5.11 (m, 1H), 4.84(d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.49 (d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 3.18(dd, J=3.5, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.22 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 2H),2.12-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.47 (m, 1H), 0.73-0.56 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 434.2.

Compound 427 (63.2 mg, yield: 25.2%):(2R)-1-benzyl-N-(4-(cyclopropylamino)-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.83 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 8H), 7.02 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.27-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.75(d, J=15.0 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (dd, J=3.3, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (s, 1H), 3.19(dd, J=4.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.06 (m, 3H),1.77-1.61 (m, 1H), 0.73-0.50 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 434.2.

Example 223 Compound 430

To a solution of 3-phenylprop-2-yn-1-ol (2 g, 15.13 mmol) and ethylpropiolate (1.48 g, 15.13 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added n-Bu₃P (307 mg,1.51 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. Thesolvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column(PE:EA=10:1) to give compound 425A (3.4 g, crude) as light yellow oil.MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 231.0.

To a solution of compound 425A (500 mg, 2.17 mmol) in toluene (10 mL)was added (PPh₃)AuCl (22 mg, 43.40 umol) and AgBF₄ (9 mg, 43.40 umol).The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The solvent was removed invacuo. The residue was purified by column (PE:EA=10:1) to affordcompound 425B (120 mg, yield: 24.02%) as colorless oil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,400 MHz): δ 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.29 (m, 5H), 4.20-4.14 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s,3H), 1.22-1.17 (m, 3H).

Compound 430 was synthesized from the intermediate 430B using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 65 to yield compound 430.

Compound 430 (35 mg, yield: 33.25%)(S)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-4-phenylfuran-3-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.14 (m, 11H), 7.04-6.94(m, 2H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 4.43-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.85 (m,1H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 224 Compound 449

To a mixture of (S)-2-amino-3-(4-fluorophenyl)propanoic acid (1 g, 5.46mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added SOCl₂ (2.60 g, 21.84 mmol, 1.6 mL) inportions at 0° C. under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1.5 h.The solvent was removed in vacuo to give compound 449A (1.2 g, yield:94.1%, HCl) as white solid which was used directly for next step withoutfurther purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.59 (s, 3H), 7.29 (t,J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (s, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H),3.19-3.07 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 197.9.

To a mixture of compound 449A (1.2 g, 5.46 mmol, HCl) and ethylcarbonochloridate (712 mg, 6.56 mmol, 0.6 mL) in DCM (20 mL) was addedpyridine (1.30 g, 16.39 mmol, 1.3 mL) in one portion at 0° C. under N₂.The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture wastreated with DCM (30 mL), washed with 0.5N HCl (50 mL×2) and brine (50mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residuewas purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=10:1 to 4:1) to give compound 449 (1.2 g, yield: 80.6%) ascolorless oil. Methyl(S)-2-((ethoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)propanoate: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.64 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (dd, J=5.8, 8.3 Hz, 2H),7.10 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.24-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.92 (dd, J=4.0, 7.0 Hz, 2H),3.61 (s, 3H), 3.00 (dd, J=5.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=10.5, 13.6 Hz,1H), 1.14-0.97 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 269.9.

Example 225 Compound 450

Compound 450A was prepared from (S)-2-amino-3-(4-iodophenyl)propanoicacid using procedures as in compound 449.

NaBO₃ (1.63 g, 10.61 mmol) was added in portions to a solution ofcompound 450A (400 mg, 1.06 mmol) in AcOH (8.5 mL) and heated to 50° C.The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 6 h. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature, diluted with DCM (20 mL), filtered, thefiltrate was diluted with water (30 mL), and extracted with DCM (10mL×2). The combined organic extracts were dried with anhydrous sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was triturated inDCM:PE=1:10 (10 mL×2) to induce precipitation, solids was collected.Compound 450B (380 mg, yield: 72.4%) was obtained as a white solid. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.99 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 2H), 5.20(d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.11 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.76-3.72(m, 3H), 3.25-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.00 (s, 6H), 1.23 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 450B (380 mg, 767.27 umol) in Na₂CO₃ (243.97mg, 2.30 mmol) in H₂O (3 mL) was added EtOH (3 mL) followed quickly by6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane-7,9-dione (130.56 mg, 767.27 umol). Thereaction mixture was vigorously stirred at 18° C. for 4 h. The reactionmixture was then diluted with water (10 mL), and extracted with DCM (10mL×3). The combined organic extracts were dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered, and concentrated. To the residue was added DCM (1 mL) and PE(15 mL) to induce precipitation, solids was collected. Compound 450 (300mg, yield: 71.7%) was obtained as a white solid. Methyl(S)-3-(4-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-λ3-iodanyl)phenyl)-2-((ethoxycarbonyl)amino)propanoate¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.78 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J=8.4 Hz,2H), 5.18 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.67-4.55 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.71(s, 3H), 3.26-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.13 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 4H),1.84-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.21 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−H)⁺ 544.0.

Example 226 Compounds 451-453, 533-540

Sodium perborate tetrahydrate (8.99 g, 58.46 mmol) was added in portionsto a solution of methyl3-(4-iodophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (2 g, 5.85 mmol) inAcOH (40 mL) and heated to 50° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at50° C. for 8 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with DCM (50 mL),filtered, the filtrate was diluted with water (100 mL), and extractedwith methylenechloride (30 mL×2). The combined organic extracts weredried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Theresidue was triturated in DCM: PE (1:20) (100 mL), filtered to givecompound 451A (2.1 g, yield: 78.1%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.30-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.98-7.84 (m, 3H), 4.10-3.90 (m, 3H),3.86-3.70 (m, 3H), 2.17-1.83 (m, 6H).

To a solution of compound 451A (2.1 g, 4.56 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) wasadded Na₂CO₃ (1.93 g, 18.25 mmol) in H₂O (30 mL) and6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane-7,9-dione (932 mg, 5.48 mmol). The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was then dilutedwith water (50 mL), and extracted with DCM (20 mL×3). The combinedorganic extracts were dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated. The residue was added DCM (5 mL) and PE (50 mL) to induceprecipitation. Solids were collected to give compound 451B (1.6 g,yield: 68.7%) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.95 (s, 1H),7.90-7.80 (m, 4H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.72 (m, 3H), 2.14 (t, J=7.5 Hz,4H), 1.81-1.75 (m, 4H).

Compounds 451-453 were was synthesized from the intermediate 451B usingsame procedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compounds451-453.

Compound 451 (220 mg, yield: 58.1%)3-(4-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-λ3-iodanyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.31 (br s, 1H), 8.35-8.28 (m, 1H),7.82-7.73 (m, 4H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.93 (m, 4H), 1.70-1.62 (m, 4H).MS (ESI) m/z (M−H)⁺ 495.01.

Compound 452 (250 mg, yield: 35.1%)N-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(4-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-λ³-iodanyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.13-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.93-7.78 (m, 1H),7.72-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.28-7.17(m, 6H), 5.87-5.73 (m, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (br s, 1H),3.89 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.01 (br s, 4H), 1.70 (br s, 4H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 673.11.

Compound 453 (32 mg, yield: 64.2%)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(4-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-λ³-iodanyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.52 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.11-8.02 (m, 2H),7.81-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.29-7.24(m, 4H), 7.21 (dd, J=4.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.34-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.86 (m,3H), 3.18-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=10.3, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.97 (t, J=7.3Hz, 4H), 1.68-1.64 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 671.09.

Compounds 533-536 were was synthesized from the correspondingintermediate, ethyl 3-(3-iodophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylateusing same procedures as described earlier for compounds 451B and451-453 to yield compounds 533-536.

Compound 533 (1.3 g, yield: 67.8%; yellow solid) Ethyl3-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-λ³-iodanyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s,1H), 7.85 (dd, J=0.9, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (q,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.14 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 4H), 1.83-1.70 (m, 4H),1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 534 (78 mg; white solid)3-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-λ³-iodanyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.46-12.28 (m, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H),8.11 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H),7.46 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.01-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.63 (m,4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−H)⁺ 495.0.

Compound 535 (250 mg, yield: 48%; white solid)N-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-2-iodanyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.14-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.87 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 0.5H),7.66 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 0.5H),7.35-7.10 (m, 8H), 5.86-5.68 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.98 (m,0.5H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 3.5H), 2.90-2.83 (m, 0.5H), 2.79-2.71 (m, 1H),2.67-2.62 (m, 0.5H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.62 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 673.1.

Compound 536 (200 mg, yield: 69.8%; pale yellow solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-λ³-iodanyl)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.49 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.16-7.92 (m, 3H), 7.82-7.72 (m,1H), 7.71-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 4H), 7.19(d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (br s, 1H), 3.95-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.21-3.07 (m,1H), 2.80 (dd, J=10.0, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.02-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.65 (br s, 4H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 671.1.

Compounds 537-540 were was synthesized from the correspondingintermediate, ethyl 3-(3-iodophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate to convert it toethyl 4-(3-iodophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxylate using theprocedures as for compound 248C and then ethyl4-(3-iodophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxylate was converted tocompounds 537-540 using same procedures as described earlier forcompounds 451B and 451-453.

Compound 537 (1.3 g, yield: 41.5%; white solid) Ethyl4-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-2-iodanyl)phenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxylate:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.64 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.42-8.35 (m, 1H),7.98-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.50 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.59(s, 3H), 2.21-2.14 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 538 (300 mg; yield: 63.1% white solid)4-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-2-iodanyl)phenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxylicacid: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.37 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.28-8.23 (m,1H), 7.85-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.53 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.96(m, 4H), 1.69-1.64 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z (M−H)⁺ 495.99.

Compound 539 (360 mg, yield: 68.7%; pale yellow solid)N-(4-amino-3-hydroxy-4-oxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-2-iodanyl)phenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.47-8.38 (m, 1H), 8.29 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 0.5H),8.22 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.68 (m, 1.5H), 7.44 (td, J=7.9, 13.0 Hz,1H), 7.34 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.08 (m, 6H), 6.03 (d, J=6.0 Hz,0.5H), 5.87 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 0.5H), 4.69-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.03 (t, J=4.6 Hz,0.5H), 3.90-3.83 (m, 0.5H), 2.98-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.52(d, J=3.7 Hz, 3H), 2.01-1.96 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.64 (m, 4H). MS (ESI) m/z(M−H)⁺ 672.0.

Compound 540 (150 mg, yield: 65.2%; white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(3-((7,9-dioxo-6,10-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ylidene)-2-iodanyl)phenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 8.56 (br s, 1H), 8.50-8.42 (m, 1H), 8.33-8.21 (m, 1H),7.92-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.63 (br s, 1H), 7.50-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.20 (m,5H), 5.50-5.39 (m, 1H), 3.28 (dd, J=4.4, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.08-3.02 (m,1H), 2.56-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.02 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 4H), 1.75-1.67 (m, 4H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 672.0.

Example 227 Compound 489

To a solution of ethyl 3-iodo-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (4.3 g, 16.16mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added NaH (1.29 g, 32.32 mmol, 60% purity) at0° C., the mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 30 min, then addeddibromo(difluoro)methane (10.17 g, 48.48 mmol, 4.5 mL) at 0° C. Themixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h. The mixture was quenched withNH₄Cl (15 mL), diluted with H₂O (30 mL), extracted with EA (50 mL×3),the organic phase was combined, washed with NaCl (50 mL), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated to give a residue. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethylacetate=1:0 to 10:1) to give compound 489A (4.4 g, yield: 61.15%) as ayellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.25-8.08 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.31 (m,2H), 1.39 (t, J=3.3, 7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 394.9.

To a mixture of compound 489A (2.6 g, 6.58 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) wasadded AgBF₄ (3.84 g, 19.74 mmol) in portion at −78° C. under N₂. Themixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was dilutedwith DCM (50 mL), then, the mixture was wash with H₂O (60 mL) and brine(60 ml), the organic was dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated underreduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=1:0 to 10:1) to givecompound 489B (1.7 g, yield: 45.17%) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.24-8.03 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.31 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.34 (m, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 334.9.

To a mixture of compound 489B (200 mg, 598.75 umol), phenylboronic acid(110 mg, 898.13 umol), K₂CO₃ (166 mg, 1.20 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) andH₂O (0.5 mL) was added Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (44 mg, 59.88 umol) in portion at 15°C. under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 16 h. The reactionmixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by preparatory-TLC(SiO₂, PE:EA=15:1) to give compound 489D (40 mg, yield: 9.31%) as yellowoil and compound 489C (40 mg, yield: 20.97%) as yellow oil. Compound489D: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.83-7.77 (m, 2H),7.48-7.43 (m, 3H), 4.30 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 4H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 285.0. Compound 489C: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.16(s, 1H), 7.55-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (q, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 1.14 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 285.0.

Compound 489 were was synthesized from the intermediate 489D using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 489.Compound 489 (55 mg, yield: 73.01%)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-phenyl-1-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.93 (dd, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.11(s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.31 (m, 3H),7.29-7.20 (m, 5H), 5.39-5.32 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H),2.82 (dd, J=10.0, 14.0 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Example 228 Compound 490

A solution of ethyl 4-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxylate (800 mg, 5.19mmol) in MeCN (20 mL) was added NBS (970 mg, 5.45 mmol). The reactionmixture was stirred at 20° C. for 5 hr. The solvent was evaporated undervacuum. The crude product was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=20:1˜3:1) to givecompound 490A (1.50 g, crude) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 4.42 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

A mixture of compound 490A (1.5 g, 6.44 mmol), phenylboronic acid (1.57g, 12.9 mmol), Cu(OAc)₂ (2.34 g, 12.9 mmol), pyridine (1.53 g, 19.3mmol) and 4A° MS in DCE (20 mL) was stirred at 70° C. under O₂ for 12hr. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated, theresidue was purified by FCC (Petroleum ether:Ethyl acetate=15:1) to givecompound 490B (300 mg, yield: 15.1%) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.57-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.24 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H),2.02 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

To a solution of compound 490B (50 mg, 162 umol) in EtOH (10 mL) wasadded Pd—C(0.1 g) under N₂. The suspension was degassed under vacuum andpurged with H₂ several times. The mixture was stirred under H₂ (15 psi)at 15° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate wasconcentrated to give compound 490C (40 mg, crude) as yellow oil. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.72-7.56 (m, 4H), 7.33 (br d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.40(q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).

Compound 490 were was synthesized from the intermediate 490C using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 490.Compound 490 (26 mg, yield: 52.3%)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.74 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.55-7.45 (m,3H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.14 (m, 6H), 6.93 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.70(br s, 1H), 5.63 (dt, J=5.2, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (br s, 1H), 3.38 (dd,J=5.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=7.3, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.02 (d, J=0.9 Hz,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 377.1.

Example 229 Compound 491

A mixture of methyl 3-oxo-4-phenylbutanoate (1 g, 5.20 mmol) and DMF-DMA(682 mg, 5.72 mmol) was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr. The crude productwas purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether: ethylacetate=20:1 to 5:1) to give compound 491A (900 mg, yield: 70.0%) asyellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.16 (m, 5H),4.06 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.33-2.57 (m, 6H).

A solution of compound 491A (900 mg, 3.64 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) wasadded NH₂OH.HCl (253 mg, 3.64 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at65° C. for 1 hr. The solvent was evaporated. The crude residue waspurified by preparatory-TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=3:1) to givecompound 491B (500 mg, yield: 63.2%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 5H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H).

Compound 491 were was synthesized from the intermediate 491B using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 491.Compound 491 (20.4 mg, yield: 41.0%)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-benzylisoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.23 (m, 9H), 7.14-7.03 (m,2H), 6.78 (br s, 1H), 6.21 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.66 (m, 1H), 5.59(br s, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 3.43 (dd, J=5.5, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (dd,J=6.8, 14.2 Hz, 1H).

Example 230 Compound 497

To a solution of ethyl5-oxo-2-(pyrimidin-2-yl)pyrazolidine-3-carboxylate (300 mg, 1.27 mmol)in CH₃CN (10 mL) was added POBr₃ (291.26 mg, 1.02 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 80° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure to remove CH₃CN. The residue was diluted with H₂O (10mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×2). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (20 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to give a residue. The residue was used in thenext step without purification. Compound 497A (300 mg, crude) wasobtained as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.42 (d, J=4.9 Hz,2H), 6.74 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (dd, J=6.6, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.10(m, 2H), 3.60 (dd, J=12.7, 18.0 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=6.6, 18.1 Hz, 1H),1.20 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 298.7.

To a solution of compound 497A (300 mg, 1.00 mmol) in CH₃CN (10 mL) wasadded MnO₂ (871.92 mg, 10.03 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C.for 48 h. The mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated togive a residue. The residue was purified by preparatory-TLC (SiO₂,PE:EA=2:1). Compound 497B (150 mg, yield 50.3%) was obtained as a yellowoil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.79 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (t, J=4.9Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.78 (m, 1H), 4.33 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 296.8.

Compound 497 were was synthesized from the intermediates, 497B and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride and using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 497.Compound 497 (6 mg, yield: 41.0%)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-3-bromo-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.72 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.70 (br.d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 5H), 7.03 (br.s,1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 6.27 (br s, 1H), 5.50 (dt, J=4.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.31(dd, J=4.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=8.5, 14.1 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 443.0.

Example 231 Compounds 549, 556-560, 584, 594, 595, 600, 619

In a round bottom flask a solution of 2-fluoro-5-methylbenzoic acid (10g, 64.9 mmol) in CH₃CN (40 mL) was added CDI (11.8 g, 72.7 mmol). Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 h. In another flask a solution ofpotassium 3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoate (14.6 g, 85.6 mmol) in CH₃CN (130 mL)was added MgCl₂ (6.2 g, 64.9 mmol) in portions over 15 min. The mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h, then TEA (27 mL, 194.0 mmol) was addedand the slurry was stirred for 0.5 h. The solution in the firstround-bottom flask was transferred to the slurry of the second flask.The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture wasquenched with HCl (3 N, 180 mL) and the solution was concentrated underreduce pressure. The resulting was extracted with MTBE (200 mL×2). Theorganic layer was washed with H₂O (200 mL), sat. NaHCO₃ (200 mL×2), sat.NaCl (200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentratedunder reduced pressure to afford compound 549A (6.7 g, yield 45.5%) ascolorless liquid, which was used in next step without furtherpurification. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.68-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.46(m, 1H), 7.28-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.11 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (d, J=3.1 Hz,2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.16 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 224.9.

A mixture of compound 549A (6.7 g, 29.9 mmol) and DMF-DMA (16 mL, 120.4mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 12 h. The mixture wasconcentrated in vacuum to afford compound 549B (8.4 g, yield 97.6%) asred liquid, which was used in next step without further purification. MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 280.1

To a mixture of compound 549B (8.4 g, 30.1 mmol) and hydroxylaminehydrochloride (4.2 g, 60.2 mmol) in MTBE (70 mL) and MeOH (70 mL) wasadded NaOAc (4.9 g, 60.2 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solventremoved from the filtrate by concentration in vacuo. The residue waspurified by flash silica gel chromatography (Eluent of 0˜10% Ethylacetate/Petroleum ether gradient) to afford compound 549C (3.6 g, yield46.7%) as colorless liquid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 9.11 (s, 1H),7.60-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.28 (m, 1H), 4.20 (q, J=7.2Hz, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.17 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺250.1.

Compound 549 was synthesized from the intermediates, 549C and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride and using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 549.Compound 549 (100 mg, yield: 68.0%, white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.92-8.81 (m, 1H), 8.08 (s,1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 2H), 7.33-7.11 (m, 6H), 5.33 (s, 1H),3.24-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺396.1.

Compound 556 was synthesized from ethyl3-(2-fluorophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as in compound549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier for compound12 to yield compound 556. Compound 556 (60 mg, yield: 39.8%, whitesolid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(2-fluorophenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.00-8.89 (m, 2H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s,1H), 7.65-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.19 (m, 7H), 5.37-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.18 (dd,J=3.6, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.63 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 382.1.

Compound 557 was synthesized from ethyl 3-oxo-3-(o-tolyl)propanoateusing the procedures as in compound 549 followed by using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 557.Compound 557 (80 mg, yield: 52.5%, white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(o-tolyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.73 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.10(s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.19 (m, 8H), 5.33-5.26(m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.7, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H),2.08 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Compound 558 was synthesized from ethyl3-(5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as incompound 549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 12 to yield compound 558. Compound 558 (100 mg, yield: 48.0%,white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(5-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.79 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.10(s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.19 (m, 7H), 5.38-5.27(m, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=3.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.04 (s, 3H).MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Compound 559 was synthesized from ethyl3-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as in compound549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier for compound12 to yield compound 559. Compound 559 (150 mg, yield: 74.3%, whitesolid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(3-fluorophenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.04 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.14(s, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.59-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.25-7.17 (m,1H), 5.46-5.32 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.77 (m, 1H). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 382.1.

Compound 560 was synthesized from ethyl 3-oxo-3-(m-tolyl)propanoateusing the procedures as in compound 549 followed by using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 560.Compound 560 (160 mg, yield: 61.3%, white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(m-tolyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.08-8.88 (m, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s,1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.11 (m, 7H), 5.43-5.29 (m,1H), 3.27-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.34 (br s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 378.1.

Compound 584 was synthesized from ethyl3-(2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as incompound 549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 12 to yield compound 584. Compound 584 (130 mg, yield: 60.1%,white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(2-fluoro-3-methylphenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06(s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 1H),7.30-7.15 (m, 6H), 5.31 (ddd, J=4.0, 7.4, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=4.0,13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Compound 594 was synthesized from ethyl3-(3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as incompound 549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 12 to yield compound 594. Compound 594 (30 mg, yield: 18.1%,white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(3-fluoro-2-methylphenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.00 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.06(s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.13 (m, 8H), 5.32-5.24 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd,J=4.1, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (br dd, J=10.0, 13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (d, J=2.2Hz, 3H). ¹⁹F NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ−115.508-115.531 (s, 1F). MS (ESI)m/z (M+H)⁺ 396.0.

Compound 595 was synthesized from ethyl3-(2-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as incompound 549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 12 to yield compound 595. Compound 595 (86 mg, yield: 68.2%,light yellow solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(2-fluoro-3-methoxyphenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.09(s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.17 (m, 6H), 7.12-7.04(m, 1H), 5.43-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.75(m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 412.1.

Compound 600 was synthesized from ethyl3-(5-methylpyridin-3-yl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as incompound 549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 12 to yield compound 600. Compound 600 (90 mg, yield: 49.1%,yellow solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(5-methylpyridin-3-yl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.04 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.81(d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H),7.86 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 3H), 7.27-7.17 (m, 2H), 5.42-5.34 (m,1H), 3.21 (dd, J=3.8, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.0, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.35(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 412.1.

Compound 619 was synthesized from ethyl3-(2-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanoate using the procedures as incompound 549 followed by using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 12 to yield compound 619. Compound 619 (72 mg, yield: 71.5%,white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-5-(2-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)isoxazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.08(s, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.12 (m, 8H), 5.38-5.30 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s,3H), 3.17 (dd, J=3.8, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=9.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 412.1.

Example 232 Compounds 553, 574, 579, 580, 592, 623

Compounds 553, 574, 579, 580, 592, 623 were synthesized by couplingcorresponding intermediates which in turn were synthesized usingprocedures as used for intermediates 62F and 32F respectively followedby subjecting the coupled product with conditions as in compound 107 toobtain the final product.

Compound 553 (100 mg, 66.9% yield, white solid) was synthesized fromintermediate(3S)-3-amino-3-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)-2-hydroxypropanamide and3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid. Compound 553:(S)—N-(3-amino-1-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-yl)-2,3-dioxopropyl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 8.24-8.19 (m, 2H), 7.97-7.91 (m,1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.05 (m, 6H), 5.16-5.10 (m,1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.67 (m, 5H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 421.1.

Compound 574 (100 mg, 45.0% yield, light yellow solid) was synthesizedfrom intermediate (3S)-3-amino-2-hydroxyhex-5-ynamide and3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid. Compound 574:(S)—N-(1-amino-1,2-dioxohex-5-yn-3-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 8.31-8.24 (m, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s,1H), 7.44-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.15 (m, 2H), 5.11-5.02 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s,3H), 2.88 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.75-2.57 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺343.1.

Compound 579 (52 mg, 33.85% yield, white solid) was synthesized fromintermediate 3-amino-2-hydroxy-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)propanamidehydrochloride and 3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid. Compound 579:N-(3-amino-1-(naphthalen-2-yl)-2,3-dioxopropyl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₄) δ 8.53 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.01(br. s, 1H), 7.93-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.68 (br. s, 1H),7.55-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.23-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.45 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s,3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Compound 580 (60 mg, 40.15% yield, white solid) was synthesized fromintermediate (3S)-3-amino-4-(3,5-difluorophenyl)-2-hydroxybutanamidehydrochloride and 3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid. Compound 580:N-(4-amino-1-(3,5-difluorophenyl)-3,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.31 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.95(br. s, 1H), 7.72 (br. s, 1H), 7.39-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.00 (m, 3H),6.96-6.87 (m, 2H), 5.20-5.11 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1H),2.89-2.79 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 431.1.

Compound 592 (320 mg, 60.69% yield, white solid) was synthesized fromintermediate (3R)-3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride and3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid. Compound 592:(R)—N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxazole-5-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.78 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (br. s, 1H),7.81 (br. s, 1H), 7.47-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.13 (m, 7H), 5.37-5.28 (m,1H), 3.16-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 396.1.

Compound 623 (60 mg, 59.9% yield, white solid) was synthesized fromintermediate 3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)butanamidehydrochloride and 3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid. Compound 623:N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)butan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenyl)-1-methy1-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.35 (br d,J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.00 (br s, 1H), 7.76 (br s, 1H), 7.64-7.48(m, 4H), 7.33 (br dd, J=7.3, 15.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20-7.08 (m, 2H), 5.22 (brs, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.28-2.84 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 363.1.

Example 233 Compound 562

To a mixture of ethyl 3-iodo-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate compound (1 g,3.8 mmol) and phenylboronic acid (504.1 mg, 4.1 mmol) in pyridine (20mL) were added Cu(OAc)₂ (751 mg, 4.1 mmol, 1.1 eq), and 4A° molecularsieve (1 g). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 12 h under O₂atmosphere (˜15 psi). The mixture was diluted with EA (40 mL), filteredthrough Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduce pressure tomove solvent, then H₂O (60 mL) and EA (50 mL) was added. The blackinsoluble substance was separated out and filtered through Celite twotimes. The cake was washed with EA (40 mL×2). The combined filtrate wasseparated and aqueous phase was extracted with EA (40 mL×2). Thecombined organic phase was washed with brine (50 mL×2), dried overNa₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography (SiO₂, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=20/1 to 5/1),then the fraction was collected and concentrated. The residue wastriturated with PE (40 mL). The solid was collected and dried in vacuumto afford compound 2 (0.8 g, yield 61.4%) as white solid. ¹H NMR(DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ 9.01 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58-7.49 (m,2H), 7.44-7.36 (m, 1H), 4.28 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.35-1.27 (m, 3H). MS(ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 342.9.

To a mixture of compound 562A (0.3 g, 876.9 umol) and prop-1-yne (1M inDMF, 1.8 mL, 1.8 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added TEA (2 mL), CuI (33.4 mg,175.4 umol), followed by Pd(PPh₃)₄ (101 mg, 87.7 umol). The mixture wasdegassed and purged with N₂ for 3 times, and then stirred at 55° C. for12 h. The reaction mixture was combined with the reaction mixture onpage ES5524-401-P1 for concentrating under reduce pressure. The residuewas purified by flash silica gel chromatography (eluent of 0-15% ethylacetate/petroleum ether gradient) to afford compound 562B (204.2 mg,yield 91.5%) as light yellow solid. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 9.07(s, 1H), 7.98-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.33 (m, 1H), 4.26(q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z(M+H)⁺ 255.1

Compound 562 was synthesized from the intermediates, 562B by convertingit to 562C and treatment with (3S)-3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamidehydrochloride and using same procedures as described earlier forcompound 12 to yield compound 562. Compound 549 (100 mg, yield: 35.7%,white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-3-(prop-1-yn-1-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.76 (m, 4H),7.66 (s, 1H), 7.57-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 2H),7.26-7.17 (m, 3H), 5.63-5.48 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.09 (m,1H), 2.03 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 401.2.

Example 234 Compound 583

A mixture of ethyl 3-oxobutanoate (5 g, 38.42 mmol) and MgCl₂ (4.39 g,46.10 mmol) and pyridine (6.8 mL, 84.52 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) wasstirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Then a solution of benzoyl chloride (4.9mL, 42.26 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added slowly. The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 10 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 6N HCl(˜20 mL). Then the mixture was diluted with H₂O (60 mL). The organiclayer was separated and the aqueous solution was extracted with DCM (35mL×2). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (50mL), brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleumether/ethyl acetate=8:1) to afford compound 583A (6.2 g, yield 68.9%) ascolorless oil.

To a suspension of methylhydrazine (14.6 g, 101.6 mmol, H₂SO₄ salt) inDMF (15 mL) was added DIEA (35.3 mL, 203.2 mmol). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 15 min. Then the mixture was added to mixture ofcompound 583A (11.9 g, 50.8 mmol) in HOAc (150 mL). The mixture wasstirred at 25° C. for 8 h. The mixture was concentrated. The residue wastreated with H₂O (300 mL) and EA (100 mL). The organic layer wasseparated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EA (100 mL). Thecombined organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO₃ (100 mL), brine(100 mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue waspurified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether/ethylacetate=10:1 to 5:1) to afford compound 583B (2.3 g, yield 18.5%) ascolorless oil and compound 583C (6 g, yield 48.3%) as pale yellow oil.Compound 583B: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.49-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.39-7.34(m, 2H), 3.95 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.56-3.51 (m, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 0.96(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). Compound 583C: ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz): δ 7.51-7.47(m, 2H), 7.38-7.31 (m, 3H), 4.09 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.47(br s, 3H), 1.11 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).

Compound 583 was synthesized from the intermediates, 583C and3-amino-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutanamide hydrochloride and using sameprocedures as described earlier for compound 12 to yield compound 583.Compound 583 (100 mg, yield: 46.2%, white solid)N-(4-amino-3,4-dioxo-1-phenylbutan-2-yl)-1-phenyl-3-(prop-1-yn-1-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.38 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.86(s, 1H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.21 (m, 8H), 5.38 (ddd, J=3.6, 7.4,10.6 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.19 (dd, J=3.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (dd,J=10.6, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z (M+H)⁺ 391.1.

Biological Data Example 235

Calpain 1, 2, and 9 activity and inhibition thereof was assessed bymeans of a continuous fluorescence assay. The SensoLyte 520 Calpainsubstrate (Anaspec Inc) was optimized for detecting calpain activity.This substrate contains an internally quenched 5-FAM/QXL™ 520 FRET pair.Calpains 1, 2, and 9 cleave the FRET substrate into two separatefragments resulting in an increase of 5-FAM fluorescence that isproportional to calpain activity

Assays were typically setup in black 384-well plates using automatedliquid handling as follows. Calpain assay base buffer typically contains50 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl and 1 mM DTT. Inhibitors were seriallydiluted in DMSO and used to setup 2× mixtures with calpains in theaforementioned buffer. After incubation at ambient temperature (25C),the reaction was initiated by adding a 2× mix of the fluorescent peptidesubstrate and CaCl₂) (required for in-situ calpain activation) in thesame buffer. Reaction progress curve data were typically collected for10 min using excitation/emission wavelengths of 490 nm/520 nm onSpectraMax i3× or the FLIPR-Tetra plate readers (Molecular Devices Inc).Reaction rates were calculated from progress curve slopes typically over1-5 min. Dose response curves (rate vs. log inhibitor concentration)were typically fit to a 4-parameter logistic function to extract IC50values.

Calpain activity in SH-SY5Y cells and inhibition thereof were assessedby means of a homogeneous, fluorescence assay that uses thecell-permeable and pro-fluorescent calpain substrate Suc-LLVY-AMC(Sigma-Aldrich Inc). Upon intracellular calpain cleavage ofSuc-LLVY-AMC, fluorescent amino-methyl-coumarin (AMC) is released intothe media resulting in a continuous increase in fluorescence signal thatis proportional to intra-cellular calpain activity.

Assays were typically setup by seeding SH-SY5Y cells in black 384-wellplates at 40 k/per well in RPMI-1640 containing 1% serum followed by 37Covernight incubation. Next morning, cells were pre-incubated for 30 minwith serially diluted compounds followed by addition of 100 uM ofSuc-LLVY-AMC substrate. The continuous increase in AMC fluorescence ismonitored using a FLIPR Tetra plate reader (Molecular Devices Inc) andslopes measured to report calpain activity. Dose response curves (slopesvs. log inhibitor concentration) were typically fit to a 4-parameterlogistic function to extract IC50 values.

Calpain activity in SH-SY5Y cells and inhibition thereof were alsoassessed by a western blot based assay that measures a calpain-specificbreakdown product of the alpha chain of non-erythrocytic spectrin(SBDP-150). Addition of the calcium ionophore A23187 was used to inducecalpain activity and SBDP-150 formation.

These assays were typically setup by seeding SH-SY5Y cells in 96-wellplates at 150 k/per well in DMEM containing 10% serum, followed by 37Cincubation for 24 hrs. The cells were then pre-incubated for 60 min withserially diluted compounds followed by addition of 25 uM A23187 andfurther incubation for 90 min. Total cellular protein was extracted inRIPA buffer, boiled in gel loading buffer and run on SDS-PAGE gel. Thegel was processed via Western Blotting (dry transfer) to quantifySBDP-150 (AA6 antibody, Enzo Inc) and either GAPDH or HSP90 as loadingcontrols. Normalized SBDP-150 levels vs. log inhibitor concentrationwere plotted to get dose response curves that are typically fit to a4-parameter logistic function to extract IC50 values.

Calpain Inhibition

TABLE 2 Calpain inhibition assay Column A: Human Calpain 1/NS1 IC50Column B: Human Calpain 2/NS1 IC50 Column C: Human Calpain 9/NS1 IC50Column D: SH-SY5Y Spectrin IC50 Column E: SH-SY5Y + AMC IC50 ColumnColumn Column Column Column Compound No. A B C D E 1 A A A ND ND 2 A A AE ND 3 A A A ND ND 4 A A A ND ND 5 C B B ND ND 6 A A A ND F 7 A A A NDND 8 A A A ND ND 9 A A A ND E 10 A A A ND ND 11 A A A ND ND 12 A A A E D13 A A A F ND 14 A A A ND ND 15 A A A D E 16 A A A E E 17 A A A D F 18 AA A ND ND 19 A A A E F 20 A A A ND ND 21 A A A ND ND 22 A A A ND ND 23 AA A E F 24 A A A F F 25 A A A ND E 26 A A A D D 27 A A A E F 28 A A A DD 29 A A A ND ND 30 A A A D E 31 A A A ND ND 32 A A A D F 33 A A A D D34 A A A ND ND 35 A A A ND ND 36 C B B ND ND 37 A A A ND ND 38 A A A NDND 39 A A A ND ND 40 A A A ND ND 41 B A B ND ND 42 A A C ND ND 43 A A AND ND 44 A A A E F 45 A A A F E 46 A A A ND ND 47 A A A ND ND 48 B B BND ND 49 A A A D D 50 A A A D F 51 B B C ND ND 52 A A A ND ND 53 A A BND ND 54 A A A ND ND 55 A A A D F 56 A A A ND ND 57 A A A D E 58 A A A EF 59 A A A ND D 60 A A A D D 61 A A A ND ND 62 A A A ND ND 63 A A A D D64 A A A ND ND 65 C C C ND ND 66 B A A ND ND 67 C C C ND ND 68 A A A NDND 69 A A A ND ND 70 A A A ND ND 71 B B C ND ND 72 A A A D D 73 A A C NDND 74 A A A ND ND 75 A A B ND ND 76 A A B ND ND 77 A B C ND ND 78 C B AND ND 79 A A A ND ND 80 B A B ND ND 81 A A A D E 82 A A A D F 83 A A A DF 84 A A A D D 85 A A A ND ND 86 A A A ND ND 87 C A A ND ND 88 A A A NDND 89 A A B ND ND 90 A A B ND ND 91 B A B ND ND 92 B B A ND ND 93 A A AND ND 94 A A A ND ND 96 A A A ND ND 97 A A A ND ND 98 A A A ND ND 99 A AA E E 100 A A A ND ND 101 C C C ND ND 102 A A A ND ND 103 A A A F F 104A A A ND ND 105 A A A F F 106 A A A D F 107 A A A D D 108 A A A ND ND109 A A A ND ND 110 A A B ND ND 111 A A A ND ND 112 A A A D F 113 A A AD F 114 B A B ND ND 115 C A C ND ND 116 A B C ND ND 117 B B B ND ND 118A A A D F 119 A A A ND ND 120 A A A D E 121 A A A D E 122 A A A ND ND123 A A A ND ND 124 A A A ND ND 125 C C C ND ND 126 A A A D F 127 A A AND ND 128 B C B ND ND 129 B C B ND ND 130 A A A D F 131 A A A E F 132 AA A ND ND 133 A A A ND ND 134 B B B ND ND 135 A A C ND ND 136 A A A E E137 C C C ND ND 138 A A A ND ND 139 A A A ND ND 140 A A A ND E 141 A A AE ND 142 A A A E D 143 A A A E D 144 A A A D D 145 A A A D D 146 A A A ED 147 A A A E E 148 A A A ND ND 149 C C C ND ND 150 C C C ND ND 151 A AA ND ND 152 A A A ND ND 153 A A A D F 154 A A A E F 155 A A A F ND 156 AA A D F 157 A A A F F 158 A A A E F 159 A A A E F 160 A A A E F 161 A AA D F 162 A A A F F 163 A A A E E 164 A A A F F 165 A A A ND ND 166 A AA E F 167 A A A ND ND 168 A A A E D 169 A A A ND ND 170 A A A F F 171 AB A F E 172 A A A D F 173 A A A F F 174 A A A F F 175 A A A F D 176 A AA ND ND 177 A A A E D 178 A A A D D 179 A A A E F 180 A A A D E 181 A AA D D 182 A A A E D 183 A A A D E 184 A A A ND F 185 C B B F F 186 B B BF F 187 A A A E F 188 A A A E F 189 A A A ND ND 190 B C B ND ND 191 A AA ND ND 192 A A A ND ND 193 B A B ND F 194 A A A ND ND 195 A B A ND ND196 A A B ND ND 197 B C B ND ND 198 A A A F F 199 A A A F ND 200 A A A EF 201 A A B ND ND 202 A A A E F 203 A A C ND F 204 C C C ND ND 205 A A AND ND 206 A C C ND ND 207 A A A E D 208 A A A D F 209 A A A ND ND 210 AA A ND ND 211 A A A ND ND 212 A A A E D 213 A A A ND ND 214 A A A ND F215 A A A ND ND 216 A A A D F 217 A A A D F 218 A A A E F 219 B B B NDND 220 A A B ND ND 221 A A A F ND 222 A A A E F 223 A A A E F 224 A B BND ND 225 A C C ND ND 226 A A A D D 227 A A A D F 228 A A A D F 229 A AA D D 230 A A A D D 231 A A A F F 232 C C B ND ND 233 A A B ND ND 234 AA A ND ND 235 A A A ND ND 238 B B A ND ND 239 A A A E D 240 A A A ND ND241 A A A ND ND 242 A A A F D 243 A A A E F 244 A A A F D 245 A A A E D246 A A A E D 247 B B B ND ND 248 A A A D D 249 A A A E F 250 A A A E E251 A A A F F 252 C C C F F 253 A A A E F 254 A ND A E D 255 A A A D D256 C C A ND ND 257 A A A E D 258 A A A ND ND 259 A A A D E 260 A A A NDND 261 A A A ND ND 262 B B A ND ND 263 A A A ND ND 264 B B C ND ND 265 AA A D F 266 A A A F F 267 A A A E D 268 A A A F F 269 B B A ND ND 270 AA A ND ND 271 A A A ND F 272 C B B ND ND 273 C A A ND ND 274 A A A ND ND276 A A A D D 277 A A A E D 278 A A A D F 279 A A B E D 280 A A A ND ND281 A A A ND E 282 A A A E D 283 A A A ND ND 284 C C C ND ND 285 A A A FE 286 A A A D F 287 A B A ND ND 288 A A A F F 289 A A A E F 290 A A A NDND 291 A A A ND ND 292 A A A ND F 293 A A A E D 294 B B A E F 295 C C CND ND 296 A A A D F 297 C B A ND ND 298 C C C ND ND 299 A A A E ND 303 AA A E D 304 A A A ND ND 305 A A A ND D 306 B B B ND D 307 A A A ND ND308 A A A ND F 309 A A A E D 310 A A B ND ND 311 A A A ND ND 312 A A BND ND 313 A A A F F 314 B B B ND ND 315 B B A ND ND 316 C C B ND ND 317A A A E F 318 A B A ND ND 319 A A A ND ND 320 A A A E F 321 A A A D F322 A A A E F 323 A A A ND F 324 A A B ND ND 325 A A A F F 326 A A A E D327 A A A D D 328 A A A E F 329 A A A F F 330 A A A E E 331 A A A D F332 A A A F F 333 A A A F F 334 A A A F D 335 A A A ND D 336 A A A ND D337 A A A D D 338 A A A F D 339 A A A F E 340 A A A F ND 341 A A B F E342 A A A E E 343 A A A E ND 344 A A A F E 345 C C C F ND 346 C B B F ND347 A A A E F 348 A A A F D 349 A A A F D 350 A A A E D 351 A A A E D352 A A A F E 353 A A A E F 354 A A A D D 355 A A A ND E 356 A A A F F357 A A A D D 358 A A A E D 359 A A A ND E 360 C C C F F 361 A A A D D362 A A A D F 363 A A A D F 364 A A A E ND 365 A A A D D 366 A A A E D367 A A A D D 368 A A A ND D 369 A A A D F 370 A A A E F 371 A A A D D372 A A A D D 373 A A A D D 374 A A A D D 375 A A A D D 376 A A A D D377 A A A D E 378 A A A D F 379 A ND A D D 380 A A A D D 381 A A A D D382 A A A E D 383 A A A D D 384 A A A D D 385 A A A D F 386 A A A F E387 A A A F F 388 A A A D E 389 A A A D D 390 A A A ND ND 391 A A A NDND 392 C C C E D 393 A A A E D 394 A A A F F 395 C B B ND ND 396 A A A DE 397 A A A D F 398 A A A F F 399 A A B F F 400 A A A F F 401 A A A D F402 A A A E F 403 A A A D D 404 A A A D D 405 A A A ND ND 406 A A A E D407 A A A E E 408 C B C E D 409 A A A ND ND 410 B B B ND ND 411 A A A NDE 413 A A A F F 414 A A A ND F 415 A A A F F 416 A A A F F 417 A A A F F418 A A A E E 419 A A A E F 420 A A A D F 421 A A A E D 422 C B B F F423 A A A D D 424 B A A E F 428 A A A D F 429 A A A ND ND 430 A A A D D431 A A A F D 432 A A A D D 433 B B C E F 434 C C C ND F 435 C B B F D436 A A A F D 437 A A A F E 438 A A A E E 439 A A A D F 440 A A A D F441 C C C F F 442 A A A E F 443 A A A D E 444 A A A E D 445 A A A D F447 A A A E E 448 A A A D D 454 A A B E D 455 B A C F D 456 A A A F D457 A A B ND D 458 A A A E D 459 A A A E D 460 A A A F F 461 A A A D F462 A A A E ND 463 A A A D F 464 A A A D D 465 A A A D F 466 A A A D F467 A A A D F 468 A A A D F 469 A A A E D 470 A A ND E D 471 A A A E E472 A A A E D 473 A A A E E 474 A A A E E 475 B A B D F 476 A A A E F477 B A B E F 478 A A B F F 479 A A A E F 480 A A A E E 481 A A A F ND482 B B A ND ND 483 C B A F ND 484 A A A E D 485 A A A E E 486 A A A E D487 B A A ND ND 488 B B B ND ND 489 A A A E E 490 C B A ND ND 491 A A BND ND 492 A A A E F 493 A A B F ND 494 A A A ND F 495 A A A E D 496 A AA E F 497 A A A E D 498 A A A F E 499 A A A E D 500 A A A E D 501 A A AE D 502 A A A E D 503 A A A ND E 504 A A A F F 505 A A A D F 506 A A A EE 507 A A A E D 508 A A A D D 509 A A A E E 510 A A A E E 511 A A A ND F512 B B B F D 513 B B B F D 514 A A A F D 515 A A A F F 516 A A A F ND517 A A A E E 518 A A A E D 519 C C C ND F 520 A A A F E 521 A A B E ND522 A A A F D 523 A ND ND E D 524 A A A E D 525 A A A F D 526 A A A F D527 A A A F D 528 A A A F 529 A A A F D 530 A A A F F 531 A A A E F 532A A A D D 541 A A A E F 546 A A A D D 547 A A A D D 548 A A A F F 549 AA A F D 550 A A A F E 551 A A A E F 552 A A A D D 553 A A A F D 554 A AA D D 555 A A A F D 556 A A A D D 557 A A A F D 558 A A A E D 559 A A AE F 560 A A A E F 561 A A A E E 562 C C C F D 563 A A A D D 564 A A A DD 565 A A A D F 566 A A A E D 567 A A A D D 568 A A A F D 569 A A A F E570 A A A F F 571 A A A F F 572 A A A F D 573 A A A F D 574 A A A F F575 A A A D F 576 A A A D D 577 A A A D D 578 A A A D D 579 A A A F D580 A A A E D 581 A A A F E 582 A A A D E 583 A A A F F 584 A A A D E585 A A A E F 586 A A A E E 587 A A B F F 588 A A A E F 591 A A A F F592 A A A E D 593 A A A F F 594 A A A E D 595 A A A E F 596 A A A E D597 A A A E E 598 A A A D D 599 ND ND A F F 600 A A A E F 601 B A B F F602 A A A E F 603 B B B F F 604 A A A F D 605 A A A F F 607 A A A E F608 A A A F ND 609 A A A D ND 610 A A A D ND 611 A A A E ND 613 B B A NDND 614 B B B ND ND 615 A A A ND ND 616 B A B ND ND 617 B A A ND ND 618 AA A ND ND 619 A A A ND ND 620 A A B ND ND 621 A A A ND ND 622 A A A NDND 623 A A A ND ND 624 A A A ND ND 625 A A A ND ND 626 A A A ND ND 627 BA B ND ND 628 A A A ND ND 629 A A A ND ND 630 A A A ND ND A: <3 uM; B:3-10 uM; C: >10 uM; D: <10 uM; E: 10-25 uM; F: >25 uM ND: Not Determined

Example 236 Animal Models & Studies

Bleomycin-Induced Pulmonary Fibrosis in Mice or Rats

The method for inducing pulmonary fibrosis in mice is described inCurrent Protocols in Pharmacology: 5.46.1, entitled “Mouse Models ofBleomycin-induced Pulmonary Fibrosis”. In order to induce pulmonaryfibrosis, 6-8 week old C₅₇B1/6 mice or Wistar rats are instilled onceoropharyngeally with ˜1.5 U/kg of bleomycin sulfate (Calbiochem,Billerica, Mass.). Briefly, for oropharyngeal administration ofbleomycin, mice or rats are anesthetized with isofluorane and thensuspended on its back at a˜60 degree angle on an inclined surface with arubber band running under the upper incisors. The airway is opened whilesecuring the tongue with one arm of padded forceps and bleomycin isadministered into the back of the oral cavity with a syringe. Theanimal's tongue and mouth were held open until the liquid disappearedfrom the oral cavity. The animal was then returned to its cage andmonitored until fully recovered from the anesthesia. The study isterminated on day 14-28 for oropharyngeally administered bleomycin inmice and rats.

In-Vivo Efficacy Data

TABLE 3 Bleomycin-induced pulmonary fibrosis in mice (14 d) % reductioncompared to Compound ID vehicle  60 −24%  72 −35% 403 −29% 484 −35% 357−13% 485 −41% 406 −25% 404 −24% 405 −33% 495 −27% pirfenidone −14%

Alternatively, for systemic bleomycin administration by osmotic pumps inmice, the pumps are loaded with bleomycin and implanted subcutaneouslyunder isofluorane anesthesia as described in Lee, Am J Physiol Lung CellMol Physiol, 2014. Briefly, mice are systemically administered ˜50-100U/kg bleomycin (Blenoxane; Teva Pharma, North Wales, Pa.) via osmoticpumps for 7 days. On day 10, the osmotic pumps are removed, and thestudy is continued until day 35.

All animals are euthanized at the termination of the studies by cervicaldislocation for gross necropsy, and blood collected by cardiac puncture.The lungs from each animal are dissected from the animal and weighed.The BAL cells and fluid are collected by lavaging the lung twice with0.5 ml Hanks Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS; VWR, Radnor, Pa.). Aftercollection of BAL cells and fluid, lungs are dissected and removed fromeach animal. Whole lungs are inflated with 10% NBF and then fixed in 10%NBF for histology. Severity of fibrosis in the lungs is evaluated usinga modified Ashcroft score (Hubner, Biotechniques, 2008) and subjectivefibrosis scores. Lung sections were graded by averaging 5 microscopicfields at 20× on an Ashcroft scale as follows: Grade 0=normal lung;Grade 1=minimally detectable thickening of alveolar walls; Grade 2=Mildthickening of alveolar walls. Grade 3=moderate contiguous thickening ofwalls with fibrous nodules; Grade 4=Thickened septae and confluentfibrotic masses that total less than 10% of microscopic field. Grade5=increased fibrosis with definite damage to lung structure andformation of fibrous bands or small fibrous masses between 10 and 50% ofmicroscopic field; Grade 6=Large contiguous fibrotic massesconsolidating more than 50% of microscopic field. Grade 7=severedistortion of structure and large fibrous areas; Grade 8=total fibrousobliteration of lung within microscopic field. Each slide was examinedat 20× magnification and the score for 5 separate representative fieldswas averaged for each animal. Subjective scores (H&E andTrichrome-stained slides) were evaluated at 2× magnification for anoverall assessment of pathologic change. A score of 0=no detectiblefindings to 5=complete involvement of consolidation. Scores in eachgroup were averaged and standard error was calculated using Excel 2010.Dense, organized inflammatory exudates were scored as fibrosis. Othertissues were evaluated microscopically and scored routinely.

Carbon Tetrachloride-Induced Liver Fibrosis in Mice or Rats

Carbon tetrachloride-induced liver fibrosis is a widely used andaccepted model for evaluating novel antifibrotic therapies. The methodsfor inducing liver fibrosis by carbon tetrachloride administration isdescribed in Lee, J Clin Invest, 1995 and Tsukamoto, Semin Liver Dis,1990. Briefly, male C₅₇BL/6 mice are challenged with 1 mg/kg carbontetrachloride (Sigma Aldrich, diluted 1:7 in corn or olive oil)administered by intraperitoneal injection twice weekly for a period of 4weeks. Mice are euthanized on day 28. In an alternative implementation,Wistar rats are administered carbon tetrachloride by intraperitonealinjection three times per week for 8-12 weeks. Rats are euthanized atthe termination of the experiment, 8-12 after study initiation.

Blood is collected by cardiac puncture and processed into serum forevaluation of liver enzymes (including ALT, AST, ALP, etc) at severaltimepoints throughout the study and at termination of the study. Theliver tissues from all animals are collected and fixed by immersion in10% neutral buffered formalin, processed, paraffin embedded, sectioned,mounted, and stained with Masson's Trichrome (Tri) or Picrosirius Red(PSR) using standard histological methods for evaluation of fibrosisseverity.

Mouse Unilateral Ureteral Obstruction Kidney Fibrosis Model

Female C₅₇BL/6 mice (Harlan, 4-6 weeks of age) will be given free accessto food and water and allowed to acclimate for at least 7 days prior totest initiation. After acclimation, mice are anesthetized and undergounilateral ureteral obstruction (UUO) surgery or sham to left kidney.Briefly, a longitudinal, upper left incision is performed to expose theleft kidney. The renal artery is located and 6/0 silk thread is passedbetween the artery and the ureter. The thread is looped around theureter and knotted 3 times insuring full ligation of ureter. The kidneyis returned to abdomen, the abdominal muscle is sutured and the skin isstapled closed. All animals are euthanized 4, 8, 14, 21, or 28 daysafter UUO surgery. Following sacrifice blood is collected via cardiacpuncture, the kidneys are harvested and one half of the kidney is frozenat −80° C. and the other half is fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalinfor histopathological assessment of kidney fibrosis.

Bleomycin Dermal Fibrosis Model

Bleomycin (Calbiochem, Billerica Mass.) is dissolved in phosphatebuffered saline (PBS) at 10 ug/ml, and sterilized by filtration.Bleomycin or PBS control is injected subcutaneously into two locationson the shaved back of C57/BL6 or S129 mice (Charles River/Harlan Labs,20-25 g) once daily for 28 days while under isoflourane anesthesia (5%in 100% 02). After 28 days, mice are euthanized and 6 mm-full thicknesspunch biopsies are obtained from each injection site. Dermal fibrosis isassessed by standard histopathology and hydroxyproline biochemicalassays.

Example 237 Targeting Calpains

Inhibition of EpMT

For assessment of in vitro EMT, NMuMG cells (ATCC) are grown toconfluence in 10% serum (Fetal Bovine Serum) growth media (Dubecco'sModified Eagles Medium supplemented with 10 ug/mL insulin) and then arefollowed by 24 h starvation in 0.5% serum media+/−drug inhibitors. Cellsare then treated with recombinant human TGFb1 (R&D Systems 5ng/mL)+/−drug inhibitors in 0.5% serum media. For time points greaterthan 24 h, the aforementioned media is refreshed every 24 hours. Celllysates were analyzed for aSMA protein expression by western blot.

Miettinen et al. (1994). “TGF-beta induced transdifferentiation ofmammary epithelial cells to mesenchymal cells: involvement of type Ireceptors.” J Cell Biol 127 (6 Pt 2):2021-36.

Lamouille et al. (2014). “Molecular mechanisms of epithelial-mesenchymaltransition.” Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol 15(3):178-96.

For assessment of in vitro FMT, Normal Human Lung Fibroblasts (NHLF)cells (Lonza) were grown in Fibroblast Growth Media-2 (LonzaCC-3131/with CC-4126 bullet kit) and then were followed by 24 hstarvation in serum/growth factor free Fibroblast Basal Media-2 (LonzaCC-3131)+/−drug inhibitors. Cells were then treated with TGFb1 (5 ng/mL)Fibroblast Basal Media+/−drug inhibitors. Cell lysates are analyzed foraSMA protein expression by western blot.

Further details may be found in Pegorier et al. (2010). “BoneMorphogenetic Protein (BMP)-4 and BMP-7 regulate differentiallyTransforming Growth Factor (TGF)-B1 in normal human lung fibroblasts(NHLF)” Respir Res 11:85, which is incorporated herein by reference inits entirety.

Example 238 Human Treatment

The efficacy of treatment with a compound of a preferred embodimentcompared with placebo in patients with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis(IPF) and the safety of treatment with a compound of a preferredembodiment compared with placebo in patients with IPF is assessed. Theprimary outcome variable is the absolute change in percent predictedforced vital capacity (FVC) from baseline to Week 52. Other possibleend-points would include, but are not limited to: mortality, progressionfree survival, change in rate of FVC decline, change in Sp02, and changein biomarkers (HRCT image analysis; molecular and cellular markers ofdisease activity). Secondary outcome measures include: compositeoutcomes of important IPF-related events; progression-free survival; therate of death from any cause; the rate of death from IPF; categoricalassessment of absolute change in percent predicted FVC from baseline toWeek 52; change in Shortness-of-Breath from baseline to Week 52; changein percent predicted hemoglobin (Hb)-corrected carbon monoxide diffusingcapacity (DLco) of the lungs from baseline to Week 52; change in oxygensaturation during the 6 minute walk test (6MWT) from baseline to Week52; change in high-resolution computed tomography (HRCT) assessment frombaseline to Week 52; change in distance walked in the 6MWT from baselineto Week 52. Patients eligible for this study include, but are notlimited to: those patients that satisfy the following inclusioncriteria: diagnosis of IPF; 40 to 80 years of age; FVC≥50% predictedvalue; DLco≥35% predicted value; either FVC or DLco≤90% predicted value;no improvement in past year; a ratio of the forced expiratory volume in1 second (FEV1) to the FVC of 0.80 or more; able to walk 150 meters in 6minutes and maintain saturation ≥83% while on no more than 6 L/minsupplemental oxygen. Patients are excluded from this study if theysatisfy any of the following criteria: unable to undergo pulmonaryfunction testing; evidence of significant obstructive lung disease orairway hyper-responsiveness; in the clinical opinion of theinvestigator, the patient is expected to need and be eligible for a lungtransplant within 52 weeks of randomization; active infection; liverdisease; cancer or other medical condition likely to result in deathwithin 2 years; diabetes; pregnancy or lactation; substance abuse;personal or family history of long QT syndrome; other IPF treatment;unable to take study medication; withdrawal from other IPF trials.Patients are orally dosed with either placebo or an amount of a compoundof a preferred embodiment (1 mg/day-1000 mg/day). The primary outcomevariable will be the absolute change in percent predicted FVC fromBaseline to Week 52. Patients will receive blinded study treatment fromthe time of randomization until the last patient randomized has beentreated for 52 weeks. Physical and clinical laboratory assessments willbe performed at defined intervals during the treatment duration, forexample at weeks 2, 4, 8, 13, 26, 39, and 52. Pulmonary function,exercise tolerance, and shortness-of-breath will be assessed at definedintervals during the treatment duration, for example at weeks 13, 26,39, and 52. A Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) will periodically reviewsafety and efficacy data to ensure patient safety.

Example Trial in SSc

The efficacy of treatment with a compound of a preferred embodimentcompared with placebo in patients with systemic sclerosis (SSc) and thesafety of treatment with a compound of a preferred embodiment comparedwith placebo in patients with SSc is assessed. The primary outcomevariable is the absolute change in Modified Rodnan Skin Score (mRSS)from baseline to Week 48. Other possible end-points would include, butare not limited to: mortality, percentage of patients withtreatment-emergent adverse events (AEs) and serious adverse events(SAEs), composite measurement of disease progression, and change inbiomarkers (molecular and cellular markers of disease activity, such asC-reactive protein). Secondary outcome measures include, but are notlimited to: Scleroderma Health Assessment Questionnaire (SHAQ) score;the Health Assessment Questionnaire Disability Index (HAQ-DI);Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy-Fatigue (FACIT) score;severity of pruritus as measured by a standardized scale, such as the5-D Itch Scale; St. George's Respiratory Questionnaire (SGRQ) score;Tender Joint Count 28 (TCJ28); lung function parameters; standard vitalsigns (including blood pressure, heart rate, and temperature);electrocardiogram measurements (ECGs); laboratory tests (clinicalchemistry, hematology, and urinalysis); pharmacokinetics (PK)measurements. Included in these measurements and in addition, clinicaland biomarker samples, such as skin biopsies and blood (or serum and/orplasma), will also be collected prior to initiation of treatment.Additionally, patients eligible for this study include, but are notlimited to, those patients that satisfy the following criteria: Patientsat least 18 years of age; diagnosis of SSc according to the AmericanCollege of Rheumatology (ACR) and European League Against Rheumatism(EULAR) Criteria, meeting criteria for active disease and with a totaldisease duration of less than or equal to 60 months; 10≤mRSS≤35.Patients are excluded from this study if they satisfy any of thefollowing criteria: major surgery within 8 weeks prior to screening;scleroderma limited to area distal to the elbows or knees; rheumaticautoimmune disease other than SSc; use of any investigational, biologic,or immunosuppressive therapies, including intra-articular or parenteralcorticosteroids within 4 weeks of screening. Patients are orally dosedwith either placebo or an amount of a compound of a preferred embodiment(1 mg/day-1000 mg/day). The primary outcome variable will be theabsolute change in mRSS from Baseline to Week 48. Patients will receiveblinded study treatment from the time of randomization until the lastpatient randomized has been treated for 48 weeks. Physical and clinicallaboratory assessments will be performed at defined intervals during thetreatment duration, such as Weeks 2, 4, 8, 12, 24, 36, and 48. Clinicaland biomarker samples will also be collected at Week 48. A DataMonitoring Committee (DMC) will periodically review safety and efficacydata to ensure patient safety.

Example 239 Calpain Binding

Calpain 9 Protein Preparation: N-terminally hexa-histidine-tagged humancalpain 9, residues 27-347, was over expressed in E. coli BL21 (DE3) andpurified via Ni-NTA and size-exclusion chromatography with yields >10mg/liter of culture and >99% purity. The calpain 9 sequence is accessionnumber 014815 at uniprot.org.

Calpain 9 Crystallization: A 10 mg/ml solution of rat calpain 1 or humancalpain 9 (obtained as described above) was prepared in 50 mM tris (pH8), 0.5 M NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM CaCl₂), and 1 mM beta-mercaptoethanolagainst MCSG1 screen condition C₂ (Anatrace, Maumee, Ohio) containing0.2 M LiSO4, 0.1 M bis-tris (pH 5.5), and 25% PEG 3350. The solutioncontained 2.5 mM of test compound supplemented with 20% ethylene glycolas a cryo-protectant. The bound protein was crystallized using vapordiffusion, sitting drop, at 2890 K. The space group was P 41 21 2, withunit cell dimensions of 97.2 Å, 97.2 Å, 173.4 Å.

Calpain 9 Crystallography data collection and refinement: Data wascollected at the APS synchrotron, beamline 21-ID-F at 1000 K.Reflections were collect between 45.0-2.1 Å with completeness of 100%.Reflection data was analyzed using XDS and Xscale (Heidelberg, Germany).Structure was solved using molecular replacement and was refined withPHENIX (Berkeley, Calif.) to an R value of 0.168, Rfree=0.210.

Calpain 9 modeling: The experimental distances measured from crystalstructures were supplemented with computational models of calpain 9binding. The calpain 9/test compound crystal structure was used for theinitial coordinates. It was stripped of solvent and minimized in MOE2016.08 (CCG, Montreal) using the standard quickprep protocol and theAmber10:EHT force field. Various test compounds were then minimized inthe active site. The distances showed good agreement with the availablecrystal data.

Calpain 1 preparation, crystallization, and data collection: Suitableconstructs for expression of rat calpain 1 had been previouslyestablished. Expression was performed according to previouslyestablished protocols. A purification protocol was established andhomogeneous protein was produced in preparative amounts. The calpain 1protein was purified comprising affinity and gel filtrationchromatography steps. This procedure yielded homogenous protein with apurity greater 95% as judged from Coomassie stained SDS-PAGE. Thepurified protein was used in crystallization trials with test compoundsemploying both, a standard screen with approximately 1200 differentconditions, as well as crystallization conditions identified usingliterature data. Conditions initially obtained were optimised usingstandard strategies, systematically varying parameters criticallyinfluencing crystallization, such as temperature, protein concentration,drop ratio, and others. These conditions were also refined bysystematically varying pH or precipitant concentrations. Crystals wereflashfrozen and measured at a temperature of 100 K. The X-raydiffraction data were collected from complex crystals ligands at asynchrotron source using cryogenic conditions. Data were processed usingsoftware programs XDS and XSCALE

Key interactions between test compound moieties (with reference to thevariables of Formula II) and calpain 1 or calpain 9 residues weredetermined as set forth in Tables 4-7 below.

TABLE 4 Polar interactions with human calpain 9 Interaction Distances/ÅR¹²- R¹³- R¹³- Compound R¹⁰-Gly253 R¹¹-Gly190 His254 Gln91 Cys97 32 3.22.9 2.7 2.8 2.9 72 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.8 2.9 44 2.9 3.2 2.5 2.8 3.0 265 2.93.2 2.4 2.9 3.1

TABLE 5 Polar interactions with rat calpain 1 Interaction Distances/ÅR¹²- R¹³- R¹³- Compound R¹⁰-Gly271 R¹¹-Gly208 His272 Gln109 Cys115 603.21 2.9 2.9 2.91 2.91 250 3.28 2.98 2.81 3 2.96

TABLE 6 Non-polar interactions with human calpain 9 InteractionDistances/Å P₂- P₂- P₂- P₂- P₂- P₃- P₃- P₃- P₁- P₁- P₁- P₁- CompoundGly190 Phe233 Gly253 His254 Ala255 Gly189 Gly190 Ser191 Gly95 Lys188Gly189 Ser242  32 3.3 3.3 3.1 4.2 4.3 3.7 3.5 4.4 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.6  723.0 4.1 3.2 3.7 3.6 3.8 3.3 4.2 3.9 4.0 3.5 3.5  44 3.0 4.4 3.4 4.2 3.94.0 3.3 4.2 3.6 3.7 3.4 3.7 265 3.2 3.3 2.9 4.2 4.1 3.8 3.4 3.8 3.7 4.43.7 4.0  403* 3.1 2.9 3.1 4.4 4.1 3.5 3.6 4.4 3.9 4.2 3.4 3.5  484* 3.23.2 3.1 4.5 4.3 3.4 3.4 4.5 3.8 4.1 3.5 3.5  405* 3.2 3.2 3.0 4.1 4.33.7 3.5 4.4 3.9 4.2 3.6 3.5 *Based on computational modelling

TABLE 7 Non-polar interactions with rat calpain 1 InteractionDistances/Å P₂- P₂- P₂- P₂- P₂- P₃- P₃- P₃- P₁- P₁- P₁- P₁- CompoundGly208 Ser251 Gly271 His272 Ala273 Gly207 Gly208 Ser209 Gly113 Ser206Gly207 Met260 60 3.2 4.4 3.2 4.2 4.1 3.7 3.3 4.4 4.0 4.4 3.7 3.3 250 3.33.7 3.4 4.6 4.4 3.6 3.5 3.8 3.8 4.1 3.5 3.5

While some embodiments have been illustrated and described, a personwith ordinary skill in the art, after reading the foregoingspecification, can effect changes, substitutions of equivalents andother types of alterations to the compounds of the present technology orsalts, pharmaceutical compositions, derivatives, prodrugs, metabolites,tautomers or racemic mixtures thereof as set forth herein. Each aspectand embodiment described above can also have included or incorporatedtherewith such variations or aspects as disclosed in regard to any orall of the other aspects and embodiments.

The present technology is also not to be limited in terms of theparticular aspects described herein, which are intended as singleillustrations of individual aspects of the present technology. Manymodifications and variations of this present technology can be madewithout departing from its spirit and scope, as will be apparent tothose skilled in the art. Functionally equivalent methods within thescope of the present technology, in addition to those enumerated herein,will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoingdescriptions. Such modifications and variations are intended to fallwithin the scope of the appended claims. It is to be understood thatthis present technology is not limited to particular methods, reagents,compounds, compositions, labeled compounds or biological systems, whichcan, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminologyused herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only,and is not intended to be limiting. Thus, it is intended that thespecification be considered as exemplary only with the breadth, scopeand spirit of the present technology indicated only by the appendedclaims, definitions therein and any equivalents thereof.

The embodiments, illustratively described herein may suitably bepracticed in the absence of any element or elements, limitation orlimitations, not specifically disclosed herein. Thus, for example, theterms “comprising,” “including,” “containing,” etc. shall be readexpansively and without limitation. Additionally, the terms andexpressions employed herein have been used as terms of description andnot of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such termsand expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown anddescribed or portions thereof, but it is recognized that variousmodifications are possible within the scope of the claimed technology.Additionally, the phrase “consisting essentially of” will be understoodto include those elements specifically recited and those additionalelements that do not materially affect the basic and novelcharacteristics of the claimed technology. The phrase “consisting of”excludes any element not specified.

In addition, where features or aspects of the disclosure are describedin terms of Markush groups, those skilled in the art will recognize thatthe disclosure is also thereby described in terms of any individualmember or subgroup of members of the Markush group. Each of the narrowerspecies and subgeneric groupings falling within the generic disclosurealso form part of the present technology. This includes the genericdescription of the present technology with a proviso or negativelimitation removing any subject matter from the genus, regardless ofwhether or not the excised material is specifically recited herein.

All publications, patent applications, issued patents, and otherdocuments (for example, journals, articles and/or textbooks) referred toin this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if eachindividual publication, patent application, issued patent, or otherdocument was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporatedby reference in its entirety. Definitions that are contained in textincorporated by reference are excluded to the extent that theycontradict definitions in this disclosure.

Other embodiments are set forth in the following claims, along with thefull scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled.

While the invention has been particularly shown and described withreference to a preferred embodiment and various alternate embodiments,it will be understood by persons skilled in the relevant art thatvarious changes in form and details can be made therein withoutdeparting from the spirit and scope of the invention.

All references, issued patents and patent applications cited within thebody of the instant specification are hereby incorporated by referencein their entirety, for all purposes.

Although the invention has been described with reference to embodimentsand examples, it should be understood that numerous and variousmodifications can be made without departing from the spirit of theinvention. Accordingly, the invention is limited only by the followingclaims.

REFERENCES CITED

-   1. U.S. Pat. No. 5,145,684-   2. Goll et al. (2003). “The calpain system.” Physiol Rev    83(3):731-801.-   3. Schad et al. (2002). “A novel human small subunit of calpains.”    Biochem J 362 (Pt 2):383-8.-   4. Ravulapalli et al. (2009). “Distinguishing between calpain    heterodimerization and homodimerization.” FEBS J 276(4):973-82.-   5. Dourdin et al. (2001). “Reduced cell migration and disruption of    the actin cytoskeleton in calpain-deficient embryonic fibroblasts.”    J Biol Chem 276(51):48382-8.-   6. Leloup et al. (2006). “Involvement of calpains in growth    factor-mediated migration.” Int J Biochem Cell Biol 38(12):2049-63.-   7. Janossy et al. (2004). “Calpain as a multi-site regulator of cell    cycle.” Biochem Pharmacol 67(8):1513-21.-   8. Santos et al. (2012). “Distinct regulatory functions of calpain 1    and 2 during neural stem cell self-renewal and differentiation.”    PLoS One 7(3):e33468.-   9. Miettinen et al. (1994). “TGF-beta induced transdifferentiation    of mammary epithelial cells to mesenchymal cells: involvement of    type I receptors.” J Cell Biol 127 (6 Pt 2):2021-36.-   10. Lamouille et al. (2014). “Molecular mechanisms of    epithelial-mesenchymal transition.” Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol    15(3):178-96.-   11. Pegorier et al. (2010). “Bone Morphogenetic Protein (BMP)-4 and    BMP-7 regulate differentially Transforming Growth Factor (TGF)-B1 in    normal human lung fibroblasts (NHLF)” Respir Res 11:85.

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound having the structure selected from theformulas:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A₂ is singlebond; A₄ single bond; A₃ is directly attached to the ring-atom to whichA₂ is attached; A₃ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and optionallysubstituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl; A₅ is selected from the group consistingof optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionallysubstituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl,optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, C₁₋₈ alkyl, —S—, —S(═O)—,—SO₂—, —O—, —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—, —OC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)NH—,—NHC(O)O—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S)O—, —NHC(S)—, and single bond;A₆ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀carbocyclyl, C₁₋₈ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂₋₈ alkenyl, optionallysubstituted —O—C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted —O C₂₋₆ alkenyl,—OSO₂CF₃, and any natural or non-natural amino acid side chain; A₇ isselected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted3-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl,C₁₋₈ alkyl, —S—, S(═O)—, —SO₂—, —O—, —C(═S)—, —C(═O)—, —NR—, —CH═CH—,—OC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)NH—, —NHC(O)O—, —NHC(O)—, —NHC(S)NH—, —NHC(S)O—,—NHC(S)—, and single bond; when A₅ and A₇ are single bond, A₆ isdirectly attached to the carbon to which —COR¹ is attached; R¹ isselected from the group consisting of H, —COGH, —CH₂NO₂, —C(═O)NOR,—CONR²R³, —CH(CH₃)═CH₂, —CH(CF₃)NR²R³, —C(F)═CHCH₂CH₃,

R¹⁴ is halo; each R, R², and R³ are independently selected from —H,optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₈alkoxyalkyl, optionally substituted 2- to 5-membered polyethyleneglycol, optionally substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl, optionally substituted5-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl,optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl(C₁-C₆)alkyl, and optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl; R⁶ is independently selected from—H and optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl; X and Z are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of C(R⁴) and N; each R⁴ isindependently selected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo,hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; Y is selected from the group consisting ofNR⁵, O, S, and SO₂; and R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of —H,C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substitutedwith halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆haloalkoxy).
 2. The compound of claim 1, wherein: A₆ is selected fromthe group consisting of optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl, optionallysubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted 3-10membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl, C₁₋₈alkyl, optionally substituted —O—C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted—OC₂₋₆ alkenyl, and any natural or non-natural amino acid side chain;and each R, R², and R³ are independently selected from —H, optionallysubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl,optionally substituted 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, optionallysubstituted C₆₋₁₀ aryl, and optionally substituted 5-10 memberedheteroaryl.
 3. The compound of claim 1, wherein Z is N, Y is NR⁵, and Xis CH.
 4. The compound of claim 3, wherein R⁵ is selected from the groupconsisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, and cyclopropyl.
 5. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein Z is N, Y is O, and X is C(R⁴).
 6. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein Z is N, Y is S, and X is C(R⁴).
 7. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein Z is C(R⁴), Y is S, and X is C(R⁴).
 8. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein Z is C(R⁴), Y is O, and X is C(R⁴).
 9. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein Z is N, Y is S, and X is N.
 10. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein Z is N, Y is O, and X is N.
 11. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein A₃ is substituted with ¹⁸F.
 12. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein A₃ is substituted with C₁-C₆ alkylcontaining one or more ¹¹C.
 13. The compound of claim 1, wherein A₃ isselected from the group consisting of

and A₉ is selected from the group consisting of H, C₆₋₁₀ aryl, 5-10membered heteroaryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and C₃₋₁₀ carbocyclyl,C₁₋₄ alkyl; X₂, X₁, and Z are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of C(R⁴) and N; Y₁ is selected from the group consisting ofNR⁵, O, and S; J, L, M₁ and M₂ are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of C(R⁴) and N; R⁴ is selected from the groupconsisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl(optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy; R⁵ isselected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,and C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy).
 14. The compoundof claim 1, wherein A₃ is selected from the group consisting of


15. The compound of claim 1, wherein A₃ is selected from the groupconsisting of


16. The compound of claim 1, wherein A₃ is C₆₋₁₀ aryl.
 17. The compoundof claim 16, wherein A₃ has the structure:

wherein J, L, M₁, M₂, and M₃ are each independently selected from thegroup consisting of C(R⁴) and N; and each R⁴ is independently selectedfrom the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆alkoxy.
 18. The compound of claim 17, wherein each of J, L, M₁, M₂, andM₃ are C(R⁴).
 19. The compound of claim 18, wherein each R⁴ isindependently selected from —H and halo.
 20. The compound of claim 17,wherein M₁ is C(R⁴); R⁴ is halo and each of J, L, M₂, and M₃ are CH. 21.The compound of claim 17, wherein L is C(R⁴); R⁴ is halo and each of J,M₁, M₂, and M₃ are CH.
 22. The compound of claim 16, wherein A₃ has astructure selected from the group consisting of:

wherein J, L, M₁, M₂, M₃, M₄, and M₅ are each independently selectedfrom the group consisting of C(R⁴) and N; and each R⁴ is independentlyselected from the group consisting of —H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl,C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆alkoxy.
 23. The compound of claim 16, wherein A₃ has the structure:

wherein X is selected from the group consisting of C(R⁴) and N; Y isselected from O and S; and R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of—H, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl (optionally substitutedwith halo, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, and C₁-C₆haloalkoxy), halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy.
 24. The compound of claim1, wherein at least one of the optionally substituted moieties of A₅,A₇, and A₆ is substituted with ¹⁸F.
 25. The compound of claim 1, whereinat least one of the optionally substituted moieties of A₅, A₇, and A₆ issubstituted with C₁-C₆ alkyl containing one or more ¹¹C.
 26. Thecompound of claim 1, wherein A₆ is phenyl.
 27. The compound of claim 1,wherein A₇ is selected from the group consisting of single bond, —CH₂—,O, —CH═CH—, and —S.
 28. The compound of claim 1, wherein A₇ is selectedfrom the group consisting of single bond, optionally substituted C₆₋₁₀aryl, and phenyl.
 29. The compound of claim 1, wherein A₅ is —CH₂—. 30.The compound of claim 1, wherein A₅ is —CH₂— or —CH₂CH₂—; A₇ is a singlebond; and A₆ is selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl,optionally substituted phenyl optionally substituted 5-10 memberedheteroaryl.
 31. The compound of claim 30, wherein A₆ is selected fromthe group consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, phenyl and phenyloptionally substituted with one or more C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₇ carbocyclyl,halo, hydroxy, and C₁-C₆ alkoxy.
 32. The compound of claim 30, whereinA₆ has the structure:


33. The compound of claim 1, wherein A₅ is a single bond, A₇ is a singlebond; and A₆ is C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 34. The compound of claim 33, wherein A₆ isselected from the group consisting of ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl,isobutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, and 1,2-dimethylpropyl.
 35. The compoundof claim 1, wherein R¹ is CONR²R³.
 36. The compound of claim 5, whereinR² is —H and R³ is optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.
 37. The compoundof claim 35, wherein R² is —H and R³ is selected from the groupconsisting of —H, C₁-C₄ alkyl optionally substituted with C-amido, andC₃-C₆ cycloalkyl.
 38. The compound of claim 37, wherein R³ is selectedfrom the group consisting of —H, ethyl, cyclopropyl, and methylsubstituted with C-amido.
 39. The compound of claim 35, wherein R³ isselected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyland benzyl.
 40. The compound of claim 1, wherein R⁶ is selected from thegroup consisting of —H, methyl, and optionally substituted C₁₋₄ alkyl.41. A compound having the structure selected from the group consistingof:


42. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and apharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
 43. A method of treating fibroticdisease comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, acompound according to claim
 1. 44. The method of claim 43, wherein thedisease is selected from the group consisting of liver fibrosis, renalfibrosis, lung fibrosis, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, interstitialfibrosis, systemic scleroderma, macular degeneration, pancreaticfibrosis, fibrosis of the spleen, cardiac fibrosis, mediastinalfibrosis, myelofibrosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, retroperitonealfibrosis, progressive massive fibrosis, nephrogenic systemic fibrosis,fibrotic complications of surgery, chronic allograft vasculopathy and/orchronic rejection in transplanted organs, ischemic-reperfusion injuryassociated fibrosis, injection fibrosis, cirrhosis, diffuse parenchymallung disease, post-vasectomy pain syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritis.45. A compound having the structure selected from the group consistingof:


46. A compound having the structure selected from the group consistingof: